e r international research fellows association’s a t ... · international research fellows...

Impact Factor – 6.261 ISSN – 2348-7143

INTERNATIONAL RESEARCH FELLOWS ASSOCIATION’S

RESEARCH JOURNEY International E-Research Journal

PEER REFREED & INDEXED JOURNAL

February-2019 Special Issue – 150 (B)

This Journal is indexed in : - University Grants Commission (UGC) - Scientific Journal Impact Factor (SJIF) - Cosmoc Impact Factor (CIF) - Global Impact Factor (GIF) - International Impact Factor Services (IIFS)

For Details Visit To : www.researchjourney.net SWATIDHAN PUBLICATIONS

I N T E R N A T I O N A L

R E S E A R C H

F E L L O W S

A S S O C I A T I O N S

Guest Editor: Dr. Anand Lele Offg. Principal, MES Garware College of Commerce Karve Road, Pune, Dist. Pune [M.S.] INDIA

Executive Editor of the issue: Dr. B.S. Vhankate Dr. Ketaki Modak CA. S. D. Ghongate Patil Dr. Rohini Gote Dr. Smita Wadaskar

Chief Editor: Dr. Dhanraj Dhangar (Yeola)

Sustainability : Aspects, Challenges & Prospects in the Global Perspective

‘RESEARCH JOURNEY’ International E- Research Journal

Impact Factor - (SJIF) – 6.261, (CIF ) - 3.452(2015), (GIF)–0.676 (2013) Issue 150 (B)- Sustainability : Aspects, Challenges & Prospects in the Global Perspective

UGC Approved Journal

ISSN : 2348-7143 February-2019

1 Website – www.researchjourney.net Email - researchjourney2014gmail.com

Impact Factor – 6.261 ISSN – 2348-7143

INTERNATIONAL RESEARCH FELLOWS ASSOCIATION’S

RESEARCH JOURNEY International E-Research Journal

PEER REFREED & INDEXED JOURNAL

February -2019 Special Issue – 150 (B)

SWATIDHAN INTERNATIONAL PUBLICATIONS

For Details Visit To : www.researchjourney.net

© All rights reserved with the authors & publisher Price : Rs. 800/-

Guest Editor: Dr. Anand Y. Lele

Offg. Principal, MES’s Garware College of Commerce

Karve Road, Pune, Dist. Pune [M.S.] INDIA

Executive Editor of the issue:

Dr. Anand Y. Lele Dr. B.S. Vhankate Dr. Ketaki Modak

CA. S. D. Ghongate Patil Dr. Rohini Gote

Dr. Smita Wadaskar

Chief Editor: Dr. Dhanraj Dhangar (Yeola)

Sustainability : Aspects, Challenges & Prospects in the Global Perspective

http://www.researchjourney.net/






Editorial Board Chief Editor - Executive Editors : Dr. Dhanraj T. Dhangar, Prof. Tejesh Beldar, Nashikroad (English) Assist. Prof. (Marathi) Dr. Gajanan Wankhede, Kinwat (Hindi)

MGV’S Arts & Commerce College, Mrs. Bharati Sonawane-Nile, Bhusawal (Marathi) Yeola, Dist – Nashik [M.S.] INDIA Dr. Rajay Pawar, Goa (Konkani)

Co-Editors -

Mr.Tufail Ahmed Shaikh- King Abdul Aziz City for Science & Technology, Riyadh, Saudi Arabia.

Dr. Anil Dongre - Head, Deptt. of Management, North Maharashtra University, Jalgaon

Dr. Shailendra Lende - R.T.M. Nagpur University, Nagpur [M.S.] India

Dr. Dilip Pawar - BoS Member (SPPU), Dept. of Marathi, KTHM College, Nashik.

Dr. R. R. Kazi - North Maharashtra University, Jalgaon.

Prof. Vinay Madgaonkar - Dept. of Marathi, Goa University, Goa, India

Prof. Sushant Naik - Dept. of Konkani, Govt. College, Kepe, Goa, India

Dr. G. Haresh - Associate Professor, CSIBER, Kolhapur [M.S.] India

Dr. Munaf Shaikh - N. M. University, Jalgaon & Visiting Faculty M. J. C. Jalgaon

Dr. Samjay Kamble -BoS Member Hindi (Ch.SU, Kolhapur), T.K. Kolekar College, Nesari

Prof. Vijay Shirsath - Nanasaheb Y. N. Chavhan College, Chalisgaon [M.S.]

Dr. P. K. Shewale - Vice Principal, Arts, Science, Commerce College, Harsul [M.S.]

Dr. Ganesh Patil - M.V.P.‘s, SSSM, ASC College, Saikheda, Dist. Nashik [M.S.]

Dr. Hitesh Brijwasi - Librarian, K.A.K.P. Com. & Sci. College, Jalgaon [M.S.]

Dr. Sandip Mali - Sant Muktabai Arts & Commerce College, Muktainagar [M.S.]

Prof. Dipak Patil - S.S.V.P.S.‘s Arts, Sci. and Com. College, Shindhkheda [M.S.]

Advisory Board -

Dr. Marianna kosic - Scientific-Cultural Institute, Mandala, Trieste, Italy.

Dr. M.S. Pagare - Director, School of Languages Studies, North Maharashtra University, Jalgaon

Dr. R. P. Singh -HoD, English & European Languages, University of Lucknow [U.P.] India

Dr. S. M. Tadkodkar - Rtd. Professor & Head, Dept. of Marathi, Goa University, Goa, India.

Dr. Pruthwiraj Taur - Chairman, BoS., Marathi, S.R.T. University, Nanded.

Dr. N. V. Jayaraman - Director at SNS group of Technical Institutions,Coimbatore

Dr. Bajarang Korde - Savitribai Phule Pune University Pune, [M.S.] India

Dr. Leena Pandhare - Principal, NSPM‘s LBRD Arts & Commerce Mahila Mahavidyalaya, Nashik Road

Dr. B. V. Game - Act. Principal, MGV‘s Arts and Commerce College, Yeola, Dist. Nashik.

Review Committee -

Dr. J. S. More – BoS Member (SPPU), Dept. of Hindi, K.J.Somaiyya College, Kopargaon

Dr. S. B. Bhambar, BoS Member Ch.SU, Kolhapur, T.K. Kolekar College, Nesari

Dr. Uttam V. Nile - BoS Member (NMU, Jalgaon) P.S.G.V.P. Mandals ACS College, Shahada

Dr. K.T. Khairnar– BoS Member (SPPU), Dept. of Commerce, L.V.H. College, Panchavati

Dr. Vandana Chaudhari KCE‘s College of Education, Jalgaon Dr. Sayyed Zakir Ali , HOD, Urdu & Arabic Languages, H. J. Thim College, Jalgaon Dr. Sanjay Dhondare – Dept. of Hindi, Abhay Womens College, Dhule

Dr. Amol Kategaonkar – M.V.P.S.‘s G.M.D. Arts, B.W. Commerce & Science College, Sinnar.

Published by –

© Mrs. Swati Dhanraj Sonawane, Director, Swatidhan International Publication, Yeola, Nashik

Email : [email protected] Website : www.researchjourney.net Mobile : 9665398258

mailto:[email protected]







From the Guest Editor’s Desk ……

It is with deep satisfaction that I write this Foreword to the

volume of research papers that were presented during our

international, interdisciplinary Conference on “Sustainability:

Aspects, Challenges and Prospects in the Global Perspective” on

17th

and 18th

Jan 2019 at Pune, India. The conference was

sponsored by the esteemed Savitribai Phule Pune University.

The conference received a warm response and as many as

76 papers were selected to be presented during the conference in

12 concurrent sessions. The concurrent sessions were planned to take place in a theme-

wise manner and were chaired by a subject expert and a paper reviewer each. Thus, the

central theme of „Sustainability‟ was explored from numerous different angles including

Innovative Entrepreneurship for Sustainable Business Practices, Economics & Banking

for Sustainability, Legal Aspects of Sustainability, Human Resource Management for

Sustainability, Sustainable Lifestyle and Ancient Civilization, Sustainable Tourism,

Green Marketing and Consumer Accountability, Sustainable Environment: Carbon

Credits, Biodiversity, Waste Management, Clean Energy, CSR Initiative for Green

Development etc. We were lucky to have Dr. Ashok Modak, a National Research Scholar,

attending our Conference on both the days. With his years of study and expertise in

world, economy, politics and history, he could give our Conference a broad perspective

and vision. We are happy to publish his monograph on Contemporary World Challenges

and Integral Humanism as the Prologue to this volume of research papers.

We are happy that the ensuing scholarly papers have explored multiple meanings

of the term Sustainability in multiple different contexts, and promise to live up to the

basic goal behind organizing this Conference – that of equipping the Community at large

with the desire and ability to contribute solutions to the serious global challenges our

planet faces. We hope that the readers will discover that both common challenges and

creative solutions emerge from very diverse settings and can yet contribute in unison to

overcome the pressing challenges of Sustainable Development in front of the humanity at

large today.

I trust also that this publication of the conference papers will be an impetus to

stimulate further study and research in all these areas. I take this opportunity to

congratulate all the researchers whose research papers have been selected for the

purpose of this post-conference publication.

May we all have a very sustainable, eco-friendly and healthy Life ahead!

Dr. Anand Lele Offg. Principal

MES’s Garware College of Commerce Karve Road, Pune, Dist. Pune [M.S.] INDIA






INDEX

No. Title of the Paper Author’s Name Page No

1 A Monograph : Contemporary World Challenges and Integral Humanism

Dr. Ashok Modak 07

2 FDI for Sustainable Regional Development in India Dr. Anita Bhave. 23

3

A Study of Visitors Perception about Rajiv Gandhi Zoological Park, Pune, on

the Sustainable Development Activities Done by the Zoo Authorities

Dr. Smita Wadaskar

32

4

A Study of Impact of Organizational Work Method and Culture on Employee

Behaviour and Tendency with Reference to Urban Cooperative Societies of

Pune City Dr. Sunil Zagade & Dr. Sambhaji Tayade 43

5 To Study and Identify the Need of A Sustainable Multisensory Modelto Fullfil

the Learning Needs of Hard of Hearing Students Mrs. Swati Sadakale 48

6 Impact of E-Banking on Consumer Satisfaction with Special Reference to

Alandi (D) Prof. Archana Aher 54

7 The Triple Bottom Line at IMERT Pune Dr. Pranav Kayande 58

8

An Assessment of Sustainability Challenges, Techno-Management Job Skill

Gap and Industry Human Requirements: Study of Management Students

Mr. Rajesh Londhe & Dr. Parag Kalkar

67

9 Smart City A Sustainable Approach towards Holistic Developmet

Dr. Lt. Yashodhan Mahajan 83

10 Carbon Credits – An Enviornmentally Responsible Investment

Yashodhara Barhate 94

11 Carbon Credits : Environmental Sustainability and Economics

Prof.Akshay Ugale 100

12 Sustainable Environment : Carbon Credit Prof. Alaksha Pandit 104

13

Assessment and Estimation of Water Consumption by Using Rooftop Rain

Water Harvesting System : A Case Study of Selected Societies in Pune

Municipal Corporation Prof. Ashalata Vidyasagar 110

14

Study of Application of Coase Theorem for Controlling and Compensating for

Pollution Havens in Asia and Africa to Enquire and Improve Socio-Economic

Status of the Citizens. Dr. Asha Khilare & Ms. Ankita Sangle 117

15 Sustainable Life Style with Special Reference to Gandhian Alternatives

Shubhada Chandavale 123

16 Developing a Potential for Sustainability of Medical Tourism in India

Dr. Harish Badwaik 129

17 Homestay an Important Tool for Sustainable Tourism Development in India

Sachin Kale 137

18 Consumer Awareness about Insurance Services Ankita Ojha 144

19 Sustainable Tourism Challenges and Issues in India with Travel Agent / Tour

Operator Perspective Arvind Mahajan 151

20 Role of Human Resource Management Function in Driving Sustainability

Dr. Girish Bakshi 160

21 HRM for Sustainability - Need of an Hour Manisha Britto 171

22 Tourism and Economic Growth in Nepal Dr. Deep Rawal 177






23 A Study on Impact of Organization Working Environment and It Enhances on

Frugal Innovation in Manufacturing Sector Dr Sunil Zagade & Deepa Hosur 190

24 Sustainable Development, Gender Equality and Women Empowerment -

A Challenge Ahead Dr. Deepa Paturkar 199

25 Role for HRM in Sustainable Development Dr. Sunil Zagade 206

26 Green Banking Practices : Study of Select Scheduled Commercial Banks

Dr. Neelofar Raina 210

27 Sustainable Lifestyle and Ancient Civilization of Nepal Kamala Tiwari 223

28 Ancient Civilization and Sustainable Lyfestyle

CA Swati Mahanoor & Dhruval Goel 232

29 Corporate Social Responsibility as an Initiative to Green Development with

Reference to Adar Poonawalla‘s City Clean Drive Vijayalaxmi Pujari 237

30 The Theoretical Study of Green Marketing in India Prof. Nilofar S. Shaikh 243

31

Role of Microenterprises in The Economic and Social Empowerment of

Women : A Study on Micro Enterprises of Kudumbashree Self Help Groups

in Pilicode Gramapanchayath, Kerala Dr. C. K. Hebbar & Prakashan K. 250

32 Mathematics Education in Sustainable Development Premkumari Dhakal 259

33 Population Dynamics and Sustainable Development -A Comparative Study of

Developed and Less Developed Countries Sayali Dhamdhere 266

34 Maintenance and Welfare of Parents and Senior Citizens Act, 2007: A Legal

Assurance for Sustainability of Senior Citizens in India Swati Chiney 270

35 A Study of Various Innovation Activities and Its Effect on the Performance of

Hotels in Pune Dr. Sunil Zagade & Dr. Alekha Panda 278

Our Editors have reviewed papers with experts‟ committee, and they have checked the papers

on their level best to stop furtive literature. Except it, the respective authors of the papers are

responsible for originality of the papers and intensive thoughts in the papers. Nobody can republish

these papers without pre-permission of the publisher.

- Chief & Executive Editor






A Monograph : Contemporary World Challenges and Integral Humanism

Dr. Ashok Modak

National Research Professor

(India)

The thought of writing a Paper on Contemporary World Challenges and Integral

Humanism occurred to my mind when I was going through the literature pertaining to the issue

of Sustainable Development. The Human Development Report 2016 (HDR 2016) published by

the United Nations Development Programme(UNDP) informed me to the challenges faced by the

contemporary world. It has also highlighted certain Indian initiatives for overcoming these

challenges. The HDR 2016 contains a special chapter No.4, titled as ‗Caring for those left out -

national policy options‘. As this Report wishes to give a very significant message that in the

human development journey no one should be left out, it is bound to analyse strategies which

care for those left outs. We are thus given to understand that if we aim at everyone‘s

development, we must pay priority attention to the development of marginalized and vulnerable

destitute citizens. One and the same HDR 2016 underscores how Indian initiatives are the right

programmes in this connection. It is a fact that initiatives and programmes are rooted in

philosophy and ethos. Here Nineteenth Century born Indian philosophers in general and Swami

Vivekananda in particular do deserve to be remembered gratefully, because their interpretations

of our Dharma and Sanskriti have shaped Indian initiatives and programmes.

PanditDeendayalUpadhyaya, the expounder of Integral Humanism, following the footsteps of

Mahatma Gandhi has articualted Indian philosophy filtered through Vivekananda‘s and

Gandhiji‘s thinking. This is why, I find it essential to study how PanditDeendayalsponsorred

Integral Humanism has thought over world challenges and their solutions.

Let me now explain the framework chosen for the present Paper. First I intend to

elaborate present world challenges as have been outlined by the HDR 2016. The innovative

Indian initiatives as well as programmes mentioned admirably by several publications deserve to

be analysed later on. Such an analysis will be followed by the elucidation of divine tendencies of

the lives of Swami Vivekananda, Mahatma Gandhi and PanditDeendayalUpadhyaya, because

one must highlight and underscore how the mindsets of these architects of modern India paid

very spontaneous priority attention to the wellbeing of destitutes of society. The entire latter half

of the present essay will be devoted to the line of thinking mirrored in the philosophy of Integral

Humanism.

Present world challenges

As has been stated above, the HDR 2016 does mention three types of challenges,

'lingering', 'deepening' and 'emerging' ! This report first invites our attention to the whole

development - discourse unfolded itself since the emergence of the first definition of modern

Economics in 1776. It was Adam Smith who thus expounded wealth oriented definition of

Economics. Later it was Alfred Marshall, who advocated in 1890 the necessity of relying on

welfare oriented definition of Economics. Still later, economists began to state that in the

development-discourse, one must emphasise human acquisition of different kinds of abilities,

physical, intellectual, psychological and so on with a view to measuring development in terms of






the growth of such abilities. In subsequent years, the realization dawned on economists that

‗growth‘ is inferior to ‗development‘, that richness of economies is inferior to that of human

lives. Present consensus among economists, in short aver that development processes which

shape human lives must be influenced by the people at large. And this is why, people should

enjoy full freedoms. Logically therefore, HDR 2016 points out that ‗development means

enlargement of freedoms‘. It brings to our notice in this connection that ‗human freedom‘ has got

two dimensions freedom to enhance one‘s own wellbeing and freedom to achieve one‘s favourite

goals or values. Present shift in the development discourse from the pursuit of material

prosperity to that of enhancing human happiness is indeed quite visible in the HDR 2016. A

discussion of challenges confronting human happiness is thus immensely relevant.

As far as 'lingering challenges' are concerned, one can refer to different sorts of

deprivations caused due to hunger, malnutrition, air pollution etc. Besides these, one can also

allude to certain basic deprivations such as gender discrimination, ethnic segregation, enforced

separator of indigenous sons and daughters of the soil etc. One comes across discrimination

against disable persons and migrants as well. All these unfortunate souls remain deprived of

ownership rights over land and other assets, in some other countries indigenous people are

deprived of access to education in their own languages. Indigenous persons are also debarred in

certain nation states from access to water, forest and so on. Certain deprivations continue to

linger even after people concerned move out of poverty. Poor people who can't afford to reside in

posh localities, who are constrained to live near dirty factories, waste dumps and ecologically

fragile lands suffer from environmental hazards. Such a poverty environment nexus causes, in

fact adds to 'lingering challenges'. Veer Savarkar has attacked seven shackles such as prohibition

to read Vedas, prohibition to enter certain professions, untouchability, ban on inter-dining, ban

on inter-caste marriages etc., because these very shackles are 'lingering challenges' on the

development-trajectory. One must also take into account prejudiced segregation based on colour

and creed considerations. Despite laws banning colour discrimination, ‗white‘ members continue

to give inferior treatment to ‗black‘ counterparts. Such lingering challenges do create hurdles on

the path of sustainable development.

'Deepening and widening challenges' focus on increasing inequalities since 1970.

Liberalisation, Privatisation, Globalisation(LPG) trends prevalent since 1991 have further

accelerated inequalities. If liberalisation and privatisation have given a new boost to market

forces, globalisation has enhanced the production of capital-intensive goods and facilitated the

concentration of wealth in the topmost one percent section of the society. Joseph Stiglitz, the

author of the famous book ‗The Great Divide‘ has explained to us how and why the inequalities

have got deepened during the era of LPG trends. He has thus mentioned causes triggering still

deeper inequalities due to number of United States (US) Government policies such as

replacement of Paul Volcker by Alan Greenspan as Chairman of the Federal Reserve Board,

demolishing the wall between commercial banks and investment banks, offering tax cuts

especially for individuals belonging to upper income groups, obvious attitude towards perverse

practices of rating agencies etc. It is essential here to elaborate how have such U.S.Government

policies deepened inequalities and challenged development-trajectory. Allan Greenspan, a

villain-market fundamentalist indeed did play a crucial role in the capacity of Federal Reserve

Chief in this connection as neither heregulated the flood of liquidity, nor he prohibited deceptive

banking practices such as sanctioning of the no documentation loans, the interest free loans, etc;






nor he restricted derivatives and gambles. Government-demolition of the wall between

commercial banks and investment banks prompted former to abandon typical conservative

approach and to start investing recklessly. Declarations of tax cuts in favour of upper income

citizens goaded such individuals to indulge in speculative activities. The ostrich like

governmental oblivious attitude towards corrupt practices of rating agencies facilitated a quid-

pro-quo relationship between the latter and investment banks. The U.S. Government practically

bailed out banks, agencies and corporations at the cost of common masses whose interests were

sold out. The comment made by Joseph Stiglitz over such a scenario is worth quotation. ―The

bail out package was like a massive transfusion to a patient suffering from internal bleeding.‖

(See The Great Divide, p.47)

Joseph Stiglitz shares with Thomas Piketty the viewpoint that one percent people

in U.S.A. have succeeded in amassing wealth at the cost of ninetynine percent causing

'deepening challenges' to the human development. Both these thinkers accordingly inform us that

in capitalism there blossoms a caricature of democracy, in the sense that capitalism shapes the

government of one percent which is run by one percent and which works for one percent only.

Least wonder, Stiglitz endorses Piketty‘s worry mirrored in the following quotation :-―The main

question confronting me today is not really capitalism in the 21st century. It is about democracy

in the 21st century. As Stiglitz render whole hearted support to Piketty‘s dissent with Simon

Kuznets assessment of the peculiar unfoldment of capitalism in the aftermath of the end of the

Second World War, a succinct elaboration of this argumentation is ‗a must‘ in this connection.

Simon Kuznets had thus argued that in the post Second World War years, inequality which

increased in the initial phase began to wither away later giving way to equality. Simon Kuznets,

being a recipient of the Nobel Prize in 1971 succeeded in creating a consensus in favour of the

viewpoint that as economies become richer they become more equal. Thomas Piketty however

dared to question Kuznetsian viewpoint; he put forward through his book ‗Capital in the Twenty-

First Century‘ (welcomed in the world as a tour deforce) a unique finding that ―the trend of

concentration of wealth with the richest few forms a ‗U‘ shaped curve with the concentration

being high in the beginning of the 20th century, then falling between the two world wars and

remaining low till the 1970s, and thereafter increasing again rapidly‖. (Quoted by

MridulMehndiratta, ―The Discourse on Inequality beyond Capital in the 21st Century‖, in

Economic and Political Weekly, December 15, 2018, p.28)

Kuznetsian viewpoint was thus countered quite convincingly by Thomas Piketty

who proved that the rate of interest pocketed by the wealthy few overtook the rate of growth by

the economy as a whole thus causing the rise in the ratio of capital to national income since

1971.

Besides Piketty and Stiglitz, more than twenty renowned economists came

together in the aftermath of the publication of Capital in the Twenty First Century (abbreviation

C21) and endorsed the thesis of deepening inequality through publishing a compilation of works

under the title :- ‗After Piketty : The Agenda for Economics and Inequality (2017)‘. These

scholars have pointed out through such a compilation that the globalisation years have witnessed

a rise not only in the incomes of few wealthy fortunates, but also a hike in the gains of super

salary earners and super managers. Most of the ordinary wage earners thus continue to bear the

brunt of inequality. Same globalisation years have also observed a unique expansion of trade,

blessing more and more capital intensive production resulting in the exit of labour-intensive






manufacturing products. During these very years, not only developed countries, but also the

labour abundant developing countries as well experienced a rise in the capital intensive

manufacturing units. Logically therefore there is a drastic fall in the employment of labourers

and in the amounts of wages. The fact that the proliferation of Artificial Intelligence (AI) and the

progress of labour replacing technologies have further fuelled socio-economic inequalities, has

also been mentioned in the above referred compilation of Papers.

The HDR 2016 also refers to terrorist activities throughout the world as 'emerging

challenges'. Astonishingly enough, the 2016 Report deals with these challenges very casually

and perfunctorily. If it mentions on page number 3 violent extremism as an example of 'emerging

challenges', it refers on page number 45 to the rating of the International Criminal Court in the

Hague whereby an Islamic militant from Mali who helped destroy the fabled shrines on

Timbuktu was imprisoned for nine years. Actually such emerging challenges have acquired

serious global dimensions. If the 'lingering' and 'deepening challenges' create hurdles on the path

of human development, violent extremism and terrorism kill the human beings who belong to

‗other‘ religious sects. What is note-worthy is the fact that the peaceful existence on the part of

several sects and creeds in India does show a prescriptive path to end the above mentioned

'emerging challenges'. I would like to elucidate peculiarities of Indian secularism first in the

section dealing with Indian initiatives and also in the later half of the present Paper.

Indian initiatives and development-pertaining literature :

Whoever reads development-pertaining literature, notes quite invariably that

several innovative initiatives on the part of India for overcoming challenges, confronting human

development have received due appreciation in the writings of scholars studying development

issues.

(1) The HDR 2016 obviously deserves to be considered in the beginning only as

each Human Development Report mirrors limited Nations views. The 2016 HDR has showered

unadulterated appreciation on India‘s affirmative action programme launched in 1950 which

aimed at benefitting Scheduled Castes comprising 16 percent of the population and Scheduled

Tribes comprising 8 percent of the population. Indian Government subsequently expanded this

programme for providing reservation benefits to the Other Backward Classes (OBCs) as well. As

the other backward castes also got benefitted, the HDR 2016 has expressed happiness over this

Indian initiative for uplifting huge sections of Indian population out of the morass of poverty and

ignorance. From the perspective of the 2016 HDR, India‘s affirmative or positive initiatives of

this sort has shown a worthy path to the world as it intends to end historical group disparities and

group discrimination with a view to offering equal rights to every human being. India has indeed

underscored the sublime principle that in an unequal society ‗equity‘ is more relevant than

‗equality‘.

(2) Second Indian initiative admired by the HDR 2016 is Mahatma Gandhi

National Rural Employment Guarantee Programme(MANREGA) which creates jobs for the poor

people through launching special public works programmes. This programme serves several

purposes, it facilitates the construction of infrastructure, improves agricultural productivity

besides offering employment opportunities to the needy people. India‘s success in these ventures

is quite glaring against the background of the prevalent world trend favouring capital at the cost

of labour.






(3) It is on the page no.142 of the HDR 2016 that one comes across a note titled

―The WTO and India‘s national development policies‖, where India‘s National Food Security

Act of 2013 has been welcomed as the biggest ever food safety-net programme. It is a fact that

India has been distributing through the implementation of this Act 61 million tonnes of

subsidized foodgrains to 67 percent of the population. As hunger is a major impediment on the

path of human development causing deprivation to millions of poor people, India‘s programme

of buying foodgrains from poor farmers for sale to poorer consumers rightly deserves to be

admired. The HDR 2016 admires India not only for the concern shown in poverty-removal

through the 2013 Act, but also for readiness to confront World Trade Organisation on the issue

of agricultural subsidies. It appreciates India‘s decision to challenge WTO sanctions in the

connection on the ground that the ceiling on its agricultural subsidies based on 1986-1988 prices

is least justifiable. Here a very important footnote deserves to be added because the

NarendraModi Government succeeded in vetoing WTO sanctions in Novermber 2014. Brahma

Chellaney, a well-known geo-strategist has praised India‘s firm stand at the WTO on the

foodstockpiling issue in the Geneva-meeting in Novermber 2014. When India faced the choice

between feeding its citizens and creating jobs for wealthy economies, it opted for the former and

shielded poor destitutes from external world pressures. (See Brahma Chellaney, ―Deconstructing

the Modi Foreign Policy‖ by ‗The Hindu‘, December 4, 2014, p.10)

(4) India‘s success in the field of road construction has also received accolade

from the HDR 2016. The following extract on the page number 39 mirrors HDR-appreciation -

―In 2005 India aimed to connect every community with more than 1000 people (and every

community with more than 500 people in hilly, tribal and desert areas) to an all-weather road.

Four years later, 70 percent of the target communities were connected.‖ As the human

development depends to a large extent on the linkage between backward and hilly areas on the

one hand and the all weather roads on the other, India‘s achievement in this field, no doubt

happens to be quite praiseworthy.

(5) We have elaborated so far how has the HDR 2016 admired certain Indian

initiatives. Now Let me refer to the admiration on the part of Ban Ki Moon, the then Secretary

General of the U.N. in favour of India‘s ratification of Paris Climate Deal of 2015. It was on 2nd

October 2016 (the birthday of Mahatma Gandhi) that India declared its intention to take essential

climate action, provided,it got financial and technological support to move towards a low carbon

growth path. (See Times of India, 3/10/2016, p.12)

India‘s declaration in this regard is simply unique, it mentions not only its resolve

to eradicate poverty but also its commitment to follow the low carbon path of progress. It

underscores in the similar vein its expectation that developed countries must provide cleaner

sources of energy, technologies and financial resources as well. The Indian declaration moreover

states that it would review its promises if other countries don‘t fulfill their promises on the

transfer of finance and technology. India has thus endorsed U.N. sponsored Sustainable

Development Goals pertainingto growth, social inclusion and environmental protection, provided

other countries also share the burden. It seems that not only Ban Ki Moon but also Barak Obama,

the then U.S. President felt happy over the fact that India became a member of the Club of early

ratifiers of the Paris Climate Deal.

(6) We must also give a thought to India‘s participation in the Kigali-Convention

held in October 2016, as this Convention involving representatives of developed as well as






developing countries held in Kigali, in Rawanda aimed at chalking out a due plan to concretise

the pharedown of Hydrofluro carbons (HFCs), a very powerful greenhouse gas used in

refrigerants and air conditioning. India showed its readiness to jointly work with advanced

countries in the field of research and development for manufacturing climate-friendly

refrigerants. India‘s collaborative initiative plus its success in using renewable sources like solar

and wind were acclaimed by Ajay Mathur, Director of the Energy and Resources Institute

(TERI) through the following commentary : ―Now India has decided to leapfrog to climate

friendly technologies while achieving its development goals.‖ (See Times of India, Mumbai,

October 6, 2016, p.14)

(7) HDR 2016 which is devoted to the theme of human development for

everyone, finds it indispensable to pay priority attention to eighteen million people living with

HIV because most of them are young and adolescent and each one of them faces endangered

survival. This report moreover expresses its worry over the unavailability of badly required

antiretroviral treatment. Joseph Stiglitz refers in this connection to India‘s success in the

production of antiretroviral drugs. His narration, glorifying India‘s initiative is quotable here :-

―Production of antiretroviral drugs by Indian generic manufacturers such as Cipla has reduced

the cost of life-saving AIDS treatment in sub Saharan Africa to just 1 percent of the cost a

decade ago.‖ (See Stiglitz, The Great Divide, p.281)

(8) Reforms in stressed sectors like agriculture, infrastructure, banking, etc.

prescribed by thirteen senior economists, including former RBI Governor RaghuramRajan, IMF

Chief Economist Gita Gopinathand many more have been implemented by the present

NarendraModi Government; thus underscoring the significance of innovative initiatives. One can

begin the listing of such programmes by alluding first to ease of doing business. The World Bank

Chief Mr. Jim Yong Kim has acclaimed the fact that within four years (from 2014 to 2018)

India‘s rank improved from 142 to 100. The above mentioned thirteen Indian economists have

admired PradhanMantriFasalBimaYojana. Dr. VinayakGovilkar has rightly stated that Indian

farmers face yield risk as well as price risk. The uncertainty regarding the quantity and quality of

agricultural product harvested at the end of an agricultural cycle, triggers yield risk. And the

price risk is caused due to uncertainty about price of foodgrains. If the previous governments

announced relief packages to farmers have tried to help distressed farmers, the Modi

Government launched comprehensive scheme has helped the farmers to insulate them from

multiple risks. Dr. Govilkar has mentioned that PradhanMantriKrishiSinchaiYojana aims at

ridding farmers from the exclusive reliance on rainy season and the Soil Health Card System

intends to provide a printed report to every farmer for each of his holdings containing the status

of his soil with respect to 12 parameters. (See Govilkar, Modinomics, Chapter 3)

The Modi Government has achieved remarkable success in implementing

integrated infrastructure programme involving construction of roads, railways, waterways and

airports, is quite visible to everybody. The suggestion made by wellknown thirteen Indian

economists that Indian banks need to be recapitalized has also been endorsed by the recently

formed Governing Council of the RBI.

Every sane man and woman in India, of course appeals to Indian Government that

in no case interests of common masses be sacrificed for facilitating the growth of sustainable

enterprises. ―Ease of Doing Business should never be converted into the Ease of Closing

Business‖. (See Saji Narayanan C.K., Saga of India‘s Labour Law Reforms, p.27)






(9) I have elaborated so far several initiatives of the government for giving due

relief to the common man. The objective of India through all the seven post indpendence decades

has been to uplift vulnerable masses from poverty and ignorance. Peculiarity of the Indian march

lies in the fact that each government during seven decades sticked to the path of democracy.

Barring the Emergency era of 1975, all post independence years have demonstrated to the world,

India‘s conviction in democracy. Pursuit of human development for everyone through the march

on democratic path is itself an impressive initative on the part of India. This uniqueness of India

is impressive against the background that in China, Turkey and Russia, chief captains of the

respective governments are fascinated by autocraticstyleof governance. It is also remarkable as

democracy in capitalism generally morphs itself into plutocracy. In India, however, all rulers

have put in conscious efforts to end deprivations of common masses within the boundaries of

democratic framework.

(10) What impresses us most in the post globalization India is the scenario that several

philanthropists have come ahead to shoulder social responsibilities. Such a scenario shows the

'third way' to the world, different from Capitalism and Marxism as well. JacoCilliers, the country

director for the United Nations Development Programme informs us that during post

globalization years, there have emerged partnerships inter se government, philanthropists and

business houses for offering financial assistance as well as technical skills and energy for

development programmes. (See JacoCillier, ―Lending a hand, filling a gap‖ in The Indian

Express, Mumbai, February 22, 2017, p.13)

Mr. Cilliers further conveys to us that according to India Philanthropy Report 2015, India

has added since 2009 more than 100 million private donors who have contributed a lot to a wide

array of social causes. India has thus shown that society also takes essential initiative for

strengthening priority areas. As for the government initiative in this regard, one may refer to the

Corporate Social Responsibility Act passed in 2013. The Act obliges companies and

corporations to go beyond the pursuit of profit with a view to serving the interest of people and

planet. Vikram Mehta, Chairman of Brookings India has made a memorable commentary in the

context ofphilanthropy and the 2013-CSR Act :- ―Helping hand of collaborative partnerships

between the social enterprises and the community is, no doubt superior to the invisible hand of

the market.‖ (See Vikram Mehta, ―Corporates should reach out‖, in The Indian Express,

Mumbai, August 4, 2015, p.13)

(11) A discussion of Indian initiatives for overcoming 'emerging challenges' like

terrorism is a ‗must‘ in the present Paper because human survival has become problematical, but

India has succeeded in overcoming these emerging challenges. India is a land of spirituality,

tranquility and harmony. It believes in the ancient maxim :-Ekam sat, viprabahudhavadanti

(―Truth is one; wise people call it by different names‖.) This is why, it welcomes all religions. It

never discriminates against any religion. It represents all places of worship and picks up sublime

values from all corners of the world. No wonder, a grand Mufti of Syria acclaimed Indian

scenario during his visit to India on the occasion of Sufi Conference held in 2015. The

Citizenship Amendment Bill is also in tune with Indian ethos, as it provides that ―persons

belonging to minority communities, namely Hindus, Sikhs, Buddhists, Jains, Parsis and

Christians from Afghanistan, Bangla Desh and Pakistan shall not be considered illegal migrants.‖

This Bill, in vogue at present thus does away with injustice caused to minorities in neighbouring

Muslim countries, the minorities which have sought shelter in India. It informs the world at large






that no government can afford to ignore culture, history and politics. As the present Indian

Government refuses to discriminate or segregate vis-à-vis any religion and concentrates its

attention exclusively on minorities persecuted in the neighbouring Muslim countries, it enriches

Indian ethos. This type of initiative, uniquely innovative, no doubt deserves to be admired as it

provides appropriate antidotes to the world facing 'emerging challenges' of violent extremism.

Divine tendencies of the architects of Modern India :

I have statedin the beginning of the present Paper that several world acclaimed initiatives

and programmes launched in India for putting an end to human deprivations have been shaped

by Indian philosophy and Indian ethos. And the roles played by Swami Vivekananda and

Mahatma Gandhi in offering proper interpretations of our philosophy and ethos have also been

mentioned in the beginning of this Paper. PanditDeendayalUpadhyaya picked up very

interpretations and built the paradigm of Integral Humanism. His reliance on divine human

tendencies for uplifting common masses is rooted in his conviction that the temple of civilization

is built on the basis of very divine human tendencies, like love, sacrifice, compassion, empathy

etc. Hisdiagnosis that, whereas Capitalism based its paradigm on desire, greed and temptation,

Marxism built its framework on the basis of anger, insolence and

jealousy.PanditDeendayalUpadhyaya reminds us of the fact that every tendencies have been

condemned by the Indian philosophy as six enemies of human beings. No wonder, Swami

Vivekananda and Mahatma Gandhi happened to be concrete epitomes of divine tendencies !

Neither they believed in reaction, nor they opted for compartmental or fragmentary thinking, nor

they endorsed materialistic or mechanistic outlook. Both of them emphasized social dimensions

of spiritual ethos of India. The quotations given below from the writings and speeches of Swami

Vivekananda, mirror social dimensions of Indian ethos.Swamiji has asked us to implement in our

individual and social transactions,these very dimensions as they demonstrate our pursuit of

divine tendencies.

(A) We want a religion….. which will give us faith in ourselves, a national self-respect

and the power to feed and educate the poor and relieve the misery around us. If you want to find

God, serve man.

(B) Do you love your fellow-man? Where else should you go to seek for God? Are not all

the poor, the miserable, the weak-Gods? Why not worship them first?

(C) Service to man should be the future religion of the world!

(D) Educate the masses for their upliftment. This only will bring redemption to them

from their present day down-trodden condition, as it will put life into this dead mass, dead to

almost all moral aspiration, dead to all future possibilities !

It was a solid faith in divine tendencies and in social dimensions of spiritualism that

prompted Vivekananda to ask his elite audiences in the United States of America (U.S.A.) and

United Kingdom (U.K.) to pay priority attention to the other world of the deprived and

disprivileged citizens.

Mahatma Gandhi carried forward Vivekananda‘s legacy. It was he who launched a

crusade against inhuman colour–conscious ‗Whites‘ of South Africa. It was he who attacked the

status-conscious and insensitive Indian elites assembled at Varanasi at the time of the

inauguration of the Banaras Hindu University (B.H.U.)It was he who rushed to Champaranya

with a view to giving relief to the poor indigo-farmers.






PanditDeendayalUpadhyaya taking inspiration from Swamiji and Mahatmaji underscores

the eternal relevance of imbibing divine tendencies in every being and concludes his 1965-

Mumbai lecture series on Integral Humanism through the memorable content which deserves

quotation here :-

―With the support of universal knowledge and our heritage we shall create a Bharat

(India) which will excel all its past glories and will enable every citizen in its fold to fully

progress in the development of his mamfold latent abilities and achieve through a serve of unity

with the entire creation, a state even higher than that of a complete human being, to become

‗Narayan‘ from ‗Nar‘.‖

Upadhyayaji beautifully reminds us during the course of his lecture series that the

transformation of ‗Nar‘ into ‗Narayan‘ depends on the pledge on the part of the former to

shoulder the responsibility of caring for the old, the diseased, and the invalids. The philosophy of

Integral Humanism has, no doubt enriched the legacy of Swamiji and Mahatmaji. What is badly

needed for facilitating sustainable development of the world is to imbibe on everybody‘s mind

the imprints of divine tendencies. These very imprints have led ruler of post independence India

to launch world acclaimed innovative initiatives to overcome lingering, deepening and emerging

challenges!

USPs (Unique Selling Points) of Integral Humanism :

That the paradigm of Integral Humanism, mirroring Indian philosophy and ethos can help

the world in facing contemporary challenges needs to be elucidated now in the latter half of this

Paper. I would like to elucidate this issue through highlighting eight USPs of Integral Humanism.

(i)Humanism sponsored by the paradigm is quite distinct from West-sponsored

Humanism. In the West, when the nation states in alliance with respective state religion began to

crush common human beings, there emerged humanism with a view to shielding a human being

from the autocracy and theocracy. West-sponsored humanism thus emerged in reaction.

Logically therefore, the pendulum of individualism did swing to another extreme. A Human

being accordingly occupied monopolistic centrality at the cost of everything else. Indian

philosophy however worships Humanism not in reaction but out of conviction. Secondly, unlike

the West sponsored homocentric or anthropocentric humanism, Integral Humanism is

cosmocentric. A human being, from the perspective of Integral Humanism in consequence with

Bhagavad Gita is expected to be the western humanism however teaches a human

being to be . Indian Philosophy believes that divinity permeates entire universe, this is

why, you and me are expected to worship and ! In this sense, Humanism,

rooted in India is cosmo-centric, whereas Western humanism is homo-centric or anthropocentric.

Thirdly, understanding of a human being from the angle of Integral Humanism comprises body,

mind, intellect and soul, whereas the Western understanding of a human being is confined to the

biological needs only.

(ii) Secondly Integral Humanism is affirmative and constructive.

PanditDeendayalUpadhyaya, no doubt criticized Capitalism and Marxism. He however stated

categorically that the paradigm of Integral Huamnism emerged not in reaction to any ‗ism‘ but

out of spontaneous faith in the divinity of each human being.






(iii) Integral Humanism reflects ‗swaraj in ideas‘, reminding us of the historical speech

delivered by Krishnachandra Bhattacharya at Chandranagar in 1931, wherein this great thinker

asked Indians to worship distinct indigenous Indian culture. Krishnachandra Bhattacharya was in

favour of assimilation, thoughhefaught against subjugation. Integral Humanism similarly

accepts, in fact welcomes, all the sublime divine values from other cultures though it insists that

such values must be adapted and adjusted with the Indian ethos.

(iv) Integral, or holistic thinking is the Fourth feature of PanditDeendayal-sponsored

paradigm. It accepts that each human being has his own specific characteristics, though it points

out in the similar view that every being expects society to provide congenial climate. Man cannot

live as an isolated being. He needs family, village, state and several social institutes. He, whose

vision is broad, embracing wider canvass can live happily. Integral Humanism, therefore

emphasizes that there is a symbiotic relationship between an individual and society.

Compartmentalized or fragmentary thinking sponsored by Rene Descartes is least acceptable in

India. As per Descartian thinking, universe is a machine and if anybody wants to know how it

works, he dismantles the machine into tiny parts and reassembles it subsequently. One can

similarly dismantle the universe, one can reduce it into parts and reassemble it later.

Descartianapproach which is fragmentary, reductionist andmechanicalisgenerally presented

through concentric circles around an individual. Hence individual occupies the central position,

which is surrounded first by family circle, later by village circle, still later by the district circle

and subsequent several outer circles. All these circles are parallel to each other, separate from

each other.

Integral Humanism being rooted in Indian philosophy believing in symbiotic relations

between an individual and society begs to differ with Descartes-sponsored concentric circles.

Integral Humanism here sponsors spiral circles around individual. It is obvious that all such

circles emerge out of individual, quite a kin to spider‘s web. We all know that Indian ethos

teaches everybody of us to be broad hearted through the following subhashit:-

(One must sacrifice one‘s interests for the family, the family should sacrifice its interests

for the village…. And ultimately one should renounce the world and its pleasures for one‘s own

emancipation.)

Surprisingly enough, the HDR 2016, which does mention concentric circles around

individual, underscores the relevance of spiral circles and gives India-centric message through

the following content :-

―People should consider themselves part of a cohesive global whole rather than a

fragmented terrain of rival groups and interests.‖ (See the HDR 2016, p.6)

(v) Faith in the ‗survival of the weakest‘ is the Fifth feature of Integral Humanism.

Mahatma Gandhiji as well as PanditDeendayalji totally oppose Darwinian principle :‗survival of

the fittest‘. They call it the law of the jungle. They rightly point out that human beings believe in

a civilized life. The Human Development Reports published so far by the United Nations

Development Programme seem to have endorsed that the weakest human beings must be

protected by the rich counter parts because nobody should remain vulnerable. The HDR 2016

rightly recommends that the marginalized and deprived persons must be identified through the






use of disaggregated measures for monitoring progress in human development. Thus people need

to be disaggregated by age, gender, ethnicity, subnational units and other parameters. The

analyses through such measures will help us in locating marginalized and deprived people. The

2016 HDR goes a step ahead and asks us to pressurise policy-makers to draft policies for

mitigating worries of marginalized people. It also calls ‗Haves‘ to volunteer for social cause. The

world think-tank has indeed given acceptance to the spiral circles and symbiotic relations

between an individual and society as it has realized that the weakest members can be uplifted

through the operation of spiral circles only. It has backed the memorable statement uttered by

PanditDeendayalUpadhyaya, the statement which runs as follows:- ―Parameter of man‘s social

concern and his culture is his promptness to take care of the downtrodden.‖

Incidentally, AlwinTauffler has also rejected Descartes-sponsored reductionist approach,

as in his opinion holistic technology is reliable for the ‗third wave-manufacture‘. (See Capra

Fritjof, The Turning Point, pp.194-195)

(vi) Integral Humanism‘s conviction that ‗cooperation, and not conflict‘ is the sign of

civilization can be called the Sixth U.S.P. of this paradigm. If the world has survived so far,

credit must be given to the human spirit of completion. This spirit asks you and me to help each

other with a view to doing away with any inadequacy. To complete-is the Mantra-well accepted

at present. We are not supposed to compete with each other. Alfred Wallace thus seems to have

overtaken Charles Darwin. One must however, note that if any ‗Shylock‘ throws the spint of

cooperation to the winds, if he sticks to the path of exploitation, Integral Humanism does expect

the State to bring him to the track.

(vii) It is in the Seventh U.S.P. that Integral Humanism spells out its idea regarding the

institute of the ‗state‘. State is thus called one of the social institutions carved out for defending

nation from attacks external as well as internal. It is the responsibility of the State to chalk out a

strategy for defending nation. It is not supposed to succumb to the enemy; nor it is expected to

surrender in front of exploitative elements within society. It should however confine itself to

certain boundaries. PanditDeendayalUpadhyaya interprets the Mantra : is a

very unique way. He argues that the King undoubtedly plays a very crucial, influential role in the

sense that he protects Dharma, though he cannot decide what constitutes Dharma. The King

resembles the executive in the present state. He executes the laws properly, but does not enact

these laws as the legislative assembly is supposed to enact laws. Integral Humanism, in short,

argues that ‗state‘ should never overpower ‗nation‘.

(viii) Deendayalji‘s viewpoint regarding ‗Nation‘, the Eighth U.S.P. of Integral

Humanism has also received acceptability at present. The genesis and growth of fifteen nations

in the aftermath of the disintegration of Soviet Union have endorsed Deendayalji‘s viewpoint

that a nation is shaped by its intrinsic nature-the Chiti. No wonder, Vladimir Putin, the Present

Chief of post Soviet Russia has scrapped 7th

November public holiday and replaced it with

4th

November holiday. The day of 7th

November used to be celebrated as public holiday during

Soviet era for honouring the Bolshevik uprising of 1917. The present Russia however wants to

commemorate 4th

November because it was on this day in the year 1612 that Russian nation

succeeded in driving out Polish invaders. Withering away of the artificial Soviet nationality and

the birth of intrinsic Russian Nationality, no doubt sanction the concept of Chiti. Integral

Humanism, of course rejects Trump-sponsored nativism because the latter respects White Anglo-






Saxon Protestants and offer secondary citizenship to those who are neither Whites, nor Anglo

Saxons, nor Protestants.

Integral Humanism is thus all inclusive, all accommodative, it does not discriminate

against non Hindus. It honours each and everyone who leads his life in the light of Dharma, who

is rightons, who worships sublime principles. PanditDeendayalUpadhyaya has remembered

during his lecture series on Integral Humanism how Mr.Hafiz Mohammed Ibrahim, a Muslim

League MLA in Uttar Pradesh said good bye to the assembly seat before joining Indian National

Congress. Mr. Hafiz Mohammed Ibrahim thus implemented healthy principles of public conduct,

he accordingly pursued ‗Dharma‘. That is why,DeendayalUpadhyaya found it necessary to

remember him gratefully.

‗Sustainable development‘ opposes discrimination on the ground of colour, creed and

caste. And Integral Humanism fully shares the viewpoint.

World acclaim of Integral Humanism

I have elaborated in the lines above how have Human Development Reports and

development related write-ups appreciated Indian initiatives launched for mitigating inequalities

and disparities. I have also mentioned that as initiatives are shaped by philosophy and ethos,

development pertaining literature has admired such sources of Indian initiatives as well.

Now I would like to elucidate commonalities between HDR-sponsored

recommendations for overcoming world-challenges and the prescriptions made in this

connection by Integral Humanism. It is quite logical because the paradigm of Integral Humanism

mirrors the crux of age old Indian philosophy and ethos : the source of above analysed Indian

initiatives.

Let me first bring to the notice of reader how has PanditDeendayalUpadhyaya

claimed that Integral Humanism would succeed in reconstructing Indian economy through the

pursuit of Indian initiatives in the light of Indian philosophy and ethos. Later I will highlight

HDR-sponsored development strategy relying on integrated public functions and societal

transitions for facilitating world march towards sustainable development goals. Finally I will

present an explicit and detailed elaboration of commonalities between the development path

sponsored by Integral Humanism and the development-strategy put forth by Human

Development Reports. Unintentional global support to Integral Humanism will thus be

underscored. As for the development-path hinted broadly in Integral Humanism, one can refer to

the concluding part of lecture-series. PanditDeenadayalUpadhyaya has stated while concluding

his lecture series on Integral Humanism that, if Capitalism relies on encouraging selfishness of a

human being, Marxism believes in converting a human being into a feeble lifelong cog in the

scheme of rigid rules. He has also stated that if Capitalism honours market fundamentalism and

leaves a human being at the mercy of the law of the jungle and the resultant fierce competition,

Marxism asks a human being to blindly follow dialectical materialism and to throw away

inherent dynamism. Both ‗isms‘ averseUpadhyaya, ―this results in dehumanization of

man‖.PanditDeendayal sponsored Integral Humanism therefore pledges to restore dignity to the

human being. The extract, most relevant in this context runs as follows :-

―Man, the highest creation of God, is losing his own identity. We must reestablish him in

his rightful position, bring him the realization of his greatness, reawaken his abilities and






encourage him to exert for attaining divine heights of his latent personality. This is only possible

through a decentralized economy.‖

It is indeed the paradigm of Integral Humanism alone which consider a human being as

the highest creation of God and aims at enabling him as well as her to reach highest divine peak

of his/her personality. It is again the paradigm of Integral Humanism which places before us the

concept of a ‗complete human being‘, an integrated human being as a goal as well as a path. This

paradigm thus asks everybody of us to try to be an integral man through the pursuit of integrated

development path.

Incidentally, the strategy of development chalked out by the HDR 2015 asks us to reach

Sustainable Development Goals ―through inclusive and transparent intergovernmental process

which takes into account interests of all stakeholders.‖ (See Human Development Report 2015,

p.132) What is most significant and relevant is the fact that the five areas of critical importance

for humanity and the planet mentioned by the HDR 2015 also happen to be the goals placed

before us !

The indivisibility of goals and path is in short a commonality between Integral

Humanism and the U.N. sponsored Human Development Reports. The objectives of Indian

economy from the angle of Integral Humanism are, no doubt worth comparison with HDR

sponsored sustainable development goals. Just as the objectives placed by Integral Humanism

before Indian economy are interlinked with each other, the HDR sponsored five areas of critical

importance for humanity and the planet are also indivisible from each other. Both paradigms are

thus least fragmentary or compartmental and most holistic or integral.

Let us first elucidate six objectives which Integral Humanism expects our economy to

achieve. They are as follows :-

(1) Our economy must first provide minimum living standard to every individual, it must

provide simultaneously full defense preparedness to our nation.

(2) It must, secondly pay constant attention to the further increase in the above mentioned

living standard whereby our individuals as well as our nation would acquire ability to contribute

to the world progress on the basis of the Chiti (spirit) of our nation.

(3) Thirdly, it must offer every able bodied person meaningful employment, whereby he

or she would be able to achieve just mentioned two objectives and to prompt him or her to use

natural resources parsimoniously.

(4) It must, fourthly develop suitable Indian technology compatible with India‘s resource-

endowments.

(5) Fifthly, it must not disregard any person; it must, in fact facilitate full development of

every person. It must protect the cultural and other values of life, because no economy can afford

to disregard cultural as well as other values.

(6) It must, sixthly opt for pragmatism while deciding about the ownership, state, private

or any other form of various industries.

Even a quick glance at these objectives prompts one to comment that they are interlinked

with each other. It also informs us that if an individual is linked with the society, with the entire

broad cosmos, the present generation is also connected with its future counterparts. This is why,

the third objective asks our economic system to use natural resources parsimoniously. It also

conveys to us that it is the cosmo-centric human being, rather than the homo-centric person who






deserves to be worshipped. Such type of Integral Humanism is, no doubt quite superior to the

homo-centric humanism.

If the first three objectives take into account symbiotic, spiral relations between an

individual and all circles around him, the fourth objective is India-centric, it refuses to apply

single panacea to all diseases. It‘s message that ―one size-fits all policy does not work‖ is really

golden. Fifth objective is immensely crucial, because not only it places cosmo-centric human

being in the center of the paradigm, it also underscores the relevance of cultural and other values

in the march towards sustainable development goals. Sixth, that is, final objective points out that

we all should be pragmatic, zero dogmatic while considering the issue of ownership of a firm.

I have explained so far how the objectives placed by Integral Humanism before Indian

economy are closely interlinked with each other, how they are integral and holistic ! It is against

this setting that I intend to elaborate now how the HDR 2015-sponsored sustainable development

goals are closely interrelated with five areas of critical importance for humanity and the planet.

The HDR 2015 expects people to achieve development goals through dealing with five

significant areas which are inseparable from the former. First they must end their poverty,

hunger, indignity and inequality in a healthy environment. Secondly they must ensure their

socio-economic and technological progress without causing any harm to natural system. They

must thirdly protect the planet from degradation, because it is the planet which supports the

needs of the present and future generations. Fourthly, they must build inclusive, peaceful

societies, because peace and sustainable development are mutually supportive. Fifthly, they must

revitalize participation of all countries, all stakeholders and all people for achieving sustainable

development goals. The HDR 2015 informs us through this narration that the five ‗P‘s (People,

Prosperity, Planet, Peace and Partnership) are interwoven and linked closely with sustainable

development goals. The development paradigm built by the 2015-Report thus endorses,

inadvertently, of course, the objectives prescribed by Integral Humanism for Indian economy.

Unintentional global support to Integral Humanism :

In this section of the Paper, I intend to quote a number of statements, a kin to golden

nuggets from Human Development Reports as they resemble positions and views articulated in

Integral Humanism. Human Development Reports, published by the United Nations

Development Programme give expression to the views of scholars and leaders representing

different corners of the world. One can therefore aver that these reports articulate world-opinion

and as these articulations are quite similar to those one comes across in the paradigm of Integral

Humanism, one can claim that Integral Humanism has obtained unintentional global support.

I have stated above that Western philosophers, taking cue from Rene Descartes draw

concentric circles around individual with a view to informing us that a person is cut off from the

society. The HDR 2016 however amends the concept of concentric, social circles by calling them

as extensions of the individual. (See the p.128) This type of amendment is, of course immensely

crucial, because it expects an individual to treat surrounding social circles as his or her

extensions and the relations with these circles as symbiotic and spiral.

A reference has already been made to the HDR 2016-appeal to people at large to consider

themselves part of a cohesive global whole rather than a fragmented terrain of rival groups and

interests. The contemporary global thinking thus says a good-bye to the fragmentary Descartian

thinking and extends welcome to the holistic outlook. Same thinking logically asks us ―to put






empathy, tolerance and moral commitments to global justice and sustainability at the centre of

individual and collective choices.‖ (See the HDR 2016, p.6) The HDR 2016, in fact asks people

to have a concern in the well being of people who belong to future generations as well, as it

remarks that ―sustainable development relates to intergenerational equity-the freedoms of future

generations and those of today‖. (See p.9) The HDR 2016 thus seems to be a replica of the

approach on the part of the World Commission on Environment and Development (1987), as this

approach comprises the following content- ―Sustainable development means that development

which meets the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to

meet their own needs.‖ (Quoted in HDR 2015, p.131) Present global thinking indeed

encompasses a very wide range of integral worldview.

A reader comes across one of the most quotable quotes on the page no.9 of the HDR

2016. It runs as follows :- ―Human development requires recognizing that every life is equally

valuable and that human development must start with those farthest behind.‖ (emphasis added.)

This quote reminds me of the speech delivered by PanditDeendayalUpadhyaya while

inaugurating the ZopadpattiJanataParishad in Mumbai in 1965. Deendayalji‘s remark in the

course of his speech is worth reproduction here :- ―As even a single weak thread causes a threat

to the strength of a rope, one must pay attention to the strengthening of each thread. The weakest

thread obviously deserves priority attention.‖ PanditDeendayalUpadhyaya reminded his audience

through this remark that as no locality in a city affords deprivation and inequality, one must pay

priority attention to the development of slum areas.

What is most relevant here is the similar comment made by the HDR 2016 on page

number 32. This comment informs that ―lingering deprivations and inequalities present serious

challenges to human development because first they slow down the capabilities of people,

secondly they strengthen the process of exclusion whereby poor, vulnerable people are kept out

of the decision-making process on the development path, and thirdly they create unjust and

inhuman society.‖

Present global thinking thus shares with Integral Humanism not only holistic or integral

outlook, but also the perspective that the issue of the development of the most vulnerable people

deserves our priority attention. Contemporary world thinking logically expects us to reinforce the

spirit of cooperation and coordination in the place of clashes and conflicts. (See p.29)

It seems that the scholars and leaders representing different nation states involved in the

UN sponsored deliberations over human development have formed their opinions and

observations on the empirical basis. The remark given below mirrors the just mentioned

empirical basis :- ―cooperation and commitments to eliminating deprivations and promoting

sustainable human development have improved the lives of billions of people over the past 25

years‖. (See the HDR 2016, p.29)

Present human development approach naturally relies on cooperation between ‗Haves‘

and ‗Have-Nots‘. It expects members belonging to the category of ‗Haves‘ to take initiative for

uplifting vulnerable people out of the morass of poverty. The following extract is quite relevant

here :- ―People may thus volunteer for causes that do not advance their own wellbeing. They

may thus protect the rights or improve the conditions of vulnerable groups or conserve

ecosystems, etc. People may put themselves in grueling situations, working to promote causes

they believe in at the cost of their own health or security.‖ (See the HDR 2016, p.87)






Contemporary human development approach, in short believes in integral or holistic

outlook, cares utmost for the most vulnerable people, appeals to ‗Haves‘ to volunteer for

mitigating the deprivations of downtrodden destitutes and relies on the spirit of cooperation.

We can legitimately conclude that the paradigm of Integral Humanism is acclaimed by

the world at present !






FDI for Sustainable Regional Development in India

Dr. Anita Prasad Bhave.

Assistant Professor

Garware College of Commerce, Pune, Maharastra.

Mail Id : [email protected]

Abstract:

FDI is considered as a backbone for the faster sustainable economic development in most

of the countries. It is significant due to its long-lasting pattern of investment in the economy. FDI

reduces the deficit in the Balance of Payment and it is also the largest source of external finance.

Recipient countries have benefited from FDI in several ways such as the creation of employment

opportunities, accessibility to the latest technology and innovations as well as better access to

international markets, etc. The paper tries to focus on the importance of FDI as well as its

impact on sustainable regional development of our country. It is observed that India is able to

attract FDI in many sectors but the percolation of FDI is concentrated only in a few regions

while the rest of the regions are lagging behind. This study tries to focus on the various socio-

economic factors affecting the growth of FDI region wise. It also suggests various measures to

be implemented for sustainable regional development of our country so that all the regions will

be equally developed. Naturally, it will enhance the physical, natural and economic resource

utilization in a coherent manner.

Keywords: FDI, sustainable development, Regions, etc.

Introduction

FDI plays the multi-dimensional role in the overall development of a host country. The

flow of FDI also helps to reduce our current account deficit, which is of prime concern today.

For various reasons, India has been attracting FDI in many fields of the economy. The market

determined export-oriented policies will continue in the near future with greater importance

being attached to FDI. The inward FDI flow is very essential for the sustainable development of

the economy by the development of industries and encourages export and helps in the integration

of the domestic economy with the world economy. This FDI is allocated in different regions of

the country for various productive activities. Therefore, it is interesting to know the flow of FDI

in our country as well as the regional distribution of FDI in the country. Hence it is felt necessary

to study this topic. At the same time, the role of changing government policy, and socio-

economic factors are behind the increase in FDI in some of the regions are required to be deeply

analyzed in India.

Research Gap

Percolation of FDI as per the region is very significant for the overall development of the

country. So, the researcher felt that it is important to give more attention to region wise

distribution of FDI in India. So this study is undertaken.

Objectives of the Study

This study intends to cover the following objectives:

1 To analyze the current FDI scenario and FDI policy in India in brief.






2 To study regional distribution of FDI in India and explore the various socio-economic factors

behind it and its impact on sustainable development of the country.

Concept Clarification

The concepts used in the present study are discussed below:

Regions of India: The region is defined, on account of practical consideration of data

availability from Reserve Bank of India and not as per the definition prescribed by National

Development Council, The State's Re-organization Act, 1956 of India, in which the whole

country has been divided into zones, states, union territories as they are politico-administrative

units and are considered as economic planning regions.

Foreign Direct Investment: The definition prescribed by the Planning Commission of

India has been considered for this research. Foreign Institutional Investors and portfolio

investments are also other aspects of foreign investment policy. However, in this study, the focus

is given only on FDI aspects and other aspects of foreign investment policy are not considered.

Hypotheses

There are regional imbalances in the distribution of FDI in India during the study period

and there are causes for it. It also obstructs the sustainable regional development.

Scope of the Study

The present study takes into account the time period from April 2000 to June 2018 i.e. the

second decade onwards of economic reforms.

Research Methodology

Research Design

This study is exploratory and descriptive in nature, as it aims to determine the present

facts as well as some new facts about the phenomenon regarding the FDI. It uses a historical-

analytical method.

Sources of Data

Secondary data is used in this study. Mainly internet and publications are used as a

vehicle to collect the secondary data required for this research such as Annual and Quarterly

Bulletin of RBI, Annual Reports of Ministry of Commerce and Industry, Reports of Department

of Industrial Policy & Promotion (DIPP), Economic Survey of India.

Methodology

For this purpose, the period of study from 2000 to 2018 is considered for better

comparison. Though economic reforms started in 1991, no major changes could be seen during

the initial period of reforms. From 2000 onwards the government allowed foreign equity up to

100 per cent in infrastructure projects. It is also found that some major policy changes took place

during 2004-2005 periods.

Current FDI Scenario

FDI in India is rising during the period 1995-2018. As per the database of World Bank

Data Bank, the annual flow of FDI rose from $214.4 million in 1995 to the US $ 547.2 million in

2001. It further rose to the US $ 2650.2 million in 2010. During the second decade of economic

reforms, there was tremendous growth of FDI. Cumulative FDI inflows received during April






2000 – June 2018 was US$ 389721 million. (DIPP Factsheet) It shows the positive global

response and thus considered India as a favourable destination for FDI.

Major Policy Initiatives

In the period from 2000 to 2005, some of the sectors were opened up till this time by the

government were as retail trading, defence industries up to cap of 26 per cent (press note 10 of

2000, 4 of 2001) etc. Few sectors were not opened up till 2004-2005. Telecom services were

increased from 49 per cent to 79 per cent (press note no 5 of 2005). FDI was allowed 51 per cent

in single-brand retail (Press Note 3 of 2006).

For drugs and pharmaceutical sector and hotels and tourism sector, foreign equity is

permitted up to 100 per cent under the automatic route. The insurance and defence sector was

opened up to a cap of 26 per cent which was restricted for indigenous companies earlier.

FDI up to 100 per cent is permitted under the automatic route for the establishment of

SEZs, Export Oriented Units (EOU) and for the establishment of Industrial Parks. Thus, the

thrust of second-decade reforms of FDI policy was on infrastructure and services sector.

Later during 2014-15, GOI as per Ministry of Commerce and Industry, Department of

Industrial Policy and Promotion, allows 49 per cent of FDI in insurance sector, defense sector 49

per cent under Government route, single brand retailing 100 per cent (Automatic up to 49 per

cent, Government route beyond 49 per cent), railways 100 per cent Automatic, baking private

sector 74 per cent (Automatic up to 49 per cent), pension sector 49 per cent under automatic

route is permitted.

Now let us have a look at the contribution of region wise FDI inflows in our country from

April 2000 to June 2018. (DIPP Factsheet)






The regional distribution of cumulative FDI inflows shows high variations. As per the recent

data of RBI, 30 per cent of cumulative FDI during April 2000 to June 2018 had gone to the

Mumbai region of RBI, comprising Maharashtra, Dadra, Nagar, Haveli and Daman and Diu

worth Rs. 650129 crores. Another region is New Delhi, comprising Delhi, parts of UP and

Haryana which got 20 per cent cumulative FDI during the same period getting Rs. 448400

crores. Share of Bangalore region including Karnataka state is 8 per cent received FDI worth

Rs.190354 crores, Chennai region comprising Tamil Nadu and Pondicherry‘s share is 7 per cent

received Rs.160497 crores, While Ahmadabad region including Gujarat‘s share in FDI Inflows is

5 per cent worth Rs.107316 crores, and Hyderabad region of Andhra Pradesh is having a share of

4 per cent worth Rs. 92131. Thus, 74 per cent of total FDI inflows were received by the states

covered in western and Southern regions.

The backward states of the country popularly known as BIMARU states, which means

sick in the Hindi Language i.e., Bihar, Madhya Pradesh, Rajasthan, Uttar Pradesh (including

newly created states of Uttarakhand, Jharkhand, Chhattisgarh) having a large share in area and

population of the country received very less amount of FDI. Madhya Pradesh and Chattisgarh

received 0.4 per cent of FDI getting Rs.7355 crores. Jaipur region of RBI covering Rajasthan

state received 0.4 per cent of FDI worth Rs.9502 crores. The Chandigarh region of RBI

comprising Chandigarh, Punjab, Haryana, and Himachal Pradesh received merely 0.4 per cent of

FDI worth Rs.7273 crores. The share of Bihar and Jharkhand being rich in natural resources is

negligible. Bihar state is almost neglected by foreign investors received just 0.03 per cent share

worth Rs.671crores. Uttar Pradesh and Uttaranchal got 0.2 per cent of FDI worth Rs.3732 crores.

North-east states of Guwahati region of RBI covering Assam, Arunachal Pradesh, Manipur,

Meghalaya, Mizoram, Nagaland, and Tripura received in total 0.03 per cent of FDI worth Rs.558

crores. Bhubaneswar region received 0.1 per cent of FDI worth Rs. 2558 crores during the same

period. The Kolkata region having Sikkim, Andaman and Nikobar Islands received 1 per cent of

FDI worth Rs.26499 crores.

Data on FDI shows that only a few states are able to attract a major chunk of FDI. It is

evident from the above table that the top six regions attracted 74 per cent of FDI. There is the

strong regional disparity in the pattern of FDI flows, with the southern and western states faring

much better than the other parts of the country. Three southern states (Tamil Nadu, Karnataka,

Andhra Pradesh) and the two western states (Maharashtra, Gujarat) received the highest share of

total FDI, while rest of the states are lagging behind to attract FDI proposals. It also affects in

sustainable regional development.

As per the central government, FDI policies for 29 states and seven UTs are same.

Economic reforms assigned greater power to state governments and provoked greater

competition among them. The respective state governments are making conducive atmosphere

through proper policies such as concession in the form of tax holidays, development rebate, and

rebate on undistributed profits subsidized inputs etc. for the foreign investors. Role of central

government is to formulate FDI policies and to assist state governments in implementing those

policies. It is the respective state governments and not the central government who are taking

initiatives to gain maximum FDI.

Understanding the dynamics of such inter-state variations in FDI inflows is very

important for balanced sustainable regional development in the country. The skewed distribution

of FDI inflows towards some specific states, hence increasing imbalance in regional






development is likely to have serious consequences on the socio-economic-political stability of

the economy.

Socio-Economic factors responsible for uneven regional FDI distribution in India:

1. The top 6 regions attracting a major portion of FDI have leading factors. They are

discussed here in brief.

2. The regions provide a well-developed system of banking and finance and have adopted

investor friendly govt. policies and have the pro-active and efficient administrative

system. Excellent infrastructure facilities such as well developed roads, railways, airports,

and industrial estates, technical institutes, commercial markets, and communication

network are attracting FDI towards the regions.

3. The regions provide an abundant supply of skilled manpower and also provide residential

and corporate estates that are of world-class standards.

4. Major industries in the regions attracting foreign direct investment are Information

technology, telecommunications, Electrical goods, Electronics Hardware, Automobiles

and Auto Components, Consumer Durables, Chemicals, Petrochemicals,

Pharmaceuticals, Information Technology and Biotechnology, Food processing

industries, Automobiles, Readymade garments, light engineering, Real estate, Retail and

Leisure, Hotel and Tourism, Healthcare Hub and Medical Tourism, Transport and

Logistics, Financial Services etc.

5. These regions have operational SEZs.

6. Provide stability as well as security to Industrial concerns.

7. There are certain lagging factors which are observed in general in rest of the Indian

regions. They are mentioned below.

8. Many regions have a huge endowment of natural resources. But they are lagging behind

in the industrial development.

9. Lack of infrastructure facilities such as limited connectivity with ports, rail and air

transport, power, education, social and industrial backwardness etc. And lacks of

political will are the major reasons attributed to this.

10. Agriculture would continue to play an integral part of the development process in the

regions.

11. RBI regions in North Eastern have socio-economic problems and regional diversity in

terms of terrain, lack of infrastructure availability as the regions are hilly and motorable

infrastructure is neither easily neither accessible. Heavy industries are absent in these

regions.

Findings

FDI in India is rising during the period 2000-2018. Cumulative FDI inflows received

during April 2000 – June 2018 was US$ 389721 million. It shows the positive global response

and thus considered India as a favourable destination for FDI.

An increase in FDI amount is attributed to the policy changes adopted by the Indian

Government. The economic reforms initiated in 1991 liberalised the FDI policies gradually. The

years 1995, 2000, 2005 and onwards are witnessed the major sectoral changes in FDI policies.






The government had permitted 100 per cent foreign equity in infrastructure, tertiary as well as in

the manufacturing sector in 2010.

Amongst the regions of India, each region is blessed with some of the resources; But the

divisions of these resources are not equally distributed amongst these regions. As a result, the

physical development of an individual region varies from each other. Thus, the existence of

regional disparities in the economic development of a vast developing country like India is a

common phenomenon. It is, of course, true that perfect regional balance is neither feasible nor

economically possible. In our country, regional disparities occur in size, population, climate,

topography, vegetation and linguistic and cultural aspects and so on. Consequently, there are

enormous differences in the level of economic development amongst different regions

The issue of regional disparities in India has acquired social and political implications and it

influences various policy decisions of the govt. The origin of disparities could be traced to

historical developments in the pre-independence era where disparity arose due to the initial

advantages enjoyed by some of the regions under the British Rule as well as the policy measures

adopted during the post-independence planned era.

Pattern of FDI Inflow in India suggests that the inflows are highly concentrated in a few

regions because of a big domestic market, availability of cheap and skilled labour, market-

friendly policies, tax incentives, concessions in the form of tax holiday, development rebate,

rebate on undistributed profits, additional depreciation allowance and subsidized inputs as well

as personal efforts of policymakers of concerning states. It is seen that these regions are

industrially developed, have well-developed infrastructure facilities like land, power and other

public utilities, strong political support, business-friendly environment, skilled labour force etc.

Thus could get maximum FDI in the country. From point of view of investing countries, location

with maximum facilities will be selected.

In an effort to attract FDI to their states, some states have ignored the rural sector and

concentrated their development expenditures only in restricted urban areas. This has further

increased the rural-urban divide adding further to regional disparities and regional imbalances

which may further hamper sustainable development.

(a) This will lead to many problems such as

(i) Excess burden on urban areas for increasing infrastructure facilities like roads and buildings,

water and sanitation, congestion in big cities;

(ii) Unequal utilization of natural resources as resources in rural areas will not get utilized, so it

will remain idle. Resources in developed areas will get exhausted quickly and affect sustainable

development. Thus, it will have adverse environmental effects in future.

(iii) Income inequality will get widened further as more scope for employment is available in

secondary and tertiary sectors and people in general, aspire for these jobs. So, the primary sector

will be overlooked.

(iv) It will also create problems of migration.

(v) Regional imbalances in FDI may give rise to social tensions and will hamper sustained

growth and peaceful environment.

Recommendations

1. India became one of the favourite destinations for the FDI. There are certain hurdles that

need to be overcome in order to increase the further flow of FDI in India and to have

sustainable regional development. So following suggestions seems to be useful-






2. It is essential to reduce administrative and regulatory barriers for starting and operating

new businesses, as it often poses obstacles to FDI. Measures such as transparent policies,

regulatory reforms, efficiency reforms such as one-stop shops, and increasing the use of

e-governance and information technology required to be implemented.

3. For having equitable distribution of FDI, efforts and determination of political leaders are

vital. For instance, the state leadership of states like Gujarat, Haryana etc. has taken lead

in developing infrastructure in their states. This has enhanced the FDI inflow in these

regions. The other state governments should take similar leads in order to attract FDI.

4. It is also found that India has further scope to improve the business environment by

easing the norms of registering property, competition rules and reducing time taken in

enforcing contracts.

5. There is a need to have a uniform tax system all over the country, to reduce inequality of

choice among foreign investors. Also, the evaluation of tax rates in line with global

standards is essential.

6. Labour law reforms are equally essential.

7. The government of India should give thrust on vocational training and education,

infrastructure facilities for providing employment.

8. To have the smooth and equal flow of FDI in all regions, there is a need to tackle the

internal security aspects of the states. Determined and strong action is needed to prevent

Naxalism and terrorism.

9. Most of the Indian states produce agriculture produce. Thus to attract more FDI in the

agricultural sector, agro-industries needs a boost through ancillary industries and related

activities like food processing industries etc.

10. It is required to divert FDI in the manufacturing sector, which is the most desired of all

the sectors for FDI in our country. The manufacturing sector has a greater scope of low-

end labour intensive manufacturing jobs for the unskilled, semi-skilled population. This

sector has huge potential to provide employment to a large population.

11. India can take the example of China while formulating the FDI policies. In order to

reduce regional inequality, they have raised the entry requirements for FDI into the

coastal belt to secure high-value investments in that area. In the interior, they have

encouraged labour-intensive investments.

References:

Periodicals and journals

1. Agnieazka Chidlow and Stephen Young (2008), ―Regional Determinants of FDI

Distribution in Poland‖, William Davidson Institute Working Paper Number 943,

November.

2. Arti Mukherjee (14 Aug. 2013), ―Regional Inequality in FI Flows to India: The Problems

and the Prospects‖, RBI.

3. Banga, Rashmi (2003), ―Impact of Government Policies and Investment Agreements on

FDI Inflows‖, ICRIER, Working Paper No. 16, New Delhi.

4. Gaur, Achal Kumar (2010), ―Regional Disparities in Economic Growth: A Case Study of

Indian States‖, Paper Prepared for the 31st General Conference of The International






Association for Research in Income and Wealth, St. Gallen, Switzerland, August 22-28,

2010

5. Globerman, S. and Shapiro, D. (2002), ―Global Foreign Direct Investments Inflows: The

Role of Governance Infrastructure‖, World Development 30(11): 1899-1919.

6. Goldar Bishwanath, Banga Rashmi (2007), ―impact of trade liberalization on FDI in

Indian industries‖, Asia-Pacific Research and Training Network on trade, working paper

series no.36, June

7. Narendra Singh Bohra, et.al. (2011), ―Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) In India‘s

Service Sector (A Study of Post Liberalization)‖, International Journal for Economic

Research, 2(2).

8. SIA Newsletter (various issues), Ministry of Industry, Government of India.

9. Sharma R & Khurana N( 2013), ―Role of Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) in Different

Sectors‖, International Journal of Advances in Management and Economics Vol.2, Issue

1, 14-19 14.

10. Morris, Sebastian (2004), ―A Study of the Regional Determinants of FDI in India and the

Case of Gujarat‖, Working Paper No. 2004/03/07, Indian Institute of Management.

11. Rao, Chalapatati, Murthy M.R. (2006), ―Towards Understanding the State-wise

Distribution of FDI in the Post-liberalization Period‖, ISID Working Paper No. 2006/01.

Reports

1. Consolidated FDI Policy (2012, 2016), Department of Industrial Policy and Promotion,

Ministry of Commerce and Industry, Government of India.

2. Economic Survey of India 2010-2011, 2015-2016.

3. FDI Policy (2016-17), Department of Industrial Policy and Promotion, Ministry of

Commerce and Industry, Government of India.

Websites

1. www.google.com

2. www.rbi.org

3. http://dipp.nic.in/

4. www.worldbank.org

5. www.ibef.org

6. www.unctad.org

7. http://planningcommission.gov.in/






A Study of Visitors Perception about Rajiv Gandhi Zoological Park, Pune, on

the Sustainable Development Activities Done by the Zoo Authorities

Dr. Smita Wadaskar

Assistant Professor

Garware College of Commerce, Pune, Maharashtra

[email protected]

Abstract:

The Zoological Parks have achieved significance and popularity because of the role they

play in the society. Apart from providing a shelter to the wild animals and taking care of them,

the Zoos have a wider objective of conservation of all species especially the endangered ones

and making their attractive display so as to provide the visitors, an opportunity for a rich

learning experience combined with education and entertainment.

The Zoo provides the visitors an opportunity to interact and be with the natural settings.

It is therefore essential to respect, protect, conserve and preserve this valued natural heritage

and sustain lives on earth for balanced sustainable development. It is equally important to be

able to create a sense of responsibility towards these life support systems of the urban areas.

The research paper aims to know how aware the visitors are, about the wildlife and

environment conservation and sustainability. The paper also aims to find out the efforts taken by

the zoo authorities for sustainable development of zoo. After all, sustainability or conservation is

not just preserving the biodiversity and natural resources but also strengthening and

understanding of how important it is to preserve the environment among the people in the

society.

Keywords: Zoo, Conservation, Species, Visitors and Sustainability

Introduction:

The Rajiv Gandhi Zoological Park and Wild life Research Centre (herein referred to as

the Zoo) at Katraj, Pune was developed from the Pune Municipal Corporation established

Peshwe Park Zoo (a private Menagerie of the Peshwas) in the year 1953. This Zoo with a land

area of around 7 acres at the foothills of Parvati, was traditional where animals were confined for

display to the visitors in cages having iron bars. The zoo objective at that time was mere

recreation for the visitors. However, since the formation of the Central Zoo Authority in 1992,

the scenario of the zoo changed drastically. Since then, the objective of the zoo was mainly

conservation and breeding of endangered species and animal welfare. Another objective was to

undertake ex-situ conservation and breeding program which envisions scientific breeding

program in captive conditions for species to continue.

Therefore, the Peshwe Park Zoo was transformed into the Rajiv Gandhi Zoological Park

and Wildlife Conservation and Research Centre which was inaugurated on 14th

March 1999 on a

new land area measuring 130 acres at Katraj, Pune. .

The new zoo which currently houses 64 species of wildlife fauna including mammals,

birds and reptiles is indeed a boon for animals and an attraction for the visitors. The spacious

open to sky animal enclosures simulating their natural habitat, rich and varied environment and






planned infrastructure makes the zoo elegant. However, the focus is on safety, good health and

conservation of animals.

It is therefore important, that the visitors do not consider the Zoo as a mere recreation

centre but as a wildlife conservation and educational centre. This would enable the visitors to

get involved and interested in the protection and conservation work which would go a long way

in the sustainable growth and development of the Zoos.

Meaning of Sustainable Development:

Sustainability is the practice of learning how to achieve global and local sustainable

communities. According to the report published by the Bruntland Commission ‗Our Common

Future‘, the concept of sustainable development aims to maintain economic advancement and

progress while protecting the long-term value of the environment. An important feature of

sustainable development is conservation of resources for the future generations. There is a strong

connection and an inherent interdependence between the economy, environmental protection and

heritage conservation. The ultimate goal of sustainable development is the long-term stability of

the economy and environment.

Sustainable development can be viewed as a social movement, where a group of people

having a common ideology, together try to achieve certain common goals.

Definition of Sustainable Development:

According to the World Commission on Environment and Development, Sustainable

Development is "development that meets the needs of the present without compromising the

ability of future generations to meet their own needs."

Central Zoo Authority of India (CZA):

The Zoo follows the rules and guidelines of the CZA, which is a body of the government

of India responsible for oversight of zoos. It is an affiliate member of the World Association of

Zoos & Aquariums, formed to bring Indian zoos to international standards. It has been

constituted under the Wild Life (Protection) Act. The standards and norms for animal welfare

have been laid down under the Recognition of Zoo Rules 1992. Every Zoo in the country is

required to obtain recognition from the Authority for its operation.

Efforts Taken by the Zoo Authorities for Sustainable Development:

To achieve the main objectives of the Zoo, namely providing a naturalistic housing for

animals, ex-situ conservation, breeding of endangered species and promotion of education and

research various activities are undertaken such as -

For Animals -

The Zoo is a home for around 410 animals of 64 wildlife species which represents the

Western Ghat and Deccan Plateau. Within the animal enclosure a small pond has been

constructed to give them a feel of their naturalistic habitat. Such enclosures are environmentally

enriched keeping in view the behavioral needs of animals.

The Zoo has a well equipped veterinary hospital to provide quality treatment to the

diseased and injured animals. The condition and health of animals in the Zoo is checked every

day and if any animal is found sick, injured or unduly stressed the matter is reported to the

Veterinary Officer for necessary treatment. The vaccination is also done at regular intervals. The

Zoo has a good history of not contracting any contagious disease to any animal in the captivity






since ever. To ensure better health of animals, water samples are checked for contamination, if

any.

In the year 2008, when plastic items were shown in the post mortem reports of dead

animals, a decision was taken to ban plastic in the zoo for the safety of animals‘ health. It is for

this reason that visitors are charged Rs. 10 for carrying plastic bottles which are refunded after

the visit. In the year 2010, ghutka and tobacco sachets were banned in zoo premises and

accordingly all the staff was given instructions for the same.

For Visitors:

There are around 18 lakhs visitors visiting the zoo annually and today this zoo is

recognized as one of the model zoos in the country. Visitors are provided with basic amenities

and infrastructure. The zoo‘s education section has hired an Educational Officer in 2009, for

carrying out various educational activities to spread the awareness about environmental issues

and wildlife conservation among the students and visitors.

In order to create interest among visitors, the zoo conducts workshops, summer camps

and orientation programs which covers aspects of wild life management, captive breeding and

expert talks on issues of animals and their conservation.

Zoo Development Activities:

The zoo aims at its future expansion with the help of the Master Plan (MP) prepared for

the next twenty years. The MP envisions comprehensive plan of the zoo. It aims at broader

perspective towards visitors and animals satisfaction along with breeding of animals. Phase-I

(2011–2016) of the MP includes developments such as upgrading animal enclosures, ex-situ

breeding activity, concrete road for walking around the zoo, visitor amenities, improve existing

infrastructure and procuring new animals. Phase-II (2017–2021) of the MP proposes to increase

the wildlife species from 410 to 1000 and includes attractions for visitors such as -

1. Walkthrough aquatic bird aviary

2. Nature interpretation Centre to propagate the wildlife conservation education in a

scientific manner.

3. Increase in the Battery operated vehicles

4. Solar operated vehicles

5. Glass barriers facility for animal exhibits

6. Ex situ breeding of endangered wildlife species

The zoo has devised an Animal Adoption Scheme under which visitors can adopt the

animals of their choice for one day (Sponsor food of all the zoo animals for a day), upto 6

months, upto 5 years etc. The zoo also has a dedicated Animal Rescue and Rehabilitation Centre






managed by Indian Herpetological Society (HIS). This center acts as a temporary treatment

shelter for injured and orphaned wild animals.

The activities for Phase-III (2022-2027) and Phase-IV (2028-2033) of the MP are in process.

The table shows that the visits of Indian visitors to the zoo were highest in the 2015-16

followed by 2017-18 and were lowest in the 2016-17. According to the Zoo Director, the visits

fell in 2016-17 due to the increase in the ticket rates, and in the 2017-18 visits increased on

account of the arrival of the attractive Asiatic Lion, Leopard Cat, Jungle Cat and inauguration of

the Blue Bull (Nilgai) enclosure. The visits of foreign visitors is showing a steady decline, where

as visits of handicapped visitors has fallen for the 2017-18.

The table shows that the revenue earned by the zoo from the sale of tickets is the highest in

2017-18, inspite of increase in the ticket rate. However, the revenue from the Battery operated

Vehicle is showing a decreasing trend, because of the heavy rush of visitors for the vehicle. So,

visitors prefer to walk instead of standing in long queue, for the vehicle. The Director, in this

regards pointed out the proposal submitted to the PMC for increase in the number of battery

operated vehicles as well as to introduce Solar Operated Vehicles.

Nature and Scope of Study:

The Zoo attracts over 18 lakh visitors annually, so they are in a unique position to educate

a huge volume of people and become a public face for undertaking conservation activities.

The nature of this paper is to study the various activities which the Zoological park

undertakes for sustainable development and to know how the visitors, visiting the park perceive

the zoo activities. The scope of this study is limited since the period of data collection was 4

days and the respondents were the zoo visitors. The data was collected from the visitors

immediately after their zoo visit and was later on analyzed.

Statement of Problem:

The role of zoos as care-takers and protectors of the wildlife along with the conservers of

bio-diversity and providers of professional quality of visitor experiences enhances the

sustainable development. Presently the zoo is meeting the challenge of creating a sustainable

balance between visitor satisfaction and taking care of the natural and cultural heritage. It is

therefore essential to know whether the visitors are aware of this challenging role of the zoo and

what they expect from the Zoo. Since these visitors are ultimate consumers of the zoo product,






they are in a better position to give valuable suggestions to improve zoo conservation and

sustainability.

Objectives of Study:

1. To know the efforts taken by the Zoo authorities for Sustainable Development of the Zoo.

2. To know Visitors Perceptions of the Conservation work carried out by the Zoo.

Research Methodology:

The research paper is based on –

1. Secondary Data–

• Articles and E-Books on Sustainable Development

• Websites

2. Primary Data–

• Primary data was collected through the self administered questionnaires for

visitors. Sample size was 35 respondents and Simple Random Sampling Method

was followed.

• Face-to face interview - with the Zoo Director Shri. Rajkumar Jadhav.

• Discussions with respondents while filling the questionnaire.

• Observations made during field visits to the Zoo.

Significance of this Study:

Zoos today are largely considered by the public as an attractive recreation activity, which

is the primary reason for their visit. They play an important role in conserving and improving

the wildlife along with the environment, providing relevant education and enhancing the relation

between humans and animals which no other institution or organization would provide.

Visitors visit the zoo keeping in mind their own agenda of entertainment and enjoyment

that they would receive, but it needs to be understood that conservation and protection of

environment and wildlife today will reap numerous benefits to generation next and thus help to

sustain the ecological balance. If these visitors are made aware of the importance of

conservation of wildlife and the environment, they too would provide further support which

would accrue more benefits to the zoo.

This research paper aims to provide insights regarding visitors perceptions about the zoo,

its activities and how much aware they are of the zoo conservation and sustainability. This study

would bring to the notice of the zoo authorities, the perceptions of the visitors regarding

sustainability aspects observed by them and their suggestions for making the zoo more

sustainable. The paper also aims to get valuable suggestions from the visitors on improving the

zoo activities for the conservation of wildlife species and the nature.

Limitations of this Study:

1. The study is limited to 35 respondents only

2. Visitors were often not alone while filling the questionnaire which sometimes caused

them to answer according to the perception of other members of the group






Data Analysis and Interpretation:

Table 1: Age group of the Respondents

Interpretation: The above figure indicates that

the Zoo has maximum respondents in the age group of 21-35 years considered as adults,

followed by the teenager group of below 20 years. This implies that the teenagers and adults are

frequent visitors of the Zoo.

Table 2: Purpose of Visit

Interpretation: The above figure indicates that maximum number of respondents visits the Zoo

only for enjoyment purpose followed by those who have interest in the Zoo conservation work.

Very few respondents visit the Zoo for educational purpose.

Table 3: How many times did you visit this Zoo since the last 12 months?

Interpretation: :The above figure indicates

that in the last 12 months maximum respondents had visited the Zoo for more than 2, but less

than 5 times followed by respondents who were first time visitors. Few of them visited the Zoo

for more than 10 times. This implies that maximum respondents were repeat visitors and they

feel like visiting the zoo again.






Table 4: How did you know of this Zoo?

Interpretation: The above figure indicates that most of the respondents knew the Zoo through

their friends and relatives, rather than the website of the Zoo or travel agents. This implies that

the Zoo is one of the famous tourist spot of Pune and positive word of mouth publicity by those

who already visited the zoo helps in the decision of visitors to visit the zoo.

Table 5: Have you read the Zoo Rules, before visiting the Zoo?

Interpretation: The above figure

indicates that majority of respondents

read the Zoo rules which are exhibited at

the entrance and at various places within

the Zoo. This implies that respondents

are willing to be well-organized,

protective and take precautionary measures while they are in the Zoo. This is a positive

indication of the disciplined nature of the respondents.

Table 6 (a) : Have you experienced a ride in the Battery Operated Vehicle?

Interpretation: The above figure indicates that

most of the respondents preferred to walk and enjoy

the nature‘s experience at the Zoo. Less than half of

the respondents have shown their interest in taking

a ride in the Battery Operated Vehicle.

Table 6 (b): If YES, kindly rate your Experience

as below—






Interpretation: The above figure indicates that out of the respondents who had taken a ride in

the battery operated vehicle, less than half felt that the service provided was excellent. Some of

them rated their experience as good, while very few of them were satisfied with the service.

However, some respondents were unsatisfied with the service provided by the Battery operated

Vehicle.

Table 7: Which aspects of Sustainability did you notice while your visit in the Zoo?

Interpretation: The above figure shows that out of the 35respondents‘most of them agreed

upon the B) and the A) Animal related Aspects of Sustainability, whereas few of them agreed

with the C) and D) aspects.






Interpretation: The above figure shows that out of the 35 respondents‘ most of them agreed

upon the D) and the B) Visitor related Aspects of Sustainability, whereas few of them agreed

with the A) and C) aspects.

Table 8: Will you recommend Rajiv Gandhi Zoological Park to others?

Interpretation: The above figure

indicates that majority of the respondents

would recommend the Zoo to others,

which implies that respondents have an

affirmative perception about the Zoo.

Table 9: Will you Visit again to this Zoo?






Interpretation: The above figure indicates that majority of the respondents would visit the

Zoo again, which implies that respondents are satisfied with the zoo performance.

Major Findings:

1. Respondents of the age group 21 - 35 years are frequent Zoo visitors.

2. 63% of respondents visit the Zoo only for enjoyment purpose whereas 26% have interest

in the Zoo conservation work and 11% visit for educational purpose.

3. 51% of respondents had visited the Zoo more than 2 but less than 5 times

4. 86% of the respondents knew the Zoo through their friends and relatives, rather than the

website of the Zoo or travel agents.

5. 89% of respondents read the Zoo rules which are exhibited at the entrance and at various

places within the Zoo.

6. 34% of the respondents have taken a ride in the Battery operated Vehicle out of which

42% of them rated the service as excellent.

7. Out of the 35 respondents, 30 of them felt that the animal enclosures were properly

ventilated and safe, 24 of them felt that the enclosures were clean and close to the natural

habitat of animals, 17 of them felt that there was enough trained staff to monitor the

safety of animals and 16 of them felt that there is focus by the zoo authorities on the

conservation of the endangered species.

8. Out of the 35 respondents, 29 of them felt that the distance between the animal enclosure

and the visitors area was appropriate and safe for both, 28 of them felt that the

garbage/waste disposal system was organised properly, 25 of them felt that there was

adequate facility for fresh drinking water and clean washrooms and 24 of them felt that

proper information was provided to them about animals, their habitat and conservation of

the zoo.

9. 94% of the respondents would recommend the Zoo to others.

10. 89 % of the respondents would visit the Zoo again.

Suggestions:

1. The number of wheelchairs for handicapped visitors should be increased.

2. Considering the increase in the flow of visitors, additional filter water plant needs to be

installed.

3. Efforts need to be taken to increase number of foreign visitors.

4. The security system needs to be increased as it was observed during the actual zoo-field

visit that young visitors scribble written matter on the trunk of the bamboo, benches in

the resting shades, walls of animal enclosures etc.

5. Number of battery operated vehicles be increased which will enable more visitors to take

a ride in it.

6. In addition to the informative signage facility at every animal enclosure, services of a

Guide would be helpful as proper information of the conservation, biodiversity, natural

habitat, captive breeding etc, would be provided to visitors.

7. Cleanliness of washrooms be increased especially during week-ends when the numbers

of visitors are more.






Conclusion:

It can be concluded from the above study that the Zoo authorities are trying their best

to provide all necessary amenities and services to conserve and protect the animals and the

biodiversity in the zoo. The Master Plan prepared for twenty years is definitely a right step

towards making the zoo as one of the model zoos in the country. However, the visitors also need

to involve themselves in the zoo conservation work and understand the various activities in this

respect which will enable them to make intelligent contribution and support constructively in the

sustainable development of the zoo.

References:

1. https://www.gdrc.org/sustdev/definitions.html concept of sustainable tourism

development and theoretical background of the study -

shodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/jspui/bitstream/10603/155204/9/09_chapter%204.pdf

2. The 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development - sustainabledevelopment.un.org RGZP,

PMC, Official Website - Central Zoo Authority Offical Website - www.cza.nic.in/

3. Exposure visit to Rajiv Gandhi Zoological Garden and Snake Park, Pune -

www.climateeduxchange.org/files/exposurevisit_20100224153005.pdf

4. Indicators of Sustainable Development for Tourism Destinations: A Guidebook (2004) -

ISBN 92-844-0726-5 - www.world-tourism.org

5. What Is Sustainable Development? Goals, Indicators, Values And Practice published in

the April 2005 issue of Environment: Science and Policy for Sustainable Development,

Volume 47, Number 3, pages 8–21. By Robert W. Kates, Thomas M. Parris, and

Anthony A. Leiserowitz -

https://sites.hks.harvard.edu/sustsci/ists/docs/whatisSD_env_kates_0504.pdf

6. The Concept of Sustainable Development: Definition and Defining Principles By Rachel

Emas, Florida International University -

https://sustainabledevelopment.un.org/content/documents/5839GSDR%202015_SD_conc

ept_definiton_rev.pdf

7. Sustainable Development: Definitions, Measures and Determinants -

https://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/rgs_dissertations/RGSD151/RGSD151.cha

p2.pdf

8. Introduction To Sustainable Development -

http://www.eafit.edu.co/innovacion/diplomado-

oat/sesion3/susdevChapter%201_Age%20of%20Sustainable%20Development.pdf

Public perception of conservation work by UK zoos By Abbie Sha

https://www.iccs.org.uk/wp-content/thesis/consci/2011/Shaw.pdf

https://www.gdrc.org/sustdev/definitions.html

http://shodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/jspui/bitstream/10603/155204/9/09_chapter%204.pdf

http://shodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/jspui/bitstream/10603/155204/9/09_chapter%204.pdf

http://www.cza.nic.in/

http://www.world-tourism.org/

https://sites.hks.harvard.edu/sustsci/ists/docs/whatisSD_env_kates_0504.pdf

https://sustainabledevelopment.un.org/content/documents/5839GSDR%202015_SD_concept_definiton_rev.pdf

https://sustainabledevelopment.un.org/content/documents/5839GSDR%202015_SD_concept_definiton_rev.pdf

https://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/rgs_dissertations/RGSD151/RGSD151.chap2.pdf

https://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/rgs_dissertations/RGSD151/RGSD151.chap2.pdf

http://www.eafit.edu.co/innovacion/diplomado-oat/sesion3/susdevChapter%201_Age%20of%20Sustainable%20Development.pdf

http://www.eafit.edu.co/innovacion/diplomado-oat/sesion3/susdevChapter%201_Age%20of%20Sustainable%20Development.pdf








A Study of Impact of Organizational Work Method and

Culture on Employee Behaviour and Tendency

with Reference to Urban Cooperative Societies of Pune City

Dr. Sunil D. Zagade*, Dr. Sambhaji S. Tayade** * Research Guide,

Garware College of Commerce, Pune, Maharashtra.

[email protected]

**Research Scholar,

Garware College of Commerce, Pune, Maharashtra.

[email protected]

Abstract:

The cooperative sector has been playing a distinct and significant role in the country‟s

process of socio-economic development. There has been a substantial growth of this sector in

diverse areas of the economy during the past few decades. The cooperatives have been operating

in various areas of the economy such as credit, production, processing, marketing, input

distribution, housing, dairying and textiles. In some of the areas of their activities like dairying,

urban banking and housing, sugar and handlooms, the cooperatives have achieved success to an

extent but there are larger areas where they have not been so successful. The failure of

cooperatives in the country is mainly attributable to: dormant membership and lack of active

participation of members in the management of cooperatives. Mounting overdues in cooperative

credit institution, lack of mobilization of internal resources and over-dependence on Government

assistance, lack of professional management. Bureaucratic control and interference in the

management, political interference and over-politisation have proved harmful to their growth.

Key words: cooperative, work method, employee behaviour, Culture

Introduction:

As per the records of a co-operative comes from Fenwick, Scotland, the first cooperative

society was established in March 14, 1761 named as the Fenwick Weavers' Society. There are

some other records which tells us that co-operatives started out as small grassroots organizations

in Western Europe, North America and Japan in the middle of the nineteenth century, however, it

is the Rochdale Pioneers that are generally regarded as the model of the modern co-operative

society and the founders of the Co-operative Movement in 1844. The cooperative movement in

India owes its origin to agriculture and allied sectors. Towards the end of the 19th century, the

problems of rural indebtedness and the consequent conditions of farmers created an environment

for the chit funds and cooperative societies. The farmers generally found the cooperative

movement an attractive mechanism for pooling their small resources for solving common

problems relating to credit, supplies of inputs and marketing of agricultural produce. Cooperation

was started to protect the weak and the poor against the exploitation by the strong and the rich.

When the economically weak persons act individually, they are exploited. But if they are united

under the shelter of the cooperative umbrella, they get all the advantages of large scale operation

without sacrificing their identities as individuals. The cooperative sector has been playing a

distinct and significant role in the country‘s process of socio-economic development. There has

been a substantial growth of this sector in diverse areas of the economy during the past few








decades. The cooperatives have been operating in various areas of the economy such as credit,

production, processing, marketing, input distribution, housing, dairying and textiles. In some of

the areas of their activities like dairying, urban banking and housing, sugar and handlooms, the

cooperatives have achieved success to an extent but there are larger areas where they have not

been so successful. The failure of cooperatives in the country is mainly attributable to dormant

membership and lack of active participation of members in the management of cooperatives.

Rising over dues in cooperative credit institution, lack of mobilization of internal resources ,

over-dependence on Government assistance, lack of professional management, Bureaucratic

control, interference in the management and political interference have proved harmful to their

growth.

Objectives of the study

1. To study the impact of organizational working method and culture on employee behavior

and tendency of urban cooperative societies.

2. To study the organizational work method and culture from education, policy and research

perspective.

3. To analyze the working culture and working method of employees of urban cooperative

societies.

4. To observe and evaluate the behavior and work of employees of urban consumer

cooperative societies and urban credit cooperative societies of Pune city.

5. To give recommendations to change the work method and culture for improving

employee performance.

Hypothesis of the study

1. There is a need to create awareness about basic principles of cooperation among the

employees of urban cooperative banks and consumer cooperatives.

2. Use of computers for day to day work causes positive change in working method and

employee behavior.

3. Impact of organizational working method and culture on employees‘ behavior and tendency

has wide range effect on the development of urban cooperative societies.


As per the record of Deputy Registrar of Cooperative societies Pune and Pune District

Urban Cooperative Banks Association, Pune there are 32 urban cooperative banks and 67

Consumer cooperative societies in Pune region. Out of 67 consumers cooperative societies 6 43

were not found at given address and the officials told that many of these societies are closed.

Researcher has selected 13 urban cooperative banks and 15 Consumer cooperative societies by

using simple random sampling method (lottery method). Most of statisticians agree that the

minimum sample size to get any kind of meaningful result is 100. A good maximum sample size

is usually around 10% of the population when it is homogeneous and large. In this study sample

size is 50% (ref: table no.1) which is sufficient to draw meaningful conclusions.

Type of society Universe Sample Percentage

Urban cooperative banks. 32 13 40

Urban consumer cooperative

societies

24 15 63

Total 56 28 50






Methods of data collection

The methodology for conducting research is based on data that is collected from primary as well

as secondary sources as mention below: Researcher has collected primary data from the

employees of selected urban cooperative banks and consumercooperative societies within Pune

City by using following sources

Primary Sources:

1. Questionnaire

2. Observation

3. Interviews The data consist of employee work method, work culture and its impact on

employee behavior.

Secondary Sources: Secondary data is collected through following sources

1. Past and current urban cooperative society‘s record.

2. News related to Urban Cooperative Societies and its work method and culture from renowned

newspapers, journals and magazines.

3. Books on Cooperative society, organizational behavior and culture.

4. Information from T.V., Radio and Internet.

5. Research articles on impact of work method and work culture on employee behavior.

6. Articles of Association of urban cooperative societies.

7. Annual and progress report of urban cooperative societies.

Data analysis and interpretation

The data used for research is of qualitative nature, therefore, while analyzing and

interpreting the data, researcher used ratios, percentages, averages and proportions. While

analyzing the data, it is represented in the form of tables and histograms, pie charts etc. The data

is represented and analyzed as per the order as it appeared in the questionnaire. Thus the detail

analysis helped the researcher to draw a clear picture of impact of organizational working

method and culture on employee behavior and tendency of urban cooperative societies in Pune

city The data collected is coded, classified and tabulated by using various statistical tools. It is

analyzed through tables, Figures and diagrams. Software like Minitab-17, Ms-excel and SPSS

20.0 are also used for analysis.

Findings and Conclusion:

Urban cooperative banks have a special role to play in urban areas for supporting

entrepreneurs, businessmen another needy people by way of providing various financial services.

Similarly urban consumer cooperatives are also playing an important role in urban areas by

satisfying consumers need at reasonable cost. On the basis of analysis and interpretation of

employees work method and culture related data researcher has drawn following findings and

conclusions.

It is observed that majority (70%) of consumer cooperative stores are employing persons

without any expertise, skills and experience which resulted in failure to compete with private

traders.

Work stress is one of the major reasons due to which employees (48%) of selected urban

cooperative societies are not able to focus on their work properly.






It is observed that infrastructural facilities like floor space for trading, warehouse space,

furniture and fixtures etc are not sufficient at 80% of consumer cooperative stores.

Government interference has become a regular feature in the day–to-day administration

of the urban cooperative societies. Cooperative banks are under dual regulation of RBI and the

Registrar of Cooperatives (ROC). Regulatory requirements continue to increase, and banks need

to spend a large part of their budget and time on building systems and processes to keep up with

the requirements which adversely affects on their smooth working.

Up to 50% respondents‘ said, there is lack of provision of workers participation in

management. Generally the decisions are taken by higher level authority.

Freedom to express facts is an indication of good organizational culture; however near

about 51% respondents said they feel fear while reporting about any unfavorable incident to the

management.

It is observed that around 60% of consumer cooperative societies working time is not

fixed. Further the working time of these societies is less than the working time of private retail

stores.

It is found that seniors of respondents of half of the selected societies are not encouraging

them to develop new and more efficient ways to do their work.

Recommendations

Selection of inexperienced and unskilled employee badly affect on the overall

performance of an organization. It not only spoils the quality of work but also increase cost of

organization on training and supervision. It is recommended that

Scientific method should be applied for the selection of employees. Intelligence test,

interest test, performance test, personality test, aptitude test, general knowledge test and

perception test should be the . 2. Excessive work stress can interfere with productivity and

performance and impact on physical and emotional health of employees. It is recommended that

stress management programmers‘ should be conducted according to the need of employees once

in every three months. It should cover yoga, pranayama, meditation and awareness about stress,

its causes and other stress management techniques.

Good infrastructure is base of any organization. Problems arises while conducting

business activities when there is limited space, lack of required number of cupboards‘, counter

space, warehouse, furniture and fixtures. It is recommended that consumer cooperative stores

associated with schools and colleges should be allotted separate and big room or hall with

availability of required numbers of furniture.

Too much interference of government in the affairs of organization adversely affects on

the smooth working of an organization. It not only restricts activities of organization but also

encourages corruption. It is therefore recommended that as far as possible the restrictions on the

activities such as rising share capital, licensing, business expansion, selling and, promotion of

services should be reduced

References:

1. A.K.Sah,Professional Management for the Cooperatives,Vikas Publication house

Pvt.Ltd.Delhi, 1984.






2. CA Ramesh Prabhu (2013), Selected Sections of Amended Maharashtra Co-Operative

Societies Act, 1960,Maharashtra Societies welfare Association,Mumbai.

3. Dr.V.V.Ghanekar,Cooperative Movement in India (1904-2004) Observations and new

challenges,Institute of Rural Deevelopment and education,Pune,2004.

4. Dr.Kapil Bhargav and Nidhi Jerhwant,Cooperation Management and Rural

Developoment,Axis Publications,New Delhi.,2010.

5. D.W.Attwood and B.S.Baviskar,Who shares? Co-operatives and Rural

Development,Oxford India Paperbacks, New Delhi,1993.

6. Dr.B.S.Mathur,Cooperation in India,Sahitya bahvan ,Agra,1997.

7. Edgar H. Schein (2004), Organizational Culture and Leadership, Jossey-Bass, San

Francisco,USA.

8. G.S.Sudha,Management Concepts and Organisational Behaviour,PBSA

Publishers,Jaipur,2003.

9. Jit S.Chandan,Organisational Behaviour,Vikas Publishing House Pvt.Ltd.New

delhi,2005.

10. L.M.Prasad (2008), ―Human Resource Management‖, Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi.

11. Law and Judiciary Department Maharashtra,The Maharashtra Cooperative Societies

Act,1960.The Director Government,Government Printing,Stationary and

publication,Maharashtra state,Mumbai 400004. 12. M.V.Kapde,Economics of Marketing

Cooperatives,National publishing house, Delhi,1979.

12. O.R.Krishnswami,Fundamentals of Cooperation ,Sultan Chand and Company ltd.New

Delhi.,1978.

13. Proceedings of regional conference Tokyo,Japan,Role of Cooperation in social and

Economic Development,Asian Publishing house New Delhi.,1966..

14. Pawan K.Kamra,Cooperative Management,deep and Deep publications,New Delhi.






To Study and Identify the Need of A Sustainable Multisensory Modelto Fullfil

the Learning Needs of Hard of Hearing Students

Mrs. Swati Prakash Sadakale

Research Scholar,

B. R. Ranganathan Arts & Commerce College for Deaf,

C. Tingrenagar, Pune, Maharashtra

E-mail - [email protected]

Abstract:

Education transforms lives and is at the heart of UNESCO‟s mission to build peace,

eradicate poverty and drive sustainable development. UNESCO aims to improve access to

quality education in sustainable development at all levels and in all social contexts, to transform

society by reorienting education and help people develop knowledge skills, values and behaviors

needed for sustainable development.

Hearing Impairment is a broad term that refers to hearing losses of varying degrees from

hard-of-hearing to total deafness. The major challenge facing students with hard of hearing is

communication. Among the conditions that affect the development of communication skills of

persons with hearing impairments are personality, intelligence, nature and degree of deafness,

degree and type of residual hearing, family environment and age of onset. Since much learning

is acquired aurally, many students with hearing impairment have experiential and language

deficiencies. These students miss a great deal of crucial information as they do not hear

environmental noise and day to day conversation. Thus, the hearing loss, nature and degree of

hearing loss, learning styles and the type of school (special or inclusive) has direct effect on the

education of hard of hearing students.

The traditional methods of teaching are still being adopted in hearing impaired schools

of Maharashtra State of India. These include blackboard, chalk, chart, pictures and flash cards.

With 17 years of experience in the field of special education of hard of hearing students, the

researcher identified the need of a sustainable multisensory model to enhance the learning skills

of the students studying in pre-primary hard of hearing school. This computer aided

multisensory model would establish an effective communication to fulfill all the needs required

to enhance the learning abilities in their academics. Since this model is in the mother tongue of

hard of hearing students which aims to develop all the required skill, it would satisfy the

learning needs necessary in the education of these students.

Key Words : - Hard of hearing, Learning, Need, Multisensory model, Sign language, Lip

reading, skills, Academic, e-learning.

Introducation :-

According to survey conducted by Maharashtra State Government in year 2011, the

population of all classes of disabilities (Visually Impaired (VI), Hearing Impaired (HI),

Physically challenged/ Handicap (PH) & Mental Retardation (MR)) was 22,28,580. Out of this

the population of hard of hearing people was 4,72,279. Today, this number is raised to 7,40,000.

Compared to the normal students these students face various problems in their normal learning

activity. Apart from this, the age between 0-5 years is considered as a critical age period for their

language development which impacts their brain development. Also, the age of identification of







hearing loss, type of hearing loss and the severity of hearing loss also affects the overall

development, especially on their learning ability.

Hard of hearing is one of the invisible disabilities which one cannot identify easily and

early. Therefore the result of late identification of it can cause serious implications in their long

run of life. To cope up with today‘s modern age of technology, it is essential for these students to

assist with audio-visual aids, videos, images, models, sign language, lip reading etc. to develop

the learning skills to enhance their learning ability. Unlike traditional method of teaching by use

of black board, chalk, chart, pictures and flash cards it is very essential today to impart these

skills through e-learning. Some hard of hearing schools in Maharashtra uses e-learning models

that is made for normal schools but it lacks the qualities required to impart the skills to be

developed in hard of hearing students.

As these students miss day to day conversation they have limited vocabulary. It therefore

becomes very difficult to teach these students and fulfill their unusual needs. The researcher aims

to present these unusual needs through this paper and feel confidence of the outcome of a

multisensory model to be developed to enhance these skills by fixation of various concepts in

their academics through effective communication.

This multisensory model would help in supplementing all the required skills to develop

their learning skills and at the same time as a tool for teachers and parents to enhance the

academic growth of hard of hearing students.

Objectives : -

1. To evaluate the content analysis of curriculum of Pre-primary school developed by

Commissionerate of social welfare department, Maharashtra state in 1990.

2. To identify the needs to enhance learning abilities of Pre-primary hard of hearing students of

Pune District of Maharashtra State.

Research Problem :-

1. Whether the units included in the curriculum of stage-1 and stage-2 of Pre-primary school,

developed by Commissionerate of social welfare department, Maharashtra State in 1990 is

sufficient? Whether they are useful for the students of stage-1 & stage-2 of Pre-primary school.

2. What are the learning needs of students studying in Pre-primary hard of hearing schools.

Research Methodology :-

Area of Research :- Interdisciplinary

Method of Research : Mix research method (Content Analysis & Survey method)

The content analysis method was used to check the adequacy of curriculum (SAMAN

ABYASKRAM) developed by Commissionerate of social welfare department, Maharashtra State

in1990. The survey method was used to identify the learning needs of pre-primary students of

Pune district of Maharashtra.

Sampling Procedure :-

Population for survey:

Total 116 teachers (4 Teachers each of all 4 Stages from 21 pre-primary schools + 2

Teachers of stage-1 and stage-2 from 16 inclusive schools) teaching to stage-1 to stage-4 of pre-

primary schools of Pune District.






Total 968 parents (40 Parents each of all 4 stages from 16 inclusive schools). So, 116

teachers and 968 parents of hard of hearing pre-primary schools Pune District was considered as

a population for survey.

Type of School

No. of

Schools

No. of

Teacher

s

No. of

Parent

s

Special school for

HI 21 84 840

Inclusive school 16 32 128

Total 37 116 968

Table-1 : Population for survey

Sample :

60 teachers teaching to the students from stage-1 to stage-4 of pre-primary hard of hearing

schools from Pune district (50% of total population) and 100 parents of the students studying in

pre-primary hard of hearing schools (10% of total population) was selected as a sample in

present research study.

S.

No. Sampling object Poulation Sample

% of total

populatio

n

1

Teachers teaching to pre-

primary schools 116 60 50

2

Parents of students

studying pre-primary

schools

968 100 10

Table-2 : Sample for survey

Data Collection Tools / Techniques :

The first objective of evaluating the content analysis of curriculum of pre-primary school

developed by Maharashtra State Government was done by conducting survey. This survey was

carried out by using cluster selection method. This was done by using questionnaire as a tool

provided to 100 teachers and 60 parents of stage-1 to stage-4 of pre-primary hard of hearing

schools in Pune district of Maharashtra. This questionnaire also met the second objective to

identify the needs to enhance the learning abilities of these students. The validity and reliability

of this questionnaire was done from Headmasters from Pune having above 15 years of

experience in the field of hard of hearing.

Data Analysis Tools :

The measure of importance of the learning needs was decided by using percentage.

The following needs for teachers and parents were identified to enhance the learning

abilities of pre-primary students of hard of hearing schools in Pune District of Maharashtra.

Identification of needs for teachers

1. To understand the severity of hearing loss of every students.

2. To understand the limitations arising from hearing loss of every students.






3. Necessity of effective communication between the students and teacher.

4. To understand distinctiveness of every hard of hearing student.

5. To understand learning styles of every hard of hearing student.

6. To teach as per grasping capacity of every hard of hearing student.

7. To teach considering the mental ability of every hard of hearing student.

8. To teach as per learning speed of every hard of hearing student.

9. To use commendable evaluation tool as and when needed.

10. To accept the mentality that, practice improves learning capability.

11. To establish positive environment to learn with fun.

12. To establish positive perspective towards hard of hearing students.

13. To develop a multisensory model to acquire learning skills.

14. To use and apply modern technology of e-learning.

Identification of needs for parents :-

1. To understand the severity of hearing loss in child.

2. To establish effective communication with child.

3. To teach the social skills to the child.

4. To teach the child as per his/her grasping capacity.

5. To understand the learning style of child.

6. To teach a child considering his/her mental ability.

7. To teach as per learning speed of child.

8. To use commendable evaluation tool as and when needed.

9. To accept the mentality that, practice improves learning capability.

10. To establish positive environment to learn with fun.

11. To establish positive perspective towards child.

12. To use multisensory model to acquire learning skills.

13. To use and apply modern technology of e-learning.

A survey was conducted for 100 teachers and 60 parents of pre-primary hard of hearing

schools of Pune District. It was observed that 100 % of the teachers realized the need of a

multisensory e-learning model to be developed which will supplement the learning skills to

enhance the academic progress of hard of hearing students. Also, 52 out of 60 parents realized

the need of a multisensory e-learning model as a useful tool to teach their children even at home

and develop their learning skills.

Chart-1 : Feedback of Parents Chart-2 : Feedback of Teachers






Findings :-

For Teachers :

1) In primary survey it is observed that 100% of the teachers have opinion that all above needs

are related to the students studying is pre-primary hard of hearing schools.

2) There is immense need of a computer aided sustainable multisensory e-learning model

(SMM) to fulfill the learning needs of students studying in pre-primary hard of hearing schools.

3) This sustainable multisensory e-learning model (SMM) would be highly beneficial for

sustainable development of hard of hearing students rather than ancient educational civilization

of using black board, chalk, pictures, charts and flash cards.

4) According to the teachers and parents of students studying in hard of hearing schools, such

practice of identifying the learning needs of hard of hearing students was never done in the past.

5) This type of sustainable multisensory e-learning model (SMM) is not yet used as on today in

the pre-primary hard of hearing schools in Pune district of Maharashtra.

6) This is the first model of its kind which fulfils various learning needs.

7) Most of the teachers are eager to get this sustainable multisensory e-learning model (SMM) to

them as soon as it is ready.

8) This sustainable multisensory e-learning model (SMM) would be very much useful for the

fixation of abstract concepts in their curriculum.

9) This sustainable multisensory e-learning model (SMM) would be very useful for special

school for hard of hearing as well as inclusive schools.

10) As per teacher‘s opinion, this sustainable multisensory e-learning model (SMM) has covered

almost every learning need of students studying in pre-primary hard of hearing schools.

For Parents :-

1) 52 out of 60 i.e. 86.7% of parents realized the need of such model for students learning in

pre-primary hard of hearing schools.

2) Most of the parents were happy to get to know about this study and identification of such

learning needs.

3) Most of the parents realized for the first time that their hard of hearing child is facing as many

problems in their academics.

4) This study helped the parents to understand the learning styles of their child.

5) This study also identified the requirement of such learning tool to fulfill their academic needs.

6) According to the parents, it would be very grateful that their child would play an educational

game instead of video games on computer.

7) The illiterate parents were happy to know that their child would experience learning through

computer.

Conclusion :-

This Study identified various needs which are necessary to be fulfilled to enhance the

learning skills of hard of hearing students. The curriculum developed by commissionerate of

Social welfare, Maharashtra long back in 1990 does not fulfill the learning needs of hard of

hearing students in today‘s modern age of technology. It is necessary to include some new things

and make modifications to supplement the learning abilities in their academics.

There is immense need of a sustainable multisensory e-learning model (SMM) to fulfill

the learning needs of students studying in pre-primary hard of hearing schools. It is also essential






to develop a similar model for the hard of hearing students studying in higher class. The teachers

and parents are eager to get this sustainable multisensory Modes (SMM) to them as soon as it is

ready. This computer aided sustainable multisensory e-learning model (SMM) would establish

an effective communication to fulfill all the needs required to enhance the learning abilities in

their academics. Though this study aims to identify the learning needs of students studying in

pre-primary hard of hearing schools, there is scope to study and understand the mental and social

needs of these students.

References :-

1. Anthony, Robert : Use of Metacognitive Teaching to Enhance English Language

Literacy of Deaf and Hard of Hearing Adults Learners, Pennsylvania Action Research

Network [PAARN], 1998-1999.

http://www.pde.state.pa.us/able/lib/able/lfp/lfp99anthony.pdf

2. Cuddihy , Andrew & Fisher , Brain & Gordon,Rick & Schumark , Elizabeth: C-

NOTE : A Computerized Notetaking System for Hearing–Impaired Students in

Mainstream Post-Secondary Education , Learning Support Counselor, Queen's

Counseling Service, St. Lawrence Bldg. Ground Floor , Queen's University ,

Kingston, Ontario K7L 3N6 ,1994.

3. Drigas, A.S.& Kouremenos, D.& Kouremenos, S.& Vrettaros, J.: An e- Learning

System for The Deaf People , Information Technology Based Higher Education and

Training, 2005. ITHET 2005. 6th International Conference on, Volume , Issue , 7-9

July 2005 Page(s): T2C/17 - T2C/21

http://ieeexplore.ieee.org/Xplore/login.jsp?url=/iel5/10436/33131/0156023

4. Ellis, Kirsten & blaslki, Kathy : Children, Australian Sign Language and the Web;

The Possibilities: http: //www.berwick.monash.edu.au/interaction/19952-2/pp6-

nielson.pdf

5. Hussein, Karim Q & Warnerkar ,C.S : e-Learning Modules for Hearing Impaired

Persons (analytical study ) : Paper was accepted in Icon 2004, Hyderabad, India.

6. Hussein ,Karim Q & Warnerkar ,C.S : e-Learning Support to Hearing Impaired

Persons , ISTE ,Punjab 2-3March2007.

7. Keller, Ed : Strategies for Teaching Students with Hearing Impairment, February

2004. http://www.as.wuv.edu/~scidis/hearing.html.

8. Oliver , Ron : When Teaching Meets Learning :Design Principles and Strategies for

Web-based Learning Environments that Support Knowledge Construction , School of

Communications and Multimedia Edith Cowan University, AUSTRALIA

http://www.ascilite.org.au/conferences/coffs00/papers/ron_oliver_keynote.pdf.

9. Poobrasert , Onintra & Mguine , Brain : Knowledge Engineering in Multimedia

Design and Computer Assisted Learning for Special Needs Training : Effectiveness

,The 9th World Multi-Conference on Systemic, Cybernetics and Informatics July 10-

13, 2005 - Orlando, Florida, USA. http://www.iiisci.org/sci2005/proceedingssci/vol8-

2001.asp

10. Smith, Deborah Deutsch & Luckasson , Ruth Introduction To Special Educatio ,

Allyn & Bacon ,1992

http://ieeexplore.ieee.org/Xplore/login.jsp?url=/iel5/10436/33131/0156023

http://www.ascilite.org.au/conferences/coffs00/papers/ron_oliver_keynote.pdf

http://www.iiisci.org/sci2005/proceedingssci/vol8-2001.asp

http://www.iiisci.org/sci2005/proceedingssci/vol8-2001.asp






Impact of E-Banking on Consumer Satisfaction

with Special Reference to Alandi (D)

Prof. Archana Aher

Research Scholar

MIT Arts, Commerce & Science College, Pune, Maharashtra.

[email protected]

Abstract:

Alandi (D) is a spiritual place where number of tourists visit every day. It is close to the

cities of Pune and Pimpri-Chinchwad and belongs to the Pune metropolitan area. In recent

decades, areas around Alandi (D) have approx. 20 industrial areas. So there is a more scope for

the growth of industries. There is scope for tourism business, employment, development, etc. This

results in increase in economy of Alandi (D).

Customer satisfaction is imperative for the incessant survival of any organization around

the world. This research paper focuses on the impact of E-banking on customer satisfaction in

developing rural area like Alandi (D). Benefits derived by the e-banking users along with certain

challenges faced by them are also observed. Five service quality dimensions like trustworthiness,

guarantee, responsiveness, tangibles and empathy are discussed with the support of literature

review. These dimensions are the forecasters of customer satisfaction in E-banking. Banks can

achieve more competitive advantage by offering better-quality services to their customers in

today‟s era.

Keywords: Alandi (D), Economic growth, development, Business, E-banking, consumer

satisfaction etc.

Introduction:-

Technology plays a vital role in today‘s world. Internet has changed this world as a

Global village and the same has happened in the banking sector. Many banks are shifting

gradually from the traditional way of banking and are gradually introducing electronic

technologies into their service delivery. Conversion from the manual based ledger system to

systemized processes and the approach to internet based facilities has given a new feature to the

banking sector. The competition in banking sector improved from last few years and to stay

competitive, banks are introducing new tools and techniques to facilitate and attract customers.

―E-banking is defined as the automated delivery of new and traditional banking products and

services directly to customers through electronic, interactive communication channels.‖

(Shahriari, 2014).

E-banking is of paramount significance in meeting user anticipations. Customer

satisfaction leading to gain loyal customers can be achieved by delivering high quality services

(Gronroos, 2000).

Objectives of the study :-

1. To study the concept of E-banking.

2. To identify the various dimensions of Internet banking service quality.

3. To identify the benefits to customers for using e-banking services.

4. To understand the challenges facing effective implementation of e-banking system.






Research methodology :-

Survey method is used for conducting the present research paper.

Convenient Sampling Method has been used to collect the data.

Primary Data –

Primary data is collected by Self prepared Questionnaire from 50 bank customers.

Secondary Data – This is collected from libraries through magazines, articles, published

literature and Research centers and internet.

Explaination –

In Alandi (D) various types of banks are situated like National Banks, Agricultural

Banks, Private Banks, Cooperative banks, etc. and ATM‘s available. To identify the benefits

derived by customers along with the challenges in effective implementation of e-banking system.

With the help of questionnaire primary data is collected through survey and analysed.

Table No. 1

Age wise Classification of customers

Sr.No. Particulars Respondents Percentage

1 15-25 years 7 14%

2 25-35 years 22 44%

3 35-45 years 13 26%

4 Above 45 years 8 16%

Total 50 100%

Source – Primary Survey

From table No. 2 it will be seen that out of 50 respondents, maximum customer

respondents of age group 25 years to 35 years are using e-banking services. But it is observed

that 16% customers above 45 years are not interested to use e-banking services.

Table No. 2

Awareness about E-banking


1 Know about E-banking 43 86%

2 Unknown about E-banking 7 14%

Total 50 100%


From table No. 3 it is seen that out of 50 respondents, 86% customer respondents are well

aware with e-banking facilities. Also it is observed that 14% customer respondents are still

unaware with e-banking facilities and its use.

Table No. 3

Comparison between use of E-banking and transactions performed by visiting bank


1 E-banking is good 44 88%

2 Traditional method is good 6 12%

Total 50 100%







From table No. 4 it is observed that maximum customer respondents are in favour of E-

banking facilities and its usage. They are using various E-banking facilities.

12% bank customer respondents are still in belief that one should visit the bank and

perform the transactions.

Table No. 4

Availability of ATM centres


1 Yes 24 48%

2 No 26 52%

Total 50 100%


From table No. 6 it is concluded that out of 26 respondents, 52% bank customer

respondents are said that number of ATM centres along with cash balance should be increased in

Alandi(D) premises.

Table No. 5

Communication by bank employees


1 Good 23 46%

2 Need to improve 27 54%

Total 50 100%


From table No. 7 it is suggested that the communication between bank customers and

bank employees should be improved. As Alandi (D) is a rural area, customers are not so mature

to understand banking terms. So the responsibility comes on bank employees to make them

understand.

Table No. 6

Challenges in usage of E-banking facilities


1 Digital literacy 44 88%

2 Remembrance of pin 31 62%

3 Remembrance of

transaction ID, Password

33 66%

4 Holding cards 26 52%

5 Unawareness of charges

for credit card

transactions

29 58%


Above table No. 8 shows a cluster of challenges for effective implementation and usage

of e-banking services. Though our respected prime minister Narendra Modiji has started a

revolution of ‗Digital India‘, still rural areas are lagging behind in digital literacy.

62% respondents agreed that to remember pin of ATM cards, credit cards etc is a

responsible task. 66% respondents said that to remember transaction ID, Password etc is not so

easy. Because of this there is impact on using e-bank facilities.

To carry plastic currency with you is also one of the most important responsibility of a

user. Most of the times customers forget to collect the card after transaction.

58% customers are afraid with additional imposition of charges on online transactions.

Because of this they skip such transactions.

Findings :-






The primary data is collected from 50 bank customers as representative of Alandi (D)

area gives findings as below:-

Maximum customer respondents of age group 25 years to 35 years are using e-banking

services in Alandi (D) area

86% customer respondents are well aware with e-banking facilities.

It is observed that maximum customer respondents are in favour of E-banking facilities

and its usage. They are satisfied with the use of E-banking facilities.

12% bank customer respondents are still in belief that one should visit the bank and

perform the transactions.

52% bank customer respondents said that number of ATM centres along with cash

balance should be increased in Alandi(D) premises.

54% bank customer respondents suggested that there is a scope to improve

communication between bank customers and bank employees.

Maximum bank customer respondents focused on the challenges in the effective

implementation of e-banking facilities and its usage.

Conclusion:-

E-banking is one of the most significant developments for the banking industry in its long

history. However, despite the many benefits that online banking provides to customers, there are

also a number of major concerns and challenges for marketers in the online banking sector.

Traditional banking habits, security, technical issues, transaction difficulties, and small

marketing budgets are all major challenges that online banking marketers will have to reconcile

if they are to succeed in this field. However, demand for this industry continues to be very

strong. So it is likely that online banks will only grow more advanced and successful as they

strive to resolve their marketing challenges. The various dimensions of the internet banking

service quality that were taken into consideration while making the study were: Efficiency,

System Availability, Fulfilment, Responsiveness, Privacy, Contact and website design.

References

Books:

1. Indian Economy, Author: Gaurav Datt & Ashwani Mahajan, Published by S.Chand and

Company.

2. States of the Indian Economy, Author: Amir Ullah Khan & Harsh Vivek, Published by

Sage Publication.

Journal:

1. Private and Foreign Bank Consumers in India. Global Business and Management

Research: An International Journal, 7(1), 74-92.

2. Ladhari, R. (2009). A review of twenty years of SERVQUAL research. International

Journal of Quality and Service Sciences, 1(2), 172-198.

3. The Indian Journal of Economics, Published by MIT ACSC in 2014-15.

Newspaper: Times of India (TOI), Sakal,Pune Times, Loksatta. (6-10 July and 25-30 November)

Official websites:

1. www.midcindia.org

2. www.maharashtra.gov.in

3. www.timesofindia.indiatimes.com

http://www.midcindia.org/

http://www.maharashtra.gov.in/

http://www.timesofindia.indiatimes.com/






The Triple Bottom Line at IMERT Pune

Dr. Pranav Kayande

Associate Professor

MM‘s IMERT, Karve Nagar, Pune, Maharashtra

[email protected]

Abstract:

Marathwada Mitra Mandal Trust Pune is known for living by its motto of “Welfare of

Masses”. It has supported numerous individuals from down trodden and unprivileged families

to stand on their feet and live respectable lives by providing financial support in fees and ample

job opportunities into the academic institutions run under the trust.

IMERT, Pune a management institute under the umbrella of Marathwada Mitra Mandal

trust, by working on similar grounds has consciously worked upon 3 Ps from Triple Bottom Line,

the phrase coined by John Elkington. This paper puts light upon how IMERT is successful in

balancing the equilibrium among these 3 parameters of People, Planet and Profits.

Keyword: Triple Bottom Line, Management institute.

Something about Bottom and Top Lines ;

The top line refers to a company's revenues, while the bottom line is a company's net income.

Apple Inc. (AAPL) posted a top-line revenue of $228.57 billion at the end of their fiscal year on

September 30, 2017. Apple posted a bottom-line of $48.35 billion in the same period.

A company like Apple might experience top-line growth due to a new product launch like the

new iPhone, a new service, or a new advertising campaign that lead to increased sales which

boosted. Bottom-line growth might have occurred from the increase in revenues, but also from

keeping expenses under control. (Murphy, 2018)

Triple Bottom Line

The triple bottom line (or otherwise noted as TBL or 3BL) is an accounting framework with

three parts: social, environmental (or ecological) and financial. Some organizations have adopted

the TBL framework to evaluate their performance in a broader perspective to create greater

business value. (Slaper, 2011)

Sustainable development was defined by

the Brundtland Commission of the United Nations

in 1987.[8] Triple bottom line (TBL) accounting

expands the traditional reporting framework to

take into account social and environmental

performance in addition to financial performance.

In 1981, Freer Spreckley first articulated the triple

bottom line in a publication called 'Social Audit -

A Management Tool for Co-operative

Working'.[9] In this work, he argued that

enterprises should measure and report on financial performance, social wealth creation, and

environmental responsibility. The phrase "triple bottom line" was articulated more fully by John

https://www.investopedia.com/terms/t/topline.asp

https://www.investopedia.com/terms/b/bottomline.asp

https://www.investopedia.com/terms/n/netincome.asp

https://www.investopedia.com/markets/stocks/aapl/historical/

https://www.investopedia.com/contributors/99607/

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sustainable_development

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Brundtland_Commission

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Triple_bottom_line#cite_note-8

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Social_enterprise

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Triple_bottom_line#cite_note-9

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/John_Elkington_(business_author)






Elkington in his 1997 book Cannibals with Forks: the Triple Bottom Line of 21st Century

Business'. (Shrivastava, 2017)

In articulating the concept of triple bottom line, Elkington has also made reference to Jed

Emerson's concept of blended value, which refers to the idea that all value consists of social,

environmental, and financial components. The concept of TBL demands that a company's

responsibility lies with stakeholders rather than shareholders. In this case, "stakeholders" refers

to anyone who is influenced, either directly or indirectly, by the actions of the firm. Examples of

stakeholders include employees, customers, suppliers, local residents, government agencies, and

creditors. (Hammer,2016)

Cases on MNCs with TBL

The shipping giant DHL, are also making strides to integrate the triple bottom line. In an

industry that‘s considered a high pollution producer, DHL upgraded all of its delivery trucks to

vehicles that are hybrid, more fuel efficient or capable of running on alternative energy. The

company also implemented a Go Green solution that streamlines logistical operations and has

trucks take the shortest route. The result is a slight decrease in fuel burned per trip, which adds

up to a big decrease due to DHL‘s size. (Forbes, 2017)

Seattle-based Glassybaby, maker of hand-blown votive candle holders and drinking

glasses, is an example of a company using the triple bottom line as the basis for a more scalable

and marketable business. Ten percent of all revenue (not just profit) is donated to a plethora of

charities through the glassybaby white light fund. Its packaging is made from 100% recycled

materials, and artisans are paid well above a living wage. Furthermore, those who work at least

29 hours per week receive full benefits. (Forbes, 2017)

Imert & Tbl

Marathwada Mitra Mandal Trust Pune is known for living by its motto of ―Welfare of

Masses‖. It has supported numerous individuals from down trodden and unprivileged families to

stand on their feet and live respectable lives by providing financial support in fees and ample job

opportunities into the academic institutions run under the trust.

IMERT, Pune a management institute under the umbrella of Marathwada Mitra Mandal

trust, by working on similar grounds has consciously worked upon 3 Ps from Triple Bottom

Line, the phrase coined by John Elkington.

IMERT is conceived as unique growth oriented institute approved by AICTE, New Delhi.

IMERT offers two years full time MBA programme with intake capacity of 180, affiliated to

Savitribai Phule Pune University. The students are admitted through the admission procedure

conducted by Directorate of Technical Education (DTE), Maharashtra state. The institute was

established in 1994 and has a legacy of 24 years.

Economic Measures

Economic variables ought to be variables that deal with the bottom line and the flow of

money. The profit or economic bottom line deals with the economic value created by the

organization.

Fund Generation

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/John_Elkington_(business_author)

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Blended_value

https://www.forbes.com/sites/forbestreptalks/2016/12/06/with-help-from-jeff-bezos-and-martha-stewart-a-cancer-survivor-turns-glassybaby-into-a-20m-company/

https://www.forbes.com/sites/forbestreptalks/2016/12/06/with-help-from-jeff-bezos-and-martha-stewart-a-cancer-survivor-turns-glassybaby-into-a-20m-company/

http://glassybabywhitelightfund.org/






Majority of the funds are generated through fee collection. IMERT also generates funds

through other professional incomes like consultancy and training programmes. To provide

consultancy and training services, IMERT partnered with various institutions of repute. To name

a few, National Academy of Customs, Indirect Taxes and Narcotics (NACIN) , Securities

and Exchange Board of India (SEBI), National Institute of Securities Markets (NISM) , National

Stock Exchange of India (NSE academy). IMERT has an active Post Graduate Research Centre

(PGRC). The fee collected from PhD Scholars is also one more way for generating funds.

National Academy of Customs, Indirect Taxes and Narcotics (NACIN) nominated

IMERT as ―Approved Training Partner‖ for imparting GST training through accredited GST

trainers to members of trade / industry / other stake holders as part of trade outreach programme

of the Government of India.

As an endeavor to create trained faculty members in the field of Indirect taxation, IMERT

conducted a One day workshop on GST in association with IQAC, SPPU Pune on 2nd

February

2018. There were 62 faculty members who attended the workshop from other colleges. This

particular workshop was sponsored by IQAC, SPPU for the amount of Rs. 30,000/-.

GST training programmes for the industries were conducted from Pune for M/s. Lier

Corporation and M/s. Trans Engineers India Pvt. Ltd. where the focus was mainly on addressing

the industry specific issues. An amount of Rs. 2.5 lacs (exclusive of GST) was generated through

these training programmes.

By conducting open for all GST training programmes, the institute has earned revenue of

Rs. 45,000/-.

Fund Utilization

IMERT has policy to utilize generated revenue for institutional developmental activities

in various ways. Approximately 70 – 75% of this fee based fund is utilized in salary

disbursement and other expenses of the institute. The PhD fees are utilized for the procurement

of books in library. IMERT provides 25% concession on MBA Fees to the children of staff

members in order to encourage them for higher education. IMERT deputes faculty members to

various faculty development programmes organized by various institutes of repute such as IIM

Kozikode and IIM Indore.

In the year 2018 IMERT

shifted to Karve nagar

campus to avail benefit of

spacious infrastructure.

This new campus is

spread across a sprawling

5 acres of land. The

campus is beautifully

landscaped. The campus

is equipped with the state

of art infrastructure and

hostel facility with all the

modern amenities like

Wi-Fi connectivity. The campus also have a highly advanced computer lab, a well thought of

collection of books in the Institute library, reading area for the students, a state of art seminar

hall and many more such amenities. The class rooms are airy and provide ample sunlight to in.

The new campus is designed taking into consideration the future growth of the institute. It will






enable the institute to expand from its student strength of what it has today. Also, due

consideration is given on developing amenities for interactions with the industry such as board

rooms, tutorial rooms etc. Expenses are incurred on time to time basis for infrastructure

development are as follows.

IMERT has a well-structured library of 135 sq. meters. It has sufficient number of wooden and

metal cases for display of subject books, general books, reference books. IMERT has digital

library of 5 computers (3 are installed currently but has a provision of 5). There are 2 stands

which display printed journals and magazines. Library has a big reading hall having a capacity to

occupy 90 students. Library has total 9148 titles and 16601 volumes of books. There are 24

National Journals.

Due to the expenditure on e journals

incurred by IMERT, following benefits are

cherished by its staff and students.

Table no.1 Library E Resources






Year Details of

memberships

No of e-resources

with full text access

2017-

18 NDL 3 Lac articles

2016-

17

Ebsco

Jgate Indexed -17430,Full

text 7657

12015

-16

Ebsco

Jgate Indexed -17430,Full

text 7657

2014-

15 Ebsco

IMERT has well-equipped & well-facilitated computer center with LAN connectivity. Every

staff member has a separate computer with LAN connectivity. IMERT has a Wi-Fi facility

which was gradually updated from 8 Mbps lease line to 32 Mbps lease line. This up-gradation

was done from time to time as per the norms prescribed by AICTE and institute requirements.

Over and above the basic classroom equipments, IT hardware and the standard software such as

MS Office, Antivirus, IMERT has purchased/licensed various software/databases for effective

curriculum delivery. To name a few:

1. Ace Equity – financial database of all companies listed on NSE and BSE

2. Harvard Business Publishing license - for Harvard case studies

3. My Examo – for conducting practice online exams and placement grading tests of

aptitude,

4. ERP software (Cloud Next Vision) – a learning management system for ICT based

teaching, learning and evaluation

For maintenance and cleaning purposes, housekeeping contract is given to the Universal Security

Services. Separate budget is always fixed every year for the maintenance of the system.






Social Measures

Social variables refer to social dimensions of a community or region and could include

measurements of education, equity and access to social resources, health and well-being, quality

of life, and social capital.

To enhance the quality of faculty apart from deputation as discussed earlier, institute

organizes and conducts in house FDPs where in eminent personalities from Corporate and

Academics are invited to share their expertise. The resource persons included renowned

personalities from the field of academics like Dr.N Ravichandran from IIM Ahmedabad and

Dr.Radhkrishnan Pillai, auhor of famous book Corporate Chanakya.

Apart from regular inputs on syllabus, add on inputs such as Neuro Linguistic

Programming NLP, NSE Certified Capital Market Professional, Dale Carnegie, Digital

marketing, Financial Modeling, Technical Analysis, Quantitative Aptitude and Advanced excel

are arranged for students to make them employable.

Community Outreach Programmes

Various daylong sessions are organized on time to time basis for Women from Self help

groups and School going Students. Till date many such programmes are conducted in vicinity of

Pune city.

Topics covered during such programmes

include session focused on ‗Women Health

and Hygiene‘. Issues related to health of

women like menopause, calcium deficiency,

iron deficiency etc. are discussed.

The programmes also include sessions on

Financial literacy, which are conducted by

Dr. Shriram Nerlekar, Director of the

institute. Financial literacy included

awareness about ‗Jan Dhan Yojana‘,‘Pradhan

Mantri Suraksha Bima Yojana‘and Pradhan

Mantri Jeevan Jyoti Yojana‘.

During the session he emphasizes the importance of each and every person opening a bank

account in any of the nationalized banks to begin with.






When such programmes are organized for students then topics focused upon ‗Good

Touch, Bad Touch‘ and ‗Health and Hygiene‘. These programmes are conducted by prof.Pranjal

Jadhav.

Till date such Community Outreach Programmes are conducted at New Times International

School, Nagar road, Pune; Hindustan Antibiotics Ltd,Pune; Karnala Bird sanctuary, off Panvel

and ZP school Talegaon Dhamdhere, Pune.

Apart from these outreach programmes, IMERT also conducted around 15 GST training

programmes in places like Pune, Satara, Karad, Amlaner, Beed, Latur, Dhule, Gadhinglaj,

Ichalkaranji etc. to create awareness amongst students at graduation level. These programmes

offered overview of GST and students were provided with participation certificates from

IMERT. These programmes were conducted free of cost for participants and for which faculty

members travelled to different places and institute took care of all the expenses.

Similarly one day GST training with certification for enhancing their employability skills

and as part of their curriculum is provided for IMERT MBA Finance students.

Environmental Measures

Environmental variables should represent measurements of natural resources and reflect potential

influences to its viability. The planet, environmental bottom line, or natural capital bottom line

refers to sustainable environmental practices.

Environmental preservation is necessary because Earth's resources are limited and threatened by

human activity. Environmental protection focuses on efficiency, protecting wildlife and flora,

and minimizing carbon footprints. IMERT has signed MOU with Deshpee group Pune for

project Nelda. Nelda Foundation is a CSR initiative by Deshpee group for Plantation and

Conservation of Trees. IMERT commenced participation in Nelda activity on Hanuman hills on

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Natural_capital






Senapati Bapat road, since October 2016 and is continued till date. Every Sunday, One faculty

member from IMERT along with a group of mentee students (approximately 10 students)

participate into plantation of trees at Hanuman hills. The entire activity is conducted for 3 hours

from 8.00AM to 11.00AM.

Further details about the practice are as follows:-

Volunteers from Deshpee group and students along with staff of IMERT (Mentor –

Mentee group) participate in various environment protection activities especially tree plantation

on Sundays at various places in and around Pune. Such activities are planned and material such

as plants, plantation instruments are arranged by Deshpee group. Students & faculties of IMERT

actively collaborate and put efforts into such activities.IMERT has made available its

infrastructure (seminar hall) for the purpose of such activities to Deshpee at the convenience of

both the parties. Deshpee has arranged related programmes and other activities with the use of

the infrastructure. Both the parties jointly promote the activities on various media platforms

including newspaper, magazine and social media.

Evidences of success for these efforts taken under Nelda initiative are as follows:-

1. Plantation and maintenance of 500 trees on Hanuman hills.

2. Mr. Mangesh Dighe (Pune Municipal Corporation‘s Environmental Officer) has extended

cooperation, as evident from his answering queries related to environment issues by Pune

residents through Nelda foundation Online platform.

3. Times of India has mentioned Nelda foundation‘s work and IMERTs‘ contribution into it

towards environmental protection, dated 6th July 2018.

IMERT has a bore-well near hostel building. Every year it is refilled by rain water

harvesting. Rainwater from rooftop of main building and hostel building of the institute is

collected and stored in rainwater pit. The same is used by all for day-to-day activities. Roof top

rain water harvesting system & Surface runoff water harvesting system is installed in the

premises.

The Institution has mounted solar water heater system on hostel terrace. The capacity of

one system is 125 liters and there are 90 such systems installed. The total capacity of solar water

heater system is 11,250 liters.

'Plastic Waste Free College Campus' campaign is initiated at IMERT. Plastic garbage is

collected by NGO and further processing is carried out for fuel manufacturing.‘

RESQ Charitable Trust is a not-for-profit organisation that works towards the rescue and

rehabilitation of injured and sick animals. It is located near Chandni Chowk, Pune. Prof.Aparna






Shastri along with a group student visits the rehabilitation center on time to time basis and

renders service to the injured animals.

Conclusion

IMERT generated funds through MBA programme with distinctive value added inputs and

through certificate training programs on contemporary topics open to all, by partnering with

various institutions of repute such as NACIN, SEBI, NISM and NSE academy.

IMERT utilize these funds for institutional developmental activities including

infrastructure building, faculty development, student grooming and community developmental

activities.

IMERT provides these training programmes on various topics such as GST to the students

belonging to various institutions from every nook and corner of Maharashtra that too free of cost.

IMERT through its Community Outreach programmes extensively provides education on

topics related to Health, Hygiene and Financial literacy basics to the population belonging to the

bottom of the pyramid.

By maintaining consistency in project Nelda by rendering plantation, preservation of trees

related services and periodic visits to ResQ NGO for treating injured stray dogs, IMERT is

discharging its obligations towards Mother Earth.

Thus IMERT is forming proper equilibrium on all the 3Ps belonging to TBL.

Bibliography

1. Murphy, C. (2018, April 19). What's The Difference Between Bottom-line And Top-line

Growth? Retrieved from https://www.investopedia.com/ask/answers/difference-between-

bottom-line-and-top-line-growth/

2. Slaper, T.F., & Hall T.J. (2011) The Triple Bottom Line: What Is It and How Does It

Work? Indiana Business Review, 86 (1) Retrieved from

http://www.ibrc.indiana.edu/ibr/2011/spring/article2.html

3. Shrivastava,A.K.,Gupta.,A.Singh.,R.Shrivastava,A.A.(2017). Human Engineering,

Labour Standard & Sustainability in Triple Bottom Line: An Oxymoron. BIZCRAFT

Journal of Faculty of Management 10(2), 1-5. Retrieved from

http://www.srms.ac.in/cet/wp-content/uploads/2017/04/Brizcraft-volume10.pdf

4. Hammer,J.,& Pivo,G.,(2016). The Triple Bottom Line and Sustainable Economic

Development Theory and Practice. Economic Development Quarterly.1-12. DOI:

10.1177/0891242416674808

5. Forbes (2017, July 28). Retrieved December 3, 2018 from

https://www.forbes.com/sites/deeppatel/2017/07/28/the-millennial-marketplace-and-the-

propagation-of-the-triple-bottom-line/#2b1a4099d04a

6. www.mmimert.edu.in

https://www.investopedia.com/contributors/99607/






An Assessment of Sustainability Challenges, Techno-Management Job Skill

Gap and Industry Human Requirements : Study of Management Students

Mr. Rajesh J. Londhe

Assistant Professor

Camp Education Society‘s Rasiklal M. Dhariwal Institute of Management,

Nigdi, Pune, Maharashtra.

. [email protected]

Dr. Parag C. Kalkar

Director

Sinhgad Institute of Management Wadgaon, Pune, Maharashtra.

[email protected]

Abstract:

Sustainability is a buzzword in Information Technology. Sustainability word is

alternately used as Sustainable development also. Sustainable development in industrial sector,

specifically, Information Technology and Information Technology Enabled Services, is based on

Product Development and Services. The major challenges of technological industries are Good

Products, Reduced Product development cycle, long lasting product lifecycle, efficient products.

To overcome these challenges, the stakeholders from academic management institutes and

IT/ITeS industry always need a set of required skills. Specifically, the techno-managerial Skill

requirements demand and supply in IT/ITES industry are always on negative curve. The higher

management education offerings and the industrial managerial requirements for IT/ITES

industries are not matching which is resulting in a Skill gap. The study collects responses for the

required skills for Techno-Managerial jobs and then it focuses on skill gap analysis for techno-

managerial jobs. The study will cover three aspects, Academic Management higher education,

IT/ITES Skill requirement and Skill gap analysis. The intended study would lead to identification

of parameters which influences development of Skill gap. It will find the existence of skill gap, if

exists, through the evaluation of responses from management institute and IT/ITES industry.

Thus lead to offer a solution to sustainability challenges and the techno-management jobs

requirements which are interrelated to address the key issues for the sustainable development.

Keywords: Sustainability, Sustainable development, Information Technology, Information

Technology Enabled Services, Skill sets, Skill gap

Introduction:

The word ‗Sustainability‘ is important in Information Technology. The government of

India and State Government is consistently working for sustainable development in every sector

of industry. The intended study in sustainability is focused on two industries, , specifically,

Information Technology (IT) and Information Technology Enabled Services (ITeS). The two

industries are based on Product Development and Services. The IT and ITeS industries major

challenges are Good Products, Reduced Product development cycle, Long lasting product

lifecycle, Efficient products. The sustainable development can be achieved by study of

management education Skill development initiatives and IT/ITeS industry Skill requirements.

The study would lead to analysis of skill gap, if exists. Accordingly, the parameters can be

identified which are responsible for skill gap. It will lead to development of model for filling up








the skill gap if any. The Stakeholders are from academic management institutes and IT/ITeS

industry. The sustainable development challenges can be overcome through the development of

required skills of stakeholders. Specifically, the techno-managerial Skill requirements demand

and supply in IT/ITES industry are always on negative curve. The study would lead to

assessment of higher management education offerings and the techno-managerial requirements

for IT/ITES industries which is resulting in a Skill gap analysis. The study collects responses for

the required skills for Techno-Managerial jobs and then it focuses on skill gap analysis for

techno-managerial skill sets requirements. It will cover three categories of skills, namely, Soft

Skills, Technical Skills and Administrative Skills. It would lead to in-depth analysis of various

parameters under each category. Finally, the parameters which influences development of Skill

gap are identified and find out the existence of skill gap, if exists, through the evaluation of

responses from management institute and IT/ITES industry. Thus lead to offer a solution to

sustainability challenges and the techno-management skills requirements for the said industry.

The identified parameters and sustainable challenges lead to development of model for filling the

Skill gap

Review of Literature

It is always beneficial for management academic fraternity and industry to collaborate

through various activities and fulfill the business requirements. The Academic programs like

internship, case studies etc. and Corporate domain programs like Real time on job experience,

Simulations etc. are must for Skill development. These programs will enhance the students skill

sets like

Communication, Learning, Team Building, Adaptability, Responsibility, Networking

Skills, Appearance, Perseverance, Operational Creativity, Problem Solving (Vikhe Gautam V,

Preeti Agrawal, 2014). Further, the skill gap can be reduced by Project based learning, Offering

more stress on research programs implementation, Development of curriculum at university by

involving Industry experts, Arranging students competitions in association with industries,

More concentration on involving students through gamification, Offering common platform for

student interaction with industry (Mohtadi C,McAree O, Schlosser, 2014). The major Factors

responsible for Skills gap are Changing working patterns, Lack of right Skills in inexperienced

persons, Inadequacy of educational curriculum. But the effect of these factors can be greatly

reduced by applying the Self learning methodology, Development of research Skills, Time

management Skills, Critical thinking Skills , Development of good training manuals student

industrial working schemes, Entrepreneurship development program, Time to time educational

curriculum changes at the university and institute level. (Azeez Nureni Ayofe and Azeez Raheem

Ajetola, 2009). Some of the Major reasons for Skills Gap are academicians and industrialists

have different perspective and mindset, the curricula is implementation is dynamic in nature but

the nature of it is static, academicians and industrialists have different have different goals,

Academician looks for recognition while industrialist works for surviving, Negligence towards

training and workshops in academicians, Industry looks for low risk proven solution while

academicians looks for highly innovative solutions. To tackle these issues there are certain

changes have to be made like Dual specialization is must, Students commitment, passion and

integrity should be a part of curriculum, Concentration should be on overall development of

student, Industry working is must, Curriculum should always be finalized only after getting






approval from industry people, Teaching faculty should be involved into consulting, research

work, student network. More efforts should be made to develop strong, Improvement in the

accreditation and governance rules (Prachi Kapil, Feb, 2014). The responses from the industry

and academic interface from students are must for Building relationships between them and is

Mutually beneficial for both. But there must be an Enhancement in teaching-learning experience.

The skill gap can be reduced by arranging Guest lectures from industry experts, by arranging

Industrial visits, Workshops & seminars by academia, Giving opportunities to students for

Internships, offering Project Works for the students, Arranging Training programs according to

industry requirements (T. V. Rao et. al (June 2014)). There is a thought that there must a focus

on ‗Knowing‘ rather that ‗Doing‘. It can be implemented by Rebalancing the curricula i.e the

curricula must Gain a global perspective, must Develop leadership Skills, Integration Skills,

Innovation and Creativity, Communication Skills, Critical thinking, Recognizing organization

realities , effective implementation of goals, Understanding roles, responsibilities and

purpose. The roles and activities suppose to carry out in MBA are Client/Customer Handling

, Business Development, Business Intelligence, Management Trainee, Financial

Management , Brand Management, Job rotations / Cross Functional, Training, Sales

Manager, Strategy Positioning, Consultant, Product Manager, Operations Manager, Competition,

Benchmarking Budgetary Activities, Research & Development, Business analyst, Executive

Assistants to Senior Managers, Innovation, Accounts Executive, Project Management, Business

Generation, Corporate Decision making, Human Resource Functions, Resource Optimization

Territory Management, Marketing Functions, Quality Control, There are certain skill sets which

required in MBA‘s are Traditional Knowledge-Skills domain, Functional/ foundational Skills,

Analytical Skills, Implementation Skills, People management, Networking, Interpersonal & team

building Skills, Leadership, Process-sensitivity, Humility, Receptivity to learning, Understanding

of vision, Acting creatively and innovatively, Learning and adaptability, Creativity

3. Statement of the problem

The study is to find out the sustainability challenges faced in the IT and ITeS industry, the Skills

sets requirements of the service industry from Management graduates. The study also studies the

Skills set development initiatives by Management Institutes, If there exists a gap between the

Skills developed by management institutes and the actual Skills set requirements in service

industries, specifically, IT and ITES industry. If there exists a Skills gap, the gap analysis will

lead to a better understanding of Skills set Requirements and their improvement in management

students.

Scope and limitations of study

1. The study is limited to IT or ITeS industry and management institutes

2. The respondents from industry are HR and Technical Personnel and from academic the

respondents are Director, Faculty and Students

3. Time limitation is a major constraint

4. The study is limited to Management education.

Challenges for the Sustainable Development

The sustainable development in IT and ITeS industry is facing challenges like Good

Quality of products, Reduction in Product development cycle,long lasting product lifecycle,

efficient products. The IT industry is producing the good quality product but maintaining a good






quality and provide a best quality service for the product is the most difficult thing to do. The

production activity is continuously upgrading the product. The service to such, fast upgrading

product is the most difficult thing to do for the service industry.

The second most challenging thing faced in sustainable development for the said industry

is Reduction in Product development cycle. The technological changes put the product

development on fast track. In few months time the product can change drastically. So there is a

continuous pressure to change continuously,

The third most challenging thing faced in sustainable development for the said industry

is long lasting product lifecycle. It can be argued that the there is a contrast between reduction in

Product development cycle and long lasting product lifecycle. But the fact is that the product is

continuously upgraded but at the same time the transfer from old technological product to new

technological product on continuous basis is not happening. It is due to the insecurity of data loss

in user mindset. So the user keep using the same product for long time. This is again put pressure

on development of new product cycle.

The last most challenging thing faced in sustainable development for the said industry is

efficient product. Every IT product and the services are always start with the new invention and

creativity but the rate of product failure is also high. it is due the the faulty and inefficient

product development cycle. There are very product which are efficient yet serves for longer time

without much upgrades and services.

Management Education -- Techno-Management Skills

The intended study is focusing on getting a responses from two groups, namely, ,

1. Director and Faculty 2. Student

The Director and Faculty group was tested on following parameters from each group as follows,

Skills responses details:- Table 1.0

Sr. No Parameters Remark

1 1.1 Essential Soft Skills

1.2 Essential Technical Skills

1.3 Essential Administrative Skills

The respondents are to rate

their response on the essential

soft, technical and

administrator skills expected

from their students

2 2.1 Soft Skills possessed by your Students

2.2 Technical Skills possessed by your Students

2.3 Technical Skills possessed by your Students


their response on the actual

soft skills, technical skills and

administrative skills

possessed by their students

3 3.1 Efforts taken by Institute for Soft Skills

development

3.2 Efforts taken by Institute for Technical Skills

development

3.3 Efforts taken by Institute for Administrative

Skills development


their response on the efforts

taken by the institutes for Soft

Skills, Technical Skills and

Administrative Skills

development

4 4.1 Demand for Soft Skills in the industry The respondents are to rate






4.2 Demand for Technical Skills in the industry

4.3 Demand for Administrative Skills in the industry

their response on demand of

Soft Skills, Technical Skills

and Administrative Skills in

IT or ITeS industry.

The Student Category was tested on following parameters from each group as follows,



1. 1.1 Soft Skills possessed by you

1.2 Technical Skills possessed by you

1.3 Technical Skills possessed by you


themselves on the actual soft skills,

technical skills and administrative

skills possessed.

2. Role of institute in developing skills possessed

by you

The respondents are to rate their

response on the role of institute in

the development of skills possessed

by themselves

Skill Requirements of IT and ITeS industry



1 1.1 Essential Soft Skills by candidate for recruitment

1.2 Essential Technical Skills by candidate for

recruitment

1.3 Essential Administrative Skills by candidate for

recruitment


their response on the essential

soft, technical and

administrator skills expected

from the candidate to recruit

2 2.1 Soft Skills at the time of Recruiting Candidate

2.2 Technical Skills at the time of Recruiting

Candidate

2.3 Administrative Skills at the time of Recruiting

Candidate


their response on the actual

soft skills, technical skills and

administrative skills

possessed by the candidate to

recruit

3 3.1 Soft Skills Demand in your company at the time

of Recruiting Candidate

3.2 Technical Skills Demand in your company at the

time of Recruiting Candidate

3.3 Administrative Skills Demand in your company

at the time of Recruiting Candidate


their response on the demand

of Soft Skills, Technical

Skills and Administrative

Skills expected from

candidate at the time of

recruitment.


8.1 To study the sustainable challenges faced by the IT or ITeS industry.

8.2 To find the existence of gap between the skills sets offered by management institutes and

skill sets required by IT/ITES.

8.3 To study the possible key factors responsible for creating gap between the skills sets offered






by management institutes and skill sets required by IT/ITES


The research methodology adopted for the study is as follows,

The respondents are from the Management Education are Director, Faculty and Students and

from IT and ITeS Industry are HR and Technical Personnel and other. All the respondents are

responded on three major categories, namely, Soft Skills, Technical Skills, and Administration

Skills. Following is the list of the sub skill sets under each category,

9.1 Soft Skills

9.1.1 Persuasive communication 9.1.2 Emotional quotient 9.1.3 Trustworthiness

9.1.4 Initiative 9.1.5 Resourcefulness

9.1.6 Written and oral communication skill 9.1.7 Logical thinking and analysis

9.1.8 Leadership

9.2 Technical Skills

9.2.1 Data Analysis 9.2.3 Coding and programming 9.2.4 Project management

9.2.5 Social media experience 9.2.6 Technical writing 9.2.7 Time management

9.2.8 Hardware and networking

9.3 Administrative Skills

9.3.1 Legal familiarity 9.3.2 Employee relations 9.3.3 Document management

9.3.4 Client relations 9.3.5 Business correspondence 9.3.6. Investigative

9.4 Sampling Details:-

9.4.1 Sampling Method:- Multistage sampling

9.4.2 Respondents category

Management Institutes: - Director and Faculty, Student

IT and ITES industry: - HR Personnel, Technical Personnel, other

9.4.3 Simple random sampling at each stage

Sample Size: The IEEE online calculator is used for sample size calculation as follows,

Director and Faculty:- 16 nos Student:- 28 nos.

HR Personnel, Technical Personnel, Other:- 11 nos.

Scaling method:- ‗Five Point Likert Scale‘,

Data Collection Tool -- Questionnaire

Data Analysis

Director and Faculty -- Soft Skills Graph 1.0






Director and Faculty -- Technical Skills Graph 2.0

Director and Faculty -- Administrative Skills Graph 3.0

Student – Soft Skills, Technical Skills and Administrative Skills Graph 4.0






Industry – Soft Skills Graph 5.0

Industry – Technical Skills 6.0






Industry – Administrative Skills 7.0

Analysis of Skill Gap

In this section it is to investigate the tools utilized during the present study of skill gap

analysis amongst management students and selected service industries in Pune. The Skill gap has

been assessed with the help of three questionnaire tools. First questionnaire is designed for the

academic faculties and directors of management institutes. Second tool is prepared for self-

assessment of management students for the skills possessed. Third questionnaire is prepared for

industry responses. The three skill sets have been considered for assessment, namely, a) soft

skills, b) technical skills, and c) administrative skills. Each three skills sets have various

parameters and quantified with the help of ‗Five Point Likert Scale‘. The objectives and the

purpose of these questionnaire tools has been prepared and presented with the help of below

mentioned Table No. 1.1.






According to the opinions of academic respondents, namely, faculties and directors, skill

gap question has been asked to quantify existing level of skills possessed by the management

students (mentioned as variable ‗S01‘). Second question has been asked to quantify demand for

these skills in industry (mentioned as variable ‗D01‘). The gap in skill sets has been achieved by

subtracting existing level of skill (S01) from demand for skills (D01). The details have been

mentioned with the help of Table No. 1.2.

Table No. 1.2

Quantified Skill Gap According to Academic Respondents (Ques.-01)

Skills Parameters

Average of

Skills Possessed

(S01)

Average of

Demand for

Skills (D01)

Skill GAP

(D01-S01)

Soft Skills Persuasive

communication 2.88 3.06 0.19

Emotional quotient 2.75 3.00 0.25

Trustworthiness 3.06 3.13 0.06

Initiative 3.13 3.19 0.06

Resourcefulness 3.38 3.00 -0.38

Written and oral

communication skill 3.13 3.06 -0.06

Logical thinking and

analysis 2.63 3.38 0.75

Leadership 2.88 3.06 0.19

Average-Soft Skill 2.98 3.11 0.13

Technical

Skills

Data Analysis 2.81 2.38 -0.44

Coding and programming 2.63 2.81 0.19

Project management 3.06 3.50 0.44

Social media experience 3.44 3.56 0.13

Technical writing 2.94 3.31 0.38






Time management 2.75 3.06 0.31

Hardware and networking 2.38 2.81 0.44

Average 2.86 3.06 0.21

Administra

tive Skills

Legal familiarity 2.69 2.81 0.13

Employee relations 2.94 3.00 0.06

Document management 3.31 3.19 -0.13

Client relations 3.56 3.63 0.06

Business correspondence 3.25 3.38 0.13

Investigative 2.75 2.94 0.19

Average 3.08 3.16 0.07

(Source: Field Investigation)

It need to be significantly highlighted here that, the negative results for skill gap, in fact,

indicating that, these skills are possessed by the students but there is no demand in industry for

that particular skill.

Academic Respondents-Students (Ques.-02)

Total 28 management students have been considered for pilot study and administered

questionnaire-02 for canvassing existing level of skills. This questionnaire is basically a self-

assessment tool and the data collected with this tool has been compared with the rating of faculty

/ directors and also with industry respondents. IT Industry Respondents (Ques.-03)

Considering the same methodology, the opinions of IT professionals also analyzed to

arrive at skill gap by asking two major questions. First question has been asked to quantify

existing level of skills possessed by the management students at the time of job-interview

(mentioned as variable ‗S01‘). Second question has been asked to quantify demand for these

skills in industry (mentioned as variable ‗D01‘). The gap in skill sets has been achieved by

subtracting existing level of skill (S01) from demand for skills (D01). The details have been

mentioned with the help of Table No. 1.3.

Table No. 1.3

Quantified Skill Gap According to IT Industry Respondents (Ques.-03)

Skills Parameters

Average of

Skills Possessed

(S01)

Average of

Demand for

Skills (D01)

Skill GAP

(D01-S01)

Soft Skills Persuasive

communication 2.45 3.00 0.55

Emotional quotient 2.82 3.27 0.45

Trustworthiness 3.36 3.45 0.09

Initiative 3.73 3.64 -0.09

Resourcefulness 3.45 3.91 0.45

Written and oral

communication skill 3.27 3.45 0.18

Logical thinking and

analysis 3.00 3.55 0.55

Leadership 3.55 3.82 0.27

Average-Soft Skill 3.20 3.51 0.31

Technical

Skills

Data Analysis 2.82 2.55 -0.27

Coding and programming 3.45 3.27 -0.18

Project management 3.73 4.18 0.45

Social media experience 3.73 3.64 -0.09






Technical writing 3.73 3.27 -0.45

Time management 2.91 3.45 0.55

Hardware and networking 3.73 3.64 -0.09

Average 3.44 3.43 -0.01

Administra

tive Skills

Legal familiarity 3.00 2.91 -0.09

Employee relations 3.64 3.55 -0.09

Document management 3.91 3.91 0.00

Client relations 3.91 3.82 -0.09

Business correspondence 3.27 3.55 0.27

Investigative 2.82 3.82 1.00

Average 3.42 3.59 0.17

(Source: Field Investigation)

It need to be significantly highlighted here that, the negative results for skill gap, in fact,

indicating that, these skills are possessed by the students but there is no demand in industry for

that particular skill. It is wondering to observe that in comparison with the academic respondents,

more skill sets a observed with no demand in industry but possessed by the students.

Findings

12.1. Table 1.3 gives a skill gap average for industry for all three categories. The statistical value

of Soft Skill is 0.13, Average Technical Skill is 0.21 and Average Administrative Skill is 0.07

indicates that that there exists a skill gap.

12.2. Data Analysis gives a skill gap for student category as follows,

12.2.1 Soft Skill

Intermediate -- Highest -- Persuasive Communication

Advanced Skill -- Highest -- Trustworthiness and Leadership

No skills -- Persuasive Communication, Emotional Quotient, Logical thinking and Analysis

12.2.2 Technical Skill

Intermediate -- Highest --Data Analysis

No skills -- Project Management, Social Media Experience

12.2.3 Administrative Skill

Basic Skill -- Highest -- Legal Familiarity

Intermediate -- Highest -- Document Management, Client relations, Business Correspondence

No skills -- Nil -- Document Management, Client relations, Business Correspondence

12.2.4. Table 1.3 gives a skill gap average for industry for all three categories. The statistical

value of Soft Skill is 0.13, Average Technical Skill is 0.01 and Average Administrative Skill is

0.17 that there exists a skill gap.

Conceptual Model Development

Skill Gap Parameter Identification Diagram 1.0






Sustainable development Challenges and Identified Skill Gap Parameters

Level 1

Diagram 2.0


Level 2

Diagram 3.0







Level 3

Diagram 4.0

The three level diagrams are in a flow explains the possibility of facing and removing the

challenges faced in sustainable development. At level 1 the skill gap parameters identified for

available skills and expected Skills at three levels, namely, Soft Skills, Technical Skills and

Administrative Skills. On broader level these three skills will play an important role the facing

the sustainable development challenges. At Level 2, depend on the type of challenge, the

required skills are grouped together to define the exact methodology for facing and removing the

challenges. At Level 3, the solution is provided by offering the study and the implementation of

the available sub skill sets, under each category, and also offers the customized Skill

development program as per the type of challenge requirement.

Conclusion

The study and the analysis of the skill sets required for overcoming the sustainable

challenges is offering a solution which can be implemented. The IT o ITeS industry

sustainability is mainly depend on the skill sets a company which needs to be develop and

Sr. Name Short Form Particulars

1. SS Soft Skills

2. TS Technical Skills

3. AS Administrative Skills

4. GQoM Good Quality of Material

5. EP Efficient Product

6. LLPLC Long Lasting Product Life Cycle

7. RPDLC Reduced Product Development Life Cycle






maintain for longer time. The technical skills are to be upgraded continuously but at the same

time the due the fast changes in technological tools the other skills, namely, soft skills and

administrative skills are also need continuous upgrade. At Level 1 and Level 2 the identification

of skill gap parameters and accordingly the strategy to face and remove the challenges are

discussed. Looking at Level 3, it is must to develop a package of available Skill sets and Skill

development programs for the sustainability challenges. The more the tuning with these skill sets

with the challenges, more is the success rate. Any IT or ITeS industry may adopt a strategy to

evaluate the responses from the probable candidates for recruitment as well as the existing

employee skill sets evaluation and share it with the academic area time to time. Thus it will be a

great help to academic area also to design various short term, long term programs which are

designed as per industry and maintain a continuous communication channel for changes needed

in the programs regularly. The coordination, cooperation among all three stakeholders to

overcome the sustainability challenges is a future road map for development.

References

1. Vikhe Gautam V, 2. Preeti Agrawal (2014), ―Industry-Institute Employbility Skill Gap

Analysis‖, International Journal of Research and Development - A Management Review

(IJRDMR), ISSN (Print): 2319–5479, Volume-3, Issue–4, 2014

2. Mohtadi, C , McAree, O, Schlosser, J (2014) ―Bridging the Skills Gap in STEM

Industries‖ published at 42nd Annual Conference, Birmingham, UK.

3. Azeez Nureni Ayofe & Azeez Raheem Ajetola (2009), ―Exploration of the Gap Between

Computer Science Curriculum and Industrial I.T Skills Requirements‖ published by

(IJCSIS) International Journal of Computer Science and Information Security, Vol. 4,

No. 1 & 2

4. PrachiKapil (Feb. 2014), ―Bridging the Industry- Academia skill gap A conceptual

investigation with special emphasis on the management education in India‖, IOSR

Journal of Business and Management (IOSR-JBM), e-ISSN: 2278-487X, p-ISSN: 2319-

7668. Volume 16, Issue 3. Ver. III (Feb. 2014), PP 08-13 retrieved from

www.iosrjournals.org

Bibliography

1. T. V. Rao, Siddhartha Satish Saxena, Vijaya Sherry Chand, Rajeshwari Narendran,

Kandaswamy Bharathan & B. H. Jajoo (June 2014), ―What employers value in the

MBAs they recruit: Rebalancing the management education curriculum‖ Published

by Indian Institute Of Management, Ahmedabad India, W.P. No.2014-06-05

2. Laura Antonucci & Francesco Domenico d‘Ovidio (November 2012), ―An

Informative System Based on the Skill Gap Analysis to Planning Training Courses‖

Published Online (Italy published) ―http://dx.doi.org/10.4236/am.2012.311224‖

(http://www.SciRP.org/journal/am)

3. N. Hari Prasad, Dr. J. Parasuraman (November, 2014) ―Alarming Employability

Skills Deficiency among Budding Engineering Graduates–A Study on Talent

Acquisition by Pedagogical Models‖, published by Advances in Economics and

Business Management (AEBM) Print ISSN: 2394-1545; Online ISSN: 2394-1553;

Volume 1, Number 2; pp. 51-55

4. Johanna Wallin, Olaisaksson, Andreas Larsson & Bengt-Olof Elfstrom ―Bridging The

Gap Between University And Industry: Three Mechanism For Innovation

http://www.iosrjournals.org/






Efficiency‖, International Journal of Innovation and Technology Management Vol.

11, No. 1 (2014) 1440005 (18 pages) ,World Scientific Publishing Company, DOI:

10.1142/S0219877014400057

5. Ans Kolk, ―The social responsibility of international business: From ethics and the

environment to CSR and sustainable development”, Journal of World Business,

Volume 51, Issue 1, January 2016, Pages 23-34

6. Thomas N. Gladwin, James J. Kennelly and Tara-Shelomith Krause (1 Oct 1995),

―Shifting Paradigms for Sustainable Development: Implications for Management

Theory and Research‖, Published Online:retrieved from

https://doi.org/10.5465/amr.1995.9512280024, Academy of Management Review

Vol. 20, No. 4

7. Pratima Bansal (22 December 2004), ―Evolving sustainably: a longitudinal study of

corporate sustainable development‖, published online: retrieved from

https://doi.org/10.1002/smj.441, Willey Online Library

8. .Alexander Schatten, ―Sustainable Development: The Role of Information and

Communication Technology‖, Institute of Software Technology and Interactive

Systems, Vienna University of Technology Favoritenstr. 9-11/188/1, 1040 Vienna,

Austria

9. Adib Kabir Chowdhury and Shanmugam Veeramani (March 2015), ―Information

Technology: Impacts on Environment and Sustainable Development‖,Pertanika

Journal of Science and Technology 23(1):127-139 ·

10. R.L.Ison, P.T.Maiteny and S.Carr (October 1997), ―Systems methodologies for

sustainable natural resources research and development‖, Agricultural Systems,

Volume 55, Issue 2, , Pages 257-272 retrieved from https://doi.org/10.1016/S0308-

521X(97)00010-3

https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S1090951615000632?via%3Dihub#!

https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/10909516

https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/10909516/51/1

https://journals.aom.org/doi/abs/10.5465/AMR.1995.9512280024



https://journals.aom.org/toc/amr/20/4

https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/action/doSearch?ContribAuthorStored=Bansal%2C+Pratima

https://www.researchgate.net/profile/Adib_Chowdhury2

https://www.researchgate.net/profile/Shanmugam_Veeramani

https://www.researchgate.net/journal/0128-7680_Pertanika_Journal_of_Science_and_Technology

https://www.researchgate.net/journal/0128-7680_Pertanika_Journal_of_Science_and_Technology

https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0308521X97000103?via%3Dihub#!



https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/0308521X

https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/0308521X/55/2






Smart City A Sustainable Approach towards Holistic Developmet

Dr.Lt Yashodhan P Mahajan

Assistant Professor

Head & Assistant Professor, Department of Accountancy

BMCC Pune, Maharashtra.

[email protected]

Abstract:

Smart development is an urban development and transportation viewpoint suggestive of

extensive sustainable planning and development. Its aspire is to attain a unique “sense of place”

from end to end intense mixed-use development, a varied range of accommodation and employ

choice, substitute modes of transport (transport, ambler and cycling), and evenhanded allocation

of infrastructural development expenditure. The smart growth scheme is opportune though for

the nationwide demographic trends, a rising infrastructure deficit, and well-built civilian

importance in the quality of life and growth and development of the City.

In ever more multifaceted socioeconomic progression and changes, today‟s cities as

intricate systems will not be capable to counter to plentiful issues except they have a control

model that can lithely adjust to external circumstances. In this regard, there is rising

requirement for novel administration tools mixing solutions from diverse fields. The „smart city‟

is the right solution to the above issue. In this research paper researcher analyze the merits and

environmental condition as well as hurdles and challenges to implements the smart city concept

by Pune Municipal Corporation (PMC).

Keywords: Smart city, Challenges, Merits, Issues and role of PMC in implementation of Smart

City Project, Holistic and Sustainable approach

Introduction :

Management becomes the essential part of everyone‘s existence. Whether we it is a

house, business, office, school or Government. Implied condition in above case presumes that

group of people coming together for a common goal. To accomplish the common goal there is a

requirement of certain aspects like time management and optimal utilization of scare resources.

Implementation of smart city it is nothing but management of city. It requires holistic view and

sustainable approach. We have to think globally and act locally.

‗Smart city‘ stratagem continues in several cases restrict to narrow view, ‗technological‘

approach. This approach assumes that the availability alone of smart infrastructure can resolve

several metropolitan issues and made progress in the quality of urban life. Though, holistic

approach, it does not deal with numerous socioeconomic factors and the genuine requirements of

the populace. Accordingly, positive targets remain mainly displeased. Accomplishment of a

holistic and sustainable approach imply numeral conditions, such as the capability to incorporate

administration decisions taken at diverse levels and foresee how changes in one structure affect

other structure; spotlighting interdisciplinary cooperation; and capability to deal with conflict to

changes.1

1 The Smart City Approach as a Response to Emerging Challenges for Urban Development.

Foresight and STI Governance by Boykova M., Ilina I., Salazkin M. (2016), vol. 10, no 3, pp.

65–75.






Mission for Smart Cities is an inventive and topical project by the Government of India

to build up smart cities pan-India to facilitate economic development and improve the quality of

life of community by enabling local development and applying smart technologies to make its

people life better. This mission will cover 100 cities and its period of accomplishment will be

five years i.e from the financial year 2015-16 to 2019-20. It may be continuous thereafter on the

base of the output of an assessment to be done by the Ministry of Urban Development and

captivating the study from the mission. It has target to set precedent which can be simulated both

within and outside the Smart City, advancing the formation of like Smart Cities in a range of

regions and parts of the country.2

Review Of Literature

As per the Smart City Mission, this project will force economic development and get

better the quality of life of citizens and facilitate growth of local areas. It will assist unite

technology which will direct to smart outcome. The government plan to renew slums and switch

them into better considered ones which will change the progress process and livelihood of the

complete town. To channelize growing population of the town, innovative areas will also be

developed around the already existing cities. Smart city project is a confluence of technology,

information and data to develop framework and services. It will also generate employment

opportunities to needy and disadvantaged community.3

Population residing in urban areas is rising year by year and further 60 % of the universe

population will be residing in cities by the year 2050. Present day cities undergone with

multiplicity challenges like as employment, economic development, ecological balance, and

social change. These challenges, to some extent, can be resolved through the implementation of

extensible solutions with the advent of information and communications technology (ICT).

Considering the efficiencies, economy, effectiveness, and improve quality of life Cities that

follows above referred approach are generally known as Smart Cities. There may be verity of

dimension to recognize while defining a smart city. In layman‘s knowledge, it refers to a

compressively designed city that bank on IT as facilitator to resolve several of its issues – with

abridge of smart grids and data analytics on the demand of citizen.4

In India many cities has a simple illusion on the grounds of communal, dimensional, and

economic. The fantasy of the depiction is through continual shift against an additional elegant,

either unaware to or aggravate the manifold disagreement that have come to describe our cities.

Many laws and commissions by central, state or local players are causative to rising

discrimination, ghettoization, and invisibilization and peripheralization of the poor. A rise in

forced expulsion, vagabondage, discrimination, and hardship are some of the ramification of this

prevailing urbanizing criterion, which obtains the ‗predictability of urbanizing‘ as an indubitable

truth lacking of considering its structural elements or bang on the universal ecology. 5

2 A Survey Of India‘s Smart Cities Mission by Prashant R. Lambole, Pushpanjali Chouragade,

IJSER, Volume 7, Issue 2, February-2016ISSN 2229-5518 3 A Study on ―Smart City Pune‖ by Rohit Agrawal, Ruchi Doshi, ―VishwaCon'16‖, 19 March

2016, IJRAT(E-ISSN: 2321-9637) 4 Report ―Digitizing India by CISCO, CNBC TV 18, Money Control

5 India‘s Smart Cities Mission: Smart for Whom? Cities for Whom?, Housing and Land Rights

Network, New Delhi, 2018







Researcher used survey and questionnaire method to address the above issues.

Questionnaire includes 14 questions (abstract as well as objective type questions). With the help

of Google Survey Forms questionnaire was formed and emailed the same among the group of

people. Researcher got the 101 respondents to the survey. The responses ware scrutinized,

analyzed with the help statistical tools to draw conclusion.

Data Analysis

Analysis of the responses of questions has been portrayed with graphical presentation

Do you understand the term ―sustainability?‖

Reference : https://goo.gl/forms/CbMkqHDd1evBiVxb2 (Google questionnaire link)

Out of the responses 91% of the respondents are aware of the term sustainability 7% are not sure

and 2% are not knowing the term.

It represents that awarness about the term sustanibility and its relative impact on economic

growth and development is understad as well as recognized by majority of the respondents.

If your answer to the above question is ―yes‖ according to you sustainability relates to

https://goo.gl/forms/CbMkqHDd1evBiVxb2







63.40% of the respondents recognize the term sustanibility as blend of logterm planning holistic

approach, economic growth and inclusive development, 17.80% of the respondents recognize it

as economic growth, 10.90% of the respondents considered it as long term planning, 5% of the

of the respondents considered it as inclusive development.

Literal understading of the term sustanibility says, avoidance of the depletion of natural

resources in order to maintain an ecological balance.

3. Which of the following issues, you feel as it relates to sustainability. Rate on a scale of

1-5 where 1 is you least relate and 5 is you most relate about the following issues.


It seems that 70 % of the respondents feels that Resourse Utilization (highly rated) is the key

issue primary relates to the sustanibility, 53 % % of the respondents feels thatWaste

Management be given secondary isssue to be taken up, 45 % of the respondents considerd Roads

& Traffic Conjunction should taken up next issue, from the view point of 43% of the respondents

Education should have next issue to be considered as sustainability approach.

4. Whether above issues can only be solved by










Out of the total respondents 37% are of the openion that above referred issues can be solved with

PPP (Public private Partnership) model, 26% are of the openion that issues can be resolved by

Public alone, 21% are of the openion that issues can be solved by Government alone and 17%

responddents are not sure about how the issues can be solved.

5. Do you feel that your individual attempt may bring change(s) in the above issues?


85 % of the samples populations are agree on the fact that their individual attempt will bring the

changes (workable solutions) in the issues related to the sustainable and holistic development of

the society.

6. If your answer is yes to the above question, then rate on a scale of 1-5 where 1 is how

your individual attempt will not sufficient and 5 is how your individual attempt

sufficient to bring the change in the above referred issues


It seems that 58 % of the respondents feels that that Waste Management (highly rated) is the

issue, which can be solved by the individual attempt. 52% are of the openion that issues related








to Resource Utilization can be solved by individual attempt. Issues related to Safety and Security

as well as Education will be delt by individual attempt.

7. Do you feel personally responsible to make changes into Environmental issues?


58% of respondents individually strongly agree to felt responsibale for the issues related to

resource mobiliztion (indirectely fails to maintain environmental or ecological balance). On the

other hand 43 % of respondents agree to be held responsible individually for the issues relatred

to Environment.

8. Do you feel personally responsible to make changes into Social issues?


Again 47% of respondents strongely agree to felt individually responsible for the social issues.

50% of respondents agree on the fact that their individual behaviour causes social issues.








9. Do you feel personally responsible to make changes into Economical Issues?


Economic issues are the major one that causes a hurdel in the econmic developmentof the

society. 59% of the respondents are agree on the fact that their individual attept will solve the

economical issues for the betterment of the society. 29% are of the strongly agree to contribute

individually to solve the econoic issues.

10. Out of the following which choices or activities describe your present way of life?


Way of life (pattern of behavior of group or an individual) showcased the present state of societal

conditions and will also decide the direction of futuristic growth and development of the

society.69% respondents are not using plastic bags, 59% of the respondents promoting green








initiative, 50% of the respondents following a habit of reduce, reuse and recycle, 49% of the

respondents believing in the traditions, culture and heritage of our country.

11. How would you get the more information about sustainability?


32% of the respondents get aware about sustainability through social media, 14% of the

respondents understand about sustainability through e-mail/ website, 13% of the respondents get

sensitize towards sustainability through community group activities.

12. Do you really feel that Smart City Project is the only solution for holistic and sustainable

development of the society?


Smart City project will facilitate economic development and improve the quality of life of

community by enabling local development and applying smart technologies to make its people

life better. 59% of the respondents are agree on the fact that samrt city project is the key attemt

for holistic and sustainable deveopment of the society. 29% of the respondents strongely agree








that smart city project will provide a platform for futerstic growth and development of the

society.

13. You belong to which age group (Optional)


It is one of the most things to be noted that the people between the age group of 18-25 years are

most eager, concisions about sustainability, holistic development, smart city etc. 83% of the

respondents are of the age group between 18 -25 years.

14. Your gender (Optional)


Again, females (56% of the respondents) are more concern than men (44% of the respondents) in

understanding smart city project a tool for sustainable and holistic development of the society.

Issues Faced By Pmc In Implementation Of Smart City Project

Following are the most burning issues can be tackled by PMC while implementing Smart City

Project:

Waste management (including all types of waste)

Sewerage system

Safety and Security

Crowed population








Resource utilization

Potable Water

Uninterrupted power supply

Local Transportation

Roads & Traffic Conjunction

Findings And Suggestion

Majority of pupils understand the term sustainability resulting into creating its relative

impact on economic growth and development of the society.

Citizens recognize the term sustainability from all possible dimensions as a blend of log

term planning and holistic approach, economic growth and inclusive development

Resources Utilization, Roads & Traffic Conjunction, Education are the key issues should

be considered while thing about sustainability approach.

PPP (Public private Partnership) model, will be the most appreciated and acceptable way

to solve issues faced by PMC

Citizens agreed that their individual attempt will bring the changes (workable solutions)

in the issues related to the sustainable and holistic development of the society.

Waste Management, Resource Utilization and Safety and Security related issues will be

solved by individual attempt of the citizens

Maintaining environmental or ecological balance is the sole responsibility of every

citizen

People strongly agreed that their individual behavior causes social issues.

Pupils habits like using plastic bags, promoting green initiative, reduce, reuse and recycle

represents their way of life to some extent it will help to strength the smart city initiative

Our traditions, culture and heritage is an inspirational source for being social

Social media, e-mails / websites, community groups are the medium through which

citizens get sensitize towards sustainability

Smart City project will facilitate economic development and improve the quality of life

of community by enabling local development and applying smart technologies to make

its people life better.

Young generation are more eager, aspire and concisions about sustainability, holistic

development, smart city initiative

Conclusion:

Environment of Pune city represents dynamic perceptive legacy of our culture.

Enlightened and educated citizens and strapping business surroundings are the additional

advantage to become the best Smart City in India. It is the symbolic representation of

heritage, culture, smart and leading citizenship which leads to put forth a pathway to

become the most holistic and sustainable city.

References:

a. The Smart City Approach as a Response to Emerging Challenges for Urban

Development. Foresight and STI Governance by Boykova M., Ilina I., Salazkin

M. (2016), vol. 10, no 3, pp. 65–75.






b. A Survey Of India‘s Smart Cities Mission by Prashant R. Lambole, Pushpanjali

Chouragade, IJSER, Volume 7, Issue 2, February-2016ISSN 2229-5518

c. A Study on ―Smart City Pune‖ by Rohit Agrawal, Ruchi Doshi, ―VishwaCon'16‖,

19 March 2016, IJRAT(E-ISSN: 2321-9637)

d. Report ―Digitizing India by CISCO, CNBC TV 18, Money Control

e. India‘s Smart Cities Mission: Smart for Whom? Cities for Whom?, Housing and

Land Rights Network, New Delhi, 2018

f. https://goo.gl/forms/CbMkqHDd1evBiVxb2 (Google questionnaire link)






Carbon Credits – an Enviornmentally Responsible Investment

CA Yashodhara Barhate

Research Scholar

Pemraj Sarda College, Ahmednagar, Maharashtra

E-mail: [email protected]

Abstract:

The rising awareness towards sustainable development has prompted the emergence of

various global indices and agreements to encourage economic support to environmentally

responsible investment.

Carbon credit market has become a multi-billion dollar industry for credits issued under

the Kyoto protocol. India is being heralded as the next carbon credit destination of the world.

India is a Party to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC)

and the objective of the Convention is to achieve stabilization of greenhouse gas concentrations

in the atmosphere at a level that would prevent dangerous anthropogenic interference with the

climate system.

This paper highlights that the Local communities in Tier III cites of India could accrue

benefits by reducing the carbon footprint and selling carbon sequestered by Clean Development

Projects in Kyoto based markets.

It is an exploratory research to understand the opportunities for investment in Ecosystem.

Key words: Sustainable development, Clean Development Mechanism, Footprint, Sequester

Introduction:

There has been a rising realisation that human beings have a responsibility towards other

living organisms on earth, as well as to fellow human beings and future generations. This

awareness has prompted the emergence of various global indices and agreements to encourage

economic support to environmentally and socially responsible investments.

Environmental finance refers to a wide range of issues. It incorporates aspects of risk

management, corporate finance, investment analysis, climate mitigation and pollution costs, and

renewable energy and energy efficiency practices. The market for ecosystem services is so

embryonic that most observers do not yet fully understand where the best opportunities lie, nor

the full extent of market limitations.

The investors will only start investing in the conservation, or sustainable use of ecosystem

services under the following circumstances:

1. They are forced to by regulation or the pending threat of regulation in the (near) future.

2. Payments deliver a return on their investment (i.e. a business benefit).

3. Payments are made for charity or philanthropic reasons (i.e. donations).

The Scope of Study is limited to the business opportunities that can be identified to enhance

investment in Ecosystem

Emphasize the business benefits of investing in ecosystem services

Use the opportunities of a growing carbon market


Research Problem:

Lack of awareness of ecosystem benefits leads to low investment in Environmental

finance. The investors are uninformed about what business benefits they would derive by






investing in ecosystem. It is therefore important to understand the need and opportunities or

monetary benefits for managing and securing ecosystem.

Review Of Literature:

Ktoto Protocol:

The Kyoto Protocol is a 1997 international treaty which came into force in 2005, which

binds most developed nations to a cap and trade system for the six major greenhouse gases.

Emission quotas were agreed by each participating country, with the intention of reducing their

overall emissions by 5.2% of their 1990 levels by the end of 2012. Under the treaty, for the 5-

year compliance period from 2008 until 2012, nations that emit less than their quota will be able

to sell emissions credits to nations that exceed their quota.

The period for mitigating emissions by the parties under Kyoto is coming to an end by

2012. Carbon credit market has become a multi-billion dollar industry for credits issued under

the Kyoto protocol. India is being heralded as the next carbon credit destination of the world.

Increasing Per Capita Carbon Emission is a global problem to be tackled.

According to study of environmental implications of consumption patterns across income

classes in India, done by Parekh et al. (1994) the carbon emission for urban India according to

the expenditure classes were given as follows: -

TABLE 1 Per capita carbon emissions by income classes (kg C/year)

Urban 1989-90 2010

Bottom class 103.4 122.5

Middle class 245.7 279.4

Top class 873.6 914.7

Total 237.4 476.4

Of this consumption, 62% are due to private consumption, while 38 % is due to public or

Govt.sector consumption.

The direct or indirect consumption of each resource including food items, manufactured

goods, energy, transport, durable goods, fuel etc. was converted to the carbon emitted during the

production and consumption of that resource.

Assuming a linear rise in the per capita expenditure values, we can calculate it for the

intermediate years. Table 2 depicts per capita emission values by various income classes.

TABLE 2 Per capita carbon emission, by income classes (kg C/year)

1990 2000 2010 2020 2030

Top class 873.6 894.15 914.7 935.25 955.8

Middle class 245.7 262.55 279.4 296.25 313.1

Bottom class 103.4 112.95 122.5 132.05 141.6

The emission reduction can generate income through the implementation of Clean Development

Mechanism.

Clean Development Mechanism:

It is a Market based approach that calls for private companies in the developed world to

invest in low-GHG projects in developing countries as a means to achieve their GHG emission

reduction targets. CDM has three objectives:-






Assist Annex I parties meet part of their commitments under article 3 of the Kyoto

Protocol;

Assist non-Annex I parties to achieve sustainable development; and

Promote the attainment of the objective of the UNFCCC (through GHG emission reduction).

Carbon Project

A carbon project refers to a business initiative that receives funding because of the cut

the emission of greenhouse gases (GHGs) that will result. To prove that the project will result

in real, permanent, verifiable reductions in Greenhouse Gases, proof must be provided in the

form of a project design document and activity reports validated by an approved third party in

the case of Clean Development Mechanism (CDM) or Joint Implementation (JI) projects.

Carbon Credits

The primary purpose of the Kyoto Protocol was to make developed countries pay for

their ways with emissions while at the same time monetarily rewarding countries with good

behaviour in this regard. Since developing countries can start with clean technologies, they will

be rewarded by those stuck with ‗dirty‘ ones. This system poises to become a big machine for

partially transferring wealth from wealthy, industrialised countries to poor, undeveloped

countries. A CER or Carbon Credit is defined as the unit related to reduction of 1 tonne of CO2

emission from the baseline of the project activity

Let us say that India decided to invest in a new power station, and has decided on a

particular technology at the cost of X crore. An entity from an industrialised country (which

could even be a company) offers to provide India with slightly better technology, which costs

more (say Y crore), but will result in lower emissions. The industrialised country will only pay

the incremental cost of the project – viz. Y minus X. In return, the ‗investing‘ country will get

certified emission reductions‟ (CERs), or credits, which it can use to meet its Kyoto

commitment.

Research Objectives

To explore the investment Opportunities in Renewable energy

projects.

To Study the Implementation of CDM projects in Ahmednagar.

Significance Of Study

India is endowed with abundant renewable energy sources—solar, wind, biomass, and

small hydroelectric—and the Government is working proactively to develop them. . The

Ministry of New and Renewable Energy (MNRE), formerly the Ministry of Non-Conventional

Energy Sources (MNES), has proposed exploiting the full potential of renewable energy sources

to increase generation capacity in the country.

Since its inception, the renewable energy program in India has been driven by policies

and promotional measures initially framed by MNRE and subsequently by the respective state

governments. The promotional measures available to renewable energy projects comprise a wide

range of fiscal and financial incentives, including soft loans, concessional customs duties,

exemption from excise duty, tax holidays, and accelerated depreciation benefits.

Data Collection

Both primary as well as secondary data was collected for the research.






The primary data was collected through focused interviews with representatives of companies

that have experience of CDM projects in Ahmednagar. Experts and informants were consulted to

identify potential for investment in renewable energy resources projects in Ahmednagar District.

Secondary data was collected through literature survey of available scientific and non-scientific

articles, case studies and reports about the subject.

Analysis And Findings

Analysis of different renewable energy resources revealed the following

Wind power generation projects:

Among the renewable power resources available in India, wind energy is a promising

source for further development. The country has 45,000 MW of gross potential and 13,000 MW

of technical potential for wind power.

To accelerate the promotion of renewable energy development in Maharashtra,

Maharashtra Electricity Regulation Commission (MERC) will require licensed

distributors operating in the state to procure 3% of total energy input from renewable energy

sources in 2030, with a 1 percentage point increase each year until 2020 to reach 6% of total

energy input. Companies which are licensed distributors could undertake wind power projects to

comply with the requirement.

The CDM project M/s Bajaj Auto Ltd. (BAL) located at Supa Taluka Parner, Ahmednagar

District was studied. The estimated activity is expected to generate an average of 40 MU of

electricity during each year of the crediting period. The emission rate of the selected baseline

grid (Maharashtra state – western grid) where the project activity will occur would displace fossil

fuel based electricity generation to the extent of the electricity generated by this wind project.

Therefore, the total emitted emission reduction achieved during the 10 year crediting period

aggregating to 3, 83,881 tons of CO2.

Bio-fuel projects

The production and use of biofuels have been carried out on large scale in rural areas of

Ahmednagar District. Surging investments in biofuels production are being driven by a variety of

factors, that include the development of more efficient conversion technologies, the introduction

of sound new government policies, growing international trade and of course, the rising price of

oil.Underlying the growing commitment of governments to biofuels development is the desire to

find new markets for farmers and their products - thereby providing employment, enhancing

energy security and reducing emissions of carbon dioxide and other gases that are contributing to

global warming. Bioenergy could in comparison to fossil fuels drastically reduce greenhouse-gas

and air emissions if managed adequately.

Urban waste management Projects

Not much has been done on the urban waste management projects in Ahmednagar.

Governments and local agencies alone may find difficulty to cope with the growing

demand for waste management services as these services are cost intensive. Thus, private

investment, as an alternative supplement to government efforts in this sector is increasingly

being thought of. This has resulted in modeling Public Private Partnerships (PPP) in providing

waste management services to consumers. PPP recognizes that both public and private sectors

have certain advantages relative to the other in the performance of specific tasks. By allowing






each sector to do what it does best, public services and infrastructure can be provided in the most

economically efficient manner.

PPP introduces private sector capital, brings in expertise and delivers public services. The

nature of such partnerships is characterized by the sharing of investment risks, responsibilities

and rewards between the public and private partners.

Solar energy projects

Solar energy projects are not yet developed in Ahmednagar. For large-scale promotion of

the technology, facilities should be made available to quickly assess the economics of a

building‘s solar potential using each system. Study of thermal and economic impacts of absorber

colour variations and selective surface use; and designing of back-up heating systems, low-cost,

low pressure, long-life, and storage tanks with integral air-to-water heat exchangers, are some

other pressing needs. Energy savings from concrete collector system installation on a fraction of

the total building stock can contribute substantially to the total energy needs of the house at

competitive costs. For many home and commercial building buyers, aesthetics is a primary

consideration in the purchasing decision. Traditional looking homes and commercial buildings

continue to have broad appeal in the real estate market. So designing such houses, which mimic

the existing appearance of traditional roofing systems, should help their diffusion in the market.

Companies can come forward to adopt the technology and contribute in the dissemination of

these systems.

Sustainability Of Projects

1. The overall viability and sustainability of carbon projects is a function of:

i. technical viability,

ii. sociopolitical viability, and

iii. financial or economic viability

2. Traditionally the up-front project investment – capital for community project design,

preparation and implementation - comes from a mix of private, public and NGO sources

3. Carbon Finance (proceeds from selling carbon) can be used as a tool to improve the

overall financial viability of community bio-carbon projects.

Financial Viability

Project financial viability depends on three points:

1. Sufficient financial provision for project design, preparation and implementation (up-

front investment)

2. Sufficient project participation rates (short-term opportunity costs and benefits for

producers of avoiding land degradation and establishing more sustainable land-use

practices)

3. Sufficient financial provision for ongoing project management and transaction costs

Carbon Finance hinges on carbon off-take and has a decisive influence on all three of the

above facets of project financial viability.

Limitations

The transaction costs are too high:

As long as market payments remain ―one-time‖ deals, transaction costs will likely remain

high. As markets reach more mature status, it is likely that transaction costs will drop, as new






institutions arise to fill gaps in the value chain, and as technical and institutional innovations

reduce costs such as ecosystem service assessment and monitoring, and access to market

information.

Lack of defined property rights:

Weak property rights hamper the involvement of important groups of people who live in or

near natural areas, but are poor, lack capacity and therefore have no means to enter the market.

Lack of aggregator or common regulator:

In some cases when a potential private buyer is interested in securing and improving

ecosystem quality, it is necessary to get many landowners on board, who function as suppliers in

this respect, in order to really make a difference in changing or maintaining the quality of the

resource. There is, however, often a lack of institution to serve as an aggregator or a common

regulator, to ensure that conditions are met to implement a deal.

Conclusion

International trade in greenhouse gas reductions is now a large and rapidly growing

market. Motivated by requirements of the Kyoto Protocol and regional programs, and by

voluntary initiatives, governments, private companies, and individuals have collectively

committed billions of dollars to buy emission reductions. International carbon markets have

resulted in new capital flows that are supporting sustainable energy and other climate protection

activities. The voluntary carbon market is growing rapidly. Emerging standards could help to

drive the market further, Reduction in carbon emission by Indidviduals carbon market

participation can provide asubstantial boost to sustainable energy activities. The carbon market,

being the most developed ecosystem service market, is increasing every year. Some observers

project that it will increase to US$10-40 billion by 2020……the future for Trading in Ecosystem

is thus bright.

References:

1. Parikh J., Panda M., MurthyN.S.(1994).Consumption pattern differences and

Environmental

2. Implications: A case study of India., IGIDR .

3. Clean Development Mechanism and Carbon Trading in India by Jitendra Kumar Singh






Carbon Credits; Environmental Sustainability and Economics

Akshay Ugale

Assistant Professor

PES‘s Modern Law College, Pune, Maharashtra. [email protected]

Abstract:

Man has been always indebted to the nature which he is also a part of right from the time

of evolution. Although with the passage of time this relationship between the man andnature

started to become more and more unbalanced and degrading for the nature and environment

around. Since then the issue of environmental sustainability came forward and ways were

thought upon to tackle this mess of environmental degradation. One of methods by which the

issue can be tackled is of Carbon Credits system which can be used internationally. This paper

tries to analyses the concept of Carbon Crediting in detail along with what lies in the future for

the world. Also the situation of Carbon Credits in India and the huge Economics involved behind

the working of Carbon Credits if done in the right way.

What are carbon credits?

The problem of pollution started to gain attention and various countries started acting to

curb the increasing menace of greenhouse gases at their individual level. The convention of

climate change was agreed at the United Nations Conference on Environment and Development

(UNCED) in Rio, Brazil 1992. This convention was the very first step taken internationally to

address the problem of climate change and came to be known as the Earth summit, 1992. Till

date 197 parties have ratified this convention. The United Nations Framework Convention on

Climate Change (UNFCC) has an objective to, ―stabilize greenhouse gas concentrations in the

atmosphere at a level that wold prevent dangerous anthropogenic interference with the climate

system‖. Later on for this convention was put in an operational status at the Kyoto Protocol in

the year 1997 which made it legally binding for all the countries to follow the greenhouse

emission limits set under the convention.

The Kyoto Protocol was signed by the third Conference of Parties (COP) to the UNFCC

in December, 1997. The concept of Carbon Credit was also discussed and finalised in the same

Kyoto Protocol. The protocol requires developed and developing countries to limit their Green

House Gas (GHG) emissions to individual targets. A very novel idea of carbon credits came in to

practice after the Kyoto Protocol was adopted on 11 December 1997 with the objective of

achieving quantified emission limitation through specific policies and measures to minimize the

adverse effects of climate change. The Kyoto Protocol has created a mechanism under which

countries that have been emitting more carbon and other greenhouse gases (including ozone,

carbon dioxide, methane, nitrous oxide and even water vapour) have voluntarily decided that

they will bring down the level of carbon emissions to the levels of early nineties. The protocol

provides for developed countries commitment to quantitative emission reduction targets, while

developing countries with the opportunity of their participation to mitigate emissions through the

Clean Development Mechanism (CDM). The Protocol agreed ‗caps‘ or quotas on the maximum

amount of GHG emission for developed and developing countries. In turn these countries set

quotas on the emission of installations run by local business and other organizations, generally







termed ―operators‖. The countries manage this through their own national registries, which are

required to be validated and monitored for compliance by the UNFCCC. Each operator has an

allowance of credits where each unit gives the owner the right to emit one metric ton of carbon

dioxide or other equivalent greenhouse gas. Operators that have not used up their quota can sell

their unused allowance as carbon credits, privately or in the open market. As demand for energy

grows overtime, and the total emissions must still within the cap, mechanism of carbon credits

allows industry some flexibility and predictability in its planning. By permitting allowance to be

bought and sold, an operator can seek out the most cost effective way of reducing its emissions,

either by investing in cleaner technology and practices or by purchasing emissions from other

operator who already has excess capacity.

Carbon Credits and their impact on Environmental Sustainability: Positive or Negative?

Now while the entire globe is behind the idea of more or less supporting the concept of

Carbon Credits and Carbon Offsetting, the author would like to look at it from a more critical

and sceptical point of view and if it is really helping the purpose for what it was started in the

first place in 1997. Industries in developed countries buy their Carbon Credits(CC) from the

industries in the developing countries. China and India are simultaneously the first and the

second CC markets in the international economy. The developed countries as well as the

developing countries both are in a win-win situation when it comes to carbon trading. The reason

being the developed countries have to pay less for buying CC from the developing countries due

to their strong currency conversion ratio. The developing countries earn a lot of money and

capital from such trade which helps in their further expansion.

Now the real question that stands up here is that do these carbon offsets really help in

reducing the level of CO2 in the atmosphere?

Source: www.earthobservatory.nasa.gov

The above graph has plotted the data compiled by NASA about the global carbon dioxide

levels since the year 1960 onwards till 2010. The concept of CC was implemented since the

Kyoto Protocol in the year 1997, although in the graph it can clearly be seen that yet from the

year 1998 onwards till today there has not been any decrease in the global CO2 levels but

insteada constant increase. Not only there has been a constant increase in the CO2 levels but also

the global average mean temperature. The years 2016 and 2017 are simultaneously the first and

http://www.earthobservatory.nasa.gov/






the second hottest year on earth since the 18806. The real cause of concern that we humans now

to reflect upon ourselves is that, if the concept of reducing the CC has been implemented since

1997 and till today there has not even been a minimal reduction in the global carbon levels then

are we going in the wrong direction?

There are a number of issues in the concept of CC and in this paper the author will like to

shed some light on them. To start with the fundamentals of CC, that if you are not following the

emission levels in your own country you can buy the coupons of carbon trading from some other

country who are comparatively better than you and then youbalance out your own sheet of

carbon emission. This whole thing feels like postponing your own death by taking a strong dose

of medications which will make you feel good for a day but cannot avoid your ultimate death.

Right now because of CC the entities in developed countries are continuing to leave the same

levels of carbon footprints they were leaving earlier. For that they buy the carbon credits from

outside. But here one thing needs to be paid attention to is that in the Earth‘s atmosphere that

extra carbon footprint has already entered. Due to the CC that the company/industry has

purchased doesn‘t reduce the current levels of total carbon on the earth right then in that

particular year. To clear this out I‘d like to give a simple example that let‘s assume that there is a

large bath tub and the carbon emissions are the water filled in that water tub. Now if you‘re

anentrepreneur in a developed country and you‘ve not followed the emission limits in your own

country so you buy CC and balance out your own imbalances, that is you take out some water

from your own water tub and pour it in someone else‘s tub. That means the level or the quantity

of water doesn‘t reduce at all but just gets transferred from one tub to another. Same thing is

happening with carbon quantities right now, that the total level of carbon on the earth is

increasing considerably every passing day instead of decreasing. Second issue is that CC or

carbon trading is not a solution which can immediately start reducing the level of Carbon on the

face of the Earth. This strategy to work is going to take some time and no one is sure whether the

earth can sustain this carbon pressure till then or will it collapse before that? No complex set of

calculations can answer this question as there are a lot of variables involved in this and getting an

exact answer to it is very difficult. Definitely converting to renewable energy sources, creating

carbon sinks are going to reduce the levels of carbon in the future but what about the

deteriorating life on the earth right now today at this moment. Carbon trading is not the

immediate remedy to handle this problem and hence something more focussed and impactful

steps needs to be taken which will give immediate results. Thirdly, the measures adopted for

reducing the levels of carbon should be taken on a very larger scale only then it will create a

forceful impact. For example, it is often suggested that more and more trees should be planted as

well as the existing levels of forests should be protected because they act as the biggest carbon

sinks on the earth. Planting trees will not absorb the CO2 in the atmosphere till it is at least 10

years old. Also how much a trees absorbs depend on a lot of factors such as the age, soil type,

tree type, water quality etc. so just planting trees is not going to help but planting them in large

proportions and caring for them till they grow old is going to make a difference. Fourthly, for the

carbon trade to happen a lot of government employees, consulting bodies/ NGO‘s, carbon

brokers of international level are involved. This business of carbon trading has been reported of

some very high levels of corruption and irresponsibility where the NGO‘s, regulatory bodies or

consultants have copied one report prepared for somebody being pasted and given for some xyz

firm.That creates a big problem because if the carbon accounting is not happening properly in the

developing countries then these ignored and unaccounted high levels of carbon getting

accumulated on the earth will draw some very serious implications even earlier than predicted by

studies.

6https://qz.com/1183099/climate-change-nasa-ranks-2017-the-second-hottest-year-on-earth-despite-no-el-nino/






Carbon Credits; their huge costs and Economics behind it, The Indian Scenario

India comes under the third category of signatories to the UNFCC. India signed and

ratified the Kyoto Protocol in Aug, 2002. India has around 1/3rd

of the projects registered under

the Clean Development Mission(CDM) of the UNFCC. This means that India has a huge market

in front of it as a provider of Certified Emission Reduction(CER‘s) to the defaulter nations. The

number of expected annual CER‘s in India is hovering around 28 million and considering that

each of these CER‘s is sold for an average of 24-30 Euro, the expected value is going tobe

around 2400-3000 crores. According to a report on National Action Plan for operationalising

CDM by planningcommission, Government of India, the total CO2 equivalent emissions in 1990

were 10,01,352 Gigagrams, which was approximately 3% of global emissions. If India can

capture a 10% share of the global CDM market, annual CER revenue to the country could range

from USD 10 million to 300 million.

According to the simple rule of Economics of demand and supply which states that

whenever the demand rises of any commodity its prices also rise along with that. Hence when

the deadline dates for complying the Kyoto Protocol will come nearer all the nations will like to

project their country following the emission limits and hence they will demand more of the CC

in the international market which will ultimately push up the prices for the credits giving more

profits for India and source of international currency. This will prove to be a very juicy economic

profits for the nation as India currently with its ever increasing renewable source of energy

aswell as increasing its solar power generations to all time high7 numbers won't be needing to

buy CC.

Conclusion

In the end looking back at all the things till now it needs to be alerted that the Kyoto

Protocol or the concept of Carbon Credits and Carbon Offsetting is just one of the ways to save

or beautiful planet which is abundant of life on it. We cannot just stop on these initiatives but

keep on developing new mechanisms to tackle the problem of carbon emissions and protecting

our planet. This is long way process but if started now then definitely we can save our planet

from all the bad actions we have done till now. One of the greatest things that the Kyoto Protocol

has achieved is bringing many countries on the same page and making them realise the

seriousness of the problem of climate change. Now this consensus built by the Kyoto Protocol

needs to be further solidified in a stronger body to fight climate change and come up with more

and more concepts for successful environmental sustainability.

References

1. Reddy, R. and Suvikram, Y. (2012). Carbon Credits – A Step to Sustainable Future of the

World. Research Journal of Recent Sciences, 1(ISC-2011), 388-397 (2012), pp.388-389.

2. Nair, S. and Nandkumar, P. (2013). Environmental carbon trading scenario in India: A

Global issue of 21 st Century: A Review. International Journal of Advancements in

Research & Technology, 2(9), pp.110-118.

3. Sherwood Call, C. (2008). The Benefits and Drawbacks of Carbon Offsets. [online]

Greenbiz. Available at: http://www.greenbiz.com/news/2008/04/01/benefits-and-

drawbacks-carbon-offsets [Accessed 17 Dec. 2018].

4. Böhm, S. (2013). Why are carbon markets failing? The Guardian. [online] Available at:

https://www.theguardian.com/sustainable-business/blog/why-are-carbon-markets-failing

[Accessed 21 Dec. 2018].

5. Tiwari, M., &Dhar, M. (2016). Carbon Credit and Finance: A Contrivance in the

attainment of Sustainable Development. Bharati Law Review, 249-260.

7https://www.businesstoday.in/sectors/energy/india-renewable-energy-target-227-gw-solar-wind-

government/story/278594.html






Sustainable Environment : Carbon Credit

Alaksha Pandit

Assistant Professor,

MES Garware College of Commerce, Pune, Maharashtra.

Abstract:

With increasing human population, we are already seeing increase in the use of natural

resources such as fuel, trees etc. which are nonrenewable natural resources and may not last

forever. The depletion of natural resources threatens our planet and the future generations.

Sustainable environment is the need of today.

We all know that carbon dioxide is the most important greenhouse gas (GHG) and

undoubtedly becoming the cause of global panic. The concentration of carbon dioxide and other

greenhouse gases is increasing in the atmosphere due to various activities like deforestation,

burning of fossil fuels like coal, oil and natural gas etc. This has given an opportunity to trade of

carbon credit globally. The main objective of the paper is to study about the carbon market in

India and in International market.

This paper involves the descriptive study about emission of carbon dioxide and other

greenhouse gases, carbon credit and their role in sustainable environment, carbon credit and

carbon trading promoting the sustainable environmental development by reducing emission of

carbon dioxide and greenhouse gases. Carbon credits are certificates issued to countries to limit

their emission of Carbon and greenhouse gases which are responsible for global warming severe

climate change. Paper also includes Kyoto protocol and Kyoto mechanism. It explains the effect

of emission of harmful gases on human, environment and other living things.

Now emission of carbon is treated as a new market commodity, therefore it is easy for

businesses to control their level of emission and the concept of carbon credit offered incentives

for producing less carbon to the companies, individuals and countries.

Key Words: Carbon emission, Greenhouse gases, Kyoto Protocol, Kyoto mechanism,

sustainable environment, global warming, climate change, carbon dioxide, non renewable,

natural resources,carbon credit.

Introduction:

Somewhere in the 20th century we saw our planet earth first time from the space. What

we saw then was a fragile and small ball covered with patterns of clouds, oceans, mountains,

greenery and soils and not at all dominated by human activities. But today, we see that human

activities are not able to fit in this pattern and destroying and changing fundamentals of planetary

system. Most of these changes are very severe and come along with life threatening hazard. This

is a reality and there is no escape and must be identified and managed.

With increasing population and industrialization, the consumption of nonrenewable

resources, fossil fuel combustion, deforestation etc is also increasing, which results in global

warming. Our earth is warming and undoubtedly this is because of emission of carbon dioxide

and other greenhouse gases. Greenhouse gases are the reason for climate change and global






warming. To save our economy, our land, and ourselves from the dangerous effects of climatic

changes, the emission of carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases must be reduced.

We must specially save and protect our environment because environment is one of the

public assets we have from the human system. Sustainable environment is one of the main pillars

of sustainable development. A healthy environment is necessary for humans and other living

organisms.

Objective:

Objective of this research paper is

● Meaning of carbon credit

● Working with carbon credit

● Kyoto Protocol

● Carbon credit in India

● Effect of emission of carbon and other greenhouse gases on environment

● Case Study

● Responsibility of a common man towards sustainable environment

Carbon Credit:

What is carbon credit:

Carbon credit is an element of national and international experiments to reduce the

growth of greenhouse gases in the atmosphere. The major source of emission of greenhouse gas

is the burning of fossil fuels. Industries such steel, fertilizer, textile, cement and many others are

dependent on fossil fuels. Fossil fuels like coal, electricity produced from coal, natural gas are

the main ingredients for all above companies. The major greenhouse gases are carbon dioxide,

methane, nitrous oxide, hydrofluorocarbon etc. All of these gases are responsible for global

warming and for changing climate.

The basic phenomenon of carbon credit is the result of increasing understanding or

alertness towards the need for reducing and controlling emission of carbon dioxide and other

greenhouse gases. It encourages firms and industries to reduce their emission and get more

environment friendly in order to operate their business. One carbon credit is equal to emission of

one ton of carbon dioxide or other harmful gases. An industry that surpasses this limit can

purchase credit from the one whose emission is below the given limit. This transaction of carbon

credit strengthen the concept of carbon trading globally. Carbon trading is an open market

therefore it is very easy and simple to purchase carbon credit from a number of companies like

any other budgetary article. The concept of carbon credit encourages companies to keep their

carbon emission level up to a permissive limit and this motivation helps them to sustain their

business in ecological manner. Businesses come up with ecologically sustainable ways for

operating their business.

Working with carbon credit:

● Company A produces less CO2 therefore A can sell credits to company B.

● Company B is producing more than the limit CO2 therefore it can

purchase credits from company A.

Example: If a group of environmental lovers plant sufficient trees to decrease the carbon

emission by 1 ton the group will get a credit as an award. If a manufacturer has an emission limit






of 10 tons, but it produces 11 tons, it can purchase one ton carbon credit from environment

lovers group. The carbon credit system gives incentives for reducing emissions and honour the

country.

Kyoto Protocol:

Kyoto protocol is an agreement initiated by UNFCCC (United Nations Framework

Convention on Climate Change) and confide it‘s parties the target of reducing the emission of

carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases internationally. It was initiated in Kyoto japan on

11th December 1997 and applied on 16th February 2005. In 2001, Marrakesh in Morocco

adopted and implemented detailed rules of protocol therefore it is referred to as ―Marrakesh

Accord‖. First commitment period of protocol started in 2008 and ended in 2012.

It is recognized that with more than 150 years of industrialization, the developed

countries are mainly responsible for current high levels of greenhouse gases and CO2 emission

in the atmosphere. The Kyoto protocol puts a substantial presser on developed countries under

the concept of ―common but differentiated responsibility‖. This protocol was introduced by the

international association to decrease greenhouse gas emissions responsible for climate change

globally. According to protocol it was mandatory for businesses to reduce their emission level to

prescribed limit or they can purchase carbon credits from the other industries or they can pay

charge for excessive emission which is referred to carbon tax.

In the middle of first commitment period European countries and 37 other industrialized

countries have made the commitment to decrease the level of greenhouse gases and carbon

emission by 5% as compared to 1990 levels. During the second commitment period that is a

eight year period from 2013 to 2020 participated countries committed to reduce the emission by

18%, however the parties involved in the second period are different from first commitment

period.

Kyoto protocol divides the countries into two groups:

Annex I countries: All the developed countries are involved in this group. This is the

group of the countries who have accepted the obligation to reduce emission. (Ex. USA)

Non Annex I countries: All the developing countries are involved in this group. This is

the group of the countries who have not accepted any obligation to reduce the level of emission

but may participate. (Ex. India)

The Kyoto mechanism:

The Kyoto protocol works on three main mechanisms, which facilitate developed

countries to manage their emission limitation and reduction commitments to achieve carbon

credits.

International Emission Trading:

According to this mechanism of international trading, companies can trade in the

international carbon market if they are short in allowances. Countries with additional credits can

sell their credits to the companies exceeding their emission.

Clean Development Mechanism:

In a developing country, the atmospheric effect of greenhouse gases is equivalent to the

developed countries but the cost of greenhouse gas reduction project is lower than the developed

countries. According to CDM a developed country can support a greenhouse gas reduction






project in developing country so that developed country will get credits for achieving its

emission reduction target and developing country will receive clean technology and capital

investment.

Joint Implementation:

Investment According to JI a develop country owing comparatively huge cost of

greenhouse reduction project will start a project in the other developed country.

Global warming potential of different greenhouse gases:

Green Houses Gases GWP

Carbon dioxide 1

Methane 21

Nitrous Oxide 310

Hydrofluorocarbons 140-11,700

Perfluorocarbons 7,000-9,200

Sulfur Hexafluoride 23,900

Carbon Credit in India:

In India carbon trading market is growing very fast. According to Clean Development

Mechanism India is one of the largest beneficiaries of the world total carbon trade. India has the

second largest volume of carbon credit in the world approximately 30 million. The greenhouse

gas emission is lower than the limit or under control in India. It is essential to sell the surplus

credits to the international market. India is the preferred location for carbon credit buyers. It is

assumed that India will earn approximately $5 billion to $10 billion from carbon trading. With an

investment of Rs. 650,000 million nearly 850 projects are already in pipeline.

India joined Kyoto protocol in the year 2002 in August. India‘s contribution was 25% of

overall carbon trade in the world. The first Indian company started Carbon trading was Shree

Pandurang Cooperative Sugar Factory Ltd., Shirpur. Total earning of the company was 3.97 Cr.

From UNFCCC. The Fluorochemicals company in Gujarat was one of the early registered

companies for CDM project. Delhi Metro Rail Corporation (DMRC) has the regenerative

braking system. It is the first rail project in the world which is using this braking system and

earning carbon credit because it reduces 30% electricity consumptions.

Carbon offset and Carbon Footprint:

Carbon offset also works on the similar method. It is another financial strategy to reduce

carbon and greenhouse gas emission. A carbon offset credit is equivalent to one metric ton of

CO2 or other harmful gas. it promotes renewable and green energy like wind and tidal energy

and projects like natural conservation and reforestation.

Carbon footprint is the total amount of carbon or GHG generated by an individual, an

event or an organisation.

Case study: (Telecom Sector)

With an objective is to reduce the emission of CO2 from the developing telecom sector in

India, the Telecom department has demanded their service providers to start a carbon credit

policy. The directions were issued on January 4 2015. The department also demanded service

providers to use technologies of renewable energy for at least 50% of all rural towers and at least

20% of all urban towers by 2015. And by 2020 further 75% of rural and 33% of urban towers.






The service providers have to submit a half yearly report of their carbon footprint to TRAI.

Department also instructed to their technical body (telecommunication engineering center)

certify all the products and machines by 2015. The officer of TRAI Robert J Ravi says that they

have been asked to decrease CO2 emission 5% by 2013, 8% by 2015, 12% by 2017 and 17% by

2019.

According to TRAI India has around 3,10,000 telecom towers of which 70% are in

villages. Telecom industry needs electric power also conventional sources emit GHS. Moreover

in rural area electricity is uncertain and use of diesel is use to generate power. Currently, 40%

power required is generated by conventional energy and 60% by diesel. The telecommunication

industry alone is responsible for about 2% or 860 million tonnes of the world‘s CO2 emission.

CO2 emission by different sources:

Sources % Effect

Electricity 35%

Transportation 32%

Industry 15%

Residential 10%

Effect of emission of carbon dioxide and GHG on sustainability of environment:

arbon dioxide is present in the atmosphere for 50 to 200 years now. Emission of carbon dioxide

and other greenhouse gases is highly responsible for climate change and global warming. It

affects human and their environment.

The burning of fossil fuels (petroleum, coal, oil, natural gas) discharge carbon dioxide and other

green harmful gases. Carbon emission is the cause of global warming.

It increases the global temperature by trapping solar energy into atmosphere

Climate change raises the extreme conditions it increases the demand of water but supply of

water decreases. Climate change is responsible for excessive rainfall in some areas and some

areas face draught.

It increases the level of sea it causes saltwater and increases the need of more desalination and

drinking water treatments. also it creates dangerous situation for people living in coastal areas.

According to NASA with increasing global warming possibilities of more wildfires, draughts,

and tropical storms also increasing. this damage to infrastructure results in severe health issues

and a huge loss of human life.

Frequent change in climate desturbs agriculture industry and food supply.

Responsibility of a common man towards sustainable environment:

We should understand that reducing carbon dioxide is not only the responsibility

of industries and businesses it is our responsibility too. We can make some small changes in our

day to day life and make our environment clean and sustainable. We all should try to reduce our

carbon footprint by some changes in our lives. We can observe some basic practices like

switching off the light and any electronic equipment when not in use, opt for renewable fuel and

use of low energy lights LED for lighting. If a person drives 400 km in a car then he should plant

19 trees to compunset the whole carbon created by him it will offset all his carbon emissions as

long as he lives. By doing a few easy things, we can certainly reduce emission such as






carpooling, eating vegetarian food, reducing the size of our landfills, not buying anything which

is not reusable. A few simple changes can really make a big difference.

Conclusion :

Carbon credit, GHG and carbon trading are still not common concepts for a common

man. Mass Awareness on this issue is the need of the time. It is observed that carbon credit is an

essential tool for earning extra income for developing countries. It improves environmental

stability by reducing GHG emission. It can be concluded that India is emerging as a leader for

developing country in the huge market of carbon trading. India is opting designing innovative

strategies and effective portfolios in carbon trading. Carbon credit has a very important role in

fight against global warming.

References:

1. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carbon_credit

2. http://updatepublishing.com/journal/index.php/rrst/article/view/1152/1137

3. https://globaljournals.org/GJMBR_Volume11/3-Carbon-Credit.pdf

4. https://www.slideshare.net/shabinlalu/carbon-credit-for-sustainable-development

5. http://www.legalservicesindia.com/article/264/Carbon-Trading-In-India.html

6. https://www.downtoearth.org.in/news/carbon-credit-policy-for-telecom-sector--35732

7. http://scholarworks.rit.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?referer=https://www.google.co.in/&httpsr

edir=1&article=1007&context=jes

8. https://education.seattlepi.com/consequences-carbon-emissions-humans-

4138.htmlhttp://www.icmrindia.org/casestudies/catalogue/Business%20Ethics/BECG095

.htm

9. www.jstor.org/stable/24091866?seq=1#page_scan_tab_contents

10. https://unfccc.int/process-and-meetings/the-kyoto-protocol/what-is-the-kyoto-protocol/w

hat-is-the-kyoto-protocol






Assessment and Estimation of Water Consumption by Using Rooftop Rain

Water Harvesting System : A Case Study of Selected Societies in Pune

Municipal Corporation

Ashalata Amol Vidyasagar

Research Scholar

S.P.College, Pune, Maharashtra.

[email protected]

Abstract:

Water, the need of life, is likely to pose the greatest challenge on account of an increased

demand with population rise and economic development, and shrinking supplies due to over-

exploitation and pollution. Although water is an abundant and renewable natural resource

covering two thirds of the planet, a very small proportion of this is effectively available for

human use. The study is focusing on the current scenario of water supply, demand and the

potential of rain water harvesting system on water problems. The researcher has used survey

and experiment based research methodology to carry out this research. In this research,

peripheral wards has been selected because while studying various aspects of the water supply

and water shortage it is observed that the area which are lying to the outskirt are suffering from

much problems due to the further from core area.

Key words: Rain water harvesting, Rooftop RWH, Runoff coefficient, Sustainability

Introduction

Rain is the Earth‘s predominant source of fresh water and rainwater harvesting has an

important role to play in integrated water resource management. Rainwater Harvesting acts as an

important measure to conserve, develop and utilize the water resources. An efficient

conservation and scientific management of harvested water is crucial for optimum utilization of

water for crop production, domestic use and industrial purposes. It should be noted at this stage

that the returns from developing Rainwater Harvesting are not only of an economic nature but

may include a diversity of secondary benefits such as generation of new jobs, the improvement

of health standards and the prevention of migration to urban areas. In general, Rainwater

Harvesting is the activity of direct collection of rainwater. The rainwater collected can be stored

for direct use or can be recharged into the groundwater.

Rain water harvesting means 3R (Recharge, Retention & Reuse). It is a technique of

collection and storage of rainwater into natural reservoirs or tanks, or the infiltration of surface

water into subsurface aquifers (before it is lost as surface runoff). One method of rainwater

harvesting is rooftop harvesting. With rooftop harvesting, any surface — tiles, metal sheets,

plastics, but not grass or palm leaf — can be used to intercept the flow of rainwater and provide a

household with high-quality drinking water and year-round storage. Other uses include water for

gardens, livestock, and irrigation, etc. Rainwater harvesting will improve water supply, food

production, and ultimately food security. Water insecure households or individuals in rural areas

will benefit the most from rainwater harvesting systems. Since rainwater harvesting leads to

water supply which, eventually leads to food security. This will greatly contribute to income

generation and economic welfare.







Objectives

1. To study the extent of utilization of Domestic Rooftop Rainwater Harvesting structures

implemented by the Pune Municipal Corporation.

2. To analyze the impact of Domestic Rooftop rainwater Harvesting program on water

conservation and water collection.


The research is related to the current scenario of water conservation system and the water

problems. The researcher has used survey and experiment based research methodology to carry

out this research. In this research, random sampling method has been used for the purpose of data

collection at required strata.

Primary Data: Primary data is obtained through a survey. Such data is first hand and

original in nature. Several methods are used for collecting primary data like telephone survey,

mail questionnaire, Google forms, personal observation and interviews. Particularly in survey,

the important ones are – observation, interview, questionnaire, schedules, telephone survey etc.

Secondary data: Secondary data regarding citizen‘s population, infrastructure facility of

water supply department (Pipeline, Pumping stations, Valves) has been collected from reliable

sources. Also, secondary data regarding Natural resources, Water Purification Plant, water

distribution network, Water connection, tankers, and reservoirs is also collected relevant to

current water supply scenario.

The Nature and the Source of Data :

Data was collected using field survey data collection tool: a survey questionnaire,

checklist and mock interviews. The survey questionnaire focused on water supply and

demographic characteristics of the respondent‘s society, practice of RWH, type of RWH

technique, water saving techniques of the society, economic analysis of RWH, etc. The survey

questionnaire was pretested amongst five societies. The checklist designed by the researchers

with input from experts in the field and a checklist used in an earlier study, provided a tool for

assessing the state of the RWH system.

Field survey was conducted from following societies,

Pinnac Memories, Phase I, near Konkan express, Kothrud, Pune 411038.

Pinnac Garden Co-Op Housing Society, Behind Konkan express hotel, Kothrud, Pune 411038.

Icchamani Homes Co-Op Housing Society LTD. Survey no. 134, near Karve Statue, Kothrud,

Pune 411038.

Uttam Twon Scapes Elite, S. No. 154, Opp. Serene Hospital, Off. Airport Road, Pune,

Maharashtra 411006.

• Mont Vert Avion, Pashan-Sus road, Pune 411021.

Analysis of Rainwater Harvesting Systems in Pune Municipal Corporation

The Pune Municipal Corporation (PMC) has taken various steps to improve its services

with water supply but has not taken that much effort for water conservation as it is very

important for water conservation and an effective measure on water wastage and water loss.

RWH would play a dual role by way of solving water crisis on the one hand and mitigating the

havoc often caused by heavy rains, on the other.

It is estimated that 31 lakh liters of water can be collected a year if RWH is adopted on one acre

of land in Pune city. Therefore, if RWH is carried out in an area of 60283 acres of land, about






18685 Crore liters of water could be collected a year. In view of its inherent advantages, RWH

has to be made mandatory for societies, row houses, and small households in Pune city so the

coverage of RWH system will increase. As of how, only 1.46 % societies have installed Rain

Water Harvesting System. Several scientists and architects have worked on the methods to be

adopted in respect of RWH.

5. 1. Total number of Rainwater Harvesting Properties in the Pune city.

Table no.1- Total number of Rainwater Harvesting Properties in the Pune City.

Sr. No. Description Total Numbers In %

1. Total Properties 872348 100

2. Residential Properties 717015 82

3. Total properties having Rain

water harvesting system

10485 1.46

(Source: Property Tax Department, Pune Municipal Corporation, 2017-18)

Graph No. 1.- Total number of Rainwater Harvesting Systems in the Pune City.

(Source: Property Tax Department, Pune Municipal Corporation, 2017-18)

Only 10485 properties are practicing RWH system in Pune Municipal Corporation which is very

less in number.

5.2. Estimation of water conservation due to Rainwater Harvesting Systems.

The area of PMC is 243.84 Km2 is almost 60283 acre so if we do not waste a single drop

of water then we can conserve 9723 Crore Litres of water which almost fulfill our water

requirement. Only residential area also saves 7643 Crore Litres of water with the help of rain

water harvesting only. This is not an easy task. Each and every person should be educated about

it and efforts should be made to installed RWH system in their own societies.

Table no.2. - Estimation of Rain Water Collection by Using Rainwater Harvesting System of

PMC.

Sr. No. Area in

Km2

Area in Acre Average rainfall in a

year (2017) in Inches

Estimation of

water conservation

1. 243.84 60283 (Total PMC area) 30" 9723* Crore Litres

2. 100 24710 (Total residential

area)

30" 7643* Crore Litres

(Source: Property Tax Department, Pune Municipal Corporation, 2017-18, Estimated figures are

by Researcher)






* Converted figures in TMC are as follow

* Converted figures in TMC are as follow

Sr. No. Figures in TMC

1. 6.65

2. 2.7

5. 3. Analysis of rain water conservation by using Rainwater Harvesting Technology in

selected Societies.

The table given below explains itself the gap between water demand and water supply by PMC

and quantity of water conservation by RWH. The entire analysis is based on the field survey.

Hence, all values are estimated values. The individuals interviewed could not provide

information and they were not 100 % sure about all the values.

Table no. 3. - Analysis of Rain Water Conservation by Using Rainwater Harvesting

Technology in Selected Societies.

Sr.

No.

Society name Total

population

of Society

Water

requirement

/ Year in

litres

Corporation

water

supply /

Year in

litres

Estimated

water

demand and

supply gap

in litres

Harvested

rain

water /

year

1. Pinnac

Memories

Phase I, Karve

nagar

200 1,11,60,000 1, 10,00,000 1, 40,000 80,000

Remark: 60,000 water deficit seen but they have 2 bore wells of 40,000 litres water and rest of

rain water is flowing in nearest Nala.

3. Pinnac Garden,

Karve nagar

200 1,50, 00,000 1, 47,00,000 3,00,000 1,50,000

Remark: Still one lakh water gap seen, they are store water in 2 bore wells of around 50,000 and

100000 litres and 2 recharge pits water scarcity is strong in summer but they manage this

collected water.

4. Icchhamani Co.

Society,

Kothrud

280 2,08,32,000 2,06,000,00 2,32,000 1,50,000

to 200000

Remark: PMC water storage capacity is good so water scarcity is mostly some times in summer

only, two underground bore wells and 5 recharge pits are use to collect rain water.

5. Uttam

Twonscape,

Vishrantwadi

1700 10,60,80,000 9,50,20,000 1,10,60,000 1,00,000

Remark: This society getting water from two hugh bore wells for almost 24 hours. This is new

society, establish in 2014, this society getting plenty of water by PMC, and four hugh bore wells.

So no water scarcity is seen in this society but for getting benefit in property tax they are

installed RWH and maximum peoples are highly educated and enthusiastic so various eco-

friendly project are seen in this society. Saving water is using for gardening.

6. Mont Vert

Avion, Pashan-

sus road,

Pashan

2120 15,77,28,000 8,50,00,000 7,27,28,000 300000 to

500000

Remark: Too much water problem seen in this society as this society is located at higher






elevation so PMC water is at low pressure which is not enough. So they are collecting almost

two lakh of rain water and again they are having STP so one lakh water recycled and that is use

for toilet. They having centralized water softening plant, and for remaining water they call water

tanker.

(Source: Collected Data from Self Survey)

Graph no. 2. Amount of Rain Water Conservation by Using Rainwater Harvesting Technology in

Selected Societies.

(Source: Collected Data from Field Survey)

The following things are observed during field visit,

Harvested rain water is not sufficient to meet water demand but this is beneficial for decreasing

water stress

This is the best technology for water conservation and ground water recharge.

Some societies suffered from water problem for almost four months so during that period

they have to call for tanker though they have RWH system. It means RWH system also needs

good technology with high capacity of rain water collection.

Societies which are located at high elevation actually do not have any better option than

rain water harvesting but people are not interested in doing that. It means indirectly we are

wasting much amount of water again.

Only 1.5 % properties of PMC have installed Rain Water Harvesting System.

Maximum societies are seen collecting water from 10000 feet2 roof area but the water

collection quantity is very less. Many people are not going through proper education and

management (Refer table no. 4.).

Societies do not get any subsidies for rain water harvesting system from Pune

Corporation, which is one reason for less coverage of RWH. People are not willingly investing

money in the RWH.

5.4. Estimation of rain water collection by using rain water collection calculator






Table no. 4. - Estimation of rain water collection by using rain water collection calculator

* The average rainfall is considered 30 inches

* The average rainfall is considered 30 inches

Sr. no. Name of the Society Roof area

(in feet2)

Estimated collected

rain water (in Litres)

Actual collected rain

water (in Litres)

1. Pinnac Memories

Phase I, Karve nagar

10000 6,91,530 80,000

2. Pinnac Garden,

Kothrud

13000 8,98,989 1,50,000

3. Icchamani Co.

society, Mayur

colony

15000 10,37,295 1,50,000

to 200000

4. Uttam townsape,

Vishrantwadi

20000 13,83,060 1,00,000

5. Mont Vert Avion,

Pashan- Sus road,

Pashan

25000 17,28,825 300000

(Source: Rainwater Catchment Calculator, Innovative water Solutions)

The amount of harvested rainwater depends on the area of the rooftop and annual precipitation in

that area.

From the field visit, it has been observed that the area from where rain water is collected

is in-between 10,000 to 25,000 feet2 at 30" average annual rainfall. Rainwater which will be

collected is in between 7 lakhs to 17 lakhs in a year. But actually, only 60 thousand to 3 lakhs

water collected from RWH which is 10 to 20 times less than estimated values. This shows that

proper knowledge and guidance is required for installing RWH system which in turn will give us

good results as we have expected.

5.5. Findings

1. The rainwater harvesting system was specifically chosen because of its potential to be

used to help those in developing regions who do not have easy access to clean and local

water sources.

2. The water quality shows that the water is clean for non-consumption purposes; although,

a simple filtration system may have the ability to take the water into the potable range.

The water collected from the harvesting system is actually cleaner than many water

sources found in developing regions.

3. Ninety five peoples on site with RWH structures were surveyed. The built area on these

sites varied from 10000 sq feet to 35000 sq feet. Almost all households (99 percent)

surveyed have PMC water connection. Residents of this area experience water shortage

even though such situations do occur mostly during the summer, forcing people to

postpone some of the household chores for a day or two. Dependency on Tankers is

found insignificant.






4. Respondents who have installed RWH structures have done so mainly because of the

shortage of water rather than on their own interest. Only one society found installed

RWH because of its own interest.

5. Citizens feel that the RWH, if made mandatory during the time of construction would be

less cumbersome than when insisted at a later stage. A significant number of households

have adopted underground recharge method.

6. If the citizens collected maximum potential of rain water by RWHS then they would

conserve rain water more than requirement. Now they are conserving below than 15 % of

the potential of this system.

References

1. Amos Caleb C., Rahman A., Gathenya John M. (2016). Economic Analysis and

Feasibility of Rainwater Harvesting Systems in Urban and Peri-Urban Environments: A

Review of the Global Situation with a Special Focus on Australia and Kenya,1- 21.

2. Umamani K. S., Manasi S. (2013). Rainwater Harvesting Initiative in Bangalore City:

Problems and Prospects, the institute for social and economic change, 1 - 24.

3. Burt M. & Keiru B. (2009). Innovative rainwater harvesting techniques for emergencies:

Lessons from the field. Water Sanitation and Hygiene: Sustainable Development and

Multisectoral Approaches; Kenya, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia. 1 - 4.

4. A special issue on ―water conservation & rainwater harvesting for brihan-mumbai‖

Released on 15th Oct. 2003. 1 - 11.

5. Caleb C. A., Ataur R., John M. G.(2016). Economic Analysis and Feasibility of

Rainwater Harvesting Systems in Urban and Peri-Urban Environments: A Review of the

Global Situation with a Special Focus on Australia and Kenya. 1 - 21.

6. Pune corporations online open data source. (2018).






Study of Application of Coase Theorem for Controlling and

Compensating for Pollution Havens in Asia and Africa to Enquire and

Improve Socio-Economic Status of the Citizens

Dr. Asha Khilare,

Associate Professor, Dept. of Economics,



Ms. Ankita Sangle.

Gokhale Institute of Politics and Economics, Pune Maharashtra.


Abstract:

Out of 17 Sustainable development goals set up in “Agenda 2030”, 5 of then explicitly

and others implicitly have idea to create cleaner and safer environment for everyone.The major

problem at hand is global warming with greenhouse gases being biggest culprits in way to

achieve sustainable development. The solution arrived by the economists to the carbon emissions

problem is carbon crediting and it‟s trading. Carbon credit system has been established in Kyoto

protocol which allows countries to trade for any tradable certificate or permit representing the

right to emit one tonne of carbon dioxide or the mass of another greenhouse gas with a carbon

dioxide equivalent to one tonne of carbon dioxide. On one hand it is believed it could reduce the

emission and on the other, it will be benefiting developing and under-developed countries with

already lower emission to compensate for their economic loss. The paper discuss about Coase

theorem as an addition to carbon crediting system. The paper is based comparison of Coase

theorem and outcome of its Pareto-efficiency with the cost of creation of pollution havens in

Asian and African countries. Research has found that by 2050, the standard of living of more

than half of the population of developing and under-developed countries across the world will

decline by 25% and hence the paper shall also touch upon the impact of carbon crediting system

on the socio-economic status of developing and under-developed countries in the short and long-

run.

Introduction

Pollution is the process of making land, water, air or other parts of the environment dirty

and not safe or suitable to use. This can be done through the introduction of a contaminant into a

natural environment, but the contaminant doesn't need to be tangible. Pollution disturbs the

balance of our ecosystems, affect our normal lifestyles and gives rise to human illnesses and

global warming. Pollution has reached its peak due to the development and modernization in our

lives. With the development of science and technology, there has been a huge growth of human

potentials. Air pollution is one of the most dangerous forms of pollution. A biological, chemical,

and physical alteration of the air occurs when smoke, dust, and any harmful gases enter into the

atmosphere and make it difficult for all living beings to survive as the air becomes contaminated.

Burning of fossil fuels, agriculture related activities, mining operations, exhaust from industries

and factories, and household cleaning products entail air pollution. The effects of air pollution

are alarming. Soil pollution occurs when the presence of pollutants, contaminants, and toxic








chemicals in the soil is in high concentration that has negative effect on wildlife, plants, humans,

and ground water. Industrial activity, waste disposal, agricultural activities, acid rain, and

accidental oil spill are the main causes of soil pollution. Water is one of the greatest natural

resources of the whole humanity. The key causes of the water pollution are: industrial waste,

mining activities, sewage and waste water, accidental oil leakage, marine dumping, chemical

pesticides and fertilizers, burning of fossil fuels, animal waste, urban development, global

warming, radioactive waste, and leakage from sewer lines.

Apart from this a major cause of rising pollution level in the modern world are

international trade through growth of e-commerce, shifting of industries to developing and

underdeveloped world due to loose environmental policies and trade liberalization. Trade

Liberalization affects the quality of the environment but the extent of the affect cannot be

ascertained easily. The advocates of free trade assert that it helps in the improvement of

environment quality. The critics assert that international trade allows a rich country to avoid

responsibility for the environmental consequences of its high consumption by shifting the burden

to the poor country. Trade may create pollution havens in countries with weak environmental

policies. Trade liberalization leads to reduction in trade barriers, which leads to increase in trade

opportunities. Trade frictions create a wedge between domestic and foreign prices but it does not

generate government revenue. Increase in Trade Friction moves a Country closer to autarky.

Reduction in trade friction leads to liberalization. This effect has been clearly shown by the

‗iceberg model‘. The impact of trade liberalization on the domestic price of the dirty good

depends on whether the country is an importer or exporter of the dirty good. It reduces the

domestic relative price of the import good and increases the domestic relative price of the export

good.

This dynamic leads to the formation of ‗pollution havens‘. Haven means ―Refuge‖ For

given levels of environmental policy, liberalizing trade or foreign investment rules causes

polluting industry (or firms / production facilities) to relocate to countries with weaker

environmental policy. The ―pollution haven‖ view asserts that globalisation draws industries to

countries with lax environmental regulation. When large industrialized nations seek to set up

factories or offices abroad, they will often look for the cheapest option in terms of resources and

labour that offers the land and material access they require.

So far many solutions have been worked on to reduce the aggregate pollution levels in

terms of carbon crediting between individuals, companies as well as the countries. Despite one

cannot see a significant fall in the emission rather it has imbibed an understanding that ‗money

can buy everything‘ wrapped into the packaging of so called ‗efficiency‘.

Nobel Prize laureate British economist, Ronald Coase has drawn a close to efficient

solution for pollution management. Coase, who believed economists should study real markets

and not theoretical ones, established the case for the corporation as a means to pay the costs of

operating a marketplace. Coase is best known for two articles in particular: "The Nature of the

Firm" (1937), which introduces the concept of transaction costs to explain the nature and limits

of firms; and "The Problem of Social Cost" (1960), which suggests that well-defined property

rights could overcome the problems of externalities. Additionally, Coase's transaction costs

approach is currently influential in modern organizational economics.

One has to think of the air we breathe as a right which is non-attenuated by the

individual. Here, we reach to the concept of environmental property rights and then Coasian

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Nature_of_the_Firm

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Nature_of_the_Firm

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Transaction_cost

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Corporation

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Problem_of_Social_Cost

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Property_rights_(economics)

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Property_rights_(economics)

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Externalities






bargaining through the theorem. The Coase theorem states that given non-attenuated property

rights, trade among involved parties will eliminate Pareto-relevant externalities, resulting in an

efficient solution. In other words, when there are two types of individuals, the victims and those

who cause annoyance in the form of pollution. If the victims have non-attenuated rights over the

environment, the annoyance must be compensated for by the polluter. As an example, consider a

chemicals factory producing useful products but also polluting smoke. If the initial legal

framework gives people the right to breathe clean air, they could make the factory produce less

or nothing at all. However, assume that the factory is willing to pay up to USD 5 per unit for the

right to pollute enough to produce its output. If this amount is considered of greater value than

that of clean air, people will take the money and put up with (the economically optimal level of)

pollution. On the other hand, if the right to pollute lies with the firm, people can bribe the firm to

pollute less.

Objectives:

1. To utilize Coasian market solution for emission (the externality)

2. To determine the viability of environmental social cost(as by Coase) as an

alternative/addition to carbon credits.

3. To analyze the impact of pollution havens on the socio-economic condition of the

citizens of exporting country.


Cost Benefit analysis, application of coase theorem, taxes and subsidies under study

Consider a Pareto-relevant diseconomy involving two parties, one is acting say, a

multinational company‘s production outlet and another is affected say, the local people whose

air, water and surrounding biodiversity is affected. This system is in legal environment and

nonattenuated property rights with transaction cost zero and no visible income effect. The further

process is for abatement of pollution which is the externality.

An externality is a external effect (cost) of a private action or transaction that is not taken

into account by the private actor.

Social costs = private costs + external costs.

Social benefits = private benefits + external benefits

When there are external costs or benefits, a free market produces too much or too little of the

good. Policies for externalities that make prices right (that is, reflect social costs and benefits)

1. regulation: allow the externality to the point where MSC = MSB

2. taxes or subsidies: levied on polluting activities to make MPC = MSC

3. pollution permits: firms are required to possess permits for each unit of pollution emitted and

these permits can be bought and sold. The total number of permits is chosen so that MSC = MSB

4. assign property rights (e.g., to air quality): the Coase theorem says that costless bargaining

leads to the efficient level of the externality if there are few sellers, few buyers, and low (zero)

transaction costs. So we have well developed ideas about how to deal with local pollution when

there is no trade (and a competitive market and information about how to estimate the SMC

curve). If prices are right, then gains from trade analysis is standard.

For the cost benefit analysis, potential parato-improvement(PPI) test is to be carried out.

PPI is a change that could make, after compensation, at least one person better off and no one

worse-off. It is identical to the maximum value of social product criterion.






There are certain principles of PPI as follows:

Principal of Consumer sovereignty where test at individual level is carried out.

Pareto-safety rule in valuation: Individuals have set of rights like right to status quo and

veto.

Aggregate rule: Collective decision ie summation of all individual gains and losses.

Efficiency is a necessary condition.

Consider a complex environment E

producing services S=(s1,..sk,..,sm) value by people both marketed and non-marketed

supplied at time t which is a function of relationships between ecological factors ie.

A=(a1,..ar,..as) of environment.

S1T=F1(A1)

SMT=FM(AT)

People enter the system as modifiers of resource attributes.

So,

A1t=g1(NT,XT)

ASt=gs(NT,XT)

Where,

N is a natural systems output

X is human controlled input activities

Consider a value of resource services.

Ujt=Ujt[Sajt,Z

bjt,(Sjt)

b,Z

ajt)

utility enjoyed by individual j in time t.

Z valued goods and services not provided by environment

Sb is the input for Z

b likewise for S

a and Z

a .

Present value determination-

PV(E)=∑t∑jVjt(Sjt)/(1+r)t

Where, Vjt(Sjt) is the valuation of environmental services.

Sjt is found by minimizing expenditure sub to utility maintained at initial level.

Consider a project ∆

Where X to X∆

E to E

∆

At some conversion cost,

C∆=∑tCt

∆/(1+r)

t

Where S to S∆

are the changes from without to with the project.

The net present value,

PV(∆)=PV[(E∆-C∆)-E]=∑t[Vt(St∆)-Ct

∆-Vt(St)]/(1+r)

t

Where,






Vt(St)=∑jVjt(S

∆jt) and V(S

∆t)=∑

jVjt(Sjt)

If PV(∆)>0 then the project pass PPI by paying the compensation amount.

Analysis

The Coase theorem states that the most efficient solution to resolving interdependent

uses of the environment, including pollution cases, is a bargaining process among relevant

property holders. If property rights are given to polluters, victims can pay them not to pollute,

creating a market-like solution akin to a scheme for payments for ecosystem services.

Alternatively, if property rights are given to the victims, the polluters may compensate the victim

or buy the right to pollute. Thus, the cost of the negotiated outcome is shared between the parties

without any external intervention. If transaction costs are minimal, the resulting allocation of

resources will be efficient (that is, the resource will be dedicated to its highest valued use)

regardless of the initial allocation of property rights. The creation of a market in the Coase

solution internalizes externalities; however, it does not necessarily bring pollution to a zero level.

In addition, obviously it cannot be applied to externalities affecting future generations or other

species. However, one could expect that the pollution level would significantly be lowered if the

‗polluter pays principle‘ is applied.

Apart from this, pollution havens are causing severe threat to socio-economic status of

the citizens. Empirical studies show that if China's manufacturing is raising Hong Kong's

particulate levels by 60 micrograms per cubic meter per year, then 6*55*1.25 = 412 infants in

Hong Kong are dying each year because of China's cross-boundary pollution exports to Hong

Kong.

Even India, with 2.51 million deaths in 2015, India has been ranked No. 1 in pollution

related deaths, according to a report by The Lancet Commission on pollution and health. Six

hundred million Indians could see a dip in living standards by 2050 if temperatures continue to

rise at their current pace, according to an analysis by the World Bank. Rising instances of

Asthma, Bronchitis and the more dangerous lung cancer, mainly in the metro cities across the

developing world is a common observation. The hope could be seen in case of Mexico, once a

place where residents‘ courted asthma with every step outside, Mexico City approved what is

generally regarded as one of the best and most comprehensive approaches to air pollution in

1990. The measures included everything from new fuel composition standards to new emission

standards for vehicles. As a result, Mexico City halved some forms of air pollution in only five

years. Another approach that could lower the pollution is Coasian oriented policy framework

since it gives a marketed incentive for companies to not pollute. Recent studies on behavioral

economics throw light on the fact that pain from loss is greater that pleasure from gain and hence

this mechanism of polluter paying for pollution is ought to work optimally well.

Results

1. The Coasian bargaining approach is an attractive one to some: an economy may be able

to achieve Pareto-efficient resource allocation (that is, no individuals can be made better

off without making someone else worse off) without pervasive government regulation.

2. Environmental social cost: Moreover, Coasian bargaining solutions can be particularly

interesting for international externalities, since there is no supranational environmental

http://www.ejolt.org/2013/05/ecosystem-services/

https://www.thehindu.com/tag/674-651/pollution/?utm=bodytag






protection agency with the necessary authority to impose abatement directives or

pollution taxes.

3. Coasian solution is applicable to deal with socio-economic degradation of masses

4. Coasian bargaining also provides a scope for the victims to make the polluter pay for

other losses like water pollution, landfills and biodiversity loss unlike the carbon

crediting that focuses only on greenhouse gases emission.

5. This solution is viability even for local pollution caused by domestic industries within

and not just pollution havens.

Conclusion

Environmental Management issues are quickly becoming critical issues for business

seeking to comply with environmental regulations and, going beyond compliance, to achieve the

cost savings and quality improvements associated with adopting creative approaches to industrial

ecology. In the near future, the rapidly globalizing world economy will offer diminishing

opportunities for polluting companies to be environmental ―free riders‖ and to locate plants that

generate hazardous emissions in developing countries with weak environmental regulations. The

enforcement of environmental policies or eco-friendly market should be developed, that do not

continue to be pollution havens.

The problem of pollution havens is serious and the legal set up must be modified such the

polluter could be punished and the victims be compensated. As truly suggested by a migrant

family who flee Hong Kong due to pollution from China, ―you can drink bottled water but with

air, you have to breath it‖

Reference

1. Coase, R., Problem of social cost https://www.law.uchicago.edu/files/file/coase-

problem.pdf

2. Environmental justice organization, Libilities and trade,

http://www.ejolt.org/2015/09/coasian-bargaining-2/

3. Abimanyu, A. 1996. Impact of Free Trade on Industrial Pollution: Do Pollution Havens

Exist? ASEAN Economic Bulletin Vol.13, No.1.

4. Ackerman, F., and Gallagher, K. 2000. Pollution Haven Trade Liberalization and

Pollution Intensive Industry in Developing Countries- A Partial Equilibrium Approach.

Global Development and Environment Institute Working Paper 00-03.

5. Low, P. and Yeats, A. 1992. Do dirty industries migrate? In Low, P., ed., International

trade and the environment. World Bank, Washington, DC, USA. Discussion Paper 159.

6. Lu, H., and Huang, H., 2008. Dirty Industry Migration Globally and to China— an

Empirical Study. International Review of Business Research Papers Vol. 4 No.2 March

2008 Pp.176-202.

7. United Nations,

http://www.un.org/esa/population/publications/WPP2004/2004Highlightsfinalrevised.pdf

8. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Science Policy Council February, 1995.,

http://www.epa.gov/spc/pdfs/rcguide.pdf

9. Fall in standard of living, the hindu. https://www.thehindu.com/news/national/rising-

temperature-to-cut-living-standards/article24282337.ece

10. Matthew E. Kahn , Professor of Economics at USC Environmental and urban economics,

http://greeneconomics.blogspot.com/2006/10/hong-kong-air-pollution-and-coase.html

https://www.law.uchicago.edu/files/file/coase-problem.pdf

https://www.law.uchicago.edu/files/file/coase-problem.pdf

http://www.ejolt.org/2015/09/coasian-bargaining-2/

http://www.epa.gov/spc/pdfs/rcguide.pdf

https://www.thehindu.com/news/national/rising-temperature-to-cut-living-standards/article24282337.ece

https://www.thehindu.com/news/national/rising-temperature-to-cut-living-standards/article24282337.ece

http://greeneconomics.blogspot.com/2006/10/hong-kong-air-pollution-and-coase.html






Sustainable Life Style with Special Reference to Gandhian Alternatives

Shubhada Chandavale


Tilak Maharashtra Vidyapeeth, Pune, Maharashtra.

[email protected]

Abstract:

Mahatma Gandhi has touched all spheres of life. Religion, ethics, politics, social,

economics, education, health, law, agriculture; he has touched all the fields. While thinking

about the meaning of the life of a human being, he did not depend on imported philosophy. He

had deep faith in religion. He always thought about how the various processes in the society

would turn to well being of the humanity and the universe. That is why irrespective of caste,

class, religion, nationality, many thinkers in the world were influenced by Mahatma Gandhi.

Mahatma Gandhi tried to provide an option to the materialism, extreme individualism and

capitalism. At the same time, he was against communism, as communism destroys individual

liberty and there is an extreme concentration of power in the state. According to Mahatma

Gandhi, extreme individualism in capitalism and concentration of power in communism both

have destroyed dialogue and biological harmonious composition in the society. The result is the

creation of alienation, unemployment and poverty. Hence he tried to replace the devastating

trends and tendencies to positive, constructive trends and tendencies. He questioned the very

basics of western civilization. He was against modern western lifestyle featuring preference to

luxury, aggressiveness, secularism, emphasis and dependence on technology, huge machines and

industrialization, atomization etc. As the western industrial civilization is based on these

principles and exploitation of weak nations it contradicts with ethical, moral values. The western

civilization is based on the extreme accumulation of commodities, destruction of nature. Hence,

the degradation of ethical human values becomes unavoidable. Here the point of sustainable

development comes. Definition of sustainable development with 3 elements stresses the need for

balanced economic and social development with environmental protection. According to

Mahatma Gandhi, the culture which is in tune with nature, having a harmonious relationship

with nature can substitute the present materialistic lifestyle. While suggesting the alternatives he

has provided new ideas which are in tune with the concept of sustainable development.

Introduction

After industrial revolution, the economic sector changed in total. It lead to

industrialization, large scale production, exploitation of laborers, unemployment, urbanization.

The mad race and competition lead to psychological problems such as tensions, unrest, increase

in crimes and so on. The major reason of First and Second World War was to capture market and

for that colonies for excessively produced goods. Present trade war between USA and China is

also for protecting their economic interests i.e. trade war for market.

On the other hand, there is weak movement for sustainable development by some

environmentalists and scholars. Their studies are pointing out the reasons of ecological

imbalance as greater industrialization, pollution, greater use of commodities, increasing

materialism and exploitation. Exploitation on two levels : 1) exploitation of natural resources

2) exploitation of human resources, i.e. human beings.







Mahatma Gandhi who experienced both world wars, had expressed his views on large

scale industrialization, its bad effects and its irrelevance to India. He also has suggested

alternatives to large scale industrialization. It will be a great homage to Mahatma Gandhi to

discuss his ideas on the eve of his 150th Birth Anniversary. The effort also has been made to put

his ideas on international Dias through this seminar to find out how his ideas can be implemented

in reality.

Research Method

Research method used for this paper is library method. Primary data was available in

Mahatma Gandhi‘s original writings and speeches, published in book form; which was made

available in Tilak Maharashtra Vidyapeeth‘s Library.

Secondary data used is books on Gandhian thoughts written by other scholars.

Objectives:

The purpose of making this research paper is :-

i) To know the economic ideas of Mahatma Gandhi.

ii) To make an effort to find out whether his ideas can provide an alternative

to present artificial lifestyle mostly dependent on use of machines.

iii) To discuss about the feasibility of Gandhian alternatives in modern times.

First, in this article we will see Gandhian philosophy, his ideas in brief. Secondly,

criticism of Gandhian philosophy and feasibility of Gandhian alternatives. Finally the article will

end with concluding remarks.

Economic Ideas Of Mahatma Gandhiji

1. Industrialization or Curse of Industrialization :

According to Gandhiji industrialization is a curse. Gandhiji is against industrialization. In

his article, Curse of Industrialization1 (CÚmoJdmXH m A{^emn) Gandhiji says, the reason of

today‘s crisis situation is madness of large-scale production. In such system, production is not

made taking into consideration the needs of the consumer. If majority of the countries in the

world make such a large production, they will not be able to get market, and there will be a

crisis.

The reason of present situation of anarchy according to Gandhiji, is exploitation. Gandhiji

observes that huge production is leading the European nations and USA to exploitation of other

countries.

While opposing the large industrialization, Gandhiji argues that there should not be a war

between machines and people living in the villages in India. Machines should support human

labour. Instead, presently machines are used in such a way that they are depriving people from

their day to day bread.

The aim of industrialization is concentration of wealth in few hands. Concentration of

wealth leads to exploitation of people and villages. This exploitation may be direct or indirect or

both.

Decentralization :

Centralization is violence. Decentralization is necessary for individuals intellectual,

moral, spiritual development. If a system is centralized use of violence becomes unavoidable to

protect it.






To avoid this, we must make our villages self-sufficient. All basic needs of the villagers

should be fulfilled in the village itself. The machines should be created in such a way that they

would be useful in those self sufficient villages. Small machines would provide employment to

the people.

Though, few large industries are essential for state, the ownership of those should be with

state. If large industries are owned by private rich individuals, they should not be taken away

from them forcefully or violently. The rich persons should voluntarily handover those industries

to state.

According to Gandhiji, industrialization is less necessary for any country, especially in

India. Our life will bloom upto the full extent only then when we will think high and spend high

level of life2.

Collection is not sign of Gentlemanship but is theft :

Gandhiji says that, collection of things is against morality. Collection has close

relationship with theft. Collection of more things than necessity is theft. collection leads to

unequality and related woos in the world. If individual keeps the things according to his need

there will not be shortage of anything. Poverty and hunger will not exist as a result.

According to Gandhiji, a person should get amenities and luxury upto the extent. Beyond

limitation, the amenities and luxury becomes hindrance in the development of an individual.

Hence, the basic feature of true civilization is not to increase but decrease the needs thoughtfully.

As we start decreasing luxuries and collection, our inner happiness, satisfaction increases

automatically.

Idea of Trusteeship :

Mahatma Gandhiji put forth idea of trusteeship. The idea is that the rich persons in

society should use their own property not as its owner but as trustee. He should not spend a pai

more than ordinary common people for him or his family. Rich persons should become trustee of

their property, on behalf of the society he should work. He should feel himself as servant of

society. When an individual would feel himself as servant of the society, he will earn money for

the society, will spend the earned money for society. His earning will be automatically pure. His

functions, actions would become non-violent. This will bring non- violent revolution in society.

Gandhiji and Sarvodaya views on Communism :

"g~ ^y{‗ JmonmbH s' All land belongs to God. Here Gopal means people.

Gandhiji says that our ancestors have given us real socialism i.e. ―Sarvodaya‘, uprising of all,

well being of all. He is against communism, against class struggle in communism. Before

classless society; the class – struggle, class war is unavoidable where blood shading, revolution

takes place. Violence is there. Gandhiji opposes this. He argues, we should try to find out the

solution of the issue of property and labour based on traditions and concepts in our culture and

tradition. We should not follow western concepts blindly.

Less Governance ;

In India, after independence, the Government should be least. The government will be

four tierd. At the bottom level Gram Panchayats will exist. The whole village will be ruled by

Gram Panchayats. Then there will be second tier on district level. The members will be elected

by Gram Panchayats. 3rd tier will be at regional level. Here the members will be elected by






district level. At the apex there will be central government. More powers will be enjoyed by

bottom level Gram Panchyats. The central level body will take decisions only which are essential

for national level. Such as defense, foreign affairs etc.

Plan for India : Small Scale Industries (‘ooaooaoooo gnZm||H||H m ^maV)

Khadi is a symbol of cottage industries. Khadi is a symbol of self sufficiency. Cottage

industries should be there in villages or towns. The needs of people living in the village should

be fulfilled in that village only. Gandhiji argues that when the commodities made in cottage

industries from the same town will be likened and preferred by us, and we will use them with

priority, then only poverty, starving, laziness, unemployment will come to an end. Free Bharat

will come into existence. This is a dream of Mahatma Gandhiji.

Life Style for Welfare of all (gd©©©© H ë¶mUH mar OrdZnÕVr)

There should be such type of economic system, not only in India but all over in world

that nobody will face deficiency of food and clothes. This will become possible only then when

all the means of production will be controlled by the people. Gandhiji says, I do not defer

between ethics and economics. The economics allowing one nation to exploite another is

unethical .The people not giving proper wages to their workers and make their exploitation is

sinful.

How to bring economic equality through non-violence? Gandhiji‘s answer is, each

individual should reduce his needs. Live controlled life. Then only it is possible.

Feasibility Of Gandhian Alternatives

During Gandhiji‘s time, the terminology of ‗sustainable development did not exist. But if

you go to the ancient Indian culture, you will find that the system was eco friendly. The life of

the people was in tune with the mother nature. There was no term ‗sustainable development‘

because there was no imbalance between human being and nature. The problem of sustainable

development emerged only after industrialization. After the large scale industrialization, its sins

came to surface. The discussion on sustainable development began.

During Gandhian period also, there was no discussion on the term called ‗sustainable

development‘. Even though, his thinking is in tune with the idea of sustainable development. In

the book ‗India in My Dreams (‗oao gnZm|H m ^maV), various articles and speeches from

Gandhiji are collected where he has explained his ideas on future of India.

While discussing about industrialization he says ‗curse of industrialization‘. The title of

article starts with word ‗curse‘. In this article he says that currently scholar‘s term modernization

for material development which results in conflict and war.

According to Gandhiji, the reason of the crisis is madness of huge production. If majority

of the nations in the world start huge production there will be shortage of market and crisis and

conflict will exist. (Here one can refer to present crisis between USA and China).

While explaining the Psychology behind this, Gandhiji says the reason of present anarchy

is exploitation. Exploitation of other nations because of industrialization. Use of machines are

leading few people in becoming rich, exploiting millions of people. The purpose of

industrialization, Gandhiji says, is not welfare of people but the fascination of few people to

become rich and more rich.






Mahatma Gandhiji raises a question on imitation of western model of development in

India. He questions, in India, do we really need western culture? His reply is ‗no‘ to this

question. The explanation is, western culture is basically an ‗urban‘ culture which is suitable for

Europe and America. India should not follow model of western culture. There is no need to opt

this model. To explain this point more, Gandhiji gives an example. On south and North pole of

the earth, the climate is icy and cold. Hence, people there, wear warm woolen clothes. But in our

hot climate, same clothes are unfit. In the same way in our county, over use of large machines is

unnecessary, unfit.

Instead of heavy industries he emphasis‘s on small scale industries. For this he promotes

idea of self sufficient village system. In those villages people will be having less needs. Those

needs will be fulfilled by the village artisans. With promoting idea of simple living and high

thinking, Gandhiji wants to enhance high level of moral in the individuals. Idea of trusteeship

also needs high level morality.

Gandhiji is against violence. Hence he opposes blood shading and revolution and

communism. He wants to have a society without exploitation. Capitalism is based on

exploitation. Hence he opposes it. He wants to see his dream model not only in India but all over

in world so that the world can have non-violence, peace and co-existence.

Critism Of Gandhian Thoughts

Simple living high thinking :

The real problem is whether those thoughts could be implemented in reality. The

common people are so use to with mechanization and artificially created needs, that it is difficult

for them (not impossible) to switch over to simple living with minimum necessities.

Self-sufficient Villages :

The old design of self-sufficient villages is changed. Today‘s villages are copying mostly

the urban culture and lifestyle. Is it possible to reverse them?

Idea of Trusteeship :

All the rich persons using their own wealth only to fulfill their minimum day to day need.

They will not spend luxurious life. This seems impossible. Because the actual trend which is

observed is exactly against this.

Less Governance :

Gandhiji is in favour of less governance. Minimum role of state in day to day life. But in

modern days role of state is increasing and a person depends more and more on government.

Hence is it possible?

Conclusion

Yes, in self sufficient villages, where the use of machines is minimum, the life is simple

uncomplicated. Minimum role of government is possible. Where persons living simple life the

needs will be automatically less. Tensions, competition will be least. There will be little space for

jealousy, enemity etc. This will reduce role of police, courts, governance. For all these changes

high level of morale is necessary. In the idea of trusteeship also, rich persons using all their

wealth for society, living simple life as a trustee of the wealth of society; surely needs high

morality. Is it possible for all is a real question.






It can be suggested that on experimental level some villages, towns can be created or

selected. where Ghandhian dream model can be implemented. But for whole nation in current

international senario it is not feasible.

Keywords : Trusteeship : Where a person is appointed and works on behalf of somebody else. In

Gandhian view, for society. Governance : Rule, control, authority, coercive power of the polity

or state. Curse : Imprecation, malediction, malism Decentralization : Distribution of power

among many instead of concentration.

References:

1. Flag Henry, (2002), A study of Gandhi‘s Basic Education, New Delhi, National Book

Trust.

2. Gandhi Mohandas Karmchand, (1969), Mere Sapanoka Bharat (Hindi), Varanasi, Sarva

Seva Sangha Prakashan.

3. Gandhi Mohandas Karamchand, (1948), Sankshipta Atmakatha (Hindi), (A Brief

Autobiography), edited by Desai Mahadeobhai, Upadhyay Haribhau, New Delhi, Sasta

Sahitya Mandal.

4. Nanda B.R. (1985), Gandhi and His Critics, Delhi, Oxford university Press






Developing A Potential For Sustainability of Medical Tourism in India

Dr. Harish B. Badwaik


Smt. L.R.T. College of Commerce, Akola. Maharashtra

E mail :[email protected]

Abstract

Sound health is of paramount importance for the human being.Since centuries, people

travelled across the countries for the purpose ofmedical treatment. As India, on one side, is the

mother of traditional medical system like Ayurveda and Naturopathy etc., it is also developed in

modernmedical treatment including complex surgeries at affordable cost compared to developed

countries. The statistical data shows that tourism industry in India is one of the foremost growth

centre in the world. India‟s share in tourist arrival is improving and tourist coming for medical

treatment is also one of the major reasons making it one of the largest net earner of foreign

exchange. In terms of job creation also,this sector creates more jobs per million rupees of

investment plan, than any other sector of economy. Hence, tourismsector in general and medical

tourismin particular can bring win –win situation to the economy in 21st Century.

But sustainability of the environment and development of tourism are not separate

challenges. All the stakeholders are forced to concern themselves with the impacts of ecological

stress upon the prospects of tourism. Ecology, environment and tourism are becoming ever-more

interrelated as far as causes and effects on the social and economic sustainability. In this

context, some related issues concerning environment conservation, social responsibility of

tourismsector, increasing global competition and sustainability of medical tourism become very

crucial for development of Health-care sector on one side and protection of environment on the

other. The above criteria is a prerequisite for India to become a popular Medical tourism

destination in the world, which can be fulfilled with efforts of Government and Non-government

organizations. The present study,focus on various issues comprising development and

sustainability of this emerging sector in India.

Key Words: Medical Tourism, Forex Earnings, Global Competition, Sustainability and

Environmental issues, Economic Development.

Introduction:-

Medical tourism is the travel of people to another country for the purpose of getting

medical treatment. Traditionally, peopletravel from less developed countries to major medical

centers in highly developed countries for medical treatment because of unavailability in their

own country. But, the recent decade has shown a different trend in which people travel from

developed countries to third world countries for medical treatments because of cost

consideration- though the traditional pattern is still going. The medical servicesmay typically

include elective procedures, complex specialized surgeries viz., hip replacement, cosmetic

surgeries, heart surgery anddental procedure. Apart from this, many foreigners are attracted

towards traditional medical system like Ayurveda and Naturopathy etc.

Tourism in India: -

Tourism is perceived as an integral part in the modern day social life. The tourism

phenomenon has attracted almost the entire world. Along with industrialization and rapid

advancement in technology, Tourism industry has grown rapidly throughout the world.







Table 1: Share of India in International Tourist Arrivals &Foreign Exchange Earnings.

Sr. Year International

Tourist

Arrivals of

world.

(in Million)

FTAs in

India

(in Million)

Percentage share and

rank of India in

World FTAs

Foreign Exchange

Earnings from

Tourism

in India (US $

Million) % Share Rank

1 2003 691.0 2.73 0.39 51st 4463

2 2006 846.0 4.45 0.53 44th

8634

3 2009 883.0 5.17 0.59 41st 11136

4 2013 1087.0 6.97 0.64 42nd

18445

5 2017 1323 10.04 1.17 26th

27310

(Source: Incredible India, Ministry of Tourism, GoI, 2009, July 2014

&www.tourism.gov.in/Indiatourismstatistics2018)

From the above data it can be said that growth in Foreign Tourist Arrivals and Foreign

Exchange Earnings through tourism go hand in hand and that the increase in Foreign Tourist

Arrivals results in increase in Foreign Exchange Earnings. In developed as well as in developing

economies all over the world especially the European and South East Asian countries, rapid

economic development could take place because of foreign tourist inflow which increased

continuously. Promotion of tourism thus offers a key to economic growth. According to a report

of World Travel and Tourism Council (WTTC) Report India‘s Travel and Tourism sector ranks

7th

in the world in terms of contribution to country‘s GDP. According to data, the World Travel

and Tourism sector generated Rs. 14.1 trillion (USD 208.9 billion) in 2016, which is world‘s 7th

largest in terms of absolute size, the sum is equivalent to 9.6 % of India‘s GDP2.

Problem Statement:

The present research work is titled as ―Developing a Potential for Sustainability of

Medical Tourism in India‖ The facets that aroused the curiosity and led to formulation of the

present problem were status of medical tourism sector, efforts undertaken by many stakeholders

including government and non-government organizationsetc.. Researches in some of the

evolving sectors of service industry are the need of the time and so are in vogue. The study of

development efforts of a specific sector at national level, with some aspects leaving significant

impact can address the problems and challenges of the industry at different levels and ensures

sustainability.

In order to study the potential for development of medical tourism in India, a research

was conducted with the following objectives:

Objectives of the Study:

1) To study potential of medical tourism sector of India for sustainable development in

global context.

2) To study the environment for development of medical tourism.

3) To study the prospects in tourism for ensuring social and environmental sustainability.


The present research paper adopted a descriptive research methodology which is based on

the secondary data sources. The present study is based on the facts and figures available to

http://www.tourism.gov.in/Indiatourismstatistics2018






secondary data sources.This paper examines the role of Government and other stakeholders in

fostering or constraining development of medical tourism.

Global Scenario of Medical Tourism:-

Globally compared, there exist significant cost differences among US, UK and South

Asian countries. A reasonable medical treatment gives India a competitive edge. The price

comparison tablebelow, prove the financial viability of Indian healthcare industry.

Table 2: Price Comparison of Selected Surgeries in Different Economies:

Medical

procedure

USA India S.

Korea

Israel Thailan

d

Malaysi

a

Singapor

e

Heart Bypass $123,0

00

$7,900 $26,000 $28,000 $15,000 $12,100 $17,200

Angioplasty $28,20

0

$5,700 $17,700 $7,500 $4,200 $8,000 $13,400

Heart Valve

Replacement

$170,0

00

$9,500 $39,900 $28,500 $17,200 $13,500 $16,900

Hip

Replacement

$40,36

4

$7,200 $21,000 $36,000 $17,000 $8,000 $13,900

Hip

Resurfacing

$28,00

0

$9,700 $19,500 $20,100 $13,500 $12,500 $16,350

Knee

Replacement

$35,00

0

$6,600 $17,500 $25,000 $14,000 $7,700 $16,000

Spinal Fusion $110,0

00

$10,300 $16,900 $33,500 $9,500 $6,000 $12,800

Dental

Implant

$2,500 $900 $1,350 $1,200 $1,720 $1,500 $2,700

Lap Band $14,00

0

$7,300 $10,200 $17,300 $11,500 $8,150 $9,200

Gastric

Bypass

$25,00

0

$7,000 $10,900 $24,000 $16,800 $9,900 $13,700

Hysterectomy $15,40

0

$3,200 $10,400 $14,500 $3,650 $4,200 $10,400

Breast

Implants

$6,400 $3,000 $3,800 $3,800 $3,500 $3,800 $8,400

Rhinoplasty $6,500 $2,400 $3,980 $4,600 $3,300 $2,200 $2,200

Face Lift $11,00

0

$3,500 $6,000 $6,800 $3,950 $3,550 $440

Liposuction $5,500 $2,800 $2,900 $2,500 $2,500 $2,500 $2,900

Lasik (both

eyes)

$4,000 $1,000 $1,700 $3,800 $2,310 $3,450 $3,800

Cornea (per

eye)

$17,50

0

$2,800 N/A N/A $3,600 N/A $9,000

Cataract

surgery (per

eye)

$3,500 $1,500 $3,700 $1,800 $3,000 $3,250

IVF

Treatment

$12,40

0

$2,500 $7,900 $5,500 $4,100 $6,900 $14,900

Source: https:// medicaltourism.com/ Forms/price-comparison.aspx

Note : Approximate prices are as of year 2018






The data from the above table explains us that medical tourists save 75% to 95% of healthcare

costs in India which makes India more competent. In fact, the above data shows that India is

least expensive when compared to European as well as other Asian countries.

Current Status of Medical Tourism in India:

In the past few years, Asia has taken the lead as one of the most preferred destination for

medical value travel. Primary growth levers in this regard include low priced treatment options,

availability of variety of treatments, improved infrastructure in terms of healthcare facilities, the

emergence of the private sector which comprises of hospitals and allied services with the

advance technology and skilled doctors and attractive locations for spending time after

treatment.Medical Tourism has also grown consistently in India. The following table shows

number of medical tourists visiting India for health and wellness since few years.

Table 3 : Number of Medical Tourists visiting India

Years 2012 * 2013 * 2014 * 2015 ** 2016 ** 2017 **

No. of tourists

( in lakhs)

1.71 2.36 1.84 2.34 4.27 4.95

Source:*en.m.wikipedia.org , **www.ficci.in/ficci-in-news-page-The Hindu July 24,2018.

The total number of such visitors in 2017 was 4.95 lakh. This number had stood at around 2.34

lakh in 2015 and 4.27 lakh in 2016.On other side Foreign Exchange Earnings, for year 2015 was

135193 crore, for year 2016 was 154146 crore and for year 2017 was 177874 crore1. Thus, the

growth inForeign medical tourists arrivals increases Foreign Exchange Earnings i.e., the increase

in Foreign medical Tourist Arrivals results in increase in Foreign Exchange Earnings. According

to the report Medical Value Travel in India by KPMG and FICCI, in Asia, India, Thailand and

Singapore are the three countries that receive maximum medical tourists. These three countries

together accounted for about 60 per cent of the total Asian revenue in 2012. In research

conducted in India and other Asian countries between July- August 2014 which interviewed

public sector stakeholders and CEOs of renowned hospitals. This study found that with $78.6

billion as of 2012, the sector has emerged as one of the largest sectors in India8.As per Tourism

Minister, Government of India, the value of medical tourism in India is likely to reach a

whopping USD 9 billion by 2020 as compared to the USD 3 billion in 2015 and according to a

Ministry of Commerce report published in 2016, India is among the top six medical value travel

destinations of the world9.However it is worth to note thatForeign tourists arrival on medical visa

has increased by about 140% from year 2013 to 2015. Close to2/3rd

of these tourists came from

just three countries of Bangladesh, Afganistan and Nigeria4. The key role is also played by

groups of private hospitals in development of medical tourism in India. They earn

foreignexchange, generate a good number ofemployment opportunities for large number of

people with different skills. Some renowned private hospitals attracting medical tourists in India

are listed as follows.

Table 4 : Renowned Private Hospitals attracting medical tourists in India

Sr. No. Name of Hospital Group No. of Hospitals

1 Fortis Healthcare Limited 50

2 Apollo Hospitals Group 40

3 Narayan Health 32

4 HCG Hospitals 27

http://www.ficci.in/ficci-in-news-page-The%20Hindu%20July%2024,2018






5 VaatsalyaHealthcare 17

6 ManipalHospitals 15

7 WockhardtHospitals 12

8 MewarHospitals 12

9 Max Healthcare 10

10 Sterling Hospitals 06

11 Tata Memorial Hospitals 03

12 MedantaMedicity 02

Source: www.quora.com

Evenremote areas of country with goodinfrastructure can become good centers ofmedical

tourism. Medical practitionersat these hospitals are havinggood competence in their profession

ascompared with their foreign counterparts.So, India havea competitive advantage in medical

tourism.

Visa Policy: An important issue of travel convenience is related with visa requirement.

The National Tourism Policy 2002 stated that medical tourism has emerged as one of the

important segments of the tourism industry. Initiatives taken for promoting this include financial

assistance to service providers under the Market Development Assistance Scheme and issuance

of Medical visas for patients and their attendants coming to India for medical treatment. This

policy identifies that a complex and lengthy application process for visas for the patient and

companion/family may create a big hurdle in consideration of the India for treatment.

SoGovernment of India is trying to overcome this problem and the Indian government has

removed visa restrictions on tourist visas that required a two-month gap between consecutive

visits for people from Gulf countries which is likely to boost medical tourism. A visa-on-arrival

scheme for tourists from Japan and South Korea. Currently e-visas for India are valid for 60 days

for medical procedures from date of arrival3.

Medical TourismPromotionThroughIndian System :

India possess some unique medicinal practices that look at health, disease and causes

thereof in completely different ways. It is popularly known as the Indian System of Medicine or

Alternative Medicine, which focuses on holistic health and well-being of society.

There is a clear domination of AYUSH (Ayurveda, Yoga and Naturopathy, Unani, Siddha and

Homoeopathy)in medical tourism and medical tourism in India started with AYUSH.The Indian

Systems of Medicine and Homoeopathy (ISM&H) were given an independent identity in the

Ministry of Health and Family Welfare by creating a separate department AYUSH, which means

long life, the department is entrusted with the responsibility of developing and propagating

officially recognized systems - Ayurveda, Yoga, Naturopathy, Siddha, Unani, and Homoeopathy.

This was done due to the explicit recognition of the contributions these ancient and holistic

systems can make towards human health. These systems have a marked superiority in addressing

chronic conditions and offer a package of health promotion and prevention interventions.India

has a potential to attract one million health tourists and more than 70% for alternative medicines.

Patients from various countries are becoming medical tourists to India for low-cost and health-

restorative alternative treatments through a combination of Ayurveda, Yoga, acupuncture, herbal

oil massage, nature therapies, and some ancient Indian healthcare methods - such as Vedic care,

an alternate healthcare service. Cost advantage is the attractive aspect of Indian modern medicine

http://www.quora.com/






which is 10-15 times lower than anywhere in the world. Government has also taken the initiative

to promote AYUSH as a part of medical tourism.

Accreditation Policy for Medical& Wellness Tourism:-

To promote Medical& Wellness Tourism, Department of AYUSH (Ayurveda, Yoga,

Naturopathy, Unani, Siddha and Homeopathy) under the Ministry of Health and Agriculture

(MoHA) and Quality Council of India (QCI) has introduced an accreditation policy for centers

practicing and offering AYUSH treatments across India. The accreditation policy is effective

from October 1, 2009. The accreditation is a proof of certain quality standards maintained by

centers across India and this help to attract medical tourists, as well as leisure tourists to India.

International healthcare accreditation organizations viz., Accreditation Canada, formerly known

as the Canadian Council on Health Services Accreditation,Joint Commission International

(USA)etc., certify a level of quality for healthcare providers in multiple countries. These

organizations certify a wide range of healthcare services of hospitals, primary care centers,

medical transport, and ambulance services helps this sector in establishing credibility and as such

attract foreign patients in large numbers.

Medical Waste and Environment:-

Although,medical tourism sector contributes to economic development of India it raises

some issues related to environment, it is also necessary to dispose-off medical waste in proper

manner. According to study conducted by ASSOCHAM and Velocity reveals that India is likely

to generate about 775.5 tons of medical waste per day by year 2022 from the current level of

550.9 tons per day growing at CAGR of about 7%10

. However, currently there are around 157

CBWTF s in operation in different parts of country12

. The study also focused on lack of staff and

infrastructure as a major constraint in the implementation of rules regarding medical waste

management. Study also stressed that country needs stringent monitoring and evaluation

framework to ensure safe and effective management of medical waste. Lack of concern,

motivation, awareness and cost factor are some of the problems faced in the proper biomedical

waste management. It should be noted that safe and effective management of medical waste is

not a legal necessity but also a social responsibility.

Expected Contribution of Tourism TowardsEnvironment Sustainability:-

Medical tourism involves numerous types of activities hence environment becomes a key

component, of this industry.As such activities involved in medical tourism, exerts certain

pressure on environment.If the wastes discarded by hospitals, get accumulated in huge amount, it

willpose grave danger to the very existence of that area.Hence the policy makers attempt should

be to anticipate such likely pressures. Disposal of medical wastages should not remain at

philosophical level only, but it should generate a deep environmental concern in all

stakeholders. The interaction between tourism and environment should be viewed as an

important consideration in designing apolicy by tourism departments at government level.

Healthcare is one of the largest sector in India both in terms of revenue and employment and

medical tourism industry is almost certain to become a major sector in international trade for

Indian economy in years to come and arrival of foreign patients to India is increasing, an in-

depth review of its impact on environment is urgently required.A genuine holistic ecologically

responsive planning and management is needed to take care of conservation and protection of the

nature.






Findings:

Thestudy comes out with following findings.

1) A Medical tourism market has grown rapidly in recent years but it is facing formidable

competition from Singapore, Indonesia, Malaysia and other countries. India needs

measures to strengthen the potential of medical tourism market and to build India‘s

position as a leading medical tourism destination.

2) It is needful to identify strengths of this sector and address to number of problems that

may reduce the growth opportunity of this industry. These include low awareness of the

opportunities among potential service providers. It is also needful to strengthen the belief

of the prospective medical tourists that Indian hospitals can perform critical surgeries as

well as can provide high quality medical care service.

3) Indian Medical Travel Association or IMTA - a unified voice of the Indian healthcare

(modern medicine as well as traditional Indian medicine) should approach to Ministry of

Tourism at center and state level for preparing India to face the challenges of global

competition. It is also needful to monitor the overall system for holistic management and

remove lacunas.

4) India has the negative image of poor hygiene and sanitation. In terms of infrastructure

facilities such as sanitation, roads, accommodation, power backup and public utility

services much more is needed for the country to become a medical tourism destination.

5) India receives most of the medical tourists from Bangladesh, Afganistan and Nigeria

therefore it is needful to reach prospectivepatients through a focused promotion to the

international market.

6) Interactive communication with whole treatmentplan is needed to attract the patients who

are ona medical traveling program.

7) Optimum use of ICT is needed to help the patients acquire correct and

valuableinformation in their language and to make correct decision.

8) Training and skills development centers are needed to cater needs of human resources at

various levels.

9) The CBWTF‘s are not enough to treat the quantum of medical waste generated by

hospitals.

10) Thegovernment, healthcare fraternity, investorsneeds to focus on Medical waste

management and disposal system considering future needs and challenges ahead.

11) It is needful to ensure the implementation ofBio-Medical Waste ManagementRules, 2016

by concerned organizations.

Conclusion:

In recent years, the medical tourism industry in India is growing in spiteof the high

competition. But, the other countries of Asia are taking the lead as preferred destination for

medical value travel. This study identifies number of other issues related to further promotion

and expansion of the medical tourism business in India to the other economies which include the

need for practical government support, adoption of appropriate laws and regulation, accreditation

procedure and facilitation in visa requirement. As the competition is getting heated up and the

success in future will largely be determined by development as well as implementation of a joint

strategy by various contributors of the industry. India have some challenges that the country has

to overcome to become a tourist destination with competent health care industry keeping the

healthy environment in focus also. The need for more qualified specialists and staff, language

translators, cross-cultural training are important, the government should take step for

development of many fields concerned. Such efforts will help India in building a significant

advantage and leadership position in the medical tourism industry.






References:

1) Bhargava Yuthika, (2018, July 23), medical tourists flocking to India, The Hindu, New

Delhi, www.ficci.in/ficci-in-news-page-The Hindu July 24,2018.

2) Chaturvedi Anumeha, (2017 Apr,04), India is worlds 7th

largest tourism economyin

terms of GDP, says WTTC‘ ET

Bureau,https://economictimes.indiatimes.com/industry/services/travel/

3) Chaturvedi Anumeha, (2018Nov.,06), India should have long term visas like US :

K.J.Alphons‘ET


4) Dubbudu Rakesh, (2016 July 27), Foreign tourist arrivalsmedicalvisaincreased by

140% https://factly.in/foreign -tourist-arrivals-medical-visa-increased-140%

5) Nair, R.S., Medical Tourism in India, Manorama, Kochi, India, 2009, PP- 572-577

6) National Tourism Policy (2002), Ministry of Tourism, GoI, New Delhi

7) Negi Jaganmohan, International Tourism & Travel, First edi. (2004), S. Chand

&Co.Ltd., New Delhi.

8) PTI, (2014, Sep 01) India ranks among top 3 medical tourism destinationsin Asia, ET,


9) PTI, (2017, Dec. 18)medical tourism value in India to touch USD 9 billion by 2020,

Government,https://economictimes.indiatimes.com/industry/services/travel/medical-

tourism-value-in-india-to-touch-usd-9-bn-by-2020-govt/articleshow/62124646.cms

10) PTI, (2018, Mar. 23)‘India togenerate775.5 tons of medical waste per day by year

2022‘ET Bureau, https://economictimes.indiatimes.com/industry/services/travel/

11) Pran Seth, Successful Tourism Management,(2004), Sterling Publishers Pvt., Ltd.,

New Delhi.

12) www.bmwmindia.org/index

13) www.tourism.gov.inTourism statistics at a glance 2009, New Delhi, India

14) www.tourism.gov.inMinistry of Tourism, Government of India, 2010

15) www.patientsbeyondborders.com

16) http://www.medicaltourismresourceguide.com

17) http://www.medicaltourismresourceguide.com

18) www.indiaprofile.com

http://www.ficci.in/ficci-in-news-page-The%20Hindu%20July%2024,2018

https://economictimes.indiatimes.com/industry/services/travel/


https://factly.in/


https://economictimes.indiatimes.com/industry/services/travel/medical-tourism-value-in-india-to-touch-usd-9-bn-by-2020-govt/articleshow/62124646.cms

https://economictimes.indiatimes.com/industry/services/travel/medical-tourism-value-in-india-to-touch-usd-9-bn-by-2020-govt/articleshow/62124646.cms


http://www.bmwmindia.org/index

http://www.tourism.gov.in/

http://www.tourism.gov.in/

http://www.patientsbeyondborders.com/

http://www.medicaltourismresourceguide.com/

http://www.medicaltourismresourceguide.com/

http://www.indiaprofile.com/






Homestay an Important Tool for Sustainable Tourism Development in India

Sachin Shivaji Kale

Research Scholar

Indian Institute of Tourism and Travel Management

Gwalior - Madhya Pradesh

[email protected]

Abstract:

This review paper focused on the importance of homestay accommodation in sustainable

tourism development. India has seen a 14.4% year on year increase in Foreign Tourist Arrivals

and homestay market will reach 4bn dollar in 2020. Studies show that by 2020, almost 50% of

the Indian customer will book there accommodation online. Homestay is easy to start and easy to

communicate between hosts and guest so many homeowners attracted towards homestay

business. More than 4.5 billion homeowners registered their homes only with one Airbnb

Company, who is just started in 2008 and it is also increasing at 115% per year. The main

objective of this paper is to review the research papers on Homestay published in renowned

International Journals; Articles published in newspapers and discuss the contribution of

Homestay in sustainable Tourism development. This paper concluded that today bed and

breakfast/ homestay is not a need of traveler but it‟s an experience-based tourism activity. It

provides the best opportunity to stay with local people and know their real culture. Homestay

protects the environment in all the forms and also gives the first prominent priority to local to

participate in tourism and get economic benefits. Strong participation of the community, short-

term training and some policies of government will help to develop sustainable Homestay

accommodation in India.

Keywords: Homestay, Sustainable tourism development, Community based tourism.

Introduction:

Today the whole world is looking for sustainable growth in all sectors. UNWTO also

participated in Sustainable development Goals (SDG) 2030 journey of United Nation. Homestay

has a potential to contribute in 12 goals out of all 17 sustainable development goals. Homestay is

an increase in high rate in the world from last decade. The main reason is the number of online

companies like Airbnb, Widu, 9flat.com, and Booking.com etc. promoting your property to all

corner of the world. They are providing a very good platform for host and guest to book and sell

Homestay. Many countries adding Homestay in there National policy as it generates employment

mostly in a rural area and help to reduce poverty.

India is known for its one of the most diversified and colorful culture and its tradition of

―Atithi Devo Bhav‖ (Guest is God) in the world. Cultural-heritage and its geographical structure

make India one of the famous destinations for homestay tourism. India has 5.94 lack inhabited

villages and 72.2% of the Indian population is living in the rural area (Government of India,

2018). It makes India an upcoming Homestay market in the world. Every year the foreign tourist

arrival increasing at an average of more than 10% in India and the Indian government is come up

with the e-online visa system for 166 countries (Government of India, 2018). This initiative has

given a boost for foreign tourist arrival. India also has its own domestic market which is 100

times more than inbound tourism. Homestay program has taken booming in 2010 as the

government has launched a homestay scheme for commonwealth sports held in Delhi. Then

many state taken initiative in their state for bed and breakfast schemes like Kerala, Himachal







Pradesh, Delhi, Maharashtra, and West Bengal but it not developed as per expectation. The

major issue is that local people were not aware of the scheme, less promotion and low response

of traveler to government websites. But there is a drastic change done in the last 6-7 year as

major online companies enter in Homestay. Within 5 years more than 30000 homeowners

register their homes with Airbnb and growing with 115% per year (Laghate, 2018). Travleguru

brand of Yatra.com more than 7000 registered homestay with them, both booking.com and Make

my trip each have more than 6000 homestays with them.

The Indian tourism industry is growing day by day but when tourism is growing fast it is

important to develop in a sustainable way so its benefits will share by all participants as much as

possible. Homestay is shown a very successful solution for building sustainable tourism and

contributing to locals involved in other countries. The homestay concept offers an opportunity to

hosts to use their local resources. This gives the resources importance thereby locals preserve

them. Although, there is a good scope for studies on how the homestay concept can contribute to

sustainable tourism development and how the concept is implemented in India. In this paper,

several challenges for implementing the homestay concept in a sustainable way have been

identified and given suggestions on the same. The biggest challenge identified is that hosts do

not have the skills and knowledge for the purpose of the homestay concept, less involvement of

community and not have a strong network between all tourism stakeholders.

Methodology:

A literature review was based on different disciplines including Homestay, community-

based tourism, and sustainable tourism. Computerized searches were conducted using online

databases from Google scholar, SAGE, Science Direct, and Articles in the newspaper.

Homestay Program, sustainable tourism development, and Community based tourism were the

keywords to guide this paper. The literature that related to this study was selected to give a

reflective understanding of homestay and tourism development. The journals were selected in

this paper published in 2000 to 2018. The review highlights the Homestay important in

sustainability in tourism.

Homestay:

The main aim of the Homestay Programme is to offer accommodation to tourists and

discover the local, cultural and natural lifestyle (Kayat, 2009). There are many different

definitions given by authors According to (Lynch, 2005) ‗" homestay" is a specialist term

referring to types of accommodation where tourists or guests pay to stay in private homes, where

interaction takes place with a host and/or family usually living upon the premises, and with

whom public space is, to a degree, shared'. (Lynch, McIntosh, & Trucker, 2009) Homestays are

referred to as ―commercial homes whereby visitors or guests pay to stay in private homes where

interaction takes place with a host or family‖. The associations of the homestay such as private

homes, host families who becomes public by sharing their culture to the guest, interaction

between the host family and the guest are the significant aspects of the homestay which may be

enough to distinguish homestay tourism from other forms of accommodation, such as those

hotels resorts etc. where the hosts are the professional staffs. (Lynch P. 2003) "Homestay venues

as a private home in which unused rooms are rented for the purposes of supplementing income

and meeting people‖ (Lanier & Berman 1993, Ismail & Islam 2011 ). In several other countries

in the world, the similar concept of Homestay is being known as farm stay, home visit system,






agricultural Homestay or bed, and breakfast whereby the guest is being offered accommodation

and breakfast by the host (Getz & Carlsen, 2000). Homestay tourism visitors get a chance to

spend time with the family observing their customs values and culture, which gives them the

opportunity to feel the taste of rural life (Devkota, 2010).

Community-Based Tourism (Cbt):

The CBT is tourism that is closely related to nature, culture and local custom. It is designed

to attract the tourist market that needs authentic experiences, enhancing community

development, poverty alleviation, and conservation. Having the participatory approach, the local

community will gain the opportunities and benefits from the tourist which is taking place in their

areas (Tosun, 2006). The development of CBT increases the number of facilities, roads, parks,

and recreational and cultural attractions, which benefits residents‘ quality of life and respects

their culture (Brunt & Courtney, 1999). Through planning and management, CBT could

improve the quality of life of residents, elicit greater respect for local cultures, and maintain

biodiversity (Gurang & Seeland, 2008). Review by Kayat (2007) Concluded that community

involvement in the homestay program is influenced by motivational factors. Homestays, as

collaborative initiatives, are designed and operated by the community with a functional

mechanism to achieve economic, social and environmental development

However, not all the members of the community benefit from the homestay. As a

consequence, this form of tourism consumption may create more inequalities and structures of

power among the members of a community (Kontogeorgopoulos et al., 2013). The sustainability

of community-based tourism development depends on the abilities and capabilities of the local

people to plan and manage the tourism activities. Empowerment process done by the community

is hopefully forming them become dependent people, having an ability to take a decision and

implementing all decisions individually or in a group, in utilizing local resources to improve

their welfare. Empowerment is done step by step with the right perceptions and interpretations in

order to avoid wrong empowerment that is not supporting sustainable empowerment principals.

All issues on tourism development that create negative impact must be handled by all concerned

stakeholders, i.e. government, NGO, Local people/community (Gusti Kade, 2012).

Sustainable Tourism:

Tourism which can sustain local economies without damaging the environment on which it

depends (Countryside Commission, 1995). In the context of tourism, an appropriate definition of

sustainable tourism is 'tourism which is in a form which can maintain its viability in an area for

an indefinite period of time' (Butler, 1993). The general definition of sustainable development

that is widely used for tourism-based communities is the so-called "triple bottom- line‖, in which

policies and actions attempt to balance social, economic and environmental costs and benefits

(Hall & Lew, 2011). Sustainable tourism is responsible tourism (Bramwell, et al., 1996).

According to The World Commission on Economic Development (WCED), sustainable

development is a ―development that meets the needs for the present without compromising the

ability for future generations to meet their own needs." UNEP (2002) defines sustainable

tourism as follows: Sustainable tourism development meets the needs of present tourists and host

regions while protecting and enhancing opportunities for the future. It is envisaged as leading to

management of all resources in such a way that economic, social and aesthetic needs can be

fulfilled while maintaining cultural integrity, essential ecological processes, and biological






diversity. Travelism tomorrow‟ will have to be based on sustainable mobility, sustainable

destination, and sustainable lifestyle‟. All travel products 18 will be (accommodation,

transportations, everything) sustainable and at the end of the day, it will be destination controlled

because that‘s where the impacts are left (ITB World Trend Report, 2011-12).

Discussion:

India is one of the fastest economically growing countries in the world. In the same way,

the travel mindset of the traveler in India is also changing fast. They want to travel a lot and

explore the new culture and uncovered places with a minimum budget. Homestay has that power

to complete their wish. Just from last six years Airbnb has contributed and motivated a lot to

homestay program in India and created a genuine alternative accommodation option in the

consumer mind. The government of India and more than 10 states also focusing on Homestay

program from last ten years in their state. Since Homestay market came on-line, it provided more

transparency to the consumer. In the process of booking such as visibility of the Home, reviews

from prior guests, and the ability to match like-minded hosts and guests to enrich the overall

travel experience. The marketplace also provides more efficiency to the booking process by

simplifying the process of booking for both guest and host (wired.com, 2014). Indian Homestay

program will increase on high percentage in the coming decade but the major concern is long-

term sustainable growth is important to any sector. In the discussion we are going to focused on

three pillars of sustainability – economically, socially and environmentally – various advantages

are bringing by homestay.

The first pillar Economic sustainability is important to help the efficiency of the economy

and to support future generations. Moreover, no major investments are required to run a

homestay, which makes the programme accessible to households across economic classes.

(Anand, Chandan, & Singh, 2012) Homestay has also provided the opportunity for the creation

of sub-business or ancillary opportunities for those who are not directly involved in Homestay.

The equal amount of economical distribution from tourism is an important factor in sustainable

tourism. It motivates them to do positive work towards tourism. Not only Homestay has seen as a

way to help generate income for the community, but it also assists in fulfilling the Government's

agenda to reduce poverty and create job opportunities for the communities involved. Homestays

are appraised to bring tourism revenues directly to the host family without monopolized affluent

outside actors (Anand, Chandan, & Singh, 2012) which help locals to maintain the sustainable

income.

Now come to second social pillar some village communities experience a culture shock

when they open up their rural homes to international tourists (Pursian & Xiao, 2013). Homestay

Program facing problems to attract the local community to participate in the program (Liu,

2006). The main reason for that is Lack of awareness and general knowledge about tourism are

seen as the main factor that contributes to the failure of the community-based tourism

development, but it can be solved by creating awareness in the community and the strong

participation of local people. The involvement of several stakeholders and local communities in

the decision-making process is the most important strategy to postulate the sustainable tourism

development. (Augustyn, 1998) The main purpose of Sustainable tourism development is

making the balance between positive and negative impact to ensure the quality lifestyle of the

host community. Community empowerment serves as a fundamental to enable active






participation in tourism development at the community. The key success factors in Homestay

Programme are leadership and commitment. (Amran & Zainab, 2009; Yahaya & Abdul Rasid,

2010). Empowerment of the community will become the main step to sustainable tourism

development. Beside the direct advantages, there are some indirect impacts that are received by

community of the village related with village tourism development, such as transportation

infrastructure improvement, development of utilities and facilities of health and sanitation,

development of micro industry in the village, indirect impact of village tourism event more

importance compared to direct impact to maintain long-term sustainability. The community

cannot be totally dependent on government and external bodies. They must be self-reliant and

cannot depend on funds or regular supervisions all the time. The Homestay programme helps the

local community to sustain by themselves and earn income to improve their quality of life.

The last pillar Nature is the most important resources in tourism. Nature destruction is a

threat for sustainable tourism in a destination; therefore tourism development must include the

environment as part of tourism resources that need to be developed in term of quality and its

variety. Ecologically, Homestays create the advantage of facilitating older building to host

visitors; they can reside in already existing empty rooms. Expansions of facilities often lead to

pollution and exploitation of resources. (Mirbabayev and Shagazatova, 2005), homestay

initiatives can be considered more environmental-friendly. Moreover, this program creates

recognition to protect the natural environment among the inhabitants, as natural beauty accounts

as a tourist attraction for visitors. (Alampay, 2005) The local communities and homestay

operator from these places try to attract visitors by promoting natural beauty with its large scale

of conservation of forest, heritage site which is situated in the community level. Such activities

help to save the ecology for the future generation and it also generates economic activities and

increases healthy and wealthy lifestyles.

Recommendations:

There is some basic recommendation come out from the review of the literature by scholar and

submitted as below:

1. As homestay on its initial stage needs to develop new comprehensive short and long-term

policies and regulations for future sustainable homestay development in India on an

immediate basis.

2. The strong network between homestay owner, local community, online homestay

operator, Government departments and different related stakeholders is an essential part

of homestay development need bound together and the government should take initiative.

3. Need Separate dedicated department in each state tourism board who will solve

homestay owner problem and help them in all legal process and should have one officer

or representative for each district.

4. Need to form district level or regional level association of homestay operator which will

help them and organize them locally.

5. Develop Special short-term training programme centers or modules for each stakeholder

like homestay operator, Local community (awareness program) and local manpower to

upgrade their knowledge and skills.

6. Quick Mid range loan should be available with a minimum rate of interest so it will help

homestay operator to renovate, buy new furniture or upgrade the rooms.

Conclusion:

India has ample scope for homestay development in future and which will contribute to

sustainable tourism growth. Ministry of tourism also revised the gradation system for Homestay






in Dec 2018 only, but need to take more effort in creating awareness about homestay. The

government has to keep some point in focus like an equal amount of economic contribution in

the local community is an important factor in a homestay for sustainable tourism development.

The cultural sustainability is important to create sustainable rural development and preserve the

cultural values for future generations. To increasing, Community empowerment in decision

making is also a requirement to develop sustainable tourism. A tourism development issue that

needs concern of all stakeholders is to maintain the sustainability of tourism so that tourism

could be also enjoyed by next generation. The success of the homestay programme depends upon

constant collaboration amongst the partners, including local community members, line agencies,

and various levels of government. The biggest challenge in the homestay program is to maintain

sustainable development among the participant and for that youth participation is crucial to

homestay programmes in the future sustainable development. (Pusiran and Xiao, 2013) Future

research should be done on an establishment of a comprehensive model for sustainable

development in rural tourism that comprises local community resiliency elements.

Bibliography

1. Abdul, R., Abdul, R., Mohamad, Z. M., Ali, S., & Razali, H. (2012, July 19). Community

capacity building for sustainable tourism development. Business and Management

Review, 2(5), 10.

2. Ahmad Fitri, A. *., & Ammar Abd, G. (2014). Sustainable tourism development: A case

study on community resilience for rural tourism in Malaysia. Science Direct.

3. Alampay, R. B. (2005). Sustainable tourism. Challenges for the Philippines. Makati City:

Philippine APEC Study Center Network.

4. Anand, A., Chandan, P., & Singh, R. B. (2012). Homestays at Korzok: Supplementing

rural livelihood and supporting green tourism n Indian Himalayas. Mountain Research

and Development, 126-136.

5. Arif, K. P., & Honggen, X. (2013). Challenges and Community Development: A Case

Study of Homestay. Asian Social Science, 9(5).

6. Augustyn, M. (1998). National Strategies for Rural Tourism Development and

Sustainability: The Polish Experience. Journal of Sustainable Tourism, 6(2), 191-209.

7. Aziz, A., & Yahaya, I. (2015, May). Model of Sustainable Community Participation in

the Homestay Program. 6(3), 539.

8. Badal, H. (2018, May 16). https://www.investindia.gov.in/team-india-blogs. Retrieved 11

30, 2018, from https://www.investindia.gov.in: https://www.investindia.gov.in/team-

india-blogs/alternative-accommodation-homestay

9. Bhan, S., & Singh, L. (2014). Homestay Tourism in India: Opportunities and Challenges.

African Journal of Hospitality, Tourism and Leisure, 3(2).

10. Bramwell, B., Henry, I., Jackson, G., Prat, A. G., Richards, G., & Van der, J. (1996).

Sustainable Tourism Management: Principles and Practice. Tilburg Unversity press.

11. Brunt, P., & Courtney, P. (1999). Host perception of Socio-cultural impacts. Annals of

Tourism Research, 26(3), 493-515.

12. Butler, R. W. (1993). Tourism - an evolutionary perspective. In Tourism and Sustainable

development: Monitoring Planning, Managing, 27-44.

13. Cooper, C., Fletcher, J., Fyall, A., & Gilbert, D. (2008). Tourism Principal and Practice

(4th ed.). England: Personal Education Ltd, Edinburg Gate.

14. Countryside Commission. (1995). Sustaining Rural Tourism Cheltenham, UK:

15. Devkota, T. (2010). Gorkhaparta-„The Rising Nepal‟ Retrieved on February 2011,

Retrieved from

http://www.gorkhapatra.org.np/rising.detail.php?article_id=45767&cat_id=7






16. Getz, D., & Carlsen, J. (2000). Characteristics and goals of family and owner-operated

businesses in the rural tourism and hospitality sector. Tourism Management, 21, 547-560.

17. The government of India. (2018, 11 30). http://www.censusindia.gov.in/2011census.

Retrieved 12 3, 2018, from http://censusindia.gov.in:

http://www.censusindia.gov.in/2011census/population_enumeration.html

18. The government of India. (2018). https://indianvisaonline.gov.in/evisa. Retrieved 12 2,

2018, from https://indianvisaonline.gov.in: https://indianvisaonline.gov.in/evisa/tvoa.html

19. Gurang, D. B., & Seeland, K. (2008). Ecotourism in Bhutan: Extending its benefits to

rural. Annals of tourism research, 35(2), 489-508.

20. Gusti Kade, S. (2012). Issues on Bali Tourism Development and Community

Empowerment support sustainable tourism development. Science Direct.

21. Hall, C. M., & Lew, A. A. (2011, December). Understanding and Managing Tourism

Impacts: An Integrated Approach. Journal of Hospitality and Tourism, 8(1).

22. Ibraham, Y. (2004). Homestay program in Malaysia - development, and prospect.

ASEAN Journal on Hospitality and Tourism, 65-75.

23. ITB World Trend Report. (2011-12). ITB World Travel Trend Report. Retrieved from

http://www.itbkongress.de/media/itbk/itbk_media/itbk_pdf/WTTR_Report_komplett

_web.pdf.

24. Kayat, K. (2007). Exploring Factors Influencing Individual Participation in Community-

Based Tourism: The case of Kampung Relau Homestay program, Malaysia. Asia Pacific

Jurnal of Tourism Research, 7(2), 19-27.

25. Kayat, K. (2009). Community-based tourism in developing countries. Paper presented at

the International Seminar on Community.

26. Laghate, G. ( 2018, 6 10). https://economictimes.indiatimes.com/industry/services/hotels-

/-restaurants/airbnb. Retrieved 10 30, 2018, from https://economictimes.indiatimes.com:

https://economictimes.indiatimes.com/industry/services/hotels-/-restaurants/airbnb-has-

had-incredible-growth-among-indian-guests-and-hosts-nathan-

blecharczyk/articleshow/63088869.cms

27. Liu, A. (2006). Tourism in rural areas: Kedah, Malaysia. Tourism Management, 27, 878-

889.

28. Lynch, P. (2003). Resource Guide: Homestay Accommodation Sector. LTSN Hospitality

Leisure Sport and Tourism, 1.

29. Lynch, P. (2005). Sociological impressionism in a hospitality context. Annals of Tourism

Research, 32(3), 527-548.

30. Lynch, P. A., McIntosh, A. J., & Trucker, H. (2009). Commercial Homes in Tourism: An

International Perspective. Routledge London & New York.

31. Minki, L. (2013, Oct). Community homestay programmes as a form of Sustainable

tourism development in Nepal. Nepal: Centaria university of Applied Science.

32. Pursian, A. K., & Xiao, H. (2013). Challenges and Community Development: A Case

Study of Homestay in Malaysia. Asian Social Science, 9(5), 1.

33. Sood, J., Lynch, P., & Constantia, A. (2017). Community non-participation in homestays

in Kullu, Himachal Pradesh, India. Tourism Managment, 60, 332-347.

34. Tosun, C. (2006). Expected Nature of Community Participation in Tourism

Development. Tourism Management., 493-504.

35. wired.com. (2014, 11 27). https://www.wired.com/insights. Retrieved 2018, from

https://www.wired.com: https://www.wired.com/insights/2014/06/homestay-lodging-

next-disruption-travel






Consumer Awareness about Insurance Services

Ankita Rajendra Ojha

Research Scholar,

Bhartiy Mahavidya College, Amarawati, Maharashtra,

E-mail Id:[email protected]

Abstract: -

Consumer‟s awareness about insurance in India is growing day by day and many

consumer associations and government‟s legislation are working to protect the interest and

rights of the consumer. But unfortunately this has not been working fully in all areas. The

consumer protection act 1986 has been enacted for consumers to protect them from exploitation.

All the procedures for filing complaint, relief available and appeals etc. have been fully

explained in the above said act. To study the awareness of consumer, my research work deals

with such 100 respondents from Amravati district.

Keywords: - consumer, awareness, Amravati district, filing complaint, relief available

Objectives of The Study: -

1. Main objective of the study is to know the awareness in consumer about deficiency in

insurance services.

2. To know the general awareness amongst people regarding various rights of insurer as

consumer under Consumer Protection Act.

3. To analysis the various deficiencies in insurance services provided by insurance

companies in Amravati district.

4. To know insurer knowledge and view about remedy available regarding deficiency in

insurance services provided by under the Consumer Protection Act.

5. To suggest remedy for the present deficiencies in insurance services.

The Hypothesis of Study

1. Most of the consumers of the Insurance Company are aware about deficiency in

Insurance services and have knowledge about their rights relating to it.

2. It is assumed that majority of respondents know that the remedies are available against

deficiency in insurance services under Consumer Protection Act, 1986.

3. It is assumed that most of the respondents know that they can go to District Forum, State

Commission or National Commission for their right against deficiency in insurance

services.

4. It is assumed that most of the consumers file complaint and demand compensation

against the Insurance Company.

Research Methodology: -

Research method used in this project is a questionnaire method. Questionnaire method is

one of the most suitable methods for the investigation of problems.

According to Goode and Hatt Questionnaire is a device to searching answers to questions

by using a form which the respondents fills in themselves.

Personal interviews were held with the employees to collect necessary information.






Analysis And Interpretation: -

A. Following table shows the awareness about deficiency in insurance services in Amravati

district.

Sr. No. Particulars Frequency Percentage

1 YES 57 57

2 NO 43 43

TOTAL 100 100%

Source: Primary data

The above table shows that out of 100 respondents 57 think that the services which are

being rendered to them are deficient whereas 43 do not. The percentage of respondents those are

aware about deficiency in insurance services are only 57% whereas the percentage of

respondents those are not aware about deficiency in insurance services are 43%.

0

20

40

60

YES NO

FREQUENCY

FREQUENCY

B. Following table shows the awareness about remedies available against deficiency in

insurance services under consumer protection act, 1986 in Amravati district.

Sr. No. Particulars Frequency Percentages

1 YES 39 39

2 NO 61 61

Total 100 100%


The above table shows that out of 100 respondents 39 are aware about remedies available

against deficiency in insurance services under consumer protection act, 1986 whereas 61 do not.

The percentage of respondents those are aware about remedies available against deficiency in

insurance services under consumer protection act, 1986 are only 39% whereas the percentage of

respondents those are not aware about deficiency in insurance services are 61%.






C. Following table shows awareness about right to file a complaint in district forum in Amravati

district.


1 YES 75 75%

2 NO 25 25%

TOTAL 100 100%


From the above table shows that out of 100 respondent 75 are aware about their rights of

tight to file a complaint in district forum. Which has 75% and 25 aren‘t which has 25%. Though

maximum numbers of consumers are aware about rights to file a complaint in district forum but

only few of them filed complaint.






0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

YES NO

FREQUENCY

FREQUENCY

D. Following table shows awareness about right to claim compensation against deficiency in

service in Amravati district.


1 YES 70 70%

2 NO 30 30%

TOTAL 100 100%


70

30

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

YES NO

Frequency






The above table shows that out of 100 respondents 70 are aware about their rights of

claiming compensation against deficiency in services from Insurance Company and 30 are not. It

means that the percentage of respondents who are aware is 70% and of those who are not aware

is 30%.

Findings: -

1. Majority of the respondents from Amravati district are aware about deficiency in

insurance service (Table A). This means that very less number of respondents from

Amravati district is not aware about deficiency in insurance services (Table A).

2. Majority of the respondents are not aware about remedies available against deficiency

in insurance services under Consumer Protection Act, 1986 in Amravati district (Table

B). This means that very less number of respondents from Amravati district is aware

about remedies available against deficiency in insurance services under Consumer

Protection Act, 1986 in Amravati district (Table B).

3. Majority of the respondents are aware about right to file a complaint in district forum in

Amravati district (Table C). This means that very less number of respondents from

Amravati district is not aware about right to file a complaint in district forum (Table C).

4. Majority of respondents from Amravati district are aware about right to claim to

compensate against deficiency in insurance services. (Table D). This means that very

less respondents from Amravati district are aware about right to claim to compensate

against deficiency in insurance services (Table D).

Conclusion:

After analyzing the data the researcher has come to the conclusion that

1. Most of the consumer respondents are aware about deficiency in insurance services. They

have knowledge that they can file a complaint if they exploit by insurance company and

they can also claim compensation against deficiency in insurance service.

2. But very less consumer respondents are aware about remedies available against

deficiency in insurance service under Consumer Protection Act,1986.

3. Most of the consumers are not aware about their rights relating to services by the

insurance company because of non-awareness of the consumers as they are exploited by

the insurance company by providing deficient services to them.

4. Even though after independence, our government, directed attention faced by various

categories of citizens, it is very unfortunate that till the Consumer Protection Act, 1986

was passed, the interests of consumers suffered from utter neglect.

5. Even after the consumer protection act has been passed the implementation of it appears

very lowtoday.

6. The consumer Redressal Forum was not activated in every part of the country.

7. When the attention of the Supreme Court was drawn towards this aspect of the problem

the Supreme Court in clear terms directed and also strengthening the working of the state

consumer Redressal forum.

8. Till the recent past the concept of the consumer protection in our division mainly

centered onfew fields, protection against excessive pricing and protection from short

measures. But gradually, consumer awareness has been growing in our division.






9. The problem that has been created now is due to pendency of cases and insufficient staffs

the part-time presiding authorities are unable to decide the consumer disputes within the

period of 90/150 days.

Suggestions: -

1. It is generally also observed that policy holder does not go through the entire clauses of

policy. Simplification of clauses of policy is needed. If the clauses come in vernacular

language, then these are more readable because the legal language is thought to

understand.

2. Language used in the advertisements should be understandable especially to the rural

population. The symbols, dialogues etc. used in the advertisements should be easier to

understand for the rural people.

3. The rural population is mostly unaware about the insurance plans; therefore, care should

be taken to provide maximum information so that they can understand the same.

4. Being a service, the products in life insurance are intangible. Hence, individual agents of

LIC who work at root level and have direct contacts with the customers should enhance

their knowledge about the products and procedures so as to answer the doubts of

customers satisfactorily.

5. It is recommended to launch a TV channel to create awareness about need of life

insurance and provide information about the insurance products.

6. There should be quick settlement of claims. The insurance company should improve

organization efficiency and value delivered to client. So that problem in first step can

easily solve.

7. Claims processing should be systematized with trained officers and staff of company for

different classes of insurance as they can solve the problem of insurer without any

confusion as they are expert in their field.

8. Insurance company has to give facility of internet or online premium payment in any city

or village. It has to cover metro area and wide area network. As due to this, knowledge

among consumers, spread from one to another and other literate person may give

directions to another illiterate person through seminars, surveys etc.

9. So far as the nature of consumer protection act is concerned it is a part of administrative

law of land and is expected to help consumers where no other relief may be available it

becomes impurities that no facts suppressed while enrooting the jurisdiction and any

special act.

10. When consumers disclose the full background then endeavour have to make, by firstly

insurance agent to solve the problem, for this all agent of insurance company have to

meet under one roof with their respective area and take meetings, seminars, discussions

and solve the problem of insurer/consumer.

References: -

1. Shashi Khurana and Parveen Khurana, "Consumer Awareness Regarding Consumer

Protection And Consumer Protection Act 1986 – An Empirical Study", International

Journal of Research in Finance & Marketing, Vol 2, Issue 2 (February 2012) (ISSN

2231-5985), pp.279-289






2. Sewanand, "Consumer Awareness and Consumer Protection Act–A Study", International

Journal of Transformations in Business Management, Vol. No. 1, Issue No. 6, Apr - Jun

2012, ISSN: 2231-6868

3. Rudra, Saibaba. (2002). Perception And Attitude of Women Towards Life

Insurance Policies, Indian Journal of Marketing,Vol.No.12 ,xxxii,

October, pp 1.

4. Shah, R. M.(2008). "―Creating Consumer Awareness in Life Insurance "." Paper

Presented at the C.D.Deshmukh Seminar, Bimaquest Vol. VIII (Issue I).

5. Balaji, C. (2015). "Customer awareness and satisfaction of life insurance policy holders

with reference to Mayiladuthurai town." International Journal of Multidisciplinary

Research and Development.

6. Chaudhary P., ―Awareness and satisfaction level of consumers towards insurance

products – a case study of Panipat city‖, International Journal of Research in IT &

Management (2012), 2(7), 68-74.

7. Jain & Goyal, ―An empirical study of the level of awareness towards various rights and

duties among the insured households in Rajasthan, India‖, International Refereed

Research Journal (2012), 3(2), 40-49.

8. Narendar & Sampath, ―Consumer awareness towards life insurance sector in India‖,

ABHINAV International Monthly Refereed Journal of Research in Management &

Technology (2014), 3(3), 45-51.

9. G. Savarkar, ―Consumer Awareness: A Survey analysis,‖ Indian Journal of Marketing,

vol. 25, (Nos 10-12) October-December, 1996, pp. 13-21.






Sustainable Tourism challenges and issues in India with Travel Agent / Tour

Operator perspective

Arvind Mahajan Assistant Professor,

Government Polytechnic, Thane, Maharashtra.

[email protected]

Abstract

The main objective of the proposed study finds challenges and issues in Sustainable

tourism in India with travel agent perspective. The current study consisted of a finding the

challenges and issues in the promotion of sustainable tourism in India. Tourism is the fastest

developing industry in the world in terms of many items such as employment generation and

addition to national income. No. of foreign Tourist arrivals in India 10.04 Million and annual

growth rate was 14.0%, No. of Domestic Tourist Visits to all States/UTs was 1652.49 Million

and annual growth rate recorded 2.3% for the year 2017. to explore the status of sustainable

tourism and finding challenges and issues regarding development in the Indian context. While

emphasis has been on all stakeholders contributions in promoting sustainable tourism, the focus

has been on the role of Travel agents /Tour Operators- the main service providers in the tourism

supply chain.

Primary data collected from Travel agents / Tour Operators by questionnaire and

interviews. Secondary data collected from various website, analysis of data for finding the

conclusion from this study. Sustainability principlesare based on three main aspects like

environmental, economic, and socio-culturaltourism development, and a suitable balance must

be established between these three dimensions to ensure its long-term sustainability. Finally,

recommendation and suggestion for the development of sustainable tourism are proposed from

the service provider‟s (tour operators) perspective based on the findings of the research.

Keywords:- India; Sustainable tourism, Socio-culture, tour operators/ Travel agents

Introduction:-

In India, there is lots of tour operator who operate tour at so many tours destination in

India. And Government of India include advancing some of the niche tourism products such as

Adventure, Medical, Wellness, Golf, Polo, Cruise, Meetings Incentives Conferences &

Exhibitions (MICE), Pilgrimage, Film Tourism, Eco/ Wildlife

As per United Nations, World Tourism organizationdefined sustainable tourism as

‗leading to management of all resources in such a way that economic, social and aesthetic needs

can be fulfilled while maintaining cultural integrity, essential ecological processes, biological

diversity,and lifesupport systems‘ in 1988.The ‗Earth Summit‘ in Rio 1992 established the three

principles of environmental, economic and social sustainability. Onward the principles of

sustainable tourism have been used by the tourism industry worldwide.

In India, the tourism sector is based on its in this sector lie in successfully preserving these

in their original form, and making them accessible to domestic and international travelers,

together with protecting the economic interest and cultural heritage of local communities. The

importance of Sustainable Tourism globally has increased significantly because of the impact of


https://www.omicsonline.org/searchresult.php?keyword=Socio-Culture%20Tour%20Operators






increased human activity on the environment. It is important that the negative impact or effect of

the Tourism industry is not enlarged unrealistically

Research Questions and Hypothesis:-

As per the aim of this study, one research questions were developed with two hypotheses.

The quantitative hypothesiswas developed tofind out challenges and issues of Sustainable

Tourism in India with Travel Agent / Tour Operator perspective

The following hypothesis was developed for the research question: Which are challenges and

issues of Sustainable Tourism in India with Travel Agent / Tour Operator perspective

Which are the topmost challenges and issues face by travel agent/tour operators perspective in

India of sustainable tourism?

The below hypothesis was developed for the research:

H0. The topmost challenges will be faced by Travel agent/tour operator perspective are Hiring

Local Guide, Work With Local Operator,Carrying capacity of Destination, Visitors fulfillment

and issues will be Environmental, Social and cultural impact, Employment Quality.

3 Definitions:-

As per UNWTO Sustainable tourism is tourism that taking care of its present and future

three basic principal economic, social and environmental impacts, focusing onthe needs of

visitors, the industry, and the environment and local communities.

Sustainable tourism should makeless or appropriate use of environmental resources, respect host

communities and ensure viable, long-term economic operations, providing benefits that are

distributed fairly among all stakeholders. (UNEP and UNWTO, 2005)

3.1Travel Agents

A Travel Agent is one who makes arrangements of tickets for travel by air, rail, ship,

passport, visa, etc. As perMinistry of Tourism,Italso does an arrangement of accommodation,

tours, entertainment and other tourism-related services.

3.2Inbound Tour Operators

As perMinistry of Tourism,An Inbound tour operator is who makes arrangements for

transport, accommodation, sightseeing, entertainment and other tourism-related services for

foreign tourists.

3.3 Tourist Transport Operators

Who offering tourist transportation like cars, coaches, boats etc. to tourists for transfers,

sightseeing,and journeys to tourist places it's known asTourist Transport Operators as defined by

Ministry of Tourism Government of India.

3.4Adventure Tour Operators

One who is engaged in activities related to Adventure Tourism in India namely, water

sports, aero sports, mountaineering, trekking and safari of various kinds, etc. In addition to that,

he may also make arrangements for transport, accommodation known as Adventure Tour

Operators(Ministry of Tourism Government of India,2018)

3.5 Domestic Tour Operators

A domestic tour operator is providing services like arrangementsof transport,

accommodation, sightseeing, entertainment and other tourism-related services for domestic

tourists belongs to its own country (Ministry of Tourism Government of India,2018)

4 Importance of the Study:-






India has taken a lead in this field. Tourism experiences all over the country now provide

quality time visits and services for participatory settings, where the takeaway includes the

enduring way of life, art, heritage and culture that are community-ownedand environmentally

sustainable. There is concurrently benefit for local communities with the enriching connection

between visitor and host. The tourist Attitudes and mindsets are transformed, imparting local

pride and visitor appreciation. The visitor thus comes face to front with India‘s vernacular

traditions as they vibe with the present.

UNWTO and Government of India stared focused on sustainable tourism so some

challenges and issues in the development of sustainable tourism. Its need of future to sustain all

tourist destination and it's required for balancing of various aspect of society and need of tourist

and destination. If we find out which are the challenges and issues face by Travel agent/tour

operator, how they can contribute for the development of sustainable tourism in India. And we

can recommend a solution to them for better sustainable tourism in India

Sustainable tourism offers an answer to the issues of inclusive growth and its roots in

tourism, is interconnected with increased access to information, increase interest in heritage and

culture, enhanced accessibility and climate change concerns with the environment.

5 Literature Review:-

According to survey by Netherland base E-commerce company booking .com 97%

Indians travelers wants sustainable in 2018 with 88% of then willing to pay extra premium to

ensure the same around 32% travelers willing to pay at list 15% more to ensure as low an

impact on the environment as possible (Times of India,booking.com, 2018)

According to CRITERIA AND INDICATORS gave by Ministry of Tourism,

Government of India for accommodation and tour operator Sector. Tourism is one of the

potential economic sectors in India that growing at a high rate and ensures the development of

infrastructure at touristdestinations. It has the capability to country‘s success in the services

sector and provides sustainable models of long term growth.The travel and tourism sector is

approximately to create 78 jobs per million rupees of investment, compared to 45 jobs in the

manufacturing sector for similar investment including construction Industry, it is one of the

largest sectors of the

The service industry in India. Tourism Industry not only providing employment to a wide

spectrum of job seekers from the unskilled to the skill specialized, a higher proportion of tourism

benefits (jobs, MSME trade opportunities), accrue to women. Furthermore, the forcewould

increasingly be given to organizing more short-term courses forthe unskilled workforce, as well

as unemployed youth, on the pattern of ‗Hunar-se-Rozgar‘ and ‗skill certification of service

providers‘.

With reference to the11thyear,Plan of Ministry of tourism GOI may have to be suitably

premeasured to take care of the challenges from competing countries and to harness the

fullpotential of Indian tourism. A study conducted by the Ministry of Tourism,Government of

India at important tourist destinations, reveals that lack of hygiene and sanitation is a major

irritant for foreign and domestic tourists. That‘s why to create an awarenessas well as making the

requisite facilities available, will be given high importance during 12th Five Year Plan through

the given below measures:

Major social awareness campaign under the ‗Atithi Devo Bhavah‘ initiative

Involving schools, NGOs, industry associations, etc. for sustainedhygiene and

cleanlinessdrive at important tourist destinations. Incentives and awards will be provided

to all organizations andindividuals involved and take initiative in this sustainable tourism.






Priority will be given for sanctioning Central Financial Assistancefor setting up of way-

side amenities, bio-degradable toilets, etc. (to CRITERIA AND INDICATORS given by

Ministry of Tourism

With reference to the World Tourism OrganizationMeasuring Sustainable Tourism, the

concept of sustainable tourism has been advancing for over 20 years, becoming increasingly

relevant in national and international agendas. In the year 2017 UN declaration, The United

Nations General Assembly has adopted several resolutions acknowledging its importance as a

tool for development, poverty eradication,and environmental protection. The UN has decided the

future 2030 sustainable development agenda in 17 sectors as a Sustainable Development Goals

(SDGs).

. The UNWTO has launched the initiative Towards a Statistical Framework for Measuring

the Sustainability of Tourism (MST). The purpose is to develop an international statistical

framework for measuring tourism‘s role in sustainable development with three dimensions like

economic, environmental and social. Its objective to provide a common communication and

organizing a structure for exploiting the richness of data already available and for more effective

data production, management,and integration. The paradigm help to the credibility,

comparability,and outreach of various measurement and monitoring programmes pertaining to

sustainable tourism, including the derivation of Sustainable Development Goals (SDG)

indicators and those of UNWTO‘s International Network of Sustainable Tourism Observatories

(INSTO). (UNWTO, 2018). The statistical framework from the MST will provide an integrated

information base to better inform on sustainable tourism, to facilitate dialogue between different

sectors and to encourage integrated, locally relevant decision making.

Figure 1. Some key building blocks for a statistical framework for measuring sustainable

tourism

https://sustainabledevelopment.un.org/topics

http://sdt.unwto.org/event/unwto-network-observatories-insto-advancing-measurement-sustainable-tourism-development-open-c

http://sdt.unwto.org/event/unwto-network-observatories-insto-advancing-measurement-sustainable-tourism-development-open-c






6. Research Methodology and data collection

Quantitative research methodology is used for the study. Primary data collected from

travel agency by survey and interview by mobile calling for saving time and finding the result of

study total 10 question designing done. in questionnaire. And out of 10 questions, 1 is an open

ended question and 9 are close-ended question selected as per the purpose of the study.

6.1 Selection of Participants and data collection:-

The developed Questionnaire for the survey distributed to 50 travel agents/tour operated

and filled by them and same question ask another 50 offline travel agent / Tour Operators

(staff/proprietor) by mobile calling interview. The questionnairealso distributed to offline travel

agent by sending email & using WhatsApp and filled by them and the same way they responded

answer secondary data collected from various website and magazine statistic as per reference list

given. The question no 1 to 9 are close-ended and question no.10 open-ended forthe collection of

related information with topic and question 1to 6 is asked for check awareness of sustainable

tourism. Question no.7 to 8 to find out challenges and issues ofsustainable tourism Travel Agent

/ Tour Operator perspective. Question 9 for finding the contribution of travel agents and tour

operator in the development of sustainable tourism open-ended

6.2Data analysis:-

For the main objective of the study, both descriptive and inferential statistical data

analyses were performed. At starting, descriptive statistics were computed for all study variables.

This consisted of means for all continuous variables and frequencies and percentages for all

variables. The null hypotheses of this study, inferential analyses done on the percentageof all

variables using between 1 to 5%the research question of this study was: Which are the topmost

challenges and issues face by travel agent/tour operators perspective in India of sustainable

tourism?

H0.The topmost challenges will be faced by Travel agent/tour operator perspective are

Hiring Local Guide, Work With Local Operator , Carrying capacity of Destination, Visitors

fulfillment and issues will be Environmental, Social and cultural impact, Employment Quality.

The independent variable for this hypothesis was topmost challenges and issues face by

travel agent/tour operator‘s perspective in India of sustainable tourism. The analysisof data done

on the basis of response received by survey and secondary data regarding statistical information

about internet and portal users also done.

7 Results:-

7.1 Sample organization type

The targeted sample size is 100. But out of 100 total respondents are 88 only including

interviews and questionnaire percentage of the respondent is 88% including Tour operators and

travel agents in Mumbai, Pune, Aurangabad, and Goa.

7.2 Awareness of Sustainable Tourism among Travel Agents and Tour Operators

With reference to the following Table no 1. 55% (Question No. 1 Result ) Travel Agents

and Tour Operators responded, thatthey know about what is sustainable tourism and

60%(Question No. 2 Result ) respondent aware about forms of Sustainable tourism and these are

Eco-Tourism, Accessible Tourism, Island Tourism, Wildlife Tourism. But they 100%(Question

No. 3 Result ) respondents given preference to Eco-Tourism and Accessible Tourism.






90%(Question No. 4 Result ) Travel Agents and Tour Operators organized a tour at

Sustainable Tourist Destination. As per response of question no 5, only 31% respondents knows

Government of India‘s policy on Sustainable Tourism and 15 % respondent doing contribution

for sustainable tourism development (Question No. 6 Result )

Table No.1 –(Result Question No.1 to 6) Awarenessof Sustainable Tourism among Travel

Agents and Tour Operators

7.3Which are the topmost challenges and issues face by travel agent/tour operator’s

perspective in India of sustainable tourism?

With reference to result in table, no.02 is very important for the research question of this

paper to find out topmost challenges and issues of sustainable tourism in India with Travel

Agents and Tour operators perspective. With reference to the result of question No. 07What are

the challenges face by you as Tour operator / Travel agent in Sustainable Tourism Caring

Capacity of Destination is a big challenge for them as per 86% Travel Agents and Tour

Operators and working with Local operator is challenge for 82% respondents. Visitors

fulfillment is a challenge as per 77% respondents and Hiring local guide is a challenge for 74%

travel agents and tour operator and other challenges are Purchase Local Product,Limited Group

sizeis as per less than 50% responded face the challenge.

With reference to the result of question, no 08 topmost issues face by travel agents and

tour operators areEnvironmental (67%), Social and cultural impact (86%), Employment Quality

(82%) so as per result these are issues faced by travel agents and tour operators






Table No.2- Result of challenges and Issues face by Tour operator / Travel agent in

Sustainable Tourism

Table No. 3- Result Regarding Suggestion given by Travel Agents and Tours Operators

As per the result of Table, No 3, 92% Travel agents and Tour operators create

awareness by advertisement amongst local people regarding the benefits of sustainable tourism.

89% Travel Agents / Tour Operators suggestthe Government should provide an incentive to an

organization who are working for sustainable tourism. Create awareness of what is sustainable

tourism by 86% and 74% told to organize training programmed for the guide and local tour

operators for the development and promotion of Sustainable Tourism in India. With reference to

question no10 no valuable information given by respondents, with regards to the topic.

Q.

No.

Question Frequency Percentage

Do you want to give a suggestion for minimizing

challenges and issues in sustainable tourism? (Please tic or

Write)

a) Organize a training program for local guide and operator 65 74

b) Create awareness of What is sustainable tourism 76 86

c) Do advertisement for Advantages of Sustainable tourism

to local people

81 92

d) The government should provide the incentive to an

organization who are working for sustainable tourism

78 89

e) any other--------------- 4 5

10 Any other related information if you want to share with

reference to title please write

3 3






Discussion:-

As perthe purposeof the study. A questionnaire survey conducted, the same question

discussed in mobile phone calling interviews and as per response total result in Table No 1 to 3.

All the respondent responded all 9 questions out of 100 targeted from 88 respondents given a

response to the survey questionnaire. The finding of topmost issues and challenges faced by

travel agents and tour operatorswith travel agent perspective and which is very important for the

development of sustainable tourism in India. And it will develop local people and in the

upcoming future new generation can see a tourist destination with sustainable tourism. So it is

necessary to finding a solution on issues and challenges and it may be minimized, because we

can use their perspective regarding issues and challenges in this study.

Conclusions:-

Based on the results of this study, primary conclusions were drawn. First, in relation to

the null hypothesis tests,The topmost challenges will be faced by Travel agent/tour operator

perspective are Hiring Local Guide , Work With Local Operator,Carrying capacity of

Destination, Visitors fulfillment and issues will be Environmental, Social and cultural impact,

Employment Quality.

What are the challenges face by you as Tour operator / Travel agent in Sustainable Tourism in

India? An answer is Carrying capacity of Destination is a big challenge for them its effect on

Accommodation, Transportation, and other travel related services at the destination as well as on

tour cost. Working with Local operator lack of training and awareness co-ordination with

operators is difficult from them and its difficult to the fulfillmentof visitors is a challenge. Most

of the tourist destination no authorized tour guide is available so hiring a local guide is a

challenge for travel agents and tour operator.

With reference to the result of the question, no 08 topmost issues face by travel agents and

tour operators areEnvironmental, Social and cultural impact, Employment Quality so as per

result these are issues faced by travel agents and tour operators. Travel agents and Tour operator

are an important part of the tourism industry so their perspective regarding challenges and issues

in sustainable tourism in India is useful for future development.

Recommendationsfor Professional Practice

It is recommended that create awareness by advertisement amongst local people, Travel

agents, tour guide regarding the benefits of sustainable tourism. Its suggested that Government

should provide an incentive to such tourist organization, who is working for the development of

sustainable tourism in India. Also, make themawareabout what is sustainable tourism. and

organize training programmed, Workshops for the guide, employee and local tour operators for

development and promotion of Sustainable Tourism in India.

Travel agents and Tour operator can play an important role in the development of

sustainable tourism in India their perspective regarding challenges and issues in sustainable

tourism in India are useful for future development.

All of the participants in this study were currently working in the Mumbai, Pune, and

Panjim Based on these limits to the generalizedability of the findings from this study, the study

can be applied at another geographic location for future research with travel agents from

different sampling pools so that the extent to which the study present findings can b apply to

other groups can be determined.






References:-

1. .http://tourism.gov.in/sustainable-tourism-criteria-india-principles-and-indicators-tour-

operator-and-accommodation-secto-0

2. .http://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/articleshow/63867379.cms?utm_source=contentofint

erest&utm_medium=text&utm_campaign=cppst

3. .https://www.academia.edu/8505736/Impacts_and_responsibilities_for_sustainable_touri

sm_a_tour_operators_perspective

4. .https://tourismni.com/globalassets/grow-your-business/sustainable-tourism/the-future-of-

sustainable-tourism.pdf

5. http://portal.unesco.org/en/files/45338/12417872579Introduction_Sustainable_Tourism.p

df/Introduction_Sustainable_Tourism.pdf

6. https://sustainabledevelopment.un.org/content/documents/12023Kulshreshtha.pdf

7. https://www.omicsonline.org/open-access/sustainable-tourism-development-an-

empirical-survey-of-tour-operatorsin-india-2167-0269-

1000183.php?aid=66778&view=mobile Sustainable Tourism Development: An

Empirical Survey of Tour Operators in India

8. http://icr.unwto.org/content/background-sustainable-tourism-development

9. http://sdt.unwto.org/content/about-us-5

http://tourism.gov.in/sustainable-tourism-criteria-india-principles-and-indicators-tour-operator-and-accommodation-secto-0

http://tourism.gov.in/sustainable-tourism-criteria-india-principles-and-indicators-tour-operator-and-accommodation-secto-0

http://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/articleshow/63867379.cms?utm_source=contentofinterest&utm_medium=text&utm_campaign=cppst

http://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/articleshow/63867379.cms?utm_source=contentofinterest&utm_medium=text&utm_campaign=cppst

https://www.academia.edu/8505736/Impacts_and_responsibilities_for_sustainable_tourism_a_tour_operators_perspective

https://www.academia.edu/8505736/Impacts_and_responsibilities_for_sustainable_tourism_a_tour_operators_perspective

https://tourismni.com/globalassets/grow-your-business/sustainable-tourism/the-future-of-sustainable-tourism.pdf

https://tourismni.com/globalassets/grow-your-business/sustainable-tourism/the-future-of-sustainable-tourism.pdf

http://portal.unesco.org/en/files/45338/12417872579Introduction_Sustainable_Tourism.pdf/Introduction_Sustainable_Tourism.pdf

http://portal.unesco.org/en/files/45338/12417872579Introduction_Sustainable_Tourism.pdf/Introduction_Sustainable_Tourism.pdf

http://icr.unwto.org/content/background-sustainable-tourism-development

http://sdt.unwto.org/content/about-us-5






Role of Human Resource Management Function in Driving Sustainability

Dr. Girish Bakshi

HR Professional, S. B. Patil Institute of Management,

Pune, Maharashtra.

[email protected]

Abstract:

The research paper highlights the various sustainability initiatives in which Human

Resource Management function (HRM) is involved from the business growth perspective. The

research highlights the concepts, meaning, and the relationship between HRM and

Sustainability, Role and contribution of HRM in sustainability initiatives - the functional areas of

HRM which are involved in sustainable initiatives. The paper highlights barriers, challenges,

benefits, critical success factor etc. of the use of sustainability initiatives for the business growth

perspective, the CSR and the CSR provision in the new Companies Act, 2013 with experience,

examples etc. from the corporate world.

Introduction:

In the 21st century, sustainability and sustainable development become buzzword in

business world. Change is inevitable in business and accordingly modern organizations started

focusing on working with 3Cs – Customer, Competition and Change. The change means

replacing the existing methods, principles, rules and regulations according to new strategies of

the organization. With the changing market the business units have to change and keep up as per

the expectations of the external environment. It is known fact that people hesitate to change and

hence the challenge with the organizations is implementation of the change. People have in their

priority towards routine working, standardized management style and fixed working methods -

routine work. For this organization has to search for a successful method to implement the

concept of change. Companies have found themselves in need to develop more sustainable

business models, in which the HR function has a key role to play. ―If sustainability measures are

not among an organization‘s key performance indicators, it won‘t get done.‖ Hank Cauley.

Literature Review:

The sustainability and HRM was studied with to see the theoretical aspects and this has

been the basic purpose of this paper. A review of the literature concerning this topic reveals a

need for such development but also provides the bases for such Sustainable development, which

involves combining the socio-economic aspects with the environment, is a topic increasingly

discussed internationally and also the future of humanity because it depends on natural capital

and of the importance that people attach to it. It was observed that there was no literature which

was identified which dealt with the subject matter of issue of HRM and the sustainability in their

own organisation. Pfeffer (2010) sighted that by focusing on human sustainability at workplace

on the topic of HRM and sustainability. While Malik, McKie, Beattie and Hogg (2008) attracted

attention towards work life balance (WLB) issues between HRM and sustainability. The work

life balance and occupational health and safety are the vital concerns of HRM with sustainability.

The study indicates show that the HRM and sustainability are focused on targeting on

organisational goals. It is strange observation that the sustainability of workers has been







neglected in the literature study on HRM and sustainability. From the literature review, a focus

upon the use of HRM as a technique for developing both organisational and environmental

sustainability has been identified.

Sustainability

The term sustainability means today meeting the needs and demands of people unaffected

the prospective future generations‘ requirements are meat. Sustainability has also been explained

as - balancing social, environmental and economic factors for short and long term perspective it

is a critical issue for the world as well as for the business. Sustainability means balancing social,

environmental and economic factors for short and long term perspective it is a critical issue for

the world as well as for the business. (BSR and Aurosoorya) Sustainability - defined as the

ability ―to meet the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations

to meet their needs.‖ It is said that the word ―sustainability‖ is difficult to define since

sustainability is a dynamic and evolving concept. The concept can take on many different

meanings and represents different things to different people. (BSR and Aurosoorya).

In many organizations sustainability has become an important factor due to the regulatory

pressures and societal demands for environmental and social responsibility. A sustainable

organization is defined as an enterprise that contributes towards the social, environment and

economic benefits (known as the ―triple bottom line‖) to the society while the organization

ensuring its own long-term sustainability. ‗The human consciousness that human beings and the

ecosystem are interconnected can be said as ‗Sustainability‘. (Dunphy quoted in Russell, 2010,

p10). The expression sustainability is more often thought the ‗triple bottom line‘ (popularized by

Elkington 1997 as an accounting and reporting system incorporating economic, social and

environmental outcomes) in the business situation and was criticised for lack of clarity towards

the social or ‗people‘ dimension (Miller, Buys & Summerville, 2007, p 225). Kramar and Jones

(2010) argue that the utility of the TBL approach to sustainability is limited in ―identifying the

nature of HRM sustainability issues… as it focuses on external impacts, without looking inwards

to the internal dynamics that contributes to those impacts‖ (p86). The ‗people‘ aspect of TBL‘s

‗people, planet, profit‘ is often used at a meso-level (concerning general HRM policies)

Although concept of sustainability has evolved over the past three decades (Dyllick & Hockerts,

2002) and the word ―sustainability‖ is today one of the most widely used words in the scientific

field (Leal Filho, 2000), the full potential of the concept for HRM has not been till nowadays

revealed (Ehnert, 2009).

Human Resource Management (Hrm)

It is said that if a cat leads the group of tigers, those tigers act as cats and if a tiger leads

the group of cats, those cats act as tigers. The objective of Human Resource Management

functions of any organization is to have a right person at right place at right time in the

organisation. To have right person at right place at right time, the organization should plan prior,

which is famously known as Human Resource Planning (HRP). This needs to have role clarity,

job description and job specification at place. Accordingly the company‘s strategies the HR

manager has to plan properly to have good HRP. HRP may be viewed as a forecasting of future

human resource requirements of a company. HRP tries to fill the gap between existing

availability of HR to future requirements of the HR. Without proper workforce plan the firm may

not achieve the objective of right person at right place at right time. Also HRM has to ensure the






legal requirements of recruitment, in India particularly in public sector reservation system,

priority to ―Sons of the soil‖ etc. are to be taken care. The availability of human resources and

various sources of human resources are also influence the recruitment requirement. The

recruitment, selection, remuneration, employment conditions, training & development and other

aspects were the Human Resources Management processes of the employment relationship. In an

organization Human Resources Management is the function which focuses on recruitment of

Management and providing direction for the people who work in the organization. The issues

related to people such as compensation, hiring, growth management, organization development,

safety, wellness, benefits, employee motivation, communication, administration and training in

an organization is considered as the organizational function known as the Human Resource

Management. This can also be viewed as administrative activities which included other activities

associated with planning, recruitment, selection, orientation, training, appraisal motivation and

remuneration (Storey, 1992). Productivity of the organization based on efficiency and effective

utilization of human resources. Human resource management aims at developing people through

work (Bratton and Gold, 2001). ―In which organization you want to work? A good HRM is ―A

firm in which there is scope for development and where the carrier growth is clear. The people‘s

opinion was that they are ready to work where, their boss know their work‖. ―HR plays a role in

connecting people to responsible business practices.‖ Grace Lee.

Return on Investment in Sustainability

The key drivers of investment in sustainability are identified as Environmental

considerations, Health, safety and environment considerations, Contribution to society, saving

money on operational costs and Competitive financial advantage. For most organizations in

today‘s economy, there is a need to make difficult business decisions and justify expenditures.

Even though determining the return on investment (ROI) for sustainability-related activities may

be extremely difficult, there is no reason for organizations to ignore outcome-based measurement

tools. Among the survey conducted the respondents who calculate sustainability‘s return on

investment (ROI) 47% reported a positive ROI, 46 % said it was too early to determine their

ROI, 6% said they were breaking even on sustainability and no organization reported a negative

ROI.

Csr and Csr Under Companies Act, 2013

―Find employees who will be ambassadors [for CSR] and will influence their own

organizations. Everyone in the company owns CSR, not just the CSR department.‖ Dan Henkle.

The term Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) has been used to illustrate an organisation‘s

commitment to the environment, society and the economy through training and development,

employee autonomy, E-HRM and the Charity programs play a significant role in promoting

sustainable development in the organization. The expected complication in sustainability are the

implemented through TBL or CSR or any other mechanism, is subject to organizational politics

and may conflict with other views of management and business (Colbert & Kurucz, 2006;

Kramar & Jones, 2010). In 2013 amendment was made to the Companies Act and Section 135

was made applicable companies for CSR under Companies Act, 2013. The companies like every

company having net worth of Rs. 500 crore or more, or turnover of Rs. 1000 crore or more, or a

net profit of Rs. 5 crore or more - during any financial year, have to contribute at-least 2% of the

average net profits of the company made during the three immediately preceding financial years.






Company were allowed to give preference to the local / surrounding area where it operates for

spending the amount earmarked for CSR activities. If company fails to spend such amount, the

Board in its report has to justify the same. There shall be CSR policy, mode of spending and

reporting etc. as per the Act. For sustainability / CSR to take hold in an organization, it must be

―woven into the fabric.‖ Bradley Googins. Because sustainability must be woven into an

organization‘s fabric, it is very much an HR issue. ―We see CSR as just making good business

sense. But a key part of why we practice CSR is to attract people.‖ Mark Hough.

Sustainability and Hrm

Human resource is the real asset of any business unit. The strength of the firm lies in the

composition of human resources. The main aim of any Human Resource Management is to

recruit the people, motivate the people and to retain the people. The use of tools of HR to create

a workforce that has the trust, values, skills and motivation to achieve a profitable triple bottom

line is defined as Sustainable human resource management. (Cohen, Taylor, and Muller) The

emerging concept of sustainable HR practices has important implications both for organizational

performance and for the HR function. Corporate sustainability strategy needs the HR support in

the development and implementation to sustainable business success. HR must align its practices

by recognizing the new sustainability context of organizations. For a sustainable organization as

well as manage the HR function the HR solutions are required in a sustainable way. The

adoption of process for embedding sustainability values, understanding and engaging HR

stakeholders, reviewing and developing HR policies and practices, and tracking and reporting

performance and effects is the recommended approach. Through this process, HR will

demonstrate how its sustainability performance aligns with leading global frameworks and

supports the overall business sustainability strategy. Now the time has arrived when all HR

managers have to sit down together and re-plan and redefine there HR practices for the

sustainable growth and development of the organization. Sustainability initiatives are mostly

define as new strategy for improving the environment and human activities. Sustainability has

been subject of thought and reflection in the field of management for a long time, only recently,

however that the link between sustainability and HRM issues, seem to have received attention,

where sustainable human resource management has developed different approaches, in

identifying the benefit of the perception, against the traditional HRM, which is a drive towards a

Sustainable development (Ehnert, 2006). As per the research report by the Society for Human

Resource Management (SHRM) Human resource professionals has to play a significant role in

their organization by developing and implementing sustainability strategies sustainability.

Strategies can have a big impact on employee morale, business processes and an organization‘s

public image, according to the report, Advancing Sustainability: HR‘s Role, which was released

April 11 2011. Areas in which HR was or could be making a contribution to support human

capital for the sustainability of the companies include workforce engagement ethics and

governance, collaboration and teamwork, leadership development, training and development,

talent management, change management, creating and inculcating values, diversity and

multiculturalism and health, safety and environment.

Examples of sustainable HR practices include encouraging employees, through training

and compensation, designing a company‘s HRM system to reflect equity, development and well-

being, thus contributing to the long-term health and sustainability of both internal (employees)

https://www.shrm.org/Research/SurveyFindings/Articles/Pages/AdvancingSustainabilityHR%E2%80%99sRole.aspx






and external communities, emphasizing long-term employment security to avoid disruption for

employees, their families and communities. In business the sustainable HRM is about its role,

sustainability of the HR function. The business strategy must be dynamic with possibility for

revision the HR‘s own mandates as per requirements.

It must ensure HR managers become enablers of an organization aligned with

sustainability, which means taking on new roles and perspectives that have not traditionally been

part of the HR brief. For example the HR function must expand its view of who the company‘s

stakeholders are and ensure that the HRM system enables their sustainability. Sustainability is a

continual practice that is more likely to be effective when integrated into the company‘s strategic

framework. Sustainability can help the organizations to attract, retain and develop employees.

HR managers now have a major role to play in designing efficient strategies which align with the

company‘s values and culture, investors‟ expectations, meeting government rules and

regulations, and most importantly, initiate environmental friendly practices and awareness

among employees. By emphasizing the people dimensions of sustainability, HR can demonstrate

that sustainability goes beyond the environment. It includes subjects such as poverty, AIDS,

water and other social issues. HR can develop a culture of sustainability that permeates the

organization. As a keeper of the organizational culture, HR can help develop sustainability

strategies that will most effectively filter through the organization and will support

organizational values. Sometimes HR does not play their role in an effective way as we expect

from them mostly when strategy management in HR practices, but HR at the same time should

do good jobs at recruitment, training and developments HR should provide programmes and

services that result in a measurable increase in employee productivity, revenue and ROI. It will

build a strong business case outlining its financial impact. HR should play an important role in

ensuring that an organization has productive employees and effective people management

programmes. Only by ensuring that all managers, management systems, measures and rewards

work together ―in unison‖ can an organization ensure that it optimizes its performance. HR must

take the lead in building and maintaining this performance culture and in ensuring it permeates

the organization. (Krishnan, Rishikesha). The tool for proper implementation of sustainability is

the HRM through its activity separate from other functional areas of the Business / organisation,

is not properly examined. In an environment of increasing staff turnover, declining firm loyalty,

increasing work hours & stress levels the declining satisfaction levels, the pressure from within

the organisational associated with the sustainability of human resources. Wilkinson, Hill and

Gollan (2001 p1494). The analysis of how HRM functions and strategies might assist in

developing a workforce better equipped to address and progress issues of sustainability as

observed by researchers of HRM and sustainability.

Wirtenburg et al (2007), showed the detailed account of how various HRM functions can

be achieve for more sustainable organisations. Before looking at how sustainability affects HR,

first look at sustainability‘s impact on the business. Senior business leader‘s view making a

profit as their primary responsibility. Therefore, for sustainability to get on the corporate agenda

and become a priority there must be a compelling business case. The facilities to employees

includes maternity leaves, better working conditions, part time jobs and harmonious relationship

between HR and employees, moving ahead we have to discuss on the CSR means corporate

social responsibilities, every organization in this world operates in the society and should be

responsible for its degradations or depletions of it there organization should compensated the






society in the manner of giving employment to the local people and improving the area around it

which it is operating.

Industrial Examples

Few TV advertisements which are very much connected to the topic of sustainable

growth and development. In one of the TV advertisement a small kid asks his father that

when he grows up and become a man in future he will open an bicycle store at the

roadside, his father asks him why son and the son answered - if you all people use so

much fuel and power unnecessarily then nothing will be left out for our generation and

hence only bicycle will be the only options left out for us to travel. Another TV

advertisement by Tata Steels saying a lot about contribution to community and at the end

says ―we also manufacture Steel‖. …the core of these advertisements are sustainable

growth and developments same goes here with our topic also that how sustainability can

be achieved by an organization or firms with its human beings or employees.

The Aditya Birla group and the RPG group are two prominent business houses which are

the examples of making sustainability through HRM. The implementation of many

visible and substantive interventions in HR function like bringing more

professionalization, better decision-making process and the transparency in performance

measurement and market-linked compensation.

Tata group also recognized the HR initiatives were a powerful way for the group to create

value – they were the first to start many activities which later become a statutory matter

in India. The group also contributed by creation and running of the TMTC, the Tata

Administrative Service, support for TISS & XLRI and an industry renowned graduate

engineer and apprenticeship training schemes at Tata Steel and Tata Motors.

The examples of Mc Donalds or Google etc. The store like Mc Donalds, Microsoft,

Google, Apple and many more to name generally started recreation programs for their

employees like yoga, dance, meditations, painting, music and many more things so that

they can release their tension at their working station and also at their personal life.

Hindustan Unilever Ltd. (HUL) contributes around 110 crores in improving the

infrastructure areas of Odissa and small company like Aircel is just selling on its products

due to its incentive taken by it to save the tiger project with NDTV which is appreciated

by the people of the country.

To overcome the image of being a relatively poor paymaster and merely a passport to the

US Tata Consultancy Services (TCS) is making a transition to hiring experienced people

from the top business schools with competitive salaries.

Conclusion:

The effects of the positive outcomes of sustainable HRM are stronger public image,

better employee loyalty, improved employee morale and more efficient business processes.

There are barriers in implementing sustainable strategies or practices, such as the cost of

launching, the return on investment measurement difficulties, inadequate support from leaders,

the costs of maintaining sustainable practices and a lack of internal capacity or knowledge. The

sustainability‘s contribution is workplace flexibility as it is considered as a major concern for

employees. Herrmann felt that ―It‘s not just a matter of making your employees happy.‖ ―It‘s an






opportunity to sale, offer what the company stands for.‖ The combined development of

information technology and human resources are on top priorities for successful growing

organizations. (Sleezer, Wentling, Cude). Sustainability is a huge factor in recruiting and

engaging employees - Workers want purpose and meaning in their work; individuals are looking

for employers that ―get it‖ and care about sustainability. This can provide an opportunity for HR

to provide strategic leadership in this area. On the whole, the HR profession is unprepared - The

HR professional do not yet possess the kinds of knowledge, skills or tools they will need to lead

in this area. While HR does not necessarily have to be the owner of sustainability, HR has a

critical role to play in driving the culture change required for organizations to make sustainability

a priority. In the business community, sustainability lacks leadership - They see sustainability as

a ―nice to do‖ versus a ―need to do.‖ Sustainability is very much an HR issue, though it‘s not

necessary that HR ―own‖ sustainability - Sustainability is a people issue. It affects company‘s

culture and behaviour. HR must be deeply involved in any organization‘s sustainability

activities. Sustainability is a natural fit for HR - many in the profession are not yet ready to seize

this mantle. They lack knowledge around sustainability, the ability to formulate a compelling

business case and tools and resources to change an organization‘s culture. ―This is a place where

HR led the initiative, with no mandate to do so. HR just took it. This shows that HR can lead,

and on sustainability, HR should lead.‖ Gerlinde Herrmann. HR can help define what

sustainability means in their organizations. HR can demonstrate that sustainability is more than

compliance. ―The role of HR, is leadership. HR can play a key role in transforming companies

and even industries.‖ Rita Bennett Many HR professionals are not yet ready to lead on

sustainability - ―Sustainability starts with the business … the CEO and board have to make it a

priority.‖ Rita Bennett. One can compared the sustainability wave to the quality movement of a

few decades ago. For organizations to truly become quality organizations, quality ―had to be

driven into the organization.‖ Quality wasn‘t a standalone project or a department, it permeated

the entire company. He believed this would eventually also be the case with sustainability.

Sustainability is still largely seen as ‗nice to do‘ and is not yet in the domain of most serious

business people.‖ Rajeev Dubey. Hence HR players have got to be business people and play a

very important role. Organizations must take the role of pertinent aspects for the people and

technology issues with the help of human resource professionals to create an effective e-

workplace.

Companies want employees who ―can get together with friends and say with pride, ‗I

work for XYZ Company.‘ ‖ Sustainability isn‘t just a nice thing to do; it makes good business

sense. This can affect a company‘s brand and its bottom line. The attempt made in this research

paper is that it provides a solid conceptual and practical foundation for assessing the contribution

of HRM to sustainability. ―There is a big opportunity for HR because no one is owning

sustainability.‖ Steve Williams.

References

1. Barbara Mazur (2014) Sustainable Human Resource Management in Theory and

Practice. Economics and Management 1/2014 page 158 – 170.

2. Dr. J. Pandu Rangarao, Smt. J.V. Jayanthi Kumari & Dr. S. Ravi Dharma Raju (2014)

Role of Human Resource Management in Sustainable Development. International






Journal on Recent and Innovation Trends in Computing and Communication Vol. 2 Issue

9 page 2969 – 2972.

3. Dr. J. Venkatesh, Prof. Lissy TA & Prof. Vaishnavi Bhatt (2014). Sustainable

Development and the Role of HRM : An Empirical Study of the IT Sector in India,

International Journal of Innovative Research in Science, Engineering and Technology,

Vol. 3, Issue 8, August, 2014.

4. Keri Spooner & Saran Kaine (2010). Defining Sustainability and Human Resource

Management. International Employment Relations Review 2010 page 70 – 81.

5. Nazneen (MBA: 2011-2013) Best HR Practices for Sustainable Organisational Growth,

A research Report by the Society for Human Resource Management, BSR and

Aurosoorya. http://www.shrm.org/application Advancing Sustainability: HR‘s Role.

6. Nyamch Jerome (2013) Impact of Sustainable Human Resource Management and

Organizational Performance. International Journal of Asian Social Science, 2013 3(6)

page 1287 – 1293.

7. Robin Kramar (2014). Beyond Strategic Human Resource Management : Is Sustainable

Human Resource Management the Next Approach ? The International Journal of Human

Resource Management, 25:8, 1069-1089. Online journal

http://www.tandfonline.com/loi/rijh20.

8. Sorin P. Angheluta, Oleg Margina, Alina Zaharia & Gabriela Arionesei (2014). The Role

of Human Resources In Sustainable Development of The Energy Sector. Ecoforum Vol.

3, Issue 1 (4), 2014.

9. Tabatabaci S.A.N., Omran F.S., Hashemi S. & Sedaghat M. (2017). Presenting

Sustainable HRM Model Based on Balanced Scorecard in Knowledge – based ICT

Companies (The Case of Iran). Economics & Sociology Vol. 10 No. 2 2017 page 107 –

124.

10. Zivile Stankeviciute & Asta Savaneviciene (2013). Sustainability as A concept For

Human Resource Management. Economics and Management 2013 18(4) page 837 846.

11. HR Has Key Role in Sustainability Strategy, Report Finds.

http://www.shrm.org/resourcesandtools/hr-topics/behavioural-competencies/ethical-

practice/pages/sustainabilitystrategy.aspx

12. 2013 Role of HR in driving Sustainable business practices. Ernst & Young & NHRD.

13. 2008 Exécutive Round table Symposium on Sustaniability and Human Resource

Management – Strategy. Executive Summary. May 29, 2008 Alexandria, Virginia.

Society for Human Resource Management.

Sustainability and Hrm:

―How is sustainability influencing the HR profession?‖ Modern organizations are very

complex in nature, so it is very difficult to understand. The entire world became a global hut due

to emergence of Telecommunications and Information Technology.

Many writers have addressed the subject matter of HRM and sustainability in terms of how HR

practices can be utilized to assist the organisation in becoming more sustainable and / or

contribute to environmental sustainability generally (Glade, 2008; Jabbour, Santos & Nagano,

2008; Jabbour & Santos, 2008a; Jabbour & Santos, 2008b; Wirtenburg et al, 2007).

http://www.shrm.org/application

http://www.shrm.org/resourcesandtools/hr-topics/behavioural-competencies/ethical-practice/pages/sustainabilitystrategy.aspx

http://www.shrm.org/resourcesandtools/hr-topics/behavioural-competencies/ethical-practice/pages/sustainabilitystrategy.aspx






direct services- which includes on-site child care, emergency backup care, health and beauty

services and take out dinner programs for the employees.

Services provided by University of Texas at Austin for their employees Work / Life

Balance Program Balancing Personal and Professional Life — learn more about common

personal and professional issues facing employees and how to address them.

Lactation / Quiet Rooms — Read about rooms available for nursing mothers or for those who

require a place to rest due to medical reasons involving a non-contagious condition.

Work / Life Balance Resources — Your one-stop resource for finding recreation, art, continuing

education, and many other activities on campus and in Austin.

Work / Life Calendar of Events — Attend events designed to help you with aspects of work and

personal life. (website: Texas) money based strategy it includes vouchers for child care, work life

flexibility benefits, adoption assistance, leave with pay and perks benefits and many more.

cultural change strategies which includes, training the managers so that they can properly deals

with the employees and their work life conflicts. Manager pays to employees satisfaction and

focusses on actual performance, not on face time.

The fact that there is a growing concern amongst various companies towards

environmental sustainability makes this study most relevant. It enables individuals and

companies to meet their current needs without hampering the environment for the future

generations to fulfill their needs.

Hence companies have now developed a greater sense of responsibility with a greater focus on

environmental sustainability, which not only increases the image of the company and the

confidence of the investors, but has also become a business imperative. Amongst all the

functional departments operating in the organization, the HR function has become one of the

important drivers of environmental sustainability.

led to the effectiveness of organizational policy towards green HR initiatives growing interest in

human resource sustainability all employment relations issues are at some level concerned with

issues of sustainability. the meaning of sustainability within the context of the employment

relationship is examined Extant literature on HRM and sustainability pays little attention to the

impact of both of these domains on the individual worker rather focusing on organisational

sustainability The Kyoto Protocol and current Australian government deliberations concerning

an emissions tax provide evidence of the importance of environmental concerns What people do

at work clearly has environmental consequences. To the extent, however, that sustainability

concerns are associated with a desire for sustainability of humans, the nature of the work that

people undertake must also be a concern. a direct implication might be death on the job whilst an

indirect implication might be an environmental catastrophe. This paper begins with an overview

of some general themes in the sustainability literature before examining scholarship focusing on

HRM and sustainability. Despite sustainability attracting increasing amounts of public and

scholarly interest, there is still ambiguity around the term. means to reduce costs and increase

revenue (Goleman, 2010). That is, the primary focus is often on organisational sustainability

rather than the sustainability of the individuals who comprise the organisation.

The concept is a global policy theme, widely use since 1987 when the United Nations

World Commission on Environment and development (the Brundtland Commissioner) defined

sustainable development as "development that meets the needs of the present without

compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs." aspects of HRM and






sustainability but that their focus has been mainly concerned with the implications of HRM for

organisational sustainability or the part which HRM can play in developing the role of staff in

environmental sustainability. Wirtenberg et al (2007) and Harmon et al (2010) have focused on

the big picture issues of how HRM can contribute to sustainability management and have

identified aspects of HRM which may contribute to the sustainability of organisations. A critical

goal for the human resources field is seen to be the development of ‗competencies, collaborative

strategies and organisational capabilities required to support the organisation‘s sustainability

journey‘ (Wirtenberg, Harmon, Russell & Fairfield, 2007, p7). Human resource executives.

Spector (2003) cites HRM as the unindicted co-conspirator in the Enron case!

ignores the worker as a core element of concern and denies the importance of the

sustainability of individual workers. concerned with the life and death and the physical, mental

and emotional well-being or harm of the worker. organisational sustainability and the

organisation‘s contribution to environmental sustainability are viewed as organisational goals, it

follows that HRM will be considered in the context of how it can contribute to the achievement

of these aims. However, if the primary role of HRM is the management of the employment

relationship of the individual performing work, whether as an employee or a contractor, then it

would seem reasonable to assume that the primary focus of HRM in the context of sustainability

issues would be the sustainability of the workers themselves. the focus of HRM in organisations

ignored the sustainability of the workers themselves, rather viewing them as tools for the

achievement of sustainability in some other forms. great body of literature concerned with such

issues as occupational health and safety (OH&S) and work life balance (WLB) are directly

concerned with HRM and sustainability issues, even though they may not have been labelled as

such.

Workers‘ deaths on the job may not immediately impact upon organisational or

environmental sustainability but certainly impacts upon the fate of the worker concerned and

upon success.

Much of the concerns of industrial relations literature require a rebadging as ‗HRM and

sustainability‘ concerns.

Based on data collected in 2010 from U.S.-based companies, including multinational

organizations, the report finds that sustainability is most effective when integrated into a

company‘s strategic framework rather than created as a feel-good exercise for leaders and

employees.

―The use of sustainability programs in organizations is growing rapidly. Organizations

are becoming increasingly aware of the benefits of sustainability both to society and to their own

bottom lines,‖ said Mark Schmit, Ph.D., SPHR, SHRM‘s director of research. ―Sustainability

programs make good business sense.

Sustainability is important for all employees, but particularly for the youngest workers,

noted Mary Cheddie, a former SHRM Board member. the survey report found ―somewhat of a

disconnect‖ between HR professionals‘ involvement in creating and in implementing

sustainability strategy in their organizations. Only 6 percent of HR leaders responding to the

survey said they are involved in the creation of strategic sustainability programs. But one-fourth

of respondents said that they are involved in the implementation of such programs. In the study,

sustainability is defined as ―the commitment by organizations to balance financial performance

with contributions to the quality of life of their employees, the society at large and






environmentally sensitive initiatives.‖ people demands and needs are regularly changing, people

are now more demanding than ever HR has to play more vital role in it. But sometimes HR does

not play their role in an effective way as we expect from them mostly when strategy management

in HR practices, but HR at the same time doing good jobs at recruitment, training and

developments.

few strategies which HR can work upon:

time based strategy the program or policy which the HR must opt are -flextime, job sharing, part

time works, leave for new parents, closing plants or offices for certain special occasions. HR

must ensure that it‘s programme focuses on their efforts on the problems and opportunities of

HR issues. information based strategy it includes intranet work or life web site for employees

and also relocation assistance. Technology, people, e-workplaces: these are the elements that fast

moving organizations use to meet changing business requirements by using technology to invent

new business processes, to re-align organizational structures, and to implement new management

practices. Moreover, it has become apparent in today‘s global information economy, the most

critical-indeed the primary-resource that distinguishes market leaders from everyone else is

human talent! Countries, communities, and organizations are suddenly very interested in

developing the human capacities that will allow them to compete in a networked world.

How Might HR Influence Sustainability?

―This is a place where HR led the initiative, with no mandate to do so. HR just took it.

This shows that HR can lead, and on sustainability, HR should lead.‖ Gerlinde Herrmann

There is much potential for HR to influence sustainability and, through it, corporate strategy.

HR can help define what sustainability means in their organizations. And HR can demonstrate

that sustainability is more than compliance.

The understanding of sustainability has been influenced by three main groups: ecologists,

business strategists, and the United Nation‘s World Commission on Environment and

Development (WCED, 1987). The concept of sustainability – understood as a company‘s ability

to achieve its business goals and to increase long-term shareholder value by integrating

economic, environmental and social opportunities into its business strategies. Term of

‗sustainability‘ also covers at least two distinct parts as described by Benn, Dunphy and Griffiths

(2006) as ‗human sustainability (the development and fulfilment of human needs) and ecological

sustainability (the protection and renewal of the biosphere) (p156).

The relevance of sustainability as a concept for HRM can be supported by two kinds of

arguments (Ehnert & Harry, 2012): first, organizations operates in economic and social

environments and HRM can no longer neglect the societal discussion on sustainability, moreover

needs to make an input to sustainable development; second, due to the scare human resources,

aging population and increasing work-related health problems sustainability of HRM itself

becomes essential for surviving of organizations.






HRM for Sustainability - Need of an Hour

Manisha Britto


Modern Law College, Pune, Maharashtra.

[email protected]

Abstract :

Role of Human Resource Management in developing sustainable business organisations

is gaining momentum today. Firstly it fosters individual employee sustainability and helps all

HRM systems to invite, rejuvenate and develop motivated and engaged employees by making the

HRM system completely sustainable. Secondly, the sustainable HRM helps to contribute

sustainability of the business by intermingling of top management, key stakeholders and NGOs

with help of CSR activities to a certain extent.

In any HRM the measurement of human potential, talent retention strategies and gender

diversity in corporate workplace matters the most to every organisation. An equilibrium among

these will ensure long time work ethics to stabilise the growth of HRM and its long time

relationship with industrial standards. Employee participation and human resource issues hold

the key to a highly motivated atmosphere and ensure a stable growth. With CSR activities in

place, the cooperation and development of human resource will definitely enhance public image

of the company. It proves to be asset to the sustainability. The contribution to society is

upliftment of humanity thus creating bonds of brotherhood.

Introduction:

The business society is majorly based on the five M‘s. They are Man, Material, Machine,

Money and Management. The last element of management is utmost importance and holds key

to successful implementation of the other four. Money can be flown in the field as per need of

the hour. There is always a guarantee that this factor will change with the market tide. Machines

are also a stagnant resource made productive to yield results. Materials may vary from raw to

finished products, falling in either of the criteria. The most important control of all these factors

is Man. Controlling this factor and putting it to utmost use with an equally scalable monetary

compensation is what matters the most to every company. Managing this resource and sustaining

it is the most difficult part in every organisation.

Employee engagement has also become a key element for companies that want to attract

and retain a highly skilled workforce. The benefits of an engaged workforce are wide-ranging.

They not only have the capacity to increase productivity, but also can instil company loyalty and

trust, which can trickle down to customers as well.

Role of Human Resource Management in developing sustainable business organisations is

gaining momentum today. Firstly it fosters individual employee sustainability and helps all HRM

systems to invite, rejuvenate and develop motivated and engaged employees by making the

HRM system completely sustainable. Secondly, the sustainable HRM helps to contribute

sustainability of the business by intermingling of top management, key stakeholders and NGOs

with help of CSR activities to a certain extent.







Developing sustainable business organisations is gaining momentum today. With cut

throat competitions today the HR personnel are finding it very difficult to retain employees and

gain fruitful results mutually. Employees are assets of the business world. The foundation of

every organisation is Human Resource. The HR department is usually responsible for creating,

putting into effect and overseeing policies governing workers and the relationship of the

organization with its employees.In any HRM the measurement of human potential, talent

retention strategies and gender diversity in corporate workplace matters the most to every

organisation. Equilibrium among these will ensure long time work ethics to stabilise the growth

of HRM and its long time relationship with industrial standards. Employee participation and

human resource issues hold the key to a highly motivated atmosphere and ensure a stable growth.

With CSR activities in place, the cooperation and development of human resource will definitely

enhance public image of the company. It proves to be asset to the sustainability. The contribution

to society is upliftment of humanity thus creating bonds of brotherhood.

The backbone of every company is its human resources or HR. If the management of this

HR works perfectly in tune with the company guidelines, the company can scale heights.

Employees are the asset of every company and are referred to as human capital. The most

important feature or characteristic of this HR is its effective and prompt use on time. As with

other business assets, the goal is to make effective use of employees, reducing risk and

maximizing return on investment.

Sustainable Human Resource Management 8During the last decade, a new approach to HRM has evolved. This approach has been

labelled sustainable human resource management. It is an approach that seeks to link HRM and

sustainability. Consequently, sustainable HRM is viewed in a variety of ways. It acknowledges

organisational outcomes, which are broader than financial outcomes. All the writings emphasise

the importance of human and social outcomes.

We must focus explicitly on the pros and cons of this SHRM, as the effectiveness of

sustainability will reap good results when compared to the original HR policies. The processes

associated with the implementation of HRM policies needs acknowledgement of competing

organisational requirements. By this approach the desired outcomes of organisational practices

will definitely gain momentum.

9The focusing of Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) and increasing pressure of

competitiveness and flexibility of organisation have significantly influenced HRM strategies and

practices. Managing a global workforce in MNEs has become more complex due to the

demographic change, value change, internationalisation or lack of quality in some education

systems. This has raised great interests for practitioners and researchers highlighting the need for

8Robin Kramer, International journal of Human resource management,

https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/09585192.2013.816863?needAccess=true&journa

lCode=rijh20, last seen on 3rd

December 2018

9Irene Yu, Conversations inCulchr, https://conversationsinculchr.wordpress.com/2015/02/22/the-

importance-of-sustainable-hrm/, last seen 7th

December 2018

https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/09585192.2013.816863?needAccess=true&journalCode=rijh20

https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/09585192.2013.816863?needAccess=true&journalCode=rijh20

https://conversationsinculchr.wordpress.com/2015/02/22/the-importance-of-sustainable-hrm/







more sustainable HRM. The significance of organisational sustainability has assumed more

importance now since many organisations are facing the difficulties between competing demands

on short-term profit or long-term organisational sustainability. In this situation, it requires

organisations to consider on investing in attracting, developing and retaining skilled employees

and focusing on efficiency and effectiveness in HR practices. As detrimental for organisation to

survive and be successful in the long run, it could be suggested that they use an efficient way to

manage current employees and maintain a durable access to future employees. Sustainability is

regarded to be critical and strategic potential for HRM.

How can we foster individual employee sustainability?

All HRM systems need to boost the employees to constantly rejuvenate them and develop

a highly motivated atmosphere by engaging employees in various activities to get maximum

output in limited time frame. The human mind gets bored easily with repetitive work. Duty of

HR is to foster the organisations growth by keeping the workforce balance with real time human

nature and its negative consequences owing to this drawback of repetitiveness. Following ideas

can be followed to sustain the employees and yield high results mutually beneficial.

Educate:

Sustainability initiatives are tied to salary accounts or profit margins. It's important to

provide proper sustainability training to create a feeling of individual responsibility for your

employees. These education sessions should evaluate the company's long-term purpose and align

them with your employees' own goals. This approach is undoubtedly more aligned with the good

of society and can help to erase the conflict that people feel between their work duties and

personal values. New changes should be explained, their happenings and their need of the hour

should be showcased in the right spirit.

Engage and encourage:

After employees are trained, a sense of accountability for these new initiatives has to be

implemented. Employees who participate in the company's sustainability program often

contribute to additional program ideas. It's easy to update the sustainability goals on the company

website, but changes in the office can be difficult. 10

Employee engagement has emerged as a powerful tool for driving sustainability

initiatives. The overall value of engaged employees to an organization has been well

documented, with studies demonstrating the competitive advantage associated with attracting

and retaining employees who are engaged and committed to their employers. Leveraging

employee engagement allows corporations to not only achieve their own organizational

objectives, but also to magnify their positive impact.

The first type of engagement is a pledge-based approach, encouraging employees to

commit voluntarily to a sustainability program. This approach tends to focus on behavioural

changes. Often these programs will use a model called ―gamification‖ to encourage competition

among employees aimed at reducing their individual carbon footprint through an interactive

10

Jessica Mann and othrs, The evolution of sustainability initiatives in employee

engagement,https://rpsc.energy.gov/sites/default/files/publication/c-

1321_Evolution%20of%20Sustainability%20Initiatives%20in%20Employee%20Engagement.pd

f, last seen on 13th

November 2018.

https://rpsc.energy.gov/sites/default/files/publication/c-1321_Evolution%20of%20Sustainability%20Initiatives%20in%20Employee%20Engagement.pdf








social network platform. The second type is volunteer actions. These are usually event-based

activities such as Earth Day events, neighbourhoodcleanup days, and other community

interactions that generate some type of positive sustainability impact. The third type of

engagement involves workplace sustainability programs. These engagements can range from

environmental education programs, to office recycling programs, to green teams, to efficient

lighting programs, to campaigns to power down electronic equipment when not in use.

Reward and recognition:

A small token of reward and recognition could be a healthy way towards the positive

change required. You should also celebrate success when goals are reached. This keeps visibility

high and promotes a sense of healthy competition. One way to do this is establishing a weekly

green spotlight, or offering a group prize when certain sustainability goals are met.

11Growth, Learning and Passion

A study has revealed that 85% of the workers at work don‘t feel engaged at work.

Continual development and growth matter to an organization and that includes an individual‘s

personal development. Many factors contribute to an employee‘s lack of interest and

contribution at work. They come to do their job and get their salaries. Employees don‘t feel

inspired or motivated due to a lack of development or growth opportunities. They may not

receive recognition or fair benefits and wages.

Sustainable performance considers human element, and its cornerstones are passion and

learning. When you unite the two, you have the drive and know-how to make great progress and

innovation. Leaders should strive to cultivate both within their work culture. Employees should

feel connected to the mission. Often the mission is a statement on the website and other

corporate materials, but what does it mean to each employee.

When employees are engaged at work they showcase exceptional standards of results.

Vice versa when there is no passion or learning and job keeps giving repetitiveness, it leads to

slow growth of organisation and self.

Workforce culture, mission, and goals showcase need to be conveyed frequently.

Most of the organisations reflect the overall mission in the premises. It becomes

necessary to convey this mission to the employees and make them a part of the organisation by

imbibing in them the mission and vision of the organisation. These missions create a culture of

positivity and progress based on service and working together. Employees also know they matter

on an individual level. It‘s easier for them to relate to each other and the company at large.

Companies communicate progress through statistics and data, but a more organic approach is

necessary. The organisational culture should be communicated and made relevant to all

employees at all times. This can be done by holding regular meetings, conducting anonymous

surveys and giving employees more authority.

12Negative Work Culture should be struck down at the core

11

Forbes, William Craig, The importance of creating sustainable employees in the workplace,

https://www.forbes.com/sites/williamcraig/2018/06/19/the-importance-of-creating-sustainable-

employees-in-the-workplace/#5aa264327285, last seen on 13th

November 2018. 12

Ibid

https://www.forbes.com/sites/williamcraig/2018/06/19/the-importance-of-creating-sustainable-employees-in-the-workplace/#5aa264327285







Sometimes the work culture is such that senior employees are tightly looped and they

have a closed door policy that may choke the new talent. The entry into such groups is not

dangerous and sophisticated but is also harmful in the long run. It may create misunderstanding

of the juniors towards the sincerity of work and difficult to preserve integrity towards the

organisation. This also indicates that sustaining such atmospheres requires time patience and

wisdom. One may think that politics is a necessary part of such corporate interaction and work

culture, but when you review the course of your career and consider how much more productive

and innovative your efforts may reap fruitful results if negative encounters and negative work

culture is completely ignored.

Theramifications of negative work culture should be discussed and resolved, but

management continues to sweep negativity under the rug. This will also enable to create a

positive outlook and enhance the work productivity.

Negativity is contagious, since feelings fluctuate when one is new to the organisation.

Question of survival becomes important if this negativity that start with the brain leads to a

weakened work culture that will slowly run in the veins of working atmosphere. 13

It‘s better to pick your battles when faced with a negatively oriented person, but a

company possesses a greater responsibility to its employees to create a positive environment.

This leads to a sustainable work culture that directly impacts staff. Policies and ground rules

must be expressed and carried out so employees maintain energy levels and enthusiasm directed

toward the mission.

Leaders shouldn‘t sit back — they must participate in active roles within the team as

team members themselves. Building a more positive and sustainable work culture means opening

up and creating opportunities for professionals to get to know each other. It means nurturing their

growth and development and giving them constructive and positive feedback.

Most workers don‘t feel engaged at their job because they lack a sustainable work culture. Its

absence significantly impacts the work ethic, performance and potential of employees. When

sustainable work culture is nurtured, employees arise to actively steer the company toward its

mission with passion and innovation, promoting its longevity and success.

Conclusion:

A solid sustainability vision and strategy is needed so that employees have a clear

understanding of the company‘s future direction and why sustainability is important to the

organization and their own futures. This foundational step is key and will be the glue that ties

together all the other elements as the stages progress.

Building on that clear vision and strategy, next in line could be how you can best ―meet your

employees where they are‖ to increase awareness and understanding of sustainability—not only

what it means to your organization, but also what it means to them.

Once employees feel connected with on personal level and they feel a closer connection

to the vision and strategy, they are well positioned to be moved towards individual commitments,

both at work and at home. This requires ongoing interaction, idea sharing and reinforcement of

their value in the company‘s sustainability journey.

13

Ibid






Finally, as an organization and its employees progress along the engagement continuum,

they will achieve action-oriented results built upon a healthy level of competition, recognition

and rewards.

But, the journey doesn‘t stop there. As new employees join the company, others retire,

and some change positions or feel they‘ve done as much as they can in one area of sustainability.

There arises a need to continually seek ways to engage and/or re-engage them. Through inspired

leadership, effective communication, and openness to new ideas, they can be retained and

attracted to yield higher results while delivering positive returns the company.

REFERENCES :

1. Margie Flynn, the four stages of engaging employees on sustainability,

https://www.greenbiz.com/blog/2012/08/30/four-stages-employee-engagement-

sustainability,

2. Jessica Mann and othrs, The evolution of sustainability initiatives in employee

engagement, https://rpsc.energy.gov/sites/default/files/publication/c-

1321_Evolution%20of%20Sustainability%20Initiatives%20in%20Employee%20Engage

ment.pdf ,

3. Forbes, William Craig, The importance of creating sustainable employees in the

workplace, https://www.forbes.com/sites/williamcraig/2018/06/19/the-importance-of-

creating-sustainable-employees-in-the-workplace/#5aa264327285,

4. Robin Kramer, International journal of Human resource management,

https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/09585192.2013.816863?needAccess=true

&journalCoderijh20.

5. Irene Yu, Conversations in Culchr,

https://conversationsinculchr.wordpress.com/2015/02/22/the-importance-of-sustainable-

hrm/.

https://www.greenbiz.com/blog/2012/08/30/four-stages-employee-engagement-sustainability

https://www.greenbiz.com/blog/2012/08/30/four-stages-employee-engagement-sustainability






https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/09585192.2013.816863?needAccess=true&journalCoderijh20

https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/09585192.2013.816863?needAccess=true&journalCoderijh20








Tourism and Economic Growth in Nepal

Dr. Deep Rawal

Professor, Director, Research Centre

Mid-Western Univeristy, Surkhet, Nepal.

[email protected]

Abstract :

Nepal is a beautiful country, rich and diverse in natural and cultural resources, which is

in its developmental phase and is full of potentiality in tourism sector of Nepal. Tourism has

been the major source of revenue in Nepal. Forty two percent of total employments are created

by tourism industry and most of people; they are totally depending in tourism for their

livelihood. Tourism creates various direct and indirect effects in the economy growth in Nepal.

This paper attempts to confirm empirically about the positive impact of tourism and economic

growth in Nepal. It is based on Nepalese data of foreign exchanges earnings from tourism and

gross domestic product for the period between FY 2007/08 to 2016/017. The main purpose of

this paper is to present about the overall tourism to economic growth of Nepal. The overall

presentation of paper reflects the potentiality of tourism growth and development in Nepal for

strengthens of nation economy. The result shows if the all available researches are to establish

and utilized properly and systematically, than only economic growth and development should be

achieved.

Key Words: tourism, forms, prospects, economic growth, sustainable development.

Introduction:

Nepal is a beautiful country rich and diverse in nature and culture resources, which is in

its developmental phase in full of potential in tourism sector. Nepal is situated in Southern Asia

between two countries, India and China. Nepal is a small country, but eight out of ten highest

mountains in the world are in Nepal especially including Mount Everest (Sagarmatha). Nepal is a

perfect place to visit for mountain climber, rock climber and all those persons who love to do an

adventure in Nepal. Due to its natural beauty, rich culture and religious diversity, it has a lot of

potentials to make the best use o tourism, which is main source of revenue for the Nepal. Nepal

is a federal democratic population country where more than 120 languages are spoken by over 32

million people and wide range of religion. Unfortunately, maximum advantage of tourism is not

being availed due to lack of proper tourism plans and strategies. Nepal's diversity attracts

tourists. Its natural physical diversity offers a wide scope of activities that range from visiting

jungle resort camps to trekking in snow-capped mountains.

The world tourism is derived from the French word "Tourisume" which organized in the

19th

century. Tourism describes every activity of man kind concerned with the development of

tourist movement.

In simple meaning, traveling from one place to another place of tourist area to stay

temporary with the different kinds of purpose is called Tourism.

Tourism is the activities of persons travelling to and staying in places.

The function of Tourism is to import currency from foreign resources in to the country.

Its impact in what tourist expenditures can do to the different sectors of the economy. Nepal is a

beautiful country with an amazing array of mysterious attraction, it is a most visit tourist







destination of the world. Nepal is a land of outstanding diversity and attractive destination of the

world. Major tourist attractions in Nepal are mountaineering, trekking, rafting, paragliding, rock

climbing, jungle safari, hunting, bungee jumping, boating etc.

The tourism scenario changed its gear after 1951 when Nepal became a democratic

country. Nepal got international recognition in 1953 when in Edmund Hillry and Tenzin Norgey

Sherpa conquered Mount Everest. Since then Nepal has obtainted great attention from the

mountain climbers. After this, Nepal only saw progression in the travel and tourism. In 1957,

Tourism Development Board was created and in 1959, Nepal joined the world Travel

Organization. In 1963 Nepal also joined Pacific Asia Travel Association, and finally, in 1998,

Nepal Tourism was development.

Nepal Tourism Board (NTB) is working hard in promoting the country through

workshops, summits, exhibitions, social media and participating in tourism program and

activities. NTB is significant efforts in promoting Nepal as a tourist destination in the world. For

that NTB is advertising Nepal in the national and international market for tourism. The image of

Nepal as a beautiful Himalayan country cannot be ignored but in the meantime it is important as

well as to look into the diverse culture of this country.

Nepal is a one of least developing country. 25% people live under poverty line. The GDP

of Nepal is dependent basically on remittance. Agriculture is the mainstay of the economy which

provides livelihood to more than 70% people and accounts for rd of the GDP. The political

instability is also the major cause of economic backwardness in Nepal. The estimated GDP of

Nepal in 2015 was USD 70.08 billion and per capital income is USD 2500. The nation with 3.25

million population (CBS, 2011) ranks as the 142nd

(UNDP, 2007) least developed country among

177 nations in the world. In the midst around 1792 mountains peaks existed in Nepal, 1310 peaks

are above 6000 meter and only 326 peaks have been opened for climbing (TAAN, 2008).

There are different types of tourism based on geography throughout the world. The existing

forms of tourism throughout the world are different. There is not a definite quantity of tourism

forms in the world. The most of common forms of tourism are found in most parts of the world

as well as in context of Nepal also. With many historical, religious and natural attractions, Nepal

has the potential to become one of the tourism attractions in the world.

Tourism has the large impact on the economy of any place or the world. Tourism helps in

creating the opportunity of employment in country. It provides an opportunity to for investment

and development of various important infrastructures in the country. Tourism has been a

dynamic and the fastest growing service industry. It holds an indispensible position among the

drivers of economic growth of the country and facilitates for the peace and harmony.

Tourism companies the activities of persons travelling to and staying in places outside; their

usual environment for not more than one consecutive year for leisure, business and other

purposes (WTO, 1999).

Tourism is one of the productive business activities directed for the production of the

goods and services. It provides goods and services to the customers i.e. visitors and employment

and income to the local people. Tourism has various economic, social, cultures and others effects

on tourism destinations and the effect can be both positive and negative.

Nepalese tourism prospects are equipped with natural beauty, mountaineering, trekking,

adventures, pilgrimage etc. Basic infrastructures such as accommodations, transportation,






communications, banking, promotion and other activities are gradually in improving trend which

will attract even more potential tourist for better tourism and economic growth in Nepal.

Tourism in Nepal is one of the most important sectors of economy. As a positive economy

affects, it is believed to have contributed to foreign currencies earnings, employment

generations, rise of income, production development and various other sectors. Tourism is very

important in Nepal and is a key industry.

The growth of tourism has had a significant impact in all factors of the economic, socio-

cultural and environmental of Nepal. Tourism is influences on these factors on different ways,

both positive and negative. Tourism sector has been considered as a major sector in Nepalese

economy. More than 1.50 million people are employed directly or indirectly in this sector.

The main objective of this article is to examine the relationship between tourism and economic

growth of Nepal. It attempts to determine the relationship between earning from tourism and

GDP for the period between 2007/o8 to 2016/2017.

Literature Review

There are many research and studies done on tourism and economic growth. This

research can be grouped in to two broad level, mainly single country research and group county

researches. Due to limitation of resources, many researchers attempted to explore the relationship

between tourism activity and economic growth in different perspectives applying various

economics methods. Below we have summarized some reviews and under taken research studies

on empirically examined the role of tourism in growth of Nepal.

Burger (1978), Khadka (1993) and Pradhananga (1993) assessed the economic impacts of

tourism in Nepal using Input-Output mode whereas Shrestha (1998), Sharma (2011), and

Upadhyaya (2004) analyzed economic impact of tourism using simple regression models in their

research .

Balaguer and Cantavella-Jorda (2002) examined the role of tourism in Spanish Long-run

economic development and tested tourism-led growth hypothesis in their study. Using quarterly

data for the period from 1975 to 1997 and Granger Causality Test, they concluded that economic

growth has been sensible to presented expansion of international tourism.

The analysis by Dritsakis (2004) on Greece, Durbarry (2004) on Mauritius and Beleaguer

and contravella-Jorda (2002) on Spain empirically proved the existence of a bidirectional

relationship between the two variables. On the other hand, Eugenio-martin and Morales (2004)

confirm the validity of tourism-led growth hypothesis for low and middle income countries in

Latin America while they assert that the situation is different for high income countries.

Oh (2005) found that the hypothesis of tourism-led economic growth could not be

verified in the case of the Korean economy. The results of Oh's Granger causality test imply the

existence of a one-way causal relationship in terms of economic-driven tourism growth.

Gunduz and Hatemi, J. (2005) and Zortak (2009) in their analysis conducted on Turkish

economy, concluded that the increase in tourism income effects economic growth.

World Travel and Tourism council (WTTC) conducted about the economic impact of

tourism in Nepal and presented the detailed document about it on their official website where it

presents the direct and indirect impact of tourism in Nepal on its GDP and the employment

opportunity of the country. The world Travel and Tourism Council (WATTC) is the global

authority on the economic and social contribution of Travel and Tourism. WTTC promotes






sustainable growth for the sector, working with government and international institutions to

create jobs, to drive exports and to generate prosperity. (World Trade and Travel Council

2015,2-4)

Another study by Zortuk (2009) showed the economic impact of tourism on Turkey's

economy. It used quarterly data from 1990 and 2008 to investigate the relationship between

tourism expansion and economic growth. Using Granger causality test based on VECM. It

discovered that unidirectional causality from tourism Development to economic development

exists between the two variables in Turkey.

Gautam (2001) tried to assess the relationship between tourism receipt and economic

expansion. Using the concepts and methods of the unit root test, co-integration, granger causality

test and error correction method, the study has confirmed the short term dynamics as well as long

run equilibrium. It clearly showed the co-integration between tourism and economic growth in

Nepal. In addition, the analysis verified the notion that tourism growth granger causes economic

growth and vice versa indicating a bi-directional causality between economic growth and

tourism growth.

Poudyal (2012) examined the impact of tourism and other related macroeconomics

variables on the economic growth of Nepal by deriving tourism income multiplier from the

Keynesian macro economic model. He employed the three stage least square regressions

techniques for estimating the value of multiplier. The estimated value of multiplier based on

regression results over thirty six years period from 1975 to 2010 was 1.21. The granger causality

tests confirmed the bi-directional impact in the case of tourism receipts and GDP, In addition,

tourism receipt was found to have bi-directional relationship with same other variables such as

GNI, exports, private consumption and imports.

Above literature review undertaken on introduction and score of tourism and economic

growth of Nepal, tourism assumed significant position due to its strong impacts on economic

sector also. It also proved that tourism and tourism industry is a life blood for tourism industry is

a life blood for tourism and economic growth of Nepal.

The Historical Development and Impact of Tourism In Nepal

In recent years, researcher have been interested in the study of relationship between

tourism and economic growth, A simple consensus has emerged that it increased foreign

exchange income, create employment opportunities, stimulates the growth of the tourism

industry and therefore triggers overall economic growth. The examine role of tourism earnings

on economic growth, it is necessary to study whether tourism receipt causes economic growth or

not.

There are various methods to study or research in tourism and economic growth of Nepal.

This article utilizes annual data spanning from 2007/08 to 2016/017 published as secondary data

for study about the information of tourism and economy growth of Nepal.

Indicators 2016 2017 % Change

Tourist Arrival by:

Air 572563 760577 32.8

Land 180439 179641 -0.4

Total 753002 940218 25

Average Length of Stay 13.4 12.6 -6.0






Sex:

Male 399091 509598 27.7

Female 353911 430620 21.7

By Age groups:

0-15 years 29825 35332 18.5

16-30 years 154960 217143 40.1

31-45 years 218479 292827 34.0

46-60 years 199139 244342 22.7

61+ years 130627 141316 8.2

Not Specified 19972 9258

Top Five Country of Nationality:

Rank 1 India India

Rank 2 China China

Rank 3 Srilanka USA

Rank 4 USA United Kingdom

Rank 5 United Kingdom Srilanka

Purpose of Visit:

Holiday/Pleasure 489452 658153 34.5

Pilgrimage 82830 141033 70.3

Trekking & Mountaineering 66490 75217 13.1

Official 21310 na

Business 24322 na

Conference/Conv. 12801 na

Others 55797 65815 18.0

Source : Nepal Statistics, 2017

Some of the actively operating airlines of Nepal are furnished in 2016 and 2017 as below.

Indicators 2016 2017

%

Change

Tourist Arrival by Major Five Airlines:

Rank 1 Nepal Airlines Jet Airways

Rank 2 Qatar Air Nepal Airlines

Rank 3 Air Arabia Qatar Air

Rank 4 Jet Airways Air Arabia

Rank 5 Fly Dubai Fly Dubai

Mountaineering Expedition( above 6500 mtrs ):

Total Team 278 291 4.7

Successful Person 1981 2277 14.9

Royalty to Government (Rs.' 000) 255744 387416 51.5

Revenue from Tourism:

Total Earning(US$ ' 000) 554530 658092 18.7






Average expenses / Visitor / day ( US$) 53 54 1.9

Tourism Related Enterprises :

Hotel (star) 120 125 4.2

Hotel ( Non star) 942 977 3.7

Beds (total) 38242 39833 4.2

Travel Agencies 3444 3824 11.0

Trekking Agencies 2367 2637 11.4

Tourist Guide 3717 3876 4.3

Trekking Guide 13049 13831 6.0

Source : Nepal Statistics,

Indicators 2016 2017 % Change

Places Visited:

National Parks and Wildlife Reserve 389223 604091 55

Pashupati Area (excluding Indian) 95411 124180 30

Lumbini (excluding Indian Tourists) 136253 145796 7

Manaslu Trekking 4780 5745 20

Mustang Trekking 3984 6632 66

HumlaTrekking 10105 13398 33

Lower Dolpa Trekking 1023 924 -10

Kanchanjunga Trekking 502 1008 101

Upper Dolpa Trekking 531 425 -20

International Airlines Movement:

Arrival 13558 16680 23

Departure 13560 16682 23

Total 27118 33362 23


Tourist Arrival And Average Length Of Stay, 2007-2017

Tot

al By Air By Land

Growth Average

Year Number Rate

(%) Number Percent Number Percent

Length of

Stay

2007 526,705 37.2 360,713 68.5 165,992 31.5 11.96

2008 500,277 -5.0 374,661 74.9 125,616 25.1 11.78

2009 509,956 1.9 379,322 74.4 130,634 25.6 11.32






2010 602,867 18.2 448,800 74.4 154,067 25.6 12.67

2011 736,215 22.1 545,221 74.1 190,994 25.9 13.12

2012 803,092 9.1 598,258 74.5 204,834 25.5 12.16

2013 797,616 -0.7 594,848 74.6 202,768 25.4 12.60

2014 790118 -0.9 585981 74.2 204137 25.8 12.44

2015 538970 -32 407412 75.6 131558 24.4 13.16

2016 753002 40 572563 76 180439 24 13.4

2017 940218 25 760577 81 179641 19 12.6


From table no analyzing the number of tourist arrivals- wise basis, top five countries with largest

number of tourists arrivals during the period of 2017 January to January 2018 have been India

(25.0%) follows by china (11.2%). Srilanka (7.5%), USA (7.3%) and united kingdom (4.7%)

respectively.

Tourist Arrival By Year, 2007-2017

Year

Third

Country Indian Total % Change

2007 430695 96010 526705 37.2

2008 409100 91177 500277 -5.0

2009 416072 93884 509956 1.9

2010 481969 120898 602867 18.2

2011 586711 149504 736215 22.1

2012 637277 165815 803092 9.1

2013 616642 180974 797616 -0.7

2014 654775 135343 790118 -0.9

2015 464156 74814 538970 -31

2016 634,753 118,249 753,002 40

2017 779386 160,832 940218 25







The above chart shows the number of tourist arrival in Nepal from 2008 to 2017. It also shows

the number of tourist who arrived via land the number of tourist who arrived via air from 2008 to

2017.

Gross Foreign Exchange Earnings From Tourism By Fiscal Year, 2007/08to 2016/17

Total Earnings ( Net

received )

Fiscal Year

%Change

in

Annual

Average

NRs. (000)

US$

(000)

US$

Exchange

Rate

2064/65

(2007/08) 20,339,890 64.72 314,275 74.4

2065/66

(2008/09) 27,959,800 76.58 365,106 16.2

2066/67

(2009/10) 28,138,600 74.24 379,022 3.8

2067/68

(2010/11) 24,610,800 72.07 341,485 -9.9

2068/69

(2011/12) 30,703,820 80.72 380,374 11.4

2069/70

(2012/13) 34,210,576 87.66 390,264 2.6

2070/71

(2013/14) 46,374,900 98.3 471,769 21.4

2071/72

(2014/15) 53,428,800 98.2 544,100 15.2

2072/73

(2015/16)

41,765,400

102.36

392,700

-27.8

2073/74

(2016/17)

58,526,918

106.21

551,000

40.03

2074/75

(2017/18)*

33,753,048

102.96

327,800

Source: Nepal Rastra Bank. * 1st six month of FY 2016/17






Gross Foreign Exchange Earnings, 2007-2017

Total

Earning Average Average

Year

Annual %

Change

Expendit

ure

Expenditure

Per

Average

US $

in Rs

Million

in US$

Per

Visitor

Visitor Per

Day

Exchange

(Million)

US$

US$

Rate

2007/0

8

18,653.1

286.9

99.7

860.3

73

2008/0

9 27,959.8 77.14 363.7 26.8 798.9 70.6

2009/1

0 28,138.6 72.88 377.5 3.8 578.6 45.7

2010/1

1 24,610.7 74.33 340.4 -9.8 522.9 39.9

2011/1

2 30,703.8 81.02 379.0 11.3 440.8 36.2

2012/1

3 34,210.6 87.96 388.9 2.6 538.0 42.8

2013/1

4 46,374.9 98.21 472.2 21.4 597.6 48.0

2014/1

5 53,428.8 99.49 544.1 15.2 790.0 63

2015/1

6 41,765.4 106.35 392.7 -27.8 902.4 68.57

2016/1

7 58,526.9 107.58 510.0 40.3 695.0 53.0

2017/18

* 33,753.0 102.96 327.8 680.4 54.0

Source: Nepal Rastra Bank 1st six months of FY

2017/018






Foreign Exchange Earnings From Tourism, 2007/08-2016/17

Total Foreign

As % of

Total

As % of Total

Value of

As % of

Total

Exchange

Value of

Exports of

Foreign

Year

Earning

from

As % of

GDP

Merchandise

Goods

&Non

Exchange

Tourism

Exports

Factor

Earnings

(Rs. in

millions)

Services

2007/08 18,653.0 30.1

17.

9

5.

6 2.3

2008/09 27,960.0 40.0

22.

8

6.

5 2.8

2009/10 28,139.0 44.5

24.

6

6.

0 2.4

2010/11 24,611.0 35.8

20.

2

4.

9 1.8

2011/12 30,703.8 37.7

20.

0

4.

5 1.8

2012/13 34,210.6 39.8

18.

9

4.

5 2.0

2013/14 46,374.9 45.9

20.

5

4.

7 2.4

2014/15 53,428.8 54.4

21.

6

4.

9 2.5

2015/16 41,765.4 55.8 19.6 3.7 1.9

2016/17

58,526.9 71.3 24.3 4.5 2.3

2017/18*

33,753.0 73.1 26.4 5.0

Source:

Nepal

Rastra Bank *1st six months

of FY 2016/17






Nepal is famous destination for pilgrimage due to its prominent, glorious and prideful

historical places. Lumbini being birth place of Lord Buddha and Pashupatinath, a center of faith

for Hindunism is major among many important places. Lumbini is found as most visited

pilgrimage by foreigners. It was visited by 1,552,586 persons out of them 80.6% were Nepalese

while 10% Indians and 9.4% from other countries. February was the most preferred month of

Lumbini visit. Similarly, the 124,180 visitors from third country visited the Pashupatinath.

These year development plan (2017-2018) aimed to increase the length of stay in Nepal

by tourist was 14 days by 2017. It was ranging from 8 to 13.5 days in the past. The analysis of

length of stay of 400.000 tourists estimated it as 12.6 days in the year 2017.

Infact, 2017 seems remarkable improvement in tourist arrivals. Tourist arrivals increased

by 25% compared 2016. Out of total tourist arrivals, five countries occupy more than 50%. The

proportion of tourist from these countries are India (17.1%) China (11.1%) USA (8.4%), United

Kingdom (5.4%) and SriLanka (4.8%). Seasonality exists in tourist arrivals. The highest number

of arrival in observed in October followed by February. There is no major change in sex and age

group of tourist arrivals. By Sex male (54%) and about two third arrivals were of age category

16-45(74%) in year 2017.

Revenue from tourism sector is observed from foreign currency exchange made by

tourists and tourism industries as proxy of income. NRB report shows total foreign currency

exchange (less return) for 2016/017 stood at Nrs. 58,526,918 thousand (around 551.000 thousand

US$).This is almost 40% higher than previous year 2015/016. This increase in currency income

due to increase in tourist arrival brings per tourist per day expenditure at 54 USD. Tourism sector

of Nepal is organized and managed with partnership of Government, private sector, household,

professional and NGOS. Tourism industries play pivotal roles in tourist service management,

increasing revenue, All total 1101 (star and tourist standard Hotels) are operated in 2017, with

bad capacity 39833 per day. Travel agency, tour guide, tour operations, trekking agencies, rafting

agency and guides all one in increasing number in trend. In 2017 the number of registered Travel

agencies reached up to 3824 and trekking agencies are 2637.

GDP

The contribution of tourism to the GDP of Nepal has been significant. It has contributed

in more than one way including through foreign exchange earning, increase in production of all

varities opening up of new institution and range of service sectors. The GDP of Nepal was NRP.

68.8 billion Which was almost 3.9% of total GDP in 2013 from the direct contribution of travel

and tourism in Nepal. And there is forecast to grow up by 9.8% in 2014 and after that

continuously rise by 4.9% pa every year from 2014-2022. In the same way travel and tourism has

directly supported 504000 jobs to local and national wise and the indirect economic employment

was 1,112,000 jobs, this is expected to rise by 6.5% in 2014 and expected to rise by 6.0% pa

from 2012-2022.(council, 2014).

Thus, in Nepal tourism is not only important economic sources of foreign currency but

also a major employment generation.

Benefits and Recommendation

The article his identified a number of knowledge about management and development

the must be explored in order to ensure a better planning are understanding as well as






implementation of tourism and economic growth of Nepal. Nepal can get various benefits on

advantage by promoting the tourism sector as follows:

1. Earn foreign currency and income gaining jobs in the economy.

2. Creates an opportunity for various employments in the country.

3. Contribution in development infrastures.

4. Improve of living standard of Nepalese people.

5. Tourism provides the opportunities for development of existing business and services

throughout country and international level.

6. Local economic will be increased and the economic of local business will be established

and employment would be developed.

7. Economic as well as social, cultural, environment etc. advantages would be established

and developed.

Some recommendations and potential suggestions on tourism and economic growth are:

The need to develop and explored tourism in order to able to conclusively determine the

role of tourism and economic growth of Nepal.

The need to develop tourism policies and practices that ensure the implication and

distribution of tourism for betterment of economic growth of Nepal.

National efforts to ensure that tourism activities carried out sustainably and meet

economic socio-cultural and environmental objectives.

Conclusion:

This article was prepared for better understanding of tourism and economic growth in

Nepal and probable perspective of tourism activities in Nepal. In other words, it can be continued

that there is a long run relationship between tourism performance and economic growth of

Nepal.

Overall fact that, the tourism of Nepal needs an upgrading in all its service and areas. If

that is done, then only the tourism and economic growth of Nepal would be better and the

lifestyle of people of Nepal will change as well. The fact that, the tourism of Nepal still reties on

old and primitive ways.

The articles suggest that there is a important role of tourism performance on economic

growth of Nepal. The main contribution of this article is in information providing the role of

tourism on economic growth.

Nepal has great opportunities to make money from tourism sector. Nepal has to utilize all

the resource and advertise the tourism sector in get more benefit from tourism sector for the

economic growth of Nepal.

References:

1. Balaguer I and M. cantavella-Jorda, (2002), "Tourism as along run economic growth: the

Spanish case" Applied Economic 34,pp.877.884.

2. Council, world travel and Tourism, Travel and Tourism, Economic Impact 2014 Nepal,

London SELOHR: Word Travel and Tourism council, 2014,.

3. Dritsakia N. (2004) "Tourism as long-run economic growth factor: an empirical

investigation for Greece using a causality analysis" Tourism Economics 10 pp.305-316.






4. Durbarry, R. (2004), "Tourism as a long-run economic growth, the case of Mauritius",

Tourist economics 10, pp. 389-401.

5. Eugenio-martin J.L, and N.M. Mozales, (2004) ,"Tourism and economic growth In latin

American countries: A panel data approach, "Social science research Network economic

paper.

6. Gautam, Bishnu Prasad (2011), "Tourism and Economic growth in Nepal", NRB

Economic review, vol.23(2) April pp.18-30.

7. Gunduz, L. and A. Hatemi-1, (2005), " Is the tourism growth hypothesis valid for

Turkey?," Applied Economics letters 12(8):pp.499-504.

8. Nepal Tourism Statistics (2017) Ministry of Culture, Tourism and Civil Aviation,

Research and Statistical Section, Shingha Darbar Kathmandu Nepal, May 2018.

9. Oh, C.O. (2005), " The contribution of tourism development to economic growth in the

korean economy", Tourism Management 26:PP, 39-44.

10. Paudyal Shoorabeer (2012), "Does Tourism really matter for economic growth? Evidence

from Nepal", NRB Economic Review vol.24(1), PP.48-66.

11. World Trade and Travel Council (WTTC) 2015, Travel and Tourism Economic Impact

2015, Nepal, (online), Available at: https://www.wttc,org/-






A Study on Impact of Organization Working Environment and It Enhances

on Frugal Innovation in Manufacturing Sector

Dr Sunil Zagade*, Deepa Hosur**

*Research Guide,

MES. Garware College of Commerce, Pune, Maharashtra.

[email protected]

**Research Scholar,

Sinhgad Institute of Management, Pune, Maharashtra,

[email protected]

Abstract:

In today's growing economy, Employees have become more important to their employers

than their employers are to them in manufacturing sector. Today's workplace is different,

diverse, and constantly changing. The typical employer/employee relationship of old has been

turned upside down. Employees are living in a growing economy and have almost limitless job

opportunities. This combination of factors has created an environment where the business needs

its employees more than the employees need the business.New concepts have emerged that

mirror this change - one ofthem coined frugal innovation.Frugal innovation is the ability to

generate considerably more business and social value while significantlyreducing the use of

scarce resources.Environmental study entails factor which impacts the future direction and

objective of an organization. It involves both present and future elements which will affect the

organization.

Key Words:Work Environment, Organizational Effectiveness, Frugal Innovation

1. Introduction:

Humans are influenced by certain activities around their habitat or working environment.

A work environment can be identified as the place that one works, which means the milieus

around a person. It is the social and professional environment in which a person is supposed to

interact with a number of people. Hay Group (2007) contends that work environment includes a

friendly, well -designed, safe physical space, good equipment and effective communication,

which will improve productivity. Well -designed and organized organization and work areas

make significant differences to how people feel about their work.

Manufacturing sector play a vital role in all over the world includingMechanical,

electrical and automobiles, production engineering. Unexpectedly, there has been a visible

improvement in manufacturing design capabilities, at leastin certain segments of the economy.

The paper suggests that the development of ―frugal innovation is a real advance. There are so

many new and advanced technologies are introduced to increase the accuracy, product rates,

efficiency of assembly lines, reduced cost etc. The Frugal innovation offers one such possibility

for driving this improvement in manufacturing sector. It enables lower cost of product

development, lower Cost of Goods Sold through Low Cost Country sourcing, and the main focus

on the satisfaction and need of the customers. As well as to Improve the efficiency of assembly

lines with the aim to reduce the lead time period for manufactured goods at the initial period,








lesser the product time and reduced work in progress inventories also allow quick response to

product or product changes.

Employee recognition is the timely, informal or formal acknowledgement of a

individual‘s or team‘s contribution, effort or business result that supports the organization‘s

goals and values, and which has clearly been beyond normal expectations. Effective work

environment encourage the happier employee with their job that ultimately influence the growth

of an organisation as well as growth of an economic. Lambert et al. (2001) found that

environmental factors are important determinant of job satisfaction. Therelation with seniors and

co-workers, appraisal system, climate management (control on Organization distraction), and

level of salary are the very important factors. Creating better and higher performing workplace

requires an awareness of how workplace impacts behaviour and how behaviour itself drives

workplace performance (Armstrong &Murlis, 2007). People work individually and interact with

others and this requires different workplace solutions (Chandrasekar, 2011)

The work environment affects employee innovation activities, morale, productivity and

engagement -both positively and negatively. In an effort to motivate employees, recognising

individual efforts ,firms have put into practice a number of activities such as performance based

pay, employee involvement, Managing organization distractions (Chandraseker, 2011). In

today‘s competitive business environment, organizations can no longer afford to waste the

potential of their workforce (Hughes, 2007). Therefore, most manufacturing organisations are

making all possible efforts to make work environment more comfortable.

According to Abdulla et al. (2010), environmental factors represent the immediate job

environment that contains skills required to perform a job, authority, autonomy, relationship with

supervisors and co-workers and other working conditions. It is important for the employer to

know how its work environment impacts greatly on the employee‘s involvement in improving

the products and innovation.

It has been long since companies started to adapt their products to the budget and

preferences of emerging-market consumers. Yet today, the rapidly growing economy and market

with billions of consumers in emerging markets invite companies to develop new products and

create innovations special to these markets, more than just adapting their existing products to the

local needs. Taking the needs of consumers in emerging economies as a starting point; using

minimal resources to create affordable and functional products is called frugal innovation.

The term 'Frugal Innovation' which basically stands for an spontaneous arrangement of a product

thereby reducing the complexity and cost of production of goods for making affordable and

economical and is mainly driven by lack of resources. Frugal Innovation or Frugal Engineering

is widely exercised in India and other developing nations. The sweeping revolution for luxurious

and unaffordable items provided the driving force to the local people of the developing nations to

design and deliver such items that are not only cost effective but also raised the social capital.

Frugally innovated or engineered product does not mean that the product is second-grade.

Instead, they are characterized by high affordability, robustness and mainly designed for volume-

driven market. Usually the process of Frugal Innovation involves removal of nonessential

features of goods in order to sell it in developing countries. It is believed that a successful frugal

product is low in cost, good in performance and can be made available at large scale.

The potential in emerging markets may seem tempting, yet responding to the unique

needs of the emerging markets imposes many challenges to manufacturing organizations as






innovation in such environments require them to leave the traditional practices and invest in

building new resources and capabilities. Frugal innovation, sometimes referred to ―reverse

innovation‖ or ―constraint based innovation‖, takes place in emerging markets, addressing the

needs of the value-conscious consumers with limited income by providing affordable and

functional products. Frugal innovation requires more than just cutting costs or adapting existing

products, but also changing business model and organizational structures (The Economist 2011).

India has been attracting manufacturing organizations with its opportunities for frugal

innovation.

2. Literature review

Goals are important features of work organizations. To be effective, goals should be

emphasized, stated clearly and communicated to all members of the organizations. Yalokwu

(2006) defined organizational goal as an expectation. It is the something the organization is

trying to accomplish. It is the overall purpose of an organization. Mullins (1997) observed that,

the goals of an organization will determine the nature of its inputs and outputs, the series of

activities through which the output are achieved and the interactions with its external

environment. The extent to which an organization is successful in attaining its goals is a basis for

the evaluation of organizational performance and effectiveness. Strategic change implementation

becomes pertinent if set performance standards are not met and deviations are noticed.

Every office runs into some form of distraction that plagues the workplace. Distractions

are incredibly common and can damage frugal innovation, productivity, focus and employee

morale. However, if employees feel excited about their goals and engaged in a positive culture,

and if they can feel less stressed about policies, they can concentrate on what matters most --

their work.

Innovations often emerge under conditions of resource scarcity where the usual solutions

are deemed too expensive or unavailable (Ahuja & Chan, 2014). In these constrained

environments, people work with what they have, using affordable but effective tools, processes

and techniques to solve their problems (Tran &Ravaud, 2016). This form of innovation has come

to be known as Frugal Innovation. Frugal Innovation refers to ‗the design and development of

products/services with price rather than features as the starting point, but also focusing on the

end utility and value offered, rather than high-end sophistication‘ (Mundim, Sharma, Arora, &

McManus, 2012). In other words, the fundamental objective of Frugal Innovation is to reach the

desired objective with an as-good, cost-effective means (Soni& Krishnan, 2014).

Frugal Innovation has its roots in frugal engineering, a term first coined in 2006 by

Carlos Ghosn, the CEO of Renault-Nissan, to describe the achievement of Tata Motors, an India-

based company. Tata Motors had been phenomenally successful in designing and manufacturing

the world‘s most affordable car (i.e. Tata Nano), while being highly cost effective and severely

resource-constrained at the same time (Radjou, Prabhu, Ahuja, 2012b). When the Frugal

Innovation in question is an information system, the innovation is known as a Frugal IS

Innovation, defined as an innovative information system that are developed and deployed with

minimal resources to meet the needs of their users (Watson, Kunene, & Islam, 2013). This

definition implies two things. First, Frugal IS Innovations are highly cost effective in that

minimal resources are used. IS development projects are typically managed within the triple

constraints of time, resources, and scope. With Frugal IS Innovation, these constraints are set at a

https://www.entrepreneur.com/topic/distractions

https://www.entrepreneur.com/topic/productivity

https://www.entrepreneur.com/topic/focus

https://www.sciencedirect.com/topics/social-sciences/resource-scarcity

https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0268401216305400#bib0010





https://www.sciencedirect.com/topics/social-sciences/motor-vehicles


https://www.sciencedirect.com/topics/social-sciences/information-systems


https://www.sciencedirect.com/topics/social-sciences/development-projects






very low level. Second, the objectives of the system users must be achieved. A system, frugal or

not, must meet the needs of the users in order to serve a purpose. The difference is that with

Frugal IS innovation a system will typically have a single prime design goal, and this constrained

scope may preclude the consideration of secondary goals.

3. Research Methodology:

3.1 Research objectives:

o To Study the Organizational working environment and frugal innovation in business

organization in manufacturing sectors.

o To determine the impact of working environment on frugal innovation.

3.2 Research Hypothesis:

H1 - Organization distractions act as deviation from goal achievement.

H2 – Individual contribution is mostly recognized by seniors in manufacturing organizations.

3.3 Data Collection:

Researcher has conducted the study base on primary and secondary data related to

organization working environment and frugal innovation.

3.4 Presentation of the sample

Sample is certainly not made intuitively. It was chosen in order toobtain an acceptable

representation of different organizations and size limits. Itconsists of independent manufacturing

SMEs. Researcher found a listing details for each company with a collection ofinformation

asQuestionnaires collected 40, Total firms included in the sample 15.

3.5 Data Analysis

The research was carried out by the use of a questionnaire. The raw data obtained from a

study is useless unless it is transformed into information for the purpose of decision making

(Emery and Couper, 2003). The data analysis involved reducing the raw data into a manageable

size, developing summaries and applying statistical inferences. Consequently, Z-Test is used for

Hypothesis Testing.

Q: There are too many distractions which deviate you from the project work in this organization.

The frequency distribution of respondents according to question along with its pie chart is given

below.

There are too many distractions from which deviate

you from the project work in this organization. Frequency %

Strongly Disagree 0 0.0

Disagree 2 5.9

Neither Agree Nor Disagree 10 29.4

Agree 16 47.1

Strongly Agree 6 17.6

Total 34 100.0






Summary: 64.7 % respondents agree &5.9% respondents disagree.

Q: My senior values individual contributions made towards the projects.

The frequency distribution of respondents according to Question along with its pie chart is given

below.

My senior values individual contributions

made towards the projects. Frequency %

Strongly Disagree 0 0.0

Disagree 4 11.8

Neither Agree Nor Disagree 8 23.5

Agree 10 29.4

Strongly Agree 12 35.3

Total 34 100.0

Summary: 64.7% respondents agree & 11.8% respondents disagree.

3.6 Hypothesis Testing

H1: Organization distractions act as deviation from goal achievement.






The responses of the parameter, under consideration is ‗There are too many distractions from

which deviate you from the project work in this organization‘. There are 32 out of 40

respondents agreeing to above statement.

To test the hypotheses,

The null hypothesis, H0:

The proportion of respondents agreeing to the statement considered is less than or equal to 50%.

Vs.

The alternative hypothesis, Ha:

The proportion of respondents agreeing to the statement considered is greater than 50%.

The test used is z test for proportions.

Test statistics:

n

pZ

pp

p

)1(00

0

^

Here ^

p = sample proportion, p0= hypothetical value = 50% = 0.50, n = sample size = 40.

Calculation Table:

Frequency of

expected

response

Proportion

(out of 40) Z statistic P value Significance

32 0.80 3.79 0.0001 Significant

If p value < 0.05, the level of significance; the result is significant.

Conclusion:


Hence the statement ‗Organization distractions acts as deviation from goal achievement‘ has

significant agreement in the population.

H2: Individual contribution is mostly recognized by seniors

The response of the parameter, under consideration is ‗My senior values individual contributions

made towards the projects‘. There are 34 out of 40 respondents agreeing to above statement.

To test the hypotheses,

The null hypothesis, H0:

The proportion of respondents agreeing to the statement considered is less than or equal to 50%.

Vs.

The alternative hypothesis, Ha:


The test used is z test for proportions.

Test statistics:

n

pZ

pp

p

)1(00

0

^






Here ^

p = sample proportion, p0= hypothetical value = 50% = 0.50, n = sample size = 40.

Calculation Table:

Frequency of

expected

response

Proportion

(out of 40) Z statistic P value Significance

34 0.85 4.43 0.0000 Significant

If p value < 0.05, the level of significance; the result is significant.

Conclusion:


Hence the statement ‗Individual contribution is mostly recognized by seniors‘ has significant

agreement in the population.

4. Finding and Suggestions

The proportion of respondents are agreeing that too many distractions which deviate the

employees from the project work in this organization and the response of the parameter, under

consideration is ‗My senior values individual contributions made towards the projects‘. There are

34 out of 40 respondents agreeing to above statement. Both the Statements considered asmore

than 50% and the p value < 0.05, the level of significance is true.

Recognizing and influencing Employee’s Performance at the Workplace

The supervisors, senior employees act as advocates for employees, gathering and

distributing the resources needed by the employees for them to be able to do a good job and

providing positive encouragement and recognizing the individual efforts towards work and they

should available to employees to help them perform better in their assigned tasks and projectsand

to assist them develop further into a future role.

In addition, a motivating work environment must be the one in which employees are

treated fairly. Nomatter what level of input a particular worker has in relation to the business

processes as a whole, it isessential for a manager to give each employee a sense of playing a

dynamic, integral role in something much larger. Indeed, engendering loyalty is a key element of

motivating workers and thereby increasing the overall productivity of operations.

One important tool for motivating employees is recognizing individual contribution.

Effective project managers must learn how tocultivate this powerful method of employee

motivation. While oftentimes largely ignored by managers in the workplace, this can be an actual

work being done. Praise has, in countless examples, shown productivity.

Workplace Culture & Distractions

Adjusting to the workplace culture, whether in a new company or not, can be intensely

stressful. Making one adapt to the various aspects of workplace culture such as communication

patterns, hierarchy, dress code if any, workspace and most importantly working and behavioral

patterns of the boss as well as the co-workers, can be a lesson of life. Maladjustment to

workplace cultures may lead to subtle conflicts with colleagues or even with superiors. In many

cases office politics or gossips can be major stress inducers.

Primary and secondary interventions may prevent adverse outcomes by reducing or

eliminating external loads, changing organizational factors, altering the social environment,






improving individual stress-coping skills, or matching the physical demands of the job with the

employee‘s physical capacities.

The work environment can enhance frugal innovation, and that practical tools and

solutions are available to realize creativity supporting work environments. By focusing on work

environments for employee creativity, the ergonomics discipline could help organisations to

better use its internal resources (employees) for product and process innovation. A major concern

in the management and business field is how to strengthen an organisation‘s capacity for

innovation.

5. Conclusion

The organization working environment reflects the perception of the individual employee

about whether the organization provide environment which is conducive learning and innovation,

and its degree. And it‘s the system reflection of individual and environment, determining

innovation level of the individual and the organization. The organization should focus on the

publicity and advocacy of organization internal innovation culture and innovation concept. In

addition, the organization can use training, promotion, authorization, goal orientation so as to

encourage and recognise the employees‘ innovative behavior.

Frugal Innovation can be defined as the outcome of all cumulative actions that an

employeeperforms using his skills, abilities, and knowledge for a particular situation or task

during a giventime frame. It is one of the steps towards the achievement of anorganizations

goals, which is the reason why HRM deems the improvement in employee skillsvitally

important, since it is directly correlated to performance in manufacturing sector. Workplace

environment is also an important factor that has a significant impact on frugal innovation,

fulfilling their intrinsic, extrinsic, and social needs, forming the basis fortheir stay in an

organization, as well as being the key determinant of quality in work and performance levels. A

positive organization working environment therefore has a multitude ofbenefits to an

organization. For manufacturing sector, frugal innovation is one of the key factors for success,

which they utilize to get ahead of competition, achieve their goals, and earn profits.

References

Abimbola and Kocak, 2007, T. Abimbola, A. KocakBrand, organization identity and

reputation: SMEs as expressive organizations: A resources-based perspectiveQualitative

Market Research: An International Journal, 10 (4) (2007), pp. 416-430

Ahuja and Chan, 2014, S. Ahuja, Y. Chan Beyond traditional IT-enabled innovation:

Exploring frugal IT capabilities AMCIS 2014 Proceedings (2014)

Andriopoulos, Constantine (2001), Determinants of organisational creativity: a literature

review, Management Decision, Vol.39, No.10,

Basu et al., 2013, R.R. Basu, P.M. Banerjee, E.G. Sweeny Frugal innovation: Core

competencies to address global sustainability, Journal of Management for Global

Sustainability, 1 (2) (2013), pp. 63-82

Becker, Franklin (2007) Organizational Ecology and Knowledge Networks, California

Management Review, Winter, Vol.49, No. 2, pp. 42-61

Bhatti, Y. 2012. ―What is Frugal, What is Innovation? Towards a Theory of Frugal

Innovation.‖(Working Paper SSRN Number: 2005910).

https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0268401216305400#bbib0005








Bhatti, Y. and Ventresca, M. 2012. ―The Emerging Market for Frugal Innovation: Fad,

Fashion, or Fit?‖(Working Paper SSRN Number: 2005983).

Brill, Michael (2001) Disproving Widespread Myths about Workplace Design, Jasper

US: Kimball International.

Buijs, Jan, (2007) Interview with professor Jan Buijs by JoostPanhuizen, in Delta ,nr. 27,

20 September.

Building, Organization Studies, 25(7), pp. 1095-1114

Cambridge MA: Massachusetts Institute of Technology September, WP # 165-97

Cost, Ithaca – New York: Cornell University, International Workplace Studies Program,

October

Creativity Research Journal, Vol. 14, No. 3&4, pp. 409 - 426

Csikszentmihaly, M. (1996). Creativity: Flow and the psychology of discovery and

invention, New York: Harper Collins.

Davenport, Thomas H. (2005) Why Office Design Matters, Harvard Business School

Working Knowledge,

Dholakia and Kshetri, 2004, R.R. Dholakia, N. KshetriFactors impacting the adoption of

the internet among SMEs, Small Business Economics, 23 (4) (2004), pp. 311-322

Fuchs, 2015, H.J. Fuchs From premium to good enough: Frugal innovation in the

emerging markets, Innovation Management (2015)

George, 2005, G. George Slack resources and the performance of privately held

firms,Academy of Management Journal, 48 (4) (2005), pp. 661-676

Mathisen, Gro Ellen and Stale Einarsen (2004) A Review Assessing Creative and

Innovative Environments

McCoy, J. and G.W. Evans (2002) The Potential Role of the Physical Environment in

Fostering Creativity,

MeelJuriaan van, and Paul Vos( 2001) Funky offices: Reflections on office design in the

‗new economy‘.

Radjou et al., 2012a, N. Radjou, J. Prabhu, S. Ahuja Jugaad innovation: Think frugal,

beflexible, generate breakthrough growth,Jossey-Bass, San Francisco, CA (2012)

Radjou et al., 2012b, N. Radjou, J. Prabhu, S. Ahuja Frugal innovation: Lessons from

Carlos Ghosn CEO Renault-Nissan,(2012)

Salavou, H. Baltas G. and Lioukas, S. (2004). Organisational innovation in SMEs: The

important of strategic orientation and competitive structure, European Journal of

Marketing, 38(9-10) 1091-1112.

Soni and Krishnan, 2014, P. Soni, R. Krishnan Frugal innovation: Aligning theory,

practice, and public policy,Journal of Indian Business Research, 6 (1) (2014), pp. 29-47

Sutton, Robert (2001) Weird Ideas That Work. 11½ Ways to Promote, Manage and

Sustain Innovation,

Tran and Ravaud, 2016, V.T. Tran, P. RavaudFrugal innovation in medicine for low

resource settings, Bmc Medicine, 14 (102) (2016), pp. 1-3

Within Organisations, Creativity Research Journal, Vol. 16, No. 1, pp 119-140.













Sustainable Development, Gender Equality and Women Empowerment -

A Challenge Ahead

Dr. Deepa Paturkar

Associate Professor, ILS Law College , Pune,

Maharashtra. [email protected]

Abstract:

Sustainable development as “development that meets the needs of the present without

compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs”1 became widely

accepted. The United Nations adopted theSustainable Development goals as an agenda for

economic and environmental sustainability.

As a concept it has an impact on legal rules and principles and it can influence the

adjudication of legal disputes to achieve balance of interests between economic development and

environmental protection. Thus, Sustainable Development has become,in most of the

Jurisdictions,a central focal point linked with social justice in the context of equality. In

fact,issue of environmental degradation is always discussed in the context of social justice in

light of equality and rights of people to quality of life. In particular,the important integral aspect

of all dimensions of inclusive and sustainable development is Gender Equality and Women

Empowerment. It is one of the 17 Sustainable Development Goals.In the first part, the present

papersheds light on how the women are being affectedby each of these goals. The 17 goals of

2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development envisage alleviation of Poverty, systematic tack-

linking of Climate –Change and building and inclusive, equitable, peaceful and resilient society

along with „ Gender equality and women empowerment‟ as stand-alone goal. In the second part

the paper tries to analyze how each of the goals is reflected and linked with Gender equality in

the Indian Legal Framework.Though policy initiatives are being taken by the government, there

are still gaps and challenges in the implementation of the Sustainable Development Goals

(SDGs) from a gender perspective. Finally, the paper would be concluded by the discussion

highlighting the suggestions on national initiatives.

Key Words:- Gender Equalities, Economic Development, Sustainable Development Goals,

Women Empowerment, Gender Justice

Introduction

The Role of Women in Development is the central and is recognized necessary for

achieving gender equality.14

Women have been an important component of Sustainable

development. It is essential to link gender equality with sustainable development for various

reasons. Firstly, in order to achieve Just and fair sustainable development, it cannot be envisaged

without considering the rights, dignity and capabilities of half of the world‘s population, that is

women. Secondly, it is morally as well as ethically vitalfor achieving gender equality and

ensuring the human rights, dignity and enhancing capabilities of diverse groups of women.15

14

Report of the Fourth World Conference on Women, Beijing, 4-15 September 1995 (United

Nations publication, Sales No. E.96.IV.13)

15 See generally, http://www.unwomen.org/en/news/in-focus/women-and-the-sdgs last visited on

15th Dec. 2018


https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S1870057816300142#fn0005

http://www.unwomen.org/en/news/in-focus/women-and-the-sdgs






Gender Equality, Women empowerment and recognition of women‘s rights have become

more significant and important worldwide in the wake of sustainability.16

Keeping in mind

disproportionate impact of social, cultural and economic burden on women and girls, it is

necessary that our policy actions should be effective enough in addressing the issues faced by

them. It is a doctrinal research which aims to trace the emergence of relationship between

sustainable development and gender equality and women empowerment.

Women‘s equality and empowerment is one of the 17 Sustainable Development Goals.It

is very much implicit to all dimensions of inclusive and sustainable development.Gender

equality must be given importance so as to eliminate the many root causes of discrimination that

still curtail women‘s rights in private and public spheres. For example, he laws which are

inherently discriminatory need to be amended and legislation which are proactive need to be

adopted to so that gender equality is ensured.17

The paper attempts to elaborate the International

perspective as well as Indian efforts to ensure gender equality and women empowerment.

Attaining sustainable development implies not only economic and environmental

sustainability. It alsorequires prioritizing social sustainability. Social sustainability implies

realization of women‘s human rights, their attainment of capabilities and wellbeing. It requires

paying attention to the provision of care through the family, places of employment, the public

sector and/or state, especially the ―private‖ domain of unpaid care work.The attainment of

sustainable development and gender equality potentially involves trade-offs that need to be

openly discussed among different social groups. In such negotiations, the social dimensions of

sustainability — too often neglected — must be fully integrated, and states and other powerful

actors must be held accountable for delivering sustainable development.18

Health as a Human Right of Women

Ensuring gender equality and realizing the human rights, dignity and capabilities of

diverse groups of women is a focal point of a just and sustainable development. For example

decisive involvement of women in matters of family planning is necessary for gender equality

and social sustainability. Certain aspects of gender equality, such as female education and

women‘s participation in decision making can have positive impact on her health , health of her

children in particular and health of an household in general.

Health is an unremunerated fundamental right that ensures the highest attainable standard

of health.19

However, the discrimination on the ground of sex makes it difficult for a woman to

materialize her right to health. The discrimination results in vulnerability of women to

sicknesses, unavailability of timely and effective treatment and care. It is often noticed that the

woman is denied of a medical care and treatment on the ground of affordability or opting for a

treatment which is less expensive.Among women between the age of 15 to 45 worldwide, AIDS

16

U.N. World Commission on Environment and Development, Our Common Future: Report of

the World Commission on Environment and Development, chap. 2, paragraph 1, Annex to U.N.

Doc. A/42/427 (Aug. 4, 1987) 17

http://www.unwomen.org/en/digital-library/publications/2014/10/world-survey-2014 last

visited on 15th Dec. 2018 18

http://www.unwomen.org/en/digital-library/publications/2018/4/gender-differences-in-poverty-

and-household 19

People‘s Union for Civil Liberties v. Union of India, (1997) 1 SCC 301

http://www.unwomen.org/en/digital-library/publications/2014/10/world-survey-2014






is now the leading cause of death.20

It is observed that an unequal social and economic status

impair women‘s ability to protect themselves and make and an informed choices. Though in

many of the countries, universal access to sexual and reproductive health care services are

perceived and thus reflected as a national commitment, one can make out the gaps that have

resulted in inefficient progress. The gaps may be evident in variety of circumstances. For

example, lack of basic education in the subject of Health and Hygiene, non-availability of

contraceptives, numerous pregnancies when her health conditions do not permit so on account of

a social stigma of not having a son, Lack of minimum antenatal care. In the absence of

comprehensive and accessible higher quality in health services, it is difficult to fulfill the right to

health. Unless we ensure that practices that critically endanger women‘s health are absolutely

curtailed, the real equality will not be possible.21

Health Indicators and their Interface

Everyone need safe drinking water, clean and pollution free air to breathe, clean and

dignified sanitation, cleaner and smoke free cooking stoves and domestic electricity services.

These four factors are indicators of health and livelihood and investment in them contribute to

the fulfillment of Human Rights. They particularly are critical to poor women who are

responsible to meet the needs of other households and their won household.22

All the factors

have spillover effect. For example, cleaner and efficient cooking stoves improve household

health as well as household budget. Water is so essential for the very human existence only when

it is safe and affordable. Access to safe drinking water and sanitation for women increases

general health of the community. WHO report indicates that unsafe drinking water, sanitation

and indoor air pollution from solid fuel account for 11 percent deaths in lower income

countries.23

The investment on these four factors are likely to improve gender equality directly

and particularly for poor women since they are disproportionately burdened with poor health and

care.

Access to Sanitation

Sanitation is basic need and yet it is highly ignored. Access to improved facilities is

denied to many all over the world. One must note that for social and biological reasons men and

women are exposed to different risks and hence their needs are different. For example, if women

are girls in a village are required to access an off-site facilities, they may be exposed to sexual

violence. Absence of adequate facilities in school may keep girls away particularly during

menstruation. Defecation in open spaces is a huge risk to public health and an environmental

20 See generally, Report of the Fourth World Conference on Women, Beijing, 4-15 September

1995 (United Nations publication, Sales No. E.96.IV.13)

21http://www.unwomen.org/en/news/in-focus/women-and-the-sdgs/sdg-3-good-health-well-being

22See generally, United Nations Conference on the Human Environment, Declaration on the

Human Environment,U.N. Doc. A/CONF.48/14 Corr. 1 (June 16, 1972).

23

Say, L., and others (2014). Global causes of maternal death: a WHO systematic analysis . The

Lancet Global Health , vol. 2, no. 6, pp. e323-e333.






hazard causing wide-spread diseases.24

To counter the same, sanitation programmes like

‗Swaccha Bharat Abhiyan are launched introducing an improved form of sanitation. Proper and

improved sanitation facilities, according to WHO and UNICEF, include pour flush ora flush

toilets into a sewer, ventilated improved pits and composting toilets, through the use of which

pathogenic waste is likely to be removed from human contact.25

Basic sanitation which is clean,

affordable to construct and to maintain, and safe to access, is necessary investment for women‘s

and girls‘ capabilities. Since women need more privacy than men, it is essential for them to have

physical safety when they access toilets, especially during menstruation which are outside or at a

far away places. So also, menstrual hygiene has often been neglected in national and

international sanitation promotions. For these reasons, access to sanitation is germane to gender

equality and dignity.26

Cooking is still traditionally a responsibility of women. It is fundamental to the unpaid

care economy. Women spend many hours of day searching for fuel and cooking over open

flames that emit harmful smoke. Most of the air pollution in the villages is attributed to cooking

with solid fuels. Thus, women are disproportionately affected by dirty and inefficient cooking

practices and reliance on biomass fuels. The health and income would improve and women will

save time if households can switch to cleanerburning and more efficient cooking stoves. It gives

them positive externalities well beyond the benefits for individual women.

In the quest of sustainability, it is essential to introspect what is sustained and who is

benefited. There are many policy dilemmas in ensuring women‘s rights and gender equality

concerns. The fact that the bulk of unpaid care work is carried out by women and girls. It has

significant implications in terms of their capacity to realize their rights to education, paid work, a

decent standard of living and even political participation. In these implications, the gender and

other inequalities intersect and the rights of women and girls from marginalized sector are often

compromised without being realized. Poverty and exclusion add the fuel to increasing intensity

of unpaid work. Unpaid care work also intensifies issues of economic crisis, health crisis and

environmental degradation. A just and sustainable society is one that recognizes unpaid care

work by making it visible though appropriate policies, sufficient public investment in

infrastructure and services that are redistributed between men and women within household in

particular and between society and households in general.

Education and gender equality

Education is one of the most important means of empowering women with the

knowledge, skills and self-confidence necessary to participate fully in the development process.

More than 40 years ago, the Universal Declaration of Human Rights asserted that "everyone has

the right to education".27

24

See generally, http://www.unwomen.org/en/digital-library/publications/2018/6/issue-brief-

gender-responsive-water-and-sanitation-systems last visited on 14th Feb, 2019 25

See United Nations, Department of Economic and Social Affairs, Population Division,

Population Estimates and Projections Section, http://esa.un.org/unpd/wpp/ExcelData/

fertility.htm 26

https://www.un.org/sustainabledevelopment/gender-equality/ last visited 15 th Dec. 2018 27

See generally, The Universal Declaration of Human Rights.

http://www.unwomen.org/en/digital-library/publications/2018/6/issue-brief-gender-responsive-water-and-sanitation-systems

http://www.unwomen.org/en/digital-library/publications/2018/6/issue-brief-gender-responsive-water-and-sanitation-systems

https://www.un.org/sustainabledevelopment/gender-equality/






The developed countries though out the world have achieved almost equal enrolment of

boys and girls in primary schools. However, the reality in developing and under-developed

countries is far from the achievements of the developed countries. Gender gap widens

remarkably in these countries especially in secondary and tertiary schools. Education is the

fundamental right which empowers individuals to increase their well-being and contribute in

broader economic and social growth. Naturally improvement in education results in growth of

economy and in turn growth of development. With increasing number of women entering in

high level of education , greater equality is seen in this sector. However, t it is not true always in

the absence of inclusive and high quality education. It is necessary for girls and boys, women

and men to eliminate gender stereotypes and make education accessible and available across

their lifetime. In India girls are perceived as a liability. She needs to be given dowry, another

menace, at the time of her marriage. On the top of it spending on her education is considered as

an unnecessary expense which the poor parent try to avoid. This is the reason, in India, we have

‗BetiBachaoBetiPadhao‘ campaign that aims not only to boost and implement education policy

but also to ensure decrease in female infanticide and female foeticide. Not only Education is an

imperative for gender equality and women‘s rights, but also access to information technologies,

revision in school curricula and policies to counteract gender discrimination is essential for

social sustainability. In addition, there is a need to develop a non-formal educational curriculum

to prevent violence against women and girls.

Women‘s empowerment is a pre-condition for sustainable development because women

have a critical role to play in all of the SDGs. It has many targets specifically recognizing

women‘s equality and empowerment as the objective and as part of the solution. Goal 5 is known

as the stand-alone gender goal because it is dedicated to achieving these ends. Though equality is

guaranteed under the Constitution, in 143 countries, gender discrimination is still intertwined in

social and legal norms. It is admitted that legislative changes are needed to ensure women‘s

rights around the world. It is through empowerment of women and girls that would increase

their participation in decision making at household, local and national level. Their participation

is equally important in planning and budgeting as they are equal stakeholders.28

When the economy is inclusive as well as sustainable, everyone enjoys the benefits of

growth. It does not have any adverse effect on environment, and uses resources judiciously so

they will remain for generations to come. Employment is the entry point for economic well-

being for majority of the population. In an inclusive economy, decent work means a living wage,

workplace safety and protection against discrimination. There has been some progress. Yet,

globally, women still work at lower rates than men. Gender stereotypes often define what

‗women‘s work‘ is, and can channel women into some of the inferior jobs. When economies are

accelerated and directed towards achieving women‘s rights and gender equality, the benefits,

such as fairer societies and greater economic dynamism, accrue to everyone. It is necessary for

women to have equal access to decent work, productive resources and financial services, as well

as an equal voice in economic decisions.

Social sustainability also demands peaceful and inclusive societies that uphold the rule of

law and ensure equal access to justice. It protects people from all forms of violence, including

28

Supra note 7






gender-based violence, and control corruption and organized crime.29

Laws and policies apply

without discrimination. Gender discrimination in legal systems includes the failure to punish

perpetrators of gender-based violence. Protecting women‘s rights without exception in all laws

and practices will definitely bring peaceful and inclusive society within reach.

Principles of Women empowerment

It is very much important to have healthy and improved political, social and economic

status of women which will lead to their empowerment and autonomy There are seven

principles of women empowerment30

:-

o Encouraging corporate leadership capacity with the quality to ascertain gender

equality

o Encouraging adequate respect and support for human rights and non-

discrimination and in consequence treating men and women equally at workplaces

o Making sure that all men and women workers are provided with equal facilities in

terms of their overall welfare and safety at workplaces

o Educating women according to the professional requirement and encourage them

to grow further in life

o Encouraging women to develop entrepreneurial skills, which in turn, would make

them self-dependent

o Advocating the promotion of gender equality within in a community

o Proper measurement and letting people know of the achievement of gender

equality

Indian Perspective of Women Empowerment

In India, efforts are taken to empower women and are reflected in variety of areas.

He Indian Constitution guarantees Right to equality under Article 14 it provides to all Indian

women equality before law, Equal pay for equal work under Article 39(d), guards the economic

rights of women by guaranteeing equal pay for equal work; and Maternity Relief under Article

42, allows provisions to be made by the state for securing just and humane condition of work and

maternity relief for women.31

The Dowry Prohibition Act, 1961, prohibits the Demand, payment or acceptance of a

dowry. Asking or giving dowry can be punished by imprisonment as well as fine. The Protection

of Women from Domestic Violence Act, 2005, provides for a more effective protection of their

rights which are violated on account of domestic violence. A breach of this Act is punishable

with both fine and imprisonment. Sexual Harassment of Women at Work Place (Prevention,

Prohibition, and Redressal) Act, 2013, helps to create a conducive environment at the workplace

for women where they are not subjected to any sort of sexual harassment.

The 73rd and 74th Constitutional Amendment Act which has introduced Panchayati Raj

Institutions require that all the local elected bodies have to reserve one-third of their seats for

women. Such a provision was made to increase the effective participation of women in politics.

29

http://www.sdgfund.org/goal-5-gender-equality, last visited on 29th

Nov. 2018 30

https://www.unglobalcompact.org/take-action/action/womens-principles last visited on 15th

Dec. 2018 31

See generally, DurgadasBasu, ‗ TheConstituion of India‘, Central Law Publication.

http://www.sdgfund.org/goal-5-gender-equality

https://www.unglobalcompact.org/take-action/action/womens-principles






Women‘s Reservation Bill is a pending Bill in India which proposes to reserve 33% of all seats

in the LokSabha and in all State Legislative Assemblies for women. If passed, this Bill will give

a significant boost to the position of women in politics. A male dominating society with deep-

rooted patriarchalsocio-cultural values continues to affect women‘s right to equality, their

dignity and empowerment. It is the need to envisage an egalitarian society, where there is no

place for superiority. The Government needs to take efforts to identify and eliminate such forces

that work to keep alive the tradition of male dominance over its female counterpart by issuing

inhumane and unlawful diktats.

Through all these years, the attention is only on developing and devising new schemes,

policies and programmes and have paid less attention to the proper monitoring system and

implementation short-sightedness, for e.g. despite the presence of The Pre-Natal Diagnostic

Technologies Act and various health programmes like JananiSurakshaYojana and National Rural

Health Mission (NHRM), our country has a skewed sex ratio and a high maternal mortality rate

(MMR). In addition, there are women self help groups and non -governmental organizations that

are relentlessly involved in women empowerment.

Conclusion

It is the twin challenge of building pathways to sustainable development and achieving

gender equality. At the international level there seems to be a concern about the gender equality.

It is well acceptedthat the efforts should be taken to move economies and societies onto more

sustainable paths, to prevent crisis and catastrophe and to enable prosperity through gender

equality and women empowerment. Legal provisions alone are not sufficient to bring a change.

What is more needed is the change in attitude to look at woman as commodity, change in

perception that considers woman as a human being to be treated with respect, honor and dignity.






Role for HRM in Sustainable Development

Dr. Sunil Zagade

Associate Professor,


[email protected]

Abstract:

In the modern days HRM is very popular concept Sustainable Development of Human

Resource Management is concerned with meeting the needs of people, today without

compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs. In future companies

must realize that they have to develop a powerful social conscience and sustainability in HRM.

The HRM strategy must reflect and inspire the ambition of the HR team and other employees,

company strategy values and culture, deliver sustainable returns to investors, address customers

needs respond to governmental and regulatory expectations. In a nutshell creating sustainable

development in HRM world, where consumers and employees force change. In fact the HR

function can be renamed as ―People and Society ‗It is become really a ‗hot topic‘. It is a great

mantra for the 21st century. The term ‗sustainability‘, has been traditionally used as ‗long-term‘,

‗durable‘, ‗sound systematic.‘

Keywords: Human Resource Management, Long Term, Leadership

Introduction:

In the modern days sustainable HRM is completely essential to achieve sustainable

organizations and sustainablesociety. The importance of sustainability in HRM practices can be

considered from two separate aspects. The most important intention is to manage the people and

the notion of sustainability. Many organizations are investing lot of money for research highly

qualified employees, face work –related stress, work-life conflicts, health problems, new

employment relationship or lack of employability.

Objectives

1. To study the importance of sustainable for HRM.

2. To know the five ways the develop a sustainable HRM.

3. To study the characterization of sustainability as a concept.

4. To study the objectives of sustainability for HRM.


The present paper is based on the secondary data. The Secondary data pertaining to the

study was obtained from the various journals, books, newspapers, and websites of the concerned

organization

The study focuses on the innovative role of HRM in sustainable Development.

Sustainable HRM and organizational performance proposed model of sustainable HRM and

organizational performance.

Sustainable HRM Sustainable HRM

Outcomes

Organizational Performance

1. Recruitment 1. Employee Satisfaction 1. Profit

2. Selection 2. Employee Motivation 2. Market Value

3. HR planning 3. Employee Retention 3. Market Share

4. Rewards 4. Social Climate 4. Increase In Sales







between workers and

management

5. Participation 5. Loyalty 5. Productivity

6. Training 6. Product / Service

7. Employee maintenance 7. Quality

8. Customer

9. Satisfaction

10. Development of Product /

Service

11. Future Investment

Source: - Summary of researchers approach (2013)

Objectives of Sustainability for HRM

1. Maintaining the employee health and safety.

2. Attracting and retaining talent.

3. Investing skills of the workforce.

4. Creating employees trust, and sustained employment relationships.

5. Supporting employees.

6. Maintaining a high quality of life for employees.

The five ways to develop a sustainable HRM

1. Focus on the customer: - If you keep good relation with customer, then it is easy to

develop a sustainable HRM, because you must know customer is the god of every

business.

2. Balanced approach between all stakeholders: - Lack of balance is not sustainable. A one

sided focus on performance and shareholders return is not sustainable; if you do not make

sure other stakeholders can reach their goals at the same time. All stakeholders should get

benefit

3. People are willing and able to perform sustainably there is no much more to say about the

purpose of HR.

4. Leadership required good skills, ability, communication skills then you develop a

sustainable way of leadership. Leadership is the key to many positive outcomes. Weak

leadership does not create recognition or value. It destroys the value of enterprise.

Comprehensive leadership approach is at the core of the overall people strategy.

5. Focus on the long term: - You must prepare a long term plan, because the strategy can

only sustainable if it is long term. The reason for that is that important business

foundations like culture, trust and organizational learning need to develop.

There is no business without people and people need business to live and thrive. In the

soft term world of today focusing of sustainability is difficult, so you need to be realistic and

programmatic.

Sustainability means that what you so today has a positive effect on tomorrow so

sustainable HRM is about creating competitive advantage for companies‘ sustainable






employability foremployees‘shareholder value for sustainable HRM and organizational

performance.

Sustainability andHRM

As people in organizations is one of the most important resources. People can be

exploited in organizations, in work and HRM Systems. It means if the management handled the

employee in a systematic manner, employee cannot create any problem to the organizations. In

short it will be a positive impact on the development of the sustainable.

The importanceof sustainable for HRM

The importance of sustainability in HRM practices can be considered from two separate

aspects. The most important intension is to manage the people and the notion of sustainability.

Another important thing is give more importance to valuable human resources. Many

organizations are investing lot of money for research. Highly qualified employees, face work-

related stress, work-life conflicts, health problems, new employment relationship or lack of

employability(a, 1995).

In today‘s position, it requires organization to consider on investing in attracting,

developing and retaining skilled employee and focusing on efficiency and effectiveness in HR

practices. In other words to identify strategic potential for HRM.

Sustainable development of HRM is concerned with meeting the needs of people today

without compromising the ability of future generation to meet their own needs. In future

companies must be realized they have to develop a powerful social conscience and sustainability

in HRM. The HR strategy must reflect and inspire ambitions of the HR team and other

employees, companies strategy, values and culture, deliver sustainable returns to investors,

address customers needs, respond to governmental and regulatory expectations. In a nutshell

creating sustainable development in HRM world where consumers and employees force change.

In fact the HR function can be renamed as ―People andSociety.(a, 1995)‖

Characterization of sustainability as a concept

It is become really a ‗hot topic‘. It is a great mantra for the 21st century. The term

‗sustainability‘, has been traditionally used as ‗long-term‘, ‗durable‘, ‗sound systematic.‘

1. The root of sustainability lies in the Aristotle‘s concept of a household. The ability to

produce and reproduce everything was needed for the living(Ehnert,200gb)

2. From the 12th

century the idea of sustainability was applied in the forestry sector

underlying the necessity for a balancing world consumption and regeneration(Leal

filho,2000;Ehnert,200ga)

3. Starting for the late 1970‘s (till that period the word of ‗sustainability‘ was employed

only occasionally (Leal Filho,2000). The notion of sustainability was adopted by the

ecological movement concerned with the over exploitation of natural resources.

4. In 1980 the term ‗sustainability‘ became of critical terms in strategic management context

underlying the possibility for organization to achieve sustainable competitive advantage

(Kazlauskaite andBuciuniene,2008)

5. The significant step towards description of sustainability is related with World

commission on Environment and Development (WCED)

Conclusion

The importance of sustainability in HRM practices can be considered from two separate

aspects. The most important intention is to manage the people and the notion of sustainability.






Another important thing is to give more importance to valuable human resources. Many

organizations are investing lot of money for research by highly qualified employees.

References

1. Alter S (2002) the work system method for understanding Information Systems

and Information Research

CommunAssocInforSyst 9(6):90-104

Bansal P (2005) Evolvingsustainability. Longitudinal study corp. sustain develop

26(3):197-218.

2. Becker GS (1975) The new economics of human behavior , Cambridge press ,

Cambridge

3. Cascio WF (2006) managing human resources:Productivity, Quality of work life,

profits,7th

edition. MC Graw.Hill/Irwin, New York.

4. Davis LE ,cherns AB (Eds)(1995) The Quality of Working Life,volume I and II.

Free Press, New York.

5. Freeman RE (1984) Strategic Management: AStakeholder Approach. Pitman

Boston.

6. Friedman M(1970) The Social Responsibility Of Business Is To Increase Profits.

NY Times Mag 32-33:122-126

7. Gladwin TN Kennely JJ et al (1195) Shifting paradigms for sustainability

Development.Implications manage Theory Res 20(4):874-907

8. Gollan P (2005) High Involvement Management and Human Resources

Sustainability: The Challenges and Opportunities. Asia Pacific J Hum

Resour43:18-33.






Green Banking Practices : Study of Select Scheduled Commercial Banks

Dr. Neelofar Raina Assistant Professor, Symbiosis Centre for

Skill Development, Pune,


Abstract:

“The implementation of the Sustainable Development Goals is an absolute must to ensure

a peaceful and prosperous future for humankind. Governments are challenged to fulfill their

commitments, but business has a key role to play in providing the know-how and the

technologies to reach the objective in more efficient and innovative ways,” said Klaus Schwab,

Founder and Executive Chairman of the World Economic Forum. In the recent past there has

been an increased focus on Climate change, the need to reduce greenhouse gas emissions, and

as a consequence the necessity to cultivate more sustainable business and lifestyle practices.

This has catalyzed initiatives to create greener economies by emphasizing sustainable

environments should command a more prominent role in how greener investments are designed,

evaluated and implemented. In response a number of institutions including financial institutions,

policymakers have launched green growth initiatives to create more sustainable economies.

Green Banking means ensuring environment-friendly practices in the banking sector and thereby

reducing internal and external carbon footprints. It makes technological and operational

advancements, changing client practices in the banking sector thus transforming Indian banking

from the traditional towards a more adaptable one incorporating the interests of customers, the

bank and the environment. The Scheduled commercial banks are the backbone of the economy

and therefore, their concentrated efforts towards this cause of Green Banking Practices can

result in phenomenal improvements. The thrust of this Study is to get insights into the level of

customers‟ awareness of Green Banking products and services adopted by Select Scheduled

commercial banks in India. The study is based on secondary collected from various Bank

websites, RBI reports, Annual Reports of Scheduled Commercial Banks, Journals and the

primary data is collected through a structured questionnaire.

1.Introduction

The Financial system has been playing an important role in transforming Socio Economic

landscape and is recontouring its banking operations by aligning the financial system with

sustainable development. ―Reserve Bank of India, has been conscious of the role of banks in

providing finance for sustainable development. As early as in December 2007, banks in India

were sensitized to the various international initiatives including the Equator principles and were

asked to keep abreast of the developments in the field of sustainable development and corporate

social responsibility and dovetail / modify their lending strategies / plans in the light of such

developments.” (R.Gandhi, 2016)1

―Green banking has two dimensions. First, the way the banking business is being done –

is it paperless or not. The second dimension of green banking relates to where the bank puts its

money. Green Banking entails banks to encourage environment friendly investments and give

lending priority to those industries which have already turned green or are trying to go green and,

thereby, help to restore the natural environment.‖ (K.C, 2013) 2







2. Research Questions

Following Research questions were asked to Students?

Awareness of Green banking?

Which among the following Green Services do you use?

Since when have you been using above services?

Which Banking Services do you Use?

Rationale Behind the usage of Services?

Factors important while opening the bank account?

Which factors require more efforts to promote Green banking?

Following Research Questions were asked to Bankers?

Why Green Banking is important for Banking and Financial Sector?

How is Banking Sector contributing to Sustainable and Inclusive Development?

How can we encourage the Banking Sector to Contribute to Sustainable Development?

What are the main challenges for banking sector India?

3. Objectives of the study

To highlight the Green Banking practices introduced by the Scheduled Commercial

Banks in India.

To investigate and analyze the awareness and usage of Green Banking Services by the

respondents.

To find out the challenges and concerns of Green Banking in India.

4. Research Methodology

The present study has incorporated both primary and secondary data. The questionnaire

was circulated to 200 undergraduate and postgraduate students (age group 18-22) out of which

136 respondents filled in the questionnaire which was usable for statistical analysis purposes,

Five point Likert scale was assigned to measure few variables of the study. To get more insights

into Green banking Initiatives an opinion survey was conducted by circulating questionnaire to

10 Senior Bank officials.

The study is also based qualitative data collected from various annual and business

responsibility reports of Scheduled commercial banks from 2016-18. The Study is mainly

divided into two parts the first part of the Study summarizes Green Banking Practices by

Scheduled Commercial Banks in India and the second part of the study analyses and discusses

the questionnaire administered to respondents and bankers.

5. Limitations

The Present study is primarily based on Green Channels initiatives and Green technology

initiatives of Scheduled Commercial Banks in India.

The Study doesn‘t pertain to other Green initiatives taken by Scheduled Commercial

Banks (Processes, Strategies, Green Infrastructure to mention few.)

The Demographic Profile of the respondents doesn‘t represent entire population.

6. Highlights of the Green Banking Practices of Select Scheduled Commercial Banks

Green banking practices are a step forward to change client habits in the banking sector

for the sustainable development in future. In December 2007, RBI issued a circular ―highlighting






the importance for bank to act with responsibility and contribute to sustainable development so

that the impact of global warming can be reduced with the help of banking industry. Green

banking means to promote environment friendly practices and to reduce the carbon footprint

from banking operation.‖

In the following section the researcher has summarised few Green banking Practices of

Select Scheduled Commercial Banks in India. ―State Bank of India, Punjab National Bank, Bank

of Baroda,ICICI,HDFC and Axis Bank‖

The Scheduled commercial banks are advocating its digital transformation because its

advantages are multi-fold, it increases financial inclusion, enhances customer satisfaction,

and reduces paper consumption.

The Scheduled Commercial Banks through Green Channel Counters are aiming to

promote paperless or 'Green Banking' for deposit, withdrawal and fund transfers within

the Bank.

The Scheduled Commercial Banks are providing sustainable banking products through its

extensive network of branches, ATMs, Internet and Door-step banking.

Digital initiatives like Internet Banking, Mobile Banking,ATMs, UPI, etc are leading to

green banking operations.

Customers are also encouraged to subscribe for e-statements, e-welcome kits and

messaging alerts service, while using ATMs, to avoid printing of transaction slips.

The banks are Promoting the use of plastic cards, POS, M-passbook, e-transaction, net

banking, Mobile banking for encouraging the cash-less and paperless transaction.

Promotion of Bharat QR code, Aadhar pay, UPI payment, BHIM as alternative delivery

channels for cash-less and paperless transaction in 24x7.

For convenience of customers, details and hyper link related to e products have been

provided at Banks websites.

Banks are Encouraging Maximum use of email in place of physical letters for

communication and have moved from paper intensive processing to image based

electronic processing.

The Scheduled Commercial Banks have endeavored to reach out to customers and seek

their collaboration in the ‗Go Green‘ movement, encouraging online bill payment, online

funds transfer etc

Green PINs and credit card e-statements have been enabled for specific customer

segments.

The Banks are also leveraging its digital banking strategy to enhance the digitization of

its operations as well as product offerings, which positively correlates with reduction in

environmental impact, such as paper usage or avoidance of travel by customers to

branches.

7. Data Analysis and Findings

The Results and Discussions of the questionnaire administered to the students and to the

bankers have been presented under various heads.






Gender

7.1. Gender

Gender Count

Male

53

Female

83

Prefer not to

say 0

Source: Primary Data

The Survey was responded by 83 female and 53 male students

In Which Commercial Bank do you have an account?

Table 7.2: Type of SCBs

and account holders

Type of commercial

Bank Respondents

Public

89

Private

63

Foreign

7


Above Table depicts that comparatively Public Sector Banks have more account holders than

private Sector banks, few respondents had accounts in both the Banks . Do you feel your bank is

aware of the Green Banking?

The Respondents were asked if their respective banks were aware of Green banking,

Table7.3 and Figure7.3 shows that the respondents feel that their banks are well aware of

Green banking , fairly high mean score of 3. 82 depicts that majority of respondents (44%) agree

that their respective banks are aware of

the Green Banking.

Table 7.3: Awareness of Green banking


Figure 7. 3: Awareness of Green Banking (%)

Do you feel your bank is aware of

the Green Banking? (Mean Score)

3.82







Which among the following Green banking services do you use?

Figure 7. 4: Use of Green Banking Services (%)


Table7. 4 depicts that 37.11% respondents prefer using ATMs, followed by 29.75%

using offline banking, 26.91% mobile banking and 4.82% online banking. The above Figure

clearly shows the majority of respondents are well aware and are using the Green banking

Services. The Figure Shows that 29.75% respondents still prefer the offline banking Services

(Branch Banking), 26.91% prefer Mobile banking Services, which indicates that mobile banking

is user friendly and youth are mobile savvy and they prefer using aap based services offered by

Banks. Only 4.82% respondents prefer Online banking and only 0.28 % respondents use other

cards, UPI, E-Wallets, overdraft protection.

Since when have you been using above services?

Table7. 5: Duration of Use of Banking Services

Duration Respondents %

Less than one

year 23

17

1-2 years

46

34

2-3 Years 44

33

More than 3

years 22

16

Not

Applicable

0

0







7.5 & Figure 7.5 shows that majority of respondents 90 respondents i.e. 67 % have been

using Banking Services in the range of 1-3 years, 23 respondents 17% use banking services for

less than one year and 22 respondent‘s 16% use banking services for more than 3 years. This

shows the changing banking habits, adaptability and usage among the respondents and also the

customer perception towards green banking services is changing.

Figure 7. 5: Duration of Use of banking Services (%)


which banking services do you use?

Table7. 6: Mean Score of Banking Services

Which banking services do you use? Mean

Score

Automatic Teller Machines (ATMs)/Debit

Cards

4.47

Offline Banking (Cheque/Slip and paper

banking

2.82

Mobile banking

3.70

Online banking

3.84

Other Cards

2.51


The fairly high Mean score of 4.47 depicts that ATMs/Debit Cards are preferred by the

respondents, mobile and online banking are also used by respondents as they have high mean

score of 3.70 and 3.80 respectively.






Figure7. 6: Use of Banking Services (%)


Figure 7.6depicts that ATMs and Debit Cards are always used by Respondents. Which

clearly indicates that ATMs are preferred channel of Banking Transaction and generic

transaction feature for the respondents. 7.35% respondents occasionally use and just 1.47 %

rarely use. ATMs/Debit Cards as a channel will ensure paperless and Green banking.

As far as Offline Banking is concerned 41.18% respondents occasionally use traditional

modes of banking. 14.11% and 26.47% of the respondents often and rarely use offline

banking,7.35% respondents always use using offline banking and 10.29% have never used

offline banking. The analysis clearly reveals that respondents are moving away from traditional

channels of banking and banks have to take steps to change the mind set of customers they have

to educate the customers of other banking services. The Banks have a business opportunity of

tapping new market of other diverse channels of banking. Further the above table shows 30.88%

of Respondents always use Mobile Banking as it is convenient and most of users have smart

phones which is easy to operate. 30.15% respondents often use and 24.26%are occasionally

using mobile banking. A very small percentage of Respondents rarely or never use mobile

banking.

The analysis clearly indicates that mobile banking is catching up with the young

customers, convenience in the modern globalised world matters. Still there is scope for banks to

increase the outreach of such services which requires Green banking literacy. In online banking






32.3% respondents always use online banking,34.56% often use,21.32% respondents

occasionally use,8.09% rarely use and 3.68% respondents never use. The Figure indicates that

online/internet banking has made an impact among the respondents, this will be instrumental in

changing the Green Eco System. In other cards 61% respondents occasionally and never use

them .A small percentage of respondents 8.82% always use and 30.15% of respondents often and

rarely use other cards.

Rationale behind the usage of Green Banking Services

The results and responses of the respondents regarding the rationale behind the usage of

Green Banking services are discussed as under:

Table 7.7: Rationale behind Usage of Green Banking Services

Rationale behind the usage of services Mean

Score

Green banking system is convenient than traditional banking system 4.18

Green banking system is cheap than traditional banking system 3.68

Green banking system is faster than traditional banking system 4.17

Green banking has security problems 2.94

Banks don't provide most of the green banking services and E-services 2.43

Banks don't provide the information related to the green banking services and E-

services

2.70

Internet services are too slow to use the green services and E-services 2.56

ATM services are unavailable most of the time 2.59


In the above table it is clearly shown that Green Banking system is convenient than

traditional banking system, usage of Green Banking products and services has generated high

mean score of 4.18 indicating that respondents have accepted such practices. Also the Green

banking is considered cheap than traditional Banking as it has a high mean score of 3.68.

Figure 7. 7: Rationale behind Usage of Green Banking Services







In the above figure 36.7% respondents disagree with unavailability of ATM Services,

30.15% of respondents were neutral, 13.9% of respondents agree and 5.15% strongly agree. So

the analysis shows that ATMs services are available to the respondents and the customers are

using the services most of the time. A majority of Respondents that is 44.12% disagree that

internet services are a hindrance to use green services and E -Services,11.76% respondents

strongly disagree that internet services are slow to use the Green Services,25% are neutral and

14.71 % agree. This indicates that internet Banking is catching up with young respondents, as it

avoids the time going to bank branch and this facility will ensure Green Banking Culture among

prospective customers.

In the figure majority of respondents 34.5% disagree that Banks don‘t provide most of

the Green Banking Services and E-services and 34.5% respondents were neutral, 16.1% agree

and 10.2% respondents Strongly Disagree and a small percentage 4.41% strongly agree. The

analysis clearly indicates that majority of respondents are well informed about Green Banking

and E-Services.

As far as Security problem is concerned a majority of respondents around 47% are

neurtral,21.3% Disagree,7.35% strongly disagree,19.1% Agree and 5.15% Strongly Agree.

Majority of respondents 55.1% strongly agree and 26.4% agree that Green banking is faster than

traditional banking, 9.56% strongly disagree and 8.09% are neutral. Further in the figure, a

majority of respondents 27.2% Strongly agree and 36.0% respondents agree that Green

Banking system is cheaper than traditional banking system and lastly Majority of Respondents

50.7% strongly agree and 29.4 % respondents agree that Green Banking is convenient than

traditional banking.

Which factors do you think are important while opening the bank account?

The Respondents were asked about factors which are important while opening an bank

account, the results and responses are discussed as under:

Table 7.8: Important Factors for Opening the Bank Account

Which factors do you think are

important while opening the

bank account

Mean Score

Interest rate (On loan as well on

deposit)

3.47

Minimum terms and conditions 3.40

Green Services 3.84

Informal relationships 2.80


The Table 7.8 depicts a high mean score of 3.84 shows that for respondents Green

Services is an fairly important factor in opening an bank account, followed by important role

being played by interest rate on deposits, minimum terms and conditions and informal

relationships are considered slightly important as far as opening of bank account is concerned.






Figure 7.8: Important Factors for Opening the Bank Account (%)


It is observed from the table that for respondents Interest rate on loan as well on Deposit

is still an important factor in opening bank account majority of respondents(80%) feel that

interest rate is still an important factor for opening an bank account, while 16.1 % consider it

slightly important and 2.9% consider it not at all important. In the Figure it is clearly shown

majority of respondents consider or agree that minimum terms and conditions are important for

opening an bank account,16.1% respondents consider it slightly important and 2.9% consider it

not at all important.

In Green Services the majority of respondents around 91.1% consider that Green

Services are important in opening an bank account, this implies awareness and acceptance of

Green Banking Products by Customers, a very small percentage 7.3% of respondents consider

it is slightly important and 1.4% consider not at all important. The Figure depicts that majority

of respondents 27.9% do consider informal relationships important ,27.2% slightly important,

13.2% very important followed by 14.7% fairly important and 16.9% respondents feel it‘s not

at all important. No doubt Technology is going to play an important role in the banking sector

and it is a major driver of growth but human interface and interaction, personal touch is still

important in banking Industry as it is peoples business. The above analysis clearly indicates that

Green Services are the most important Factor in opening bank account, this supports the

objective of the study that customers are aware of Green Banking Services.

Which factors do you think require more efforts to promote the Green Banking?

The Table below depicts the factors that require more efforts to Promote Green banking

Table 7.9: Factors requiring more efforts to Promote Green banking (%)

Factors requiring more efforts to

Promote Green Banking

Automatic

Teller

Machines

(ATMs)

and cards

Mobile

banking

Online

banking

Green

finance

Advertisement 12.95 17.62 15.98 25.76

Availability 38.84 10.25 10.66 14.41

Charges/Cost 11.61 16.80 10.66 10.92

Security 15.18 25.41 31.97 11.79

Training (for bankers as well as

customers) 7.14 20.49 21.72 14.41

Incentives for Green Banking 14.29 9.43 9.02 22.71







Table 7.9 depicts that majority of respondents 25.76% think that Green Finance requires

more advertisement and publicity, table further depicts that the respondents are reasonably aware

of ATMs and other cards, Mobile Banking and Online Banking so advertisement doesn‘t play an

important role for these factors. 38.84% of respondents think that availability of ATMs is an

important factor to promote Green Banking. The Charges / Costs are major part of concern as a

far as Mobile Banking is concerned. Majority of Respondents 31.97% think that security is a

major issue which needs to be addressed for online banking ,followed by security concerns for

Mobile banking.11.79% respondents think that security needs to looked into for Green finance

and 15.18% think security is a issue for ATMs.Majority of respondents think training is needed

for bankers as well as customers for Online and Mobile Banking .Lastly majority of respondents

22.71% and 14.29% think that Incentives for Green banking for Green finance and ATMs can

be an important factor to promote Green Banking.

7.10 Excerpts from Opinion Survey of Bankers

Below is the brief summary of the views expressed by Bankers:

Benefits

ATMs, mobile and internet banking ensues accessibility, reduction of carbon foot print.

Green Banking is Eco friendly and it is also better approach and style of working.

Green banking practices will save time ,efforts and cost.

Sustainability efforts offer a major opportunity for banks to demonstrate their

commitment to operating responsibly and making a positive impact.

Banks by providing better rates and services to environment friendly initiatives. Provide

eco friendly technology for customers and employees which will lead to in-house cost

savings.

Banks should be getting more digitalized by using less papers and printing less. The will

make them more accountable towards sustainable development.

Challenges

Awareness, high execution costs, credit risk.

Adaptability and accepting the change by Bankers and Customers.

Technological reach is limited.

People in semi urban and rural areas are still used to conventional bank branches, filling

deposit slips, using paper etc.

Customers still avoid transacting through online channels due to the insecure Internet

environment.

Customers were more concerned about their online security and privacy rather than about

green banking adoption by banks

8. Conclusions

In the Study respondents are aware of Green banking Services, ATMs have become

more generic in the present day context and is preferred by the respondents and they are

reasonably aware of ATM facility in a bank.

The Analysis clearly states that there banking habits are changing, adaptability and

usage of green banking services is increasing among the respondents and also the

customer perception towards green banking is changing






Banks have offered Internet Banking and customers are using the online banking, it is a

strategic opportunity and bank need to take cognizance of the same and make more

customers aware of online and E banking.

In the study acceptance and usage of ATMs and mobile banking is more as compared to

online banking.

The Awareness of Green Banking Services and Practices will go long way in making

banks environment friendly.

The banks have to give better experience to customers through the Green banking

Services because this will ultimately have a good impact on environment.

The Real challenge for the banks is to bring users of offline banking into green channels

of banking, this will save paper, make customers more Digital savvy, have a impact on

Green Image of the Bank.

Digital transformation has been significant and it has transformed the banking habits of

its customers, they are well aware of Green banking Products, they are using Green

banking Services but still there is gap between awareness and Usage which needs to be

bridged by Banks.

The Banks are promoting paperless banking through various digital initiatives like

Internet Banking, Mobile Banking, ATMs, UPI, etc. Implementing such Green initiatives

will result in reduction in costs as well as environment friendly practices.

Bibliography

1. Keynote speech delivered by Shri R. Gandhi, Deputy Governor at the launch of the Final

UNEP India Inquiry Report titled ―Delivering a Sustainable Financial System in India‖

on April 29, 2016 in Mumbai.

2. Address by Dr. K. C. Chakrabarty.K.C, Deputy Governor, Reserve Bank of India at the

Yes Bank–GIZ–UNEP Sustainability Series event on Environment and Social Risk

Management, on April 23, 2013 at Mumbai.

3. Brar Singh Pal Tejinder (2016) Green Banking Adoption: A Comparative Study of Indian

Public and Private Sector Banks , ENVISION – International Journal of Commerce and

Management ISSN: 0973-5976 (P); 2456-4575 (E) VoL-10, 2016.pp 60-67.

4. Narang Deepti (2015) Green Banking- A Study of Select Banks in India , International

Journal of Management and Commerce Innovations ISSN 2348-7585 (Online) Vol. 3,

Issue 1, Month: April 2015 - September 2015 pp: 5-12.

5. Jayabal.G & Soundarya.M (2016)Green banking: as banks initiative for Sustainable

development, international journal of management (IJM).volume 7, Issue 7, November–

December 2016, pp.276–280.

6. .Jha, N. and Bhome, S. (2013) A Study of Green Banking Trends in India. International

Monthly Referred Journal of Research in Management and Technology, 2,pp 127-132.

7. Ragupathi, M., & Sujatha, S. (2015)Green banking initiatives of commercial banks in

India. International Research Journal of Business and Management - IRJBM, VIII(2),pp

74-81.






8. T.Rajesh and A.S. Dileep (2014) ,Role of banks in sustainable economic development

through green banking, International Journal of current research and academic Review,

ISSN: 2347-3215 ,Volume 2 Number 12 (December-2014) pp. 136-141.

9. RBI/2007-08/216 DBOD. No.Dir. BC. 58/13.27.00/2007- 08

10. Annual Report of State Bank of India for FY 2016-17, 2017-18.

11. Sustainability Report of State Bank of India,FY 2017-18

12. Annual Report of Punjab National Bank for FY 2016-17,2017-18

13. Annual Report of Bank of Baroda for FY 2016-17,2017-18

14. Business Responsibility Report of ICICI Bank for FY 2016-17,2017-18

15. Business Responsibility Report of HDFC Bank for FY 2016-17, 2017-18

16. Business Responsibility Report of Axis Bank for FY 2016-17,2017-18






Sustainable Lifestyle and Ancient Civilization of Nepal

Kamala Tiwari

Assistant Professor, Mid-Western Univeristy,

Surkhet, Nepal. [email protected]

Abstract:

Sustainable living is a lifestyle that attempts to reduce an individual‟s or society‟s use of

the Earth‟s natural resources and personal resources. Practitioners of sustainable living often

attempt to reduce their carbon footprint by altering methods of transportation, energy

consumption, and diet. The advocate of sustainable living aim to conduct their lives in ways that

are consistent with sustainability, in natural balance and respectful of humanity‟s symbiotic

relationship with the Earth‟s natural ecology and cycles. The practice and general philosophy of

ecological living are highly interrelated with the overall principles of sustainable development.

In ancient time people were aware in most of the planning of the city. Human civilization comes

through their new activities. Most of their activities were based on a sustainable lifestyle. This

paper will focus on some traditional Nepalese practices towards sustainable lifestyle and

civilization and their relevance and practicability in today's era of Nepal

1. Introduction

Sustainable lifestyles denote to patterns of action and consumption, used by people to

affiliate and differentiate themselves from others, which: meet basic needs, provide a better

quality of life, minimize the use of natural resources and productions of waste and pollutants

over the lifecycle, and do not risk the needs of future generations. Sustainable lifestyles reflect

specific cultural, natural, economic and social heritage of each society (Mont 2007).

Emerging issues on sustainable lifestyle:

• Knowledge sharing and capacity building on sustainable lifestyles

• Actions to energize and mobilize people to assess their own social behavior

• Facilitation of technical and social innovations for sustainable lifestyles,

• Designing new governance and institutional settings, Creating ―cultures of

sustainability‖ as a baseline for experimentation and communication.

Within this understanding the issues of sustainable lifestyles and consumption patterns

should be addressed through a ―people-centered‖-approach to policy design and advocacy, in

which ongoing social changing aspects within markets and society are identified as the starting

point to drive the necessary modification towards sustainability.

Practitioners of sustainable living often attempt to reduce their carbon footprint by

altering methods of transportation, energy consumption, and diet. Promoter of sustainable living

aim to conduct their lives in ways that are consistent with sustainability, in natural balance and

respectful of humanity‘s symbiotic relationship with the Earth‘s natural ecology and cycles. The

practice and general philosophy of ecological living is highly inter-related with the overall

principles of sustainable development. In ancient time people were aware in most of the basic

human needs. Human civilization comes through their new actions. Most of their activities were

based on sustainable lifestyle.

Nepal is one of the amusingcountry in cast, cultural and traditional diversity. The

indigenous nationalities have their own mother tongue, folk culture, beliefs and traditional







healing practices (Bhattachan, 2000).Rajis are one of the endangered indigenous tribe of

Nepal distributed natively in Surkhet and have migrated to Kailali, Kanchanpur, Dang and

Bardia districts of Nepal. The Rajis used to lead a nomadic life in the past (Gautam & Thapa

Magar, 1994).

Many indigenous communities abandon their traditional customs and thereby lose their

plant knowledge over time (Benzet et al., 2000). The indigenous knowledge and practices of

Rajis are in danger of loss due to great pressure to change the ways of practice, belief,

decisionmaking and harvesting plant resources by various factors such as migration and

modernization. Some important earlier records on the traditional healing practices of different

ethnic casts of Nepal has been made by Bhattarai (1989), Manandhar (1990, 1991), Acharya

(1996), Manandhar (1998), Siwakoti and Siwakoti (1998), Joshi et al. (1999), Rai (2004) and

Acharya and Acharya (2009). Asia was a center of world civilization in ancient time. It has been

a source in spreading knowledge to other parts of the universe, so it can be a rich source of

indigenous knowledge and could be applied for sustainable development. Indigenous knowledge

and bio-diversity are balancing phenomenon important to human development. The increasing

attention on indigenous knowledge is being received by academia and development institution

has not yet feel to a common perception of the concept of indigenous knowledge. None of the

definition is free from contradiction to some extent. They overlap in many aspects. Warren

(1991) and Flavier (1995) present typical definition by suggesting: Indigenous knowledge is the

local knowledge that is unique to given culture or society. Indigenous knowledgegap with the

International knowledge system generated by universities, research institution, and private firms.

It is the basis for local level decision-making in agriculture, health care, food preparation,

education, natural resources management and the host of other activities in rural communities

(Warren 1991).

1.2 The Raji People

Rajis have a small population as matched to many other communities. The latest census

(2011) has recorded 4235 total population of Rajis by caste/ethnicity. The total number of Raji

mother tongue speakers according to the same report is 3758 (female 1927 and male 1831). The

previous census had recorded the number of Raji people as 2,399 (1,111 male and 1,288 female)

which is about 0.01 percent of the total population of the country (CBS 2001). This number is

less than earlier census which has recorded 3,273 (1,696 male 1,578 female) (CBS 1991).

However, the Raji people themselves claim that the total number of Raji is more than 8,000.

1.3 Clans of Raji

Raji people classify themselves into three groups: Purbiya, Bara Bandale and Naukulya

on the basis of their inhabitant area as well as linguistic differences. In the previous study, twelve

different clans are found in Raji community, they are Khadyal, Gholyan, Railayal, 2 Sanke,

Tokyal, Chimchyal, Gothyal, Naihari, Digyal, Batekwal, Sanjhyal and Chhantyal. Major

distinction is found between Naukulya and Bandali or Barha Bandale (Bandhu et al. 2011). But,

this survey has found the twenty clans residing in different places of mid-western and far-

western regions of Nepal. Presents the clans or castes in Raji.

Clan groups in Raji S.N. Ethnic or castes no. 1 Dhulyal 9 11 Mudhyal 6 2 Kalyal 4 12

Granwal 5 3 Samjyal 5 13 Patukwal 1 4 Naukulya 9 14 Ghatala 1 5 Tamyal 1 15 Kachale 1 6






Mauryal 1 16 Damwal 1 7 Kumwal 1 17 Toyal 2 8 Kumlyal 1 18 Naiyari 2 9 Dugryal 3 19

Godyal 1 10 Matkwal 5 20 Kunyal 1 Total 60

1.4 Religion of Rajis

Most of the Rajis follow Hindu religion whereas some of them follow animism. The

Deuti Bajyai (A female Hindu deity) is worshipped by the Raji people. The temples of Deuti

Bajyai have Raji priests who perform rituals. Some of the Rajis are also reported to follow

Christianity. Presents the situation of religion of the Raji community among the respondents to

whom the questionnaires were administered. According to the survey more than 88 percent were

Hindus. Rest other were Christian, Animism as well as unidentified.

1.5 Occupation

Traditional occupations of Raji were fishing, honey hunting, boating and collecting

medicinal herbs. Interestingly they are fond of porcupine hunting. They are expert at climbing

tall trees and cliffs for honey hunting. Raji people are capable in hooking, netting and making

alteration for fishing. Raji traditional occupations can be further categorized into three major

categories: river-based, forest-based and agriculture (Bandhu et al. 2011).

1.6Relevance of Indigenous knowledge

Indigenous Knowledge is the information base for a society, which simplifies

communication and decision-making. Indigenous information systems are dynamic and

frequently influenced by internal creativity and experimentation as well as by contact with

external system (Flavier et al., 1995).

Indigenous Knowledge is relevant on different levels for the development process. It is

obviously, most important for the rural community in which the bearers of such knowledge live

and produce. Development agents (CBOs, NGOs, government, donors, local leaders, and private

sector initiatives) need to recognize its value and appreciate it in their interaction with the local

community. Before incorporating it in their approaches, they need to understand it and critically

validate it against the usefulness for their intended objectives.Indigenous Knowledge forms part

of the global knowledge in this context it has a value and relevance in itself. Indigenous

knowledge can be preserved, transferred and adopted elsewhere.

When development processes interact with Indigenous Knowledge while designing or

implementing development programs, different situations can be appeared and development

strategies either entirely or substantially relies on Indigenous Knowledge or incorporate it in

development process.Indigenous Knowledgehas traditionally been the subject matter of cognitive

anthropology. Indigenous Knowledgeis based on cultural practices and belief system of local

people of given locality. Indigenous Knowledgeis a part of lives of rural people, their livelihood

depends almost totally on specific skills and knowledge essential for their survival. People living

in various agro-ecological zones have sustained livelihood and distinct cultural identities by

developing and using their own system of knowledge suitable to their environment. References

to such knowledge is made by using various terms Indigenous Knowledge ―indigenous technical

knowledge" (Howes and Chembers, 1983). ―People's science‖ (Richard, 1989)" and ―rural

people's knowledge‖(Scoones and Thompson, 1994).






The basic component of any country's knowledge system is its indigenous knowledge. It

encompasses the skills, experiences, and insight of people, applied to preserve or improve their

livelihood. Indigenous Knowledgeis developed and practiced continuously to ever changing

environments and passed down from generation to generation. It is closely linked with people's

cultural values. It is also the social capital of the poor, their main asset to invest in the struggle

for survival, to produce food to provide shelter or to achieve control of their own

lives.Indigenous people are able to make their life sustainable through their ancient civilization.

1.7Indigenous People

The indigenous peoples are those whose ancestors were the original inhabitants of their

land and include hunters, shifting cultivation practitioners, fisherman, nomads, pastorals and

settled farmers who have little participation in market economy (Anonymous, 1995). There are

approximately 250 million indigenous peoples scattered over 70 countries. Approximately 60%

of the total indigenous people live in Asia and 66% of them are particularly settled in China and

South Asia (Singh, 1995).In Nepal more than123 ethnicities are recorded on censes 2011

A.D.Among them Raji community is a smallest one which have only 4200 population in size all

over the country. Raji are commonly settled on western part of Nepal,especially in Surkhet,

Banke, and Kailali district.

2. Research Materials and Methods

A survey using questionnaire, oral interview and group discussion was conducted at two

municipalities (Birendranagar& Chhinchu) of Surkhet districtsettled by Raji community.

According to census 2001 the population of Rajis was 174 in Chhinchu Municipality and 46 in

BirendranagerMunicipality. Participatory approach was used in which Raji people contributed

their knowledge learned over time on the use of common 10 medicinal plants. The visit was done

in September 15 to 29, 2018

The Key informants were known after preliminary discussion. Information about

medicinal uses of plants was collected by interviewing elders, traditional healers, farmers and

students of the community using a semi-structured open-ended questionnaire. Name of plants,

their medicinal value and other information was confirmed by focal group discussion. The

samples were collected, photographed, dried and fixed on herbarium sheets using standard

methods (Martin, 1995), and identified using relevant literature (Hara et al., 1982; Polunin &

Stainton, 1984; Press et al., 2000).

3. Result and Discussion

Use of common medicinal plants by Rajis of Surkhet

Rajis have a rich indigenous knowledge on practice and use of different plants against

several diseases but this knowledge is in the risk of being extinction due to decreasing interest of

newer generations, modernization, movement from original land and cultural transformation.

The indigenous knowledge is handed on orally from generation to generation without keeping

any written records. Therefore, the absence of written document also reveals the chances of

losing the valuable tradition forever. In opinion of this part, it is necessary to preserve and

appropriatelyrecord the knowledge, practice and utilization of various plants. A total of

tencommon medicinal plant species were nominated in this work to understand the level of

indigenous knowledge, response on use and practice, conservation or management and

knowledge alteration in Raji community in Surkhet district (Tab. 1).






Table 1. Common medicinal plants used by Rajis in Surkhet

S.N. Scientific name

Nepali/Raji

name Disease

Parts

used

Mode

of use

1 Acorus calamus L.

(Araceae)

Bojho/Bach Cough, cold Root Juice

2 Tinospora sinensis (Lour.)

Merr. (Menispermaceae)

Gurjo/Gugre

gano

Diarrhea, gastric,

anorexia

Tuber Juice

3 Achyranthes aspera L.

(Amaranthaceae)

Ulte kuro/Ulte

kura

Loss of

appetite,nausea,

anorexia

Root Juice

4 Asparagus racemosus

Willd. (Liliaceae)

Kurilo/Kurila Bone fracture,stomach

problem

Root Paste

5 Aegle marmelos (L.) Correa Bel/Bela Gastrictic,constipation,

anorexia

Fruit Fruit

6 Cuscuta reflexa Roxb. Akash beli/Akase

beli

Jaundice, dandruff,

removal of placenta

Whole

plant

Plant

juice

7 Cissampelos pareira L. Batul

pate/Khalite

Stomachache,dysentery Root Juice

8 Centella asiatica (L.) Urb. Ghod tapre/Ghod

tapre

Stomach problem,

fever,

Whole

Plant

Juice

9 Imperata cylindrica (L.) P. Siru/Siru antihelminthic Root Juice

10 Curcuma Longa Besar Cough Root Juice

Source: Survey data, 2018

Data Analysis and Presentation

The study showed to get an understanding of the Raji‘s indigenous knowledge on listed

common medicinal plants, use practice and transformation.

Figure 1. Age groups of respondents.

The age group of the respondent was found to range from 17 to 72. Total 39 respondents

were selected for the questionnaire survey. Old aged people above 50 years were few in number






at both the Municipality (Birendranagar and Chhinchu). Out of 39 respondents 38.46% were of

17-30 years age, 38.46% were 31-50 age group and 23.7% were above 50 years. They were

categorized as young, adult and old (Fig. 1).

Figure 2. Medicine Preparation

Knowledge on medicine preparation usually the medicine is prepared by head of the

family or traditional healer. Respondents were questioned to indicate their understanding in

medicine preparation. The majority of respondents 74% were found that they can prepare

medicine from medicinal plant parts, 26% of the respondents were found unable to prepare

medicine and used to go head of the family or traditional healers (Fig. 2).

Figure 3. Age and knowledge relation in medicine preparation.

The study showed that the knowledge on medicine preparation increases by the

cumulative level of age of the respondents. It was found that 100% old age group respondents

had knowledge on medicine preparation followed by adult class (93%) and young class

respondents (40%). It indicated that there was excessivedeficiency of knowledge transformation

from adults to young generations (Fig. 3).






Figure 4. Knowledge transformation about use of medicinal plants.

The knowledge about the use of medicinal plant species among Raji community was

found limited to old aged people. The sources of information and distribution mechanisms are

one of the basic factors for an individual to acquire knowledge. Among 29 knowledgeable

respondents, majority (12) of them claimed that they have learnt the knowledge from their family

head i.e., parents and grandparents, 9 of them claimed that they have learnt from traditional

healers and 8 respondents claimed that they have learnt from their relatives (Fig. 4)

Figure 5. Response on conservation and management of medicinal plants.

To explore the Raji peoples‘ view on conservation about the medicinal plant species,

respondents were requested to give their view. Some of the respondents said ―Yes we have to

conserve the medicinal plants in our community forest. These respondents were classified as good

respondents indicated by ―good‖. Other respondents were categorized as ―very good‖. Out of 39

respondents 30 (77%) respondents showed ―very good‖ response and 9 (36%) showed ―good‖

response. Nobody gave negative response about the conservation and management of medicinal






plants (Fig. 5). Therefore, Rajis were conscious about conservation and management of medicinal

plants in their community forestry.

Conclusion

Sustainable development has avague concept. The nature, development and civilization

are inter-connected each other. The Ancientknowledge of people helps to be sustainable life

style.There are many ways for sustainable life style. Among them use of traditional method for

healing is a unique and most important. If they can make their practice in scientific ways, it

would be best for sustainable life style. Raji People of the study area still have a strong

knowledge and belief in the efficacy and success of traditional healing practices. The elderly

people have deep knowledge but the knowledge level change with respect to age and generation.

Regarding the ignorance of young generation towards traditional knowledge there seems danger

of extinction of such practices. The results of the present study provide evidence of indigenous

knowledge and uses of common medicinal plants for the treatment of severalillnesses by Raji

people. Therefore, it is important to preserve such a wealth of information existed still among the

Raji people.

The author is thankfulto Mid-Western University Nepal for providing support and deeply

indebted to the Raji people of Birendranagar Municipality and Chhinchu Municipality of Surkhet

district. Special thanks to Dr. Deep Bahadur Rawal (Professor,Midwestern University), Mr.

RameshPrasad Gautam (Birendranagar), Deepak Acharya(Birendranagar), Man Bahadur Raji

(Birendranagar) and Purna kala Raji (Chhinchu) for their cooperation in the present study.

References

1. Acharya, R. & K.P. Acharya. 2009. Ethnobotanical study of medicinal plants used by

Tharu community of Parroha VDC, Rupandehi district, Nepal. Scientific World 9: 81-85.

2. Acharya, S.K. 1996. Folk uses of some medicinal plants of Pawanagar, Dang district.

Journal ofNatural History Museum, Nepal. 15(1-4): 25-36.

3. Benzet, B., J. Cevallos, F. Santana, J. Rosales & S. Graf. 2000. Losing knowledge about

plant use in the Sierra De Manantlan Biospehre Reserve, Mexico. Economic Botany 54:

183-191.

4. Bhatarai, N.K. 1989. Traditional phytotherapy among the Sherpas of Helambu, central

Nepal. J.Ethnopharmacol. 27(½): 45-54.

5. Bhattachan, K.B. 2000. Environmental Ethics and Indigenous Peoples. Kathmandu,

Nepal.

6. Gautam, R. & A.K. Thapa Magar. 1994. Tribal ethnography of Nepal, Vol. 1. Delhi Book

Faith, India.

7. Hara, H., A.H. Charter & L.H.J. Williams. 1982. An enumeration of the flowering plants

of Nepal. Vol. III. London: British Natural History Museum.

8. Joshi, R., K. Basnyat & R. Ranjit. 1999. Study on some wild edible plants of Chepangs.

Abstract, BSC-087 In: III National Conference on Science and Technology: Abstracts,

March 8-11, 1999. Royal Nepal Academy of Science and Technology, Kathmandu,

Nepal. pp. 115.

9. Manandahar, N.P. 1990. Traditional phytotherapy of Danuwar tribe of Kamalkhong in

Sindhuli district, Nepal. Fitoterapia, Italy. 61(4): 325-332.






10. Manandhar, N.P. 1991. Medicinal plantlore of Tamang tribe of Kabhrepalanchowk

district, Nepal. Eco. Bot. 45(1): 58-71.

11. Manandhar, N.P. 1998. Native phytotherapy among the Raute tribe of Dadeldhura

district, Nepal. J. Ethnopharmacology 60(3): 199-206.

12. Martin, G.J. 1995. Ethnobotany: a Methods Manual. Chapman & Hall, London, UK.

Polunin, O. & A. Stainton. 1984. Flowers of the Himalaya. New Delhi: Oxford

University Press.

13. Press, J.R., K.K. Shrestha & D.A. Sutton. 2000. Annotated checklist of the Flowering

Plants of Nepal. The Natural History Museum, London, UK.

14. Rai, S.K. 2004. Medicinal plants used by Meche people of Jhapa district, eastern Nepal.

Our Nature 2: 27-32.

15. Siwakoti, M. & S. Siwakoti. 1998. Ethnomedicinal uses of plants among the Limbu,

Morang district, Nepal. Ecoprint 5(1): 79-84.






Ancient Civilization and Sustainable Lyfestyle

*CA Swati Mahanoor, **Dhruval Goel

*Teaching Associate,

BMCC, Pune Maharashtra

[email protected]

**CA Interm,

Symbiosis College of Arts and Commerce, Pune, Maharashtra.

[email protected]

Abstract:

'We have not inherited the earth from our ancestors; we borrow it from our children',this

advice prods us to contemplate the future, and not only the present. Instead of living just for

today and gratifying our own immediate needs, we should think about how our current actions

will affect the future generations and that is why sustainability is a prerequisite for our

lifestyle.It is through a sustainable lifestyle we can meet the needs of the present without

compromising the ability of future generations to fulfil their own needs. But then the question

arises how can we learn it? The researcher aims to find out the roots of sustainable lifestyle from

our ancient civilizations by using the wisdom of our elders and how the modern civilization has

outdone the latter in its vogue to live a lifestyle embedded with sustainability. The paper is a

qualitative one based on secondary data. The researcher through this paper has connected the

dots between ancient civilization and sustainable lifestyle in various sectors like agriculture,

architecture, health,etc.And as is quoted by Mahatma Gandhi – “Earth provides enough to

satisfyeveryone's need, but not for anyone's greed”,the outcome of this study underlines that

sustainability too is a joint effort and can never be achieved otherwise. The paperalso enlists the

measures that can be assimilatedfrom ancient civilizationto achieve development and at the same

time acknowledgingthe much needed sustainability.

Keywords: Sustainability, civilization, lifestyle, development, wisdom

Introduction

―A sustainable lifestyle means rethinking our ways of living, how we buy and how we

organize our everyday life. It is also about altering how we socialize, exchange, share, educate

and build identities. It means transforming our societies and living in harmony with our natural

environment. As citizens, at home and at work, many of our choices – on energy use, transport,

food, waste, communication and solidarity – contribute towards building sustainable lifestyles.‖

The value and ethos of Indian philosophy have always emphasized assuring a sustainable

lifestyle for the well-being of the present and future generations. The key perplexing question is

whether development must be compromised in order to ensure sustainability.

When sustainability is conferred in relation to limited resources, it has been appropriately

quoted,'We have not inherited the earth from our ancestors; we borrow it from our children',this

proverb just does not emphasize on the difference between the words, "ancestors" and "children",

but the difference between, "inherit" and "borrow". When it comes to the earth, no one owns it.

In this sense, we do not "inherit",we are simply"borrowing".When we borrow something, then

we need to take care of it, since we are accountable to our future generations.

Objective

To find out the practices which we can learn from our ancient civilizations to lead a

sustainable lifestyle and how did our ancestors reduce their ecological foot print, and

what methods did they use?








To study theinnovationsimplemented by the modern civilizations for making themselves

sustainable.

Research Problem

With the advent of technology and modernisation, the lifestyle and way of doing things

have seen drastic as well as frequent changes. Though it is being said that, ―To improve is

to change; to be perfect is to change often‖, but this change should not compromise the ability of

future generations to fulfil their own needs.


The research paper isdescriptive and qualitative one. The data used to study the

relationship between ancient civilization and sustainable lifestyleis secondary in nature collected

from different sources like journals, articles, web links, books and periodicals. There is no

empirical touch to this paper.

Findings/Observations

Ancient Civilization & Architecture

Ancient civilizationspeoplewere viewed as simple, primitive people,just a couple of

decades ago. However,number of surprising factshave been revealedabout ancient cultures

afternumerous discoveries since then, namely that many of them possessed advanced knowledge

of metallurgy, mathematics, chemistry, astronomy, and more. Some of the amazing

accomplishments of ancient civilizationshave left scientists/archaeologists scratching their heads.

Following are some of those from whom we can learn the much needed sustainability too:

1. Aqueducts and hydro technology

Who would have thought that to solve water access problems, years old technology

would have been looked upon by 21st century governments for guidance? But, Lima, Peru is the

place where it is happening.

Water security of the entire country was undermined due to the chronic problems of

severe water crisis that has been faced by Peru, such as polluted water supplies, combined with

environmental change. However, Sedapal,Lima‘s water utility company has put forwarda new

plan, in order to supplyunpolluted,clean waterto the population by revivingWari culture‘s ancient

network of stone canals that was built by themin around 500 AD.Canals were used to capture the

mountain water during the rainy season in the advanced water conservation system built by the

Wari culture.During the dry season,the water was transported to the places where it could feed

the springs further down the mountainthrough the canals to maintain the flow of the rivers.

2. Concrete

What‘s the secret behind the structures that were built by the Romans 2000 year ago from

concrete as these structures have to this day maintained their structural integrity? Whereas, on

the other hand 100 to 120 years is typically the time period for which concrete structures of

today lasts for.

Concrete was made by mixing volcanic rock, lime and seawater by the Romans.A

chemical reaction is triggered instantly when the three components are combined, in which the

lime incorporated molecules into its structure and the whole mixture cements together when it

reacted with the ash.Ideal crystalline structure of Tobermoritewere contained in the ancient

seawater,which has a greater strength and durability than the modern

https://www.ancient-origins.net/news-history-archaeology/scientists-discover-ancient-roman-concrete-was-far-superior-our-own-00523






equivalent.Beingenvironmentally-friendly as well as more durable are the qualitieswhich defines

the Roman concrete when compared with the today‘s concrete. Significant amounts of carbon are

released into the atmosphere for producing the conventional modern cement as it requires

heating a mix ofclays and limestone to 1,450 degrees Celsius. In contrast, much less lime and

much less fuel was required to produce the Roman cement as it was made from baking limestone

at 900 degrees Celsius.

3. Stone Cutting and Walls

The precision of the creations of the modern day, produced with advanced machinery are

rivalled with the precision of the numerous examples of ancient stone-cutting that can be found

around the world.Puma Punku, an ancient archaeological site in Bolivia, is one such prime

example which is dated to 15,000 years old by some historians, as it contains such incredible

stonework that it looks as if the stones were cut using a diamond tool.Enormous blocksconsisting

of perfectly straight edges, that weighs up to 800 tonscontain no chisel marks andlock perfectly

into each other. The precision of the stonework has not been able to be replicated with failed

attempts.

Sacsayhuaman and Machu Picchu in Peru exhibits advanced masonry work for what the

Inca civilization is well-known for. Unmatched levels of precision with which their large dry

stone walls had been carefully cut to fit together tightly that too without mortar is not seen

anywhere else in the Americas. The precision with the stones are placed is such that it is not

possible to fit even a single piece of paper between many of the stones. Scientists have been

puzzled for decades with this precision which combined with the variety of their interlocking

shapes,rounded corners of the blocks and,to prevent damage in the event of an earthquake, the

way the walls lean inward. The method used to match precisely the shape of a stone with the

adjacent stones is still unknown and attempts to recreate the technique have all failed.

Ancient Civilization &Agriculture

Sustainable agriculture must involve measures for soil conservation, water conservation and

irrigation, and mitigation of the adverse effects of climate change. Large-scale afforestation,

encompassing commercial forestry, farm forestry, social forestry, captive plantation as also

adoption of community-based forest management practices are needed. Following are some of

the methods which can be learnt from ancient civilizations to improve the sustainability in the

agriculture sector:

1. Maintaining Soil Fertility by method of rotation

Vedic people knew the method of improving the fertility of the soil by what may be called

the method of rotation.As the Taittiriya Samhita mentions, ‗rotation of crops‘ might have been

practised in as much as rice would be sown in summer and pulses in winter on the same field.

According to Roxburgh, the Father of Indian Botany, ‗the Western World is to be indebted to

India for this system of sowing‘.

2. Basin irrigation

Basin irrigation was aform of water management was developed and utilized by the

Egyptians. To best suit their agricultural needs,the rise and fall of the river was tried to be

controlled through this practice. A crisscross network of earthen walls was formed in a field of

crops that would be flooded by the river. Basins formed by the walls used to trap the water,when

the floods came. This grid would hold water longer than it would have naturally stayed, allowing

https://www.ancient-origins.net/ancient-places-americas/puma-punku-002

https://www.ancient-origins.net/news-history-archaeology/thirteen-angle-stone-discovered-ancient-inca-wall-0129384






the earth to become fully saturated for later planting. Once the soil was fully watered, the

floodwater that remained in the basin would simply be drained to another basin that was in need

of more water.

3. Chinampa Plot

When we think of theAztecs and other Mesoamerican culturespeople think about the,

what‘s the first thing that comes to our minds is human sacrifice. Whereas, than this

practice,these civilizations are known for much more too. The so-called ‗floating gardens‘ or the

chinampa agricultural system was innovation which is worth a discussion, can be found in the

Valley of Mexico on the shallow lake beds of the valley.

A rectangular enclosure was staked out into the marshy lakebed to construct

a chinampa plot. The stakes were then joined with wattle to fence in the enclosure. After that,

mud and decaying vegetation would be filled in the fenced in area. It was important that the fill

brought the chinampa plot above the lake level, in order to prevent the roots from becoming

water-logged. The chinampa plots were misattributed as ‗floating gardens‘ as the canals

surrounding them formed an illusion that these agricultural lands were floating on water. These

plots were further stabilised by planting willows around the perimeter. The stability occurs due

toanchoring of the retaining walls of the structure because of the dense root system and reduced

the effects of erosion therby. Well management of the supply of water was vitial in order to

ensure thatgood harvests areproduced by the chinampas throughout the year. Though flooding

would have been a problem during the rainy season. Hence, to counter this problem,a

sophisticated drainage system, which included sluice gates, canals and damswere put in place.

The city‘s wastewater would have also been treated by using human excrement to fertilise the

crops, thus the Aztecs were also able to create a healthier living environment.

There have been unsuccessful attempts of implementing the system of agriculture and

waste water treatment as seen in those floating gardens of Mexico, in the modern times.

Innovations Of Modern Civilization

There's never been a greater push for sustainable products and technologies than there is

today. We've reached a critical point with regards to climate change, and many innovators and

businesses are stepping up to the plate to build a green future.

Here are just some of the incredible break-throughs and initiatives that could change the world as

we know it, and pave the way for a more sustainable way of living.

1. The Green Building Initiative: Building Homes and Reducing Emissions

The Green Building Initiative (GBI) is an international effort towards creating sustainable,

resource efficient buildings. They offer a certification program for commercial buildings who

adhere to their environmentally-friendly vision.

Their goal is to establish a standard of best practices for green buildings globally, as well as

providing third-party assessment tools for sustainability requirements.

2. AirCarbon: A Sustainable Plastic For the Future

AirCarbon was developed by Newlight Technologies, and has already won many awards

for its innovative sustainability. It's made from carbon emissions that would otherwise be

released into the air, and can have a multitude of uses.It's a verified carbon-negative material,

meaning every step of its production and use is fully green and sustainable. Because it is not

https://interestingengineering.com/saudi-arabia-plans-to-build-a-500-billion-mega-city-powered-solely-by-renewable-energy

https://interestingengineering.com/saudi-arabia-plans-to-build-a-500-billion-mega-city-powered-solely-by-renewable-energy

https://www.thegbi.org/about-gbi/mission/

https://www.newlight.com/aircarbon/






made from oil like other plastics, it is also a cost-effective alternative to other synthetic

materials.

3. ENGIE Insight: Resources for a Sustainable World

Formerly known as Ecova, ENGIE Insight is a sustainable resource management

initiative that works with businesses to reduce environmental impacts. They provide technology

and experts to help businesses with their goal of becoming more sustainable, and reducing their

carbon footprint.To date, they've worked with AMTRAK, GameStop, and others to create

resource-efficient business practices that don't harm the environment

4. Demetra: Reducing Food Waste Organically

Created by Italian start-up Green Code, Demetra is an all-natural treatment for food

preservation. It's made from 100% plant extracts, and can improve the shelf life of natural

produce.Thanks to Demetra, produce would no longer require to be kept at cold temperatures

while in transit, saving a lot of energy. The produce itself could also stay fresh and ripe longer,

effectively reducing food waste in supermarkets and groceries.

5. The Veganbottle: An All-Natural Alternative to Plastic Bottles

Created by LYSPACKAGING, the Veganbottle is made from an all-natural bioplastic

that could replace plastic bottles forever. Everything in the Veganbottle, from the cap to the

wrapper, is made from 100% biodegradable materials.The bottle is made from sugar cane

extracts. Sugar cane requires far less water than other crops, and the manufacturing of the bottle

itself depends on little energy.

6. CloudFisher: Converting Fog Into Drinking Water

Created by Aqualonis, CloudFisher could allow people living in coastal or mountainous

areas to convert fog into safe drinking water. This water can also be used to irrigate crops or

forestry efforts.It's made from a 3D mesh that can withstand high wind speeds, while still

retaining water. It comes in a variety of sizes, to suit individual needs or the needs of entire

villages.

7. Waitrose Delivery Vans: Vans Fuelled by Food Waste

Last year, British supermarket chain Waitrose introduced a new fleet of eco-friendly

delivery vans. The vans run on biomethane, a sustainable green alternative to fossil

fuels.Delivery vehicles are responsible for high levels of carbon emissions, and finding green

alternatives to current delivery systems is crucial. Vans like the ones used by Waitrose could be a

game-changer for delivery fleets across the world.

Conclusions

The researcher through this paper has connected the dots between ancient civilization and

sustainable lifestyle in sectors like agriculture and architecture.And though the wisdom of our

ancestors has taught us about various sustainable lifestyle practices still the modern civilizations

are being innovative in their approach towards achieving a sustainable lifestyle as shown by the

researcher through the seven break-throughs and initiatives.

References and Notes

https://www.researchgate.net

https://en.wikipedia.org

https://blog.nationalgeographic.org

https://www.thoughtco.com

NCERT Books (Ancient Civilization)

Various journal, periodicals, etc.

https://www.engieinsight.com/

http://www.unido.it/award2017/demetra/

https://www.veganbottle.com/copie-de-accueil

https://interestingengineering.com/japanese-invention-converts-plastic-into-oil

https://www.aqualonis.com/cloudfisher

https://www.businessgreen.com/bg/news/3004266/waitrose-rolls-out-new-green-truck-fleet

https://www.researchgate.net/

https://en.wikipedia.org/

https://blog.nationalgeographic.org/

https://www.thoughtco.com/






Corporate Social Responsibility as an Initiative to Green Development

With reference to Adar Poonawalla’s City Clean Drive

Vijayalaxmi Pujari Research Scholar,

Ness Wadia College of Commerce, Pune, Maharashtra.

[email protected]

Abstract

This paper is attempted to make a study on the clean initiative drive of

„ADARPOONAWALLA‟s city clean‟at Pune. It also focuses on the plans and prospectsof ADAR

POONAWALLA as City places are faces heavy problems of Garbage‟sand wastages. The clean

city initiative addresses the issue by deploying state of the art machines as it is done in Western

countries, which have over the years evolved to a very sophisticated system of waste

management. The initiative has gained success with the cooperation of citizens, resident welfare

associations, NGOs, civic officials. The research for this paper is carried out by study info

various articles, literature available in various journals, books, manuscripts and websites. This

study also creates awareness on the city clean Activities carried out by ADAR

POONAWALLA's corporation. This study also brings into light the diversifications

organizational goal into a society-oriented goal as a boost to Swatch Bharath of Government of

India. This paper provides a clear understanding of how Corporate Social Responsibility of

ADAR POONAWALLA's City Clean drive as a self-initiative changed the beauty of Pune

despite heavy problems of Garbages and wastages.

Keywords: Clean City drive, Waste Management, diversification, sophisticated system,

Garbages and wastages.

1.0 Introduction:

In the Economy, Business Goal has been changed to Society orientated goal where

corporate are even concerning the position of sustainability despite its wealth. Sustainability

without the intervention of corporate is impossible to achieve. Today it‘s widely regarded as

everyone's responsibility to protect the environment and give back socially. Corporate

Social Responsibility is a practice started by companies and directed by Companies Act- 2013 to

protect the environment by undertaking activities which are favourable towards a healthy

environment. Green management is an area where companies can practice under CSR Strategies.

1.1 Objectives:

1. To bring into the light the CSR activities of ADAR POONAWALLA' under city

clean drive.

2. To know the mission of ADAR POONAWALLA's to make Pune a clean city.

3. To know its initiative towards a green development by taking up city clean

activities.

1.2 Hypothesis:

The CSR initiative of Adar Poonawalla‘s Clean City initiative Contributed towards clean of

environment led to Green Development.







1.3 Research Methodology:

This paper is based on Qualitative data. The qualitative data is taken from various

articles, literature available in various journals, books, manuscripts. Data is also collected from

various websites like adharcleancity.com, moneycontrol.com, and csr.com.

1.4 Corporate Social Responsibility:

According to Lord Holmes and Richard Watts ―Corporate Social Responsibility is the

continuing commitment by business to behave ethically and contribute to economic development

while improving the quality of life of the workforce and their families as well as of the local

community and society at large‖ in the World Business Council for Sustainable Development in

its Publication Making Business Sense. The Companies act 2013 mandates Publicly traded

companies with Rs. 100 crores in annual turnover to set aside 2% of their Profits or Rs.500 crore

annual profits for social action. Social Responsibility becomes an integral part of the wealth

creation Process if it is managed properly will enhance the competitiveness of business.

Corporate Social Responsibility is about the integration of social, environmental considerations

into decision making structures and process of business.

1.5 Green Development:

A green development approach that integrates environmental responsiveness,

benefits the surrounding environment, provides resource efficiency in the

construction, development and operations of buildings and/or communities in

ways that are not wasteful, and sensitivity to the existing culture of the

community. Green Development is a rapidly growing field that combines

ecological principles with advanced technology, often including social and

economic benefits as well.

1.6. Sustainable Development:

The implementation of a sustainable business model is a precondition for promoting

sustainable development via CSR. Industries should realize the concrete value in implementing a

sustainable business model that helps to adjust to the complex and increasingly changing

business environment. A corporate sustainability report, are now speaking of water at two levels

– as part of CSR initiatives for communities and as part of company operations. Sustainable

development was the first reaction too, and fights against, the enormous crisis in the natural

environment in the second half of the twentieth century; a global consensus quickly formed

around the rallying cry of sustainable development. Sustainable development represents a

passive, unconscious modification of unfettered development. It also makes it clear that since the

industrial revolution,

modern development, with consumerism as a driving force, has been characterized by excessive

resource and energy consumption, pollution emissions, and ecological damage; after the crisis

has occurred, sustainable development tries to fix it.

1.7 A Case study on Adar Poonawalla's City clean drive:

Adar Poonawalla's clean city drive is the best example of Corporate Social

responsibility. It was in 2014, when Adar Poona Walla, CEO of Serum Institute of India saw

trash being discarded across the city and piling up. He understood that if India‘s image had to be

enhanced a drastic modification would be required with good management, local government






provision and substantial funding. He has pledged to fund in his capacity Rs. 100 Crore for this

initiative. Thus, began Adar Poonawalla Clean City Initiative (APCCI), an environmentally

sustainable initiative, undertaken by Serum Institute of India and Mr. Adar Poonawalla as a

contribution to social responsibility. It has launched in January 2016, with an initial investment

of ₹100 crore, the Adar Poonawalla Clean City Initiative is a first of its kind public-private

partnership towards efficient and scientific waste management. The Poonawalla group has

launched a noble initiative to keep the city spic-and-span and make it one of the best in the

country to live in.

Adar Poonawalla founded the clean city initiative with the sole purpose of improving the

environment and waste management in the city of Pune his home base. Adar Poonawalla‘s clean

City initiative wants to make cities sustainable. There is a need for cleanliness and good

sanitation. The decentralized system will bring down the costs of garbage management and

increase efficiency. Organic food waste when disposed of unscientifically creates social,

environmental and health hazards

When wet food waste is segregated at source, inorganic waste like plastic, metal, paper

and rags can be scientifically processed and effectively recycled

This will ensure the minimization of the landfill and free up urban land for productive

purposes

1.8 Role of APCCI

The APCCI will focus on supporting the Pune Municipal Corporation with

group of street waste. Initiatives undertaken in this direction will include:

Fixing of litter bins at strategic/high traffic locations across the city

Support vehicles and manpower for clearance of litter from litter bins

Litter picking from footpaths.

Clearing of chronic waste dumping spots across the city.

Information and programs to educate citizens regarding the importance of separation of

waste and disposal using waste/litter bins

Initiation programs in association with PMC at school, mohalla committee, housing

societies, market places amongst others.

Providing infrastructure and related support to PMC for better and scientific management

of waste

Waste/litter bins every 100-200m on both sides covering commercial and busy roads in

Pune

30km roads covered in phase I; 300km roads over 24 months

Support infrastructure for clearance of bins when full. Garbage clearance vehicles will

clear bins and deposit garbage at transfer stations located inwards

Onsite food waste processing vehicles that will support clearance from commercial

streets and establishments by processing waste closest to the site of generation

Zero cost (no capital cost or operational cost) to PMC, zero land requirements and zero

power requirements

APCCI has come together with PRBM to highlight the need for the community to come together

and work towards building fitter and healthier cities. They intend to amplify this message

through the Poonawalla clean city marathon and encourage more people to opt for an active






lifestyle. With APCCI‘s relentless and consistent efforts, Pune today stands as one of the cleanest

cities in the country;\ and this is just the beginning.

1.9 Deployment of vehicles:

The clean city initiative addresses this issue by positioning state of the art machinery as it

is done in Western countries, which have over the years evolved to a very sophisticated system

of waste management. Equipment deployed includes Glutton Vacuum Litter Picker, Trilo

Vacuum Truck, and Truck Mounted Road Sweepers, which uses the best technology to pick up

and clear the waste from the streets. Vehicle mounted pothole filling machine to fill potholes in

the shortest possible time. These types of equipments are used for the first time in India. This

project began with the deployment of 12 state-of-the-art Glutton Litter Picking machines, three

Trilo Suction machines and five auto tippers in the heart of the city. Today, this initiative has

spread to the entire city with the strength of more than 100 Glutton, 33 Trilo, 28 tippers and two

truck-mounted road sweepers, cleaning over 800 km of roads every day, including more than 450

chronic garbage dumps across the city. This is done with a team of 300 personnel and NGOs

working diligently on this project.

The initiative has gained success with the cooperation of citizens, resident welfare

associations, NGOs, civic officials. To further succeed we are carrying out awareness programs

in schools, colleges and the general public on the importance of separation of waste. this

initiative in the city of Pune will inspire others to implement such activities in other cities across

the country. With the timely help and permission of the Pune Municipal corporation is gaining

success over its endeavours. This environmentally sustainable initiative, undertaken by the

Serum Institute of India is aimed at making Pune more liveable.

1.10 Myappcc app:

According to the project managers, this initiative is mapped with the help of an app

(myopic) specifically designed for the purpose of reporting garbage and resolving it. The app is

available on Google Play Store and Apple Play Store for citizens to download and participate in

this initiative. With the active involvement of PMC and citizens, the project has shown positive

results in approximately 40 per cent of Pune, helping the city achieve a ranking within the top 15

in the Swachh Bharat Sarvekshan. The initiative is focusing on creating awareness amongst the

student community of both, schools and colleges across Pune.

The importance of segregation is stressed to ensure Pune city is more liveable.

a) First-of-its-kind mobile food waste processing vehicle

b) Large capacity food waste separation-cum-crushing facility in Baner to process

over 300 tones per day food waste delivered by PMC into a slurry and transport it

using drip-free, odour free tankers to the processing plant in Talegaon

c) In phase II, similar segregation-cum-crushing facility to be set up at PMC transfer

stations so that food waste doesn't travel long distances in open trucks or vehicles.

Dramatically reduce transportation and handling costs for PMC.

1.11 Waste Management Plan:

Adar Poonawalla‘s Waste Management plan has been set out, which are

follows:






a) Providing infrastructure and related support to PMC for better and scientific

management of waste

b) Waste/litter bins every 100-200m on both sides covering commercial and busy

roads in Pune.

c) 30km roads covered in phase I; 300km roads over 24 months.

d) Provision of infrastructure for clearance of bins when full. Garbage clearance

vehicles will clear bins and deposit garbage at transfer stations located inwards.

e) SmartApp called APCCI App for citizens to report overflowing bins, clearance in

stipulated time.

f) Onsite food waste processing vehicles that will support clearance from

commercial streets and establishments by processing waste closest to the site of

generation

g) Zero cost (no capital cost or operational cost) to PMC, zero land requirements and

zero power requirements.

h) Activation and communication programmes targeted to generate citizen

awareness, participation and attitude change for responsible behaviour towards

waste management.

1.12 Analysis:

The APCCI is focussing on supporting the Pune Municipal Corporation with a collection

of road waste. Initiatives started are gaining great success. Because of Installation of litter bins at

high traffic locations crossways the city made City garbage free. Institutions are interested in is

adopted services of APCCI. Advanced Support vehicles and manpower for clearance of litter

from litter bins helpful in proper release and reprocessing Litter picking from footpaths also

made the roads cleaner. Clearing of chronic waste dumping spots across the city and making to

reach Information and outreach programs to educate citizens regarding the importance of

segregation of waste and disposal using waste/litter bins. Activation programs in association with

PMC at school, Mohall committee, residential societies, and market places amongst others.

1.13 Findings and Suggestions:

a) Adar Poonawalla‘s well-advanced mechanism of Garbage Disposal made segregation of

wastes easier. Still, Company needs to increase the reach of individual participation in

segregating dry and wet waste. Making them become a volunteer by applying through our

volunteer page on the company website.

b) Pune is the first city in India to adopt this movement and they are looking to other urban cities

is a very acceptable thing then trying to reach even to semi-rural, rural areas along with the

South, West, Northern cities which are facing problems of waste, Heavy Garbages.

c) Use of mobile app made people aware about the need for cleanliness. It is a basic problem

which hinders the growth of society. Creating awareness among the users to users to use in

Myapcc app approach gets its working.

d) The initiative has spread to the entire city with a strength of more than 100 Glutton, 33

Trilo,28 tippers and two truck-mounted road sweepers, cleaning over 800 km of roads every day,

including more than 450 chronic garbage dumps across the city. The company has taken self

initiative to clean urban areas in Pune City. The company should also take the initiative to clean

Rural areas.






e) Cross country partnership in APPCI so that other corporates takes the self-initiative in making

cities clean.

1.14 Conclusion:

As the Adar Poonawalla's clean city initiative gaining success over the years. A self

initiative program made the society to learn from it. Even Pune Municipal Corporation‘s helping

hand made to look for new opportunities for Waste management. Tech-savvy machines made the

environment cleaner with the help of Personnel. Totally APCCI showing how cities can be kept

clean along with the provision of employment to people. With a fleet of the specially designed

walk along litter picking machines, mini truck mounted garbage tipper, truck mounted litter

picking machine, truck mounted vacuum assisted mechanical road sweeper and litter bins placed

at important locations for collection and disposal of garbage showed how machinery can be used

to clean the cities. So as an initiative to CSR it has contributing huge benefit, cleaner, greener

environment.

References:

1. this-is-how-Adar-Poonawalla-plans-to-make-Pune-and-other-metro-cities-in-india

cleaneretrievedfrom. https://www.moneycontrol.com/news/trends/feature2/

2. Poonawalla-clean-city-marathon-on-November-18/story retrieved from

https://www.hindustantimes.com/punenews/mLBbTUYRzrhoDdRoICFj2N.html

3. Green development retrieved from https://encyclopedia2.thefreedictionary.com/

4. City-Services/Planning/Environmental-Planning/Green-Development. Retrieved from

https://www.burnaby.ca/ html

5. fromhttps://scholar.google.co.in/scholar?q=corporate+social+responsibility&hl=e

n&as_sdt=0&as_vis=1&oi=scholart

6. Corporate Social Responsibility: A Three-Domain Approach by M.s. Schwartz and

Archie B Carroll retrieved from https://www.researchgate.net/publication/261827186

7. poonawalla-group-takes-cleanliness-initiative.html http://adarpcleancity.com/

8. PM-lauds-Poonawallas-clean-city-effort retrieved from

http://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/city/pune/ /articleshow/55423881.cms

9. http://www.csrwire.com/green_building

10. https://economictimes.indiatimes.com/blogs/ResponsibleFuture/sustainability- and-csr-

trends-for-india-in-2017/

11. https://Springer.com

12. http://adarpcleancity.com

13. my/campus-life/csr-corporate-social-responsibility retrieved from http://www.vision.edu.

14. http://mesgcc.in/ininternational-conferenc

https://www.google.co.in/url?sa=t&source=web&rct=j&url=http://shodhg

anga.infli

bnet.ac.in/jspui/bitstream/10603/142067/11/11_chapter%25203.pdf&ved=2ahU

15. KEwjOsZiKr8feAhXLKo8KHQWGBD8QFjAFegQIBRAB&usg=AOvVaw3MPN

EjpljFDLINgVhSnR9T.

16. green-growth-overcoming-India-environment-challenges-promote-development retrieved

from http://www.worldbank.org/en/news/feature/2014/03/06/

17. CSR laws India retrieved from https://www.google.co.in/amp/s/blog.ipleaders.in/csr-

laws-india/amp/

https://economictimes.indiatimes.com/blogs/ResponsibleFuture/sustainability-

http://mesgcc.in/ininternational-conferenc

https://www.google.co.in/url?sa=t&source=web&rct=j&url=http://shodhganga.infli

https://www.google.co.in/url?sa=t&source=web&rct=j&url=http://shodhganga.infli






The Theoretical Study of Green Marketing in India

Prof. Nilofar S. Shaikh Assistant Professor,

JMCT College, (YCMOU-MBA), Nasik, Maharashtra.

[email protected]

Abstract:

Green revolution, going green, environmental protection, sustainable life style,

sustainable development, protecting our earth and many more has become a natural

phenomenon in our everyday life. Increasing awareness on the various environmental problems

has led a shift in the way consumers go about their life. Due to environment consciousness and

awareness businesses can no longer run after profits only. There is a move towards green

economy and in every sphere organizations have to be environmentally sensitive. There has been

a change in consumer attitudes towards a green lifestyle. People are actively trying to reduce

their impact on the environment. However, green consumerism is not widespread and is still

evolving. The one area which is growing towards environmental friendly commerce is Green

Marketing. Green marketing is the marketing of products that are presumed to be

environmentally safe. In this research paper, main emphasis has been made of concept, need and

importance of green marketing.

Keywords: Green marketing, Green Brands, Environmental Safety

Introduction:

The American Marketing Association (AMA) held the first workshop on ecological

marketing in 1975. According to the American Marketing Association, green marketing is the

marketing of products that are presumed to be environmentally safe. Thus green marketing

incorporates a broad range of activities, including product modification, changes to the

production process, packaging changes, as well as modifying advertising. Yet defining green

marketing is not a simple task where several meanings intersect and contradict each other.

Business Dictionary defines green marketing as promotional activities aimed at taking advantage

of changing consumer attitude towards a brand. These changes are increasingly being influenced

by a firm‘s policies and practices, it affects the quality of the environment and reflect the level of

its concern for the community. It can also be seen as the promotion of environmentally safe or

beneficial products.

Objectives:

1. To study the concept of green philosophy in Marketing

2. To study need and importance of green marketing and green products.

3. To review the present status of green marketing in India


Primary Data: Primary data was gathered by Interview schedule and Observation as a tool

for data collection.

Secondary Data: Secondary data was collected by the researcher with the help of journals,

magazines, newspapers, websites, e-library and various publications of the governmental and

non-governmental reports.







Reviews Of Previous Studies:

Prothero, A. (1998) introduces several papers discussed in the July 1998 issue of

'Journal of Marketing Management' focusing on green marketing. This includes; a citation of the

need to review existing literature on green marketing, an empirical study of United States and

Australian marketing managers, a description of what a green alliance look like in practice in

Great Britain, ecotourism and definitions of green marketing.

Oyewole, P. (2001), in his paper presents a conceptual link among green marketing,

environmental justice, and industrial ecology. It argues for greater awareness of environmental

justice in the practice for green marketing. A research agenda is finally suggested to determine

consumers' awareness of environmental justice, and their willingness to bear the costs associated

with it.

Prothero, A. & Fitchett, J.A. (2000) argues that greater ecological enlightenment can be

secured through capitalism by using the characteristics of commodity culture to further progress

environmental goals. Marketing not only has the potential to contribute to the establishment of

more sustainable forms of society but, as a principle agent in the operation and proliferation of

commodity discourse, also has a considerable responsibility to do so.

Kilbourne, W.E. (1998) discusses the failure of green marketing to move beyond the

limitations of the prevailing paradigm. The author identifies areas that must be examined for

their effect in the marketing/environment relationship, namely economic, political and

technological dimensions of the cultural frame of reference.

Karna, J., Hansen, E. & Juslin, H. (2003) interpret that proactive marketers are the

most genuine group in implementing environmental marketing voluntarily and seeking

competitive advantage through environmental friendliness. The results also give evidence that

green values, environmental marketing strategies, structures and functions are logically

connected to each other as hypothesized according to the model of environmental marketing

used to guide this study.

Sanjay K. Jain & Gurmeet Kaur (2004) in their study environmentalism has fast

emerged as a worldwide phenomenon. Business firms too have risen to the occasion and have

started responding to environmental challenges by practicing green marketing strategies. Green

consumerism has played a catalytic role in ushering corporate environmentalism and making

business firms green marketing oriented. Based on the data collected through a field survey, the

paper makes an assessment of the extent of environmental awareness, attitudes and behaviour

prevalent among consumers in India.

Green Marketing: Meaning And Concepts

According to the American Marketing Association, green marketing is the marketing

of products that are presumed to be environmentally safe. Thus green marketing incorporates a

broad range of activities, including product modification, changes to the production

process, packaging changes, as well as modifying advertising .Yet defining green

marketing is not a simple task where several meanings intersect and contradict each other;

Pride and Ferrell (1993) Green marketing, also alternatively known as environmental

marketing and sustainable marketing, refers to an organization's efforts at designing, promoting,

pricing and distributing products that will not harm the environment .






Polonsky (1994) defines green marketing as .all activities designed to generate and

facilitate any exchanges intended to satisfy human needs or wants, such that the satisfaction of

these needs and wants occurs, with minimal detrimental impact on the natural environment.

Elkington (1994: 93) defines green consumer as one who avoids products that are likely

to endanger the health of the consumer or others; cause significant damage to the environment

during manufacture, use or disposal; consume a disproportionate amount of energy; cause

unnecessary waste; use materials derived from threatened species or environments; involve

unnecessary use of, or cruelty to animals; adversely affect other countries.

Need Of Green Marketing:

Going green - is a phrase that‘s becoming more and more common as people

start to realize the enormity of the environmental challenges we all face. Everybody knows that

the earth is in trouble: every day we see new stories about global warming, acid rain, oil spills,

deforestation, or nuclear waste. Being green isn‘t just about helping the environment – it‘s also

about keeping oneself healthy and happy. Green products are becoming popular as consumers

become more aware of the hazards of chemicals and toxins in their food, their households and

their outdoor environment.

The issue of environmental protection has brought the consumers, the industry, and

the government to a common platform where each has to play its own role. With increasing

environmental consciousness, companies need to understand not only green consumers‘

behavior but also the factors that influence green purchases and those factors that act as barriers

to green purchases. This will not only help the marketers in segmenting the market

appropriately and developing strategies to meet green consumers‘ needs but also the policy

makers in enforcing sustainability in marketing of goods and service.

Importance of Green Marketing:

Green marketing offers business bottom line incentives and top line growth

possibilities. While modification of business or production processes may involve start-up costs,

it will save money in the long term. For example the cost of installing solar energy is an

investment in future energy cost savings. Companies that develop new and improved products

and services with environmental impacts in mind give themselves access to new markets,

substantially increase profits and enjoy competitive advantages over those marketing none

environmentally responsible alternatives. When looking through the literature there are several

suggested reasons for firms increased use of Green Marketing. Five possible reasons are as

follows:

1. Organizations perceive environmental marketing to be an opportunity that can be used to

achieve its objectives.

2. Organizations believe they have a moral obligation to be more socially responsible.

3. Governmental bodies are forcing firms to become more responsible.

4. 4. Competitors' environmental activities pressure firms to change their environmental

marketing activities.

5. Cost factors associated with waste disposal, or reductions in material usage forces firms

to modify their behaviour.






Green Marketing's Objectives:

Green marketing is important for a number of reasons, from eliminating wastefulness to

educating consumers about how a company is maintaining eco-friendly measures. Here are some

other objectives to consider when thinking about green marketing.

1. Avoiding waste:

Whether it's creating biodegradable product packaging (meaning it can be

broken down by biological means), cutting down on water consumption, or reducing the

amount of trash that goes into landfills, green marketing is just as concerned with

avoiding waste as putting forward an eco-friendly face to the public.

2. Reinventing products:

Products themselves can be modified to lessen the impact on the environment. For

example, Method sources its ingredients from many plant-derived ingredients, which

means its safer for humans, not toxic to family pets who might accidentally ingest it; and

more environmentally-friendly by being water-soluble and dispersing safely into the

environment.

3. Making green while being green:

Of course, companies that promote green products want to not only be good

stewards of planet Earth, but make a profit while doing so. Green marketing allows

businesses to capitalize on the subset of the population willing to pay a little more to

lessen their footprint on the environment and protect the atmosphere.

4. Changing processes:

Consumers aren't the only ones that need to be concerned with environmental

impact. Green marketing also encourages businesses to properly utilize resources such as

water consumption and electricity. Changing processes also means looking for renewable

materials, using alternative energy sources and finding ways to deliver products in a more

fuel-efficient manner.

5. Creating eco-friendly messaging:

Green marketing's biggest ''marketing'' accomplishment might be in messaging.

Green marketing works to help consumers understand a product's green benefits and a

company's commitment to the environment. It's also an important avenue in which to

educate people about sustainability and the environment.

Golden Rules Of Green Marketing

1. Know You're Customer:

Make sure that the consumer is aware of and concerned about the issues that your product

attempts to address, (Whirlpool learned the hard way that consumers wouldn't pay a

premium for a CFC-free refrigerator because consumers didn‗t know what CFCs were.

2. Educating Your Customers:

Isn‘t just a matter of letting people know you're doing whatever you're doing to protect the

environment, but also a matter of letting them know why it matters? Otherwise, for a

significant portion of your target market, it's a case of "So what?" and your green marketing

campaign goes nowhere.






3. Being Genuine & Transparent:

Means that;

a) You are actually doing what you claim to be doing in your green marketing

campaign and

b) The rest of your business policies are consistent with whatever you are doing that's

environmentally friendly. Both these conditions have to be met for your business to establish

the kind of environmental credentials that will allow a green marketing campaign to succeed.

4. Reassure The Buyer:

Consumers must be made to believe that the product performs the job it's supposed to do-

they won't forego product quality in the name of the environment.

5. Consider you’re pricing:

If you're charging a premium for your product-and many environmentally preferable

products cost more due to economies of scale and use of higher quality ingredients-make

sure those consumers can afford the premium and feel it's worth it.

6. Giving Your Customers An Opportunity To Participate:

Means personalizing the benefits of your environmentally friendly actions, normally through

letting the customer take part in positive environmental action.

Challenges In Green Marketing

Need For Standardization:

It is found that only 5% of the marketing messages from ―Green‖ campaigns are

entirely true and there is a lack of standardization to authenticate these claims. There is no

standardization to authenticate these claims. There is no standardization currently in place to

certify a product as organic. Unless some regulatory bodies are involved in providing the

certifications there will not be any verifiable means. A standard quality control board needs to be

in place for such labelling and licensing.

New Concept :

Indian literate and urban consumer is getting more aware about the merits of Green

products. But it is still a new concept for the masses. The consumer needs to be educated and

made aware of the environmental threats. The new green movements need to reach the masses

and that will take a lot of time and effort. By India's ayurvedic heritage, Indian consumers do

appreciate the importance of using natural and herbal beauty products. Indian consumer is

exposed to healthy living lifestyles such as yoga and natural food consumption. In those aspects

the consumer is already aware and will be inclined to accept the green products.

Patience And Perseverance :

The investors and corporate need to view the environment as a major long-term

investment opportunity, the marketers need to look at the long-term benefits from this new green

movement. It will require a lot of patience and no immediate results. Since it is a new concept

and idea, it will have its own acceptance period.

Avoiding Green Myopia :

The first rule of green marketing is focusing on customer benefits i.e. the primary reason

why consumers buy certain products in the first place. Do this right, and motivate consumers to

switch brands or even pay a premium for the greener alternative. It is not going to help if a






product is developed which is absolutely green in various aspects but does not pass the customer

satisfaction criteria. This will lead to green myopia. Also if the green products are priced very

high then again it will lose its market acceptability.

Green Marketing In India:

Organizations are Perceive Environmental marketing as an Opportunity to achieve its

objectives. Firms have realized that consumers prefer products that do not harm the natural

environment as also the human health. Firms marketing such green products are preferred over

the others not doing so and thus develop a competitive advantage, simultaneously meeting their

business objectives. Organizations believe they have a moral obligation to be more socially

responsible. This is in keeping with the philosophy of CSR which has been successfully adopted

by many business houses to improve their corporate image. Firms in this situation can take two

approaches:

• Use the fact that they are environmentally responsible as a marketing tool.

• Become responsible without prompting this fact.

Governmental Bodies are forcing Firms to Become More Responsible. In most cases the

government forces the firm to adopt policy which protects the interest of the consumers. It does

so in following ways:

• Reduce production of harmful goods or by products

• Modify consumer and industry's use and consumption of harmful goods; or

• Ensure that all types of consumers have the ability to evaluate the environmental

composition of goods.

Competitors' environmental activities pressurise the firms to change their Environmental

Marketing activities. In order to get even with competitors claim to being environmentally

friendly, firms change over to green marketing. Result is green marketing percolates entire

industry. Cost Factors Associated With Waste Disposal or Reductions in Material Usage Forces

Firms to Modify their Behaviour. With cost cutting becoming part of the strategy of the firms it

adopts green marketing in relation to these activities. It may pursue these as follows:

• A Firm develops a technology for reducing waste and sells it to other firms.

• A waste recycling or removal industry develops.

Research Findings:

Green marketing is still in its infancy in India and more research needs to be undertaken

on different aspects of green marketing to explore its potential to the maximum possible extent.

For successful and productive execution of this idea of Green Marketing the variable that

assumes a noteworthy part is the Government. Unless the legislature makes particular and

stringent laws and uses its power to actualize them, the idea can't be conceptualized.

Conclusion:

Now this is the right time to select ―Green Marketing‖ globally. It will come with drastic

change in the world of business if all nations will make strict roles because green marketing is

essential to save world from pollution. When companies adopt green marketing activities,

they should ensure that the economic aspect of marketing is not neglected. The companies must

keep in mind that the consumers are very much concerned about the environmental issues

cropping up in the country and they are very much willing to pay a premium price for the green

products, if these eco-friendly products provide an extra value to the consumers. Companies can






command a higher price if they can enhance the products performance and offer extra product

value by providing better visual appeal, better functions, improved performance, better design, or

better taste. Thus, companies must try to locate these opportunities and must take advantage of

them.

References:

1. Nadaf, Y.B.R. And M. Nadaf, S. M. (2014). Green Marketing: Challenges and

Strategies for Indian Companies In 21st Century, IMPACT, International Journal of

Research in Business Management, 2 (5), pp. 91-104.

2. Mohanasundaram,V.(2012). Green Marketing–Challenge and Opportunities.

International Journal of Multidisciplinary Research, 2(4), pp.66-73.

3. Chan,E. S. W. (2013). Managing green marketing: Hong Kong hotel managers‘

perspective. International Journal of Hospitality Management, (34), pp. 442-461.

4. Sharma D.D. (2008), ―Marketing Research: Principle Application & Cases‖ N. Delhi,

Sultan Chand & Sons

5. R. Shrikanth Et al, Contemporary green marketing-brief reference to Indian scenario,

International journal of social science and interdisciplinary research, vol. I, Jan.2012.26-

38

6. Dr. Sarawade W.K. Conceptual development of green marketing in India, Excel journal

of engineering technology and management science, vol. I, June 2012.1-6.

7. K. Uday Kiran, Opportunity and challenges of green marketing with special reference to

Pune, International journal of management and social science research,vol.I,Oct.2012.18-

24

8. Rahul Singal Et al, Green marketing: challenges and opportunity,International journal of

innovation Engineering and technology,vol II,Feb.2013.470-474.

9. J.A Ottman, et al, "Avoiding Green Marketing Myopia",Environment, Vol-48, June-2006

10. www.greenmarketing.net/stratergic.html

11. www.epa.qld.gov.au/sustainable_ industries

12. www.greenpeace.org/internationa

13. http://www.iocl.com.

http://www.greenmarketing.net/stratergic.html

http://www.greenpeace.org/internationa






Role of Microenterprises in the Economic and Social Empowerment of

Women : A Study on Micro Enterprises of Kudumbashree Self Help Groups

in Pilicode Gramapanchayath, Kerala

Dr. C. K. Hebbar*, Prakashan K.** *Associate Professor(Rtd.),

University College, Mangalore, Karnataka.

[email protected]

** Research Scholar,

Mangalore University, Mangalore, Karnataka.

[email protected]

Abstract:

Empowerment is a term usually relate with poverty. Empowerment generates collective

action for reducing societal inequities, securing more equitable access to labour, land and

financial markets and development of more responsive and accountable state institutions. It

enables people to have the courage to do things they never thought themselves to be capable of

and the power that comes from working alongside others to claim what is rightfully theirs.

Empowerment broadens poor peoples‟ freedom of choice and action, expanding their assets and

capabilities and enabling them to participate in, negotiate with, influence, control and hold

accountable institutions that affect their lives. Economic and social empowerment make women

more powerful to handle their own problems. Women perform the bulk of household work; they

often have little time left to pursue economic opportunities. Women make enormous contribution

to economies and their participation in economy lead to gender equality, poverty eradication

and inclusive growth. Social empowerment is a process of developing a sense of autonomy and

self-confidence among individual and group to change social relationships and institutions and

discourses that exclude poor people and keep them in poverty.Kudumbashree is a women

oriented poverty eradication programme implemented by Government of Kerala in 1998 to wipe

out absolute poverty from the state. Neighborhood Group is the basic unit of Kudumbashree.

NHGs are self help groups meet weekly , create thrift and micro credit and discuss various local

social and economic issues. Many NHGs started microenterprises with the help of

Kudumbashree Mission. The economic and social status of members of micro enterprises

improved remarkably .The present study aims to find out the role of micro enterprises in the

economic and social empowerment of Kudumbashree self help group members.

Key words- Empowerment- Economic empowerment-Social empowerment-Kudumbashree-

NHG-Self help groupABSTRACT

Introduction:

Empowerment means authority or power given to someone to do something. It is a

process of becoming stronger and more confident, especially in controlling one‘s life and

claiming one‘s right. Empowerment as action refers both to the process of self empowerment and

to professional support of people which enable them to overcome their sense of powerlessness

and lack of influence and to recognize and use their resources. The empowerment process








involves obtaining basic opportunities for marginalized groups either directly or indirectly or

through the help of non -marginalized group.

Economic empowerment is the capacity of men and women to participate, contribute and

benefit from the growth process and society recognize their contribution, respect dignity and

make it possible to negotiate a fairer distribution of the benefits of the growth. It is the process of

giving people the means to be in control of their own economic destiny. Itconsists of helping

people to improve their economic status while at the same time gaining more control over that

status. Always the term economic empowerment relate with poor and weaker sections of the

society who have little access to resources.

Social empowerment is a continuous process of achieving quality of life of people

through various community development activities. It can be achieved through education and

socio-economic integration of people‘s activities.

Kudumbashree(in Malayalam it means prosperity of the family) is basically a poverty

alleviation programme implemented by Govt. of Kerala in 1998.NHGs (Neighbourhood groups)

are the basic unit of Kudumbashree which function as Self Help Groups.Women in a particular

locality organize NHGs to engage in micro finance, micro credit and micro enterprises

activities.At the panchayath level Community Development Societies (CDS) monitor NHGs in

their panchayath. State Kudumbashree Mission provide financial assistance to micro enterprises

under different schemes.

Pilicode Grama Panchayath have a total population of 11853 of which 6423 are women

population.148 NHGs are affiliated to CDS of Pilicode grama panchayath. 28 Kudumbashree

supported micro enterprises are successfully running in the panchayath.Each micro enterprise are

owned and controlled by a team of women entrepreneurs.

Literature Review:

Anne Marie Golla,Anju Malhotra,Priya Nanda and Rekha Mehra (2011)1, in their article

titled ‖Understanding and measuring Womens‘ Economic Empowerment-Definition, framework

and Indicators‖ defined economic empowerment and it‘s indicators. Economic empowerment is

one of the most powerful routes for women to achieve their potential and advance their rights.

Since women make up the majority of the world‘s poor, meeting poverty reduction goals

requires addressing women and their economic requirement Women who are economically

empowered contribute more to their families, societies and national economies.

B. Lilly Grace Eunice and G. Purushothaman (2011)2 in their article titled ―How far

empowerment of women attained in India? Some issues‖ observed that many women in India are

living in a pathetic condition. Globaly 70% of the women are living in absolute poverty. Society

denying their rights, and curtailing their opportunities. Women empowerment also include

gaining greater share of control over as resources, materials, human and intellectual like

knowledge, information, ideas and financial resources like money and access to money and

control over decision making in home, community, society and nation and to gain power.

Ansuman Sahoo(2013)3 in their article titled ― self help group and woman empowerment: A

study on some selected SHGs‖ focused to analyze the role of SHGs in women empowerment,

social solidarity and socio economic betterment of the poor for their consolidation. . Monthly

income of majority of respondents has increased after joining in SHGs and their monthly

expenditure also increased after joining in SHGs.Women are now participating in all productive






activities and are at par with men.The decision making capacity of women increased and they

are involving in various social

activities.

An article titled ‗Group Entrepreneurship among SHG women:A study of selected SHGs

in Guntur district, Andrapradesh‖,(2014)4 ,published after the studies conducted in Guntur

district in Andhrapradesh, Vishnuvadde and N. Vijaya Batram say group entrepreneurship will

sustain for a long time if there is a better cohesion among the members of self-help groups. This

can be achieved by promoting awareness regarding entrepreneurship among members. Lack of

awareness among the SHG women entrepreneurs about provisions of govt. schemes and grants

available in backward districts can be overcome by empowering women.

Mamta Mokta(2014)5, described various indicators of women empowerment in their article

titled ― Empowerment of women in India: A critical Analysis‖.Empowerment of women means

developing them as more aware individuals, who are politically active, economically productive

and independent and are able to make intelligent discussion in matters that affect them.

Empowerment can be measured both in quantitative and qualitative ways.Increase in self

esteem, individual and collective confidence, knowledge and awareness on health,women

participation in meetings,bargaining power at home and in community.

Objectives of The Study

The main purpose of the study is to identify the relationship between economic

empowermentand micro entrepreneurial activities of Kudumbashree self help group members in

Pilicode Garama Panchayath of Kerala state. The study also aims to find out the relationship

between income level and social satisfaction of women entrepreneurs of Kudumbashree self help

groups in the Pilicode Grama Panchayath.

Hypothesis

1) There is no significant relationship between involment in entrepreneurial activities

and improvement in the economic condition of Kudumbashree self help group

members in Pilicode Grama Panchayath

2) There is no significantrelation between income and social satisfaction of

womenentrepreneurs of Kudumbashree self help groups in Pilicode Grama

Panchayath.

Methodology:

Both primary and secondary data are used for the analysis of the study. Population of

the study is 112 women entrepreneurs who are running 28 micro enterprises in the

panchayath.Primary data are collected from the sample of 50 Kudumbashree self help group

members who are engaged in micro entrepreneurial activities in Pilicode Grama Panchayath.

Convenient sampling technique is used to collect data from the respondents.

Questionnairesupplied to respondents and an interview also conducted with them. .Anova

test,Scheffea,b

test, Karl pearsons‘ correlation coefficient, percentages etc are used for analysis

and interpretation of data.

Apart from the primary data, some secondary data are also used for the analysis of the

study. Various reports of industries department, Kudumbashree mission, etc are used for the

analysis.






6. Data Analysis And Interpretation

The socio- economic characteristics of the respondents are analyzed and interpreted the result of

thereof:

6.1 Age Of The Respondents

Age Category No. Of Respondents Percentage

18-35 11 22

36-45 29 58

46-60 8 16

61 and ABOVE 2 4

TOTAL 50 100

Table 1

Interpretation

Majority of the respondents belongs to the middle aged groups. Youngentrepreneurs are very

less in number. Only 21 percentage of the total respondents belongs to category 1 and 4

percentage from the category 4. The data reveals that middle aged group women respondents

have major role in entrepreneurial activities.

6.2 Educational Qualifications

Educational Qualification No. Of Respondents Percentage

Primary 14 28

High School 24 48

Higher Secondary 9 18

Degree 1 2

Diploma 2 4

Total 50 100

Table 2

Interpretation

The above data reveals that majority of the self help group members studied upto high

school. Some of them continued their education after highschool.Only one respondent completed

degree course and two members have diploma certificate.Primary educated members

representabout 30% of the total respondents.

6.3. Incomegroup Of The Respondents

Income Group Category No Of Rspondents Percentage

0-3000 1 30 60

3001-6000 2 15 30

6001-9000 3 1 2

9001-12000 4 4 8

12001-15000 5 0 0

TOTAL 50 100

Table 9

Interpretation

Income of the respondents classified into 5 categories with an interval of 3000. Out of

the total respondents 60% belongs to low income category which range from 0 to 3000.30%






belongs to second category where income is ranging from 3001 to 6000.No respondents belongs

to fifth category where income exceeds 12000 but less than 15000.8% included in the income

category of 9001 to 12000.The data reveals that low income groups are dominating in

entrepreneurial activities than high income groups.

6.3 Economics Status

Status No Of Respondents Percentage

Apl 12 24

Bpl 38 76

Total 50 100

Table 3

Interpretation

76% of the respondents belong to BPL families . Only 24% coming from APL

families.That means poor and economically backward people are encouraged to start micro

enterprises to earn their livelihood rather than high income earners.

6.4 Enterprenuerial Training

Training Status No Of Respondents Percentage

Trained 9 18

Un Trained 41 82

Total 50 100

Table 4

Interpretation

82% of members are untrained in their field. Only 18% got proper training. The data

clearly specify the need of training to members from the part of Govt. or their agencies .

6.5 Satisfaction Level Of Enterprenuers

Level Of Satisfaction No Of Respondents Percentage

Very Satisfied 9 18

Satisfied 33 66

Unsure 4 8

Dissatisfied 3 6

Very Dissatisfied 1 2

Total 50 100

Table 5

Interpretation

5 point Likert scale is used to evaluate the satisfaction level of enterprenuers.18% of the

respondents have excellent satisfaction level in entrepreneurial activities. Majority of the

respondents are in a very good satisfaction level. Only 2% of the respondents expressed as poor

satisfaction. The above table clearly shows that the entrepreneurs are satisfied in their activities.

6.7. Improvement Of Economic Condition

Economic Condition No Of Respondents Percentage

Highly Improved 4 8

Improved 37 74






No Response 6 12

Not Improved 3 6

Never Improved 0 0

Total 50 100

Table 6

Interpretation

The response are evaluated in 5 point scale. 74% of the respondents‘ economic condition

improved while 8% of the respondents‘ economic condition highly improved.12% of the

respondents have no opinion while 6% said that their economic condition not improved.The

above table clearly shows the improvement of economic condition of entrepreneurs through their

entrepreneurial activities.

6.8.Involvement Inenterprenuerial Activities

Involvement No Of Respondents Percentage

Highly Involved 4 8

Involved 37 74

No Response 6 12

Not Involved 3 6

Never Involved 0 0

Total 50 100

Table 7

Interpretation

74% of the respondents involved in the social activities after starting their enterprises and

8% of the respondents are highly involved in social activities.Only 6% of the respondents are

not involving in any social activities.

6.9.Role Of Enterprenuerial Activities In Social Empowerment

For Empowerment No Of Respondents Percentage

Extremely Helped 9 18

Helped 33 66

No Response 4 8

Not Helped 3 6

Never Helped 1 2

Total 50 100

Table 8

Interpretation

Majority of the respondents said that entrepreneurial activities helped them in social

empowerment.6% of the respondents said that the entrepreneurial activities not helped for social

empowerment.There is an extreme negative response from one respondent who opined that

entrepreneurial activities never helped her in social empowerment.8% of the respondents have

no opinion to this question.

7. Testing of Hypothesis

7.1. Involvement in enterprenuerial activities and improvement of economic condition.One

way Anova test is used to compare involvement in enterprenuerial activities and improvement of






economic condition of 50 respondents of Kudumbashree micro enterprises in Pilicode Grama

Panchayath.Scheffea,b

test is applied to find out highest and lowest response category of

respondents.

Descriptive statistics

Involment in enterprenuerial activities and Improvement of economic condition

Score N Mean Std.

Deviation

Std.

Error

95% Confidence Interval for

Mean

Minimum Maximu

m

Lower Bound Upper Bound

2 3 3.33 1.155 .667 .46 6.20 2 4

3 6 2.83 .753 .307 2.04 3.62 2 4

4 37 3.97 .372 .061 3.85 4.10 3 5

5 4 4.50 .577 .289 3.58 5.42 4 5

Total 50 3.84 .650 .092 3.66 4.02 2 5

ANOVA test

Involment in enterprenuerial activities and Improvement of economic

condition

Sum of

Squares

Df Mean

Square

F Sig.

Between

Groups

9.247 3 3.082 12.358 .000

Within Groups 11.473 46 .249

Total 20.720 49

Interpretation

The calculated P value is .000, which is less than .05, therefore we can reject null

hypothesis and accept alternative hypothesis , that is there is significant relationship between

involment in entrepreneurial activities and improvement in economic condition of women

entrepreneurs of Kudumbashree self help groups in Pilicode Grama Panchayath. Scheffetest

shows that subset 2 have maximum value of 3.97 which represent the score 4 ie involved in

entrepreneurial activities. Therefore, members involved in entrepreneurial activities have greater

improvement in economic condition.

Scheffea,b

test

Involment in entrepreneurial activities and Improvement of

economic condition

Score N Subset for alpha = 0.05

1 2 3

3 6 2.83

2 3 3.33 3.33

4 37 3.97 3.97

5 4 4.50

Sig. .469 .253 .422






7.2 Social satisfaction and income of entrepreneurs

Karl pearsons‘ coefficient of correlation test is used to identify the relationship between

social satisfaction and income of respondents.

Karl Pearsons’ Correlation

Social

satisfaction

Income of

respondents

Social

satisfactio

n

Pearson

Correlation

1 -.399

Sig. (2-tailed) .004

N 50 50

Income

Pearson

Correlation

-.399 1

Sig. (2-tailed) .004

N 50 50

Interpretation

The calculated p value is .004, which is less than .05, then null hypothesis rejected and

accepted alternative hypothesis, that is,there is significant relationship between social satisfaction

and income of respondents. Karl Pearson‘s Correlation coefficient is -.399, that means there is a

negative correlation between social satisfaction and income of respondents. The test result shows

that, low income respondent has high social satisfaction and high income earners have less social

satisfaction.

Findings and Suggessions

1. Participation of youths in micro entrepreneurial activities is not appreciable. Therefore,

more schemesshould be introduce for youths.

2. All the respondents have attained basic education but t they lack professionalknowledge.

An effort required from the part of government to extend continuing education and

training.

3. Many of the respondents are earning an income between zero to Rs3000. Therefore,

income enhancing programmes should be introduced at panchayath level.

4. 82% of the respondents are untrained in their field. Attention should be given to

imparting training and skill to the women self help group members to develop their

capabalities.

5. 74% of the respondents opine that their economic condition improved. Hence,

government or its agencies should promote more self help groups in rural areas.

Conclusion :

Women constitute near about 50% of the population but their contribution to the

economy is not remarkable. Various measures are undertaken to empower women and to ensure

sustainable development of the nation. But because of many socio –economic and political

reasons they are not coming into the mainstream. of the society.To attain sustainable

development in the country, women should be empowered and engage them in productive

activitiese. Different quantitative and qualitative indicators are using for measuring the level of






empowerment of women . Participation of women in industrial activitiy is one of the indicators

of women empowerment.Kudumbashree , a women oriented poverty eradication programme

introduced various micro enterprises schemes to its members.. Micro enterprises play an active

role in the economic and social empowerment of women. Micro entrepreneurial activities

provide regular income and better social status to women self help group members.Therefore,

women micro enterprises should be promoted to attain socio economic development of a nation.

References:

1. Anne Marie Golla,Anju Malhotra,Priya Nanda and Rekha Mehra,Understanding and

measuring Womens‘ Economic Empowerment-Definition, framework and

Indicators,International centre for Research on women,2011.

2. Lilly Grace Eunice B and Purushotham G,How far Empowerment of women Attained in

India ? Some issues, The Associated Publishers, Ambala city, 2011,pp 21-62.

3. . Ansuman Sahoo,Self help group and women empowerment: A study on some selected

SHGs, IJBMI,2013, ISSN 2319-801X

4. Vishnuvadde and N. Vijaya Batram ,Group Enterprenurship among SHG women:A study

of selected SHGs in Guntur district, Andrapradesh,, Prabandhan:Indian journal of

management, 2014 pp13-15.

5. Mamta mokta, Empowerment of women in India: A critical analysis, Indian journal of

Public Administration, vol LXno.3,July-Sept,2014.

6. SreeRamalu G, Empowerment of women through self help group, Kalpaz publications,

Newdelhi, 2006.

7. www,kudumbashree.org

8. . Naga Raju Alluri, Self help groups and their Role in social development, The

Associated publishers, Ambala city, 2011,pp136-151.

9. www.censusindia.gov.in

10. www.unwomen.org

11. Venugopalan K,Influence of Kudumbashree on women empowerment-a study, IOSR

Journal of Business and Management, ISSN 2278-487X,Vol.16,verIII,Oct 2014,pp35-44

.

http://www.censusindia.gov.in/

http://www.unwomen.org/






Mathematics Education in Sustainable Development

Prem Kumari Dhakal


Mid-Western Univeristy, Surkhet, Nepal.

[email protected]

Abstract:

The task of Mathematics education for sustainable development is to address the

competencies and to prepare professors and teachers for their active role in society. Such

approach calls for view modesof teaching and learning as well for their meaningful integration

in existing mathematics educational contexts. Counting, Measuring and Locating indicate clear

connections between people and their environments. Through these kinds of Mathematical

activities people design ways to meet their needs in efficient ways.This paper seeks to investigate

& examine Mathematics for Sustainable Development. It reflects Social implication of

Mathematics education for sustainable scientific and technological development, since learning

to live sustainably on Earth requires enormous advances in our understanding of the natural

world and our relationship with it. To acquire that understanding, progress in Mathematical

Sciences is essential. Mathematics plays a big role in Sustainable Development and all of its

aspects:Social, Environmental & Economic. Many Developmental challenges can be solved

using appropriate Mathematical models.

Key words: Mathematical science, sustainable development, sustainable education, innovative

pedagogies , sustainable university Mathematics curricula

1.Introduction:

1.1 Sustainable Development

Sustainable development is that the organizing principle for meeting human development

goals whereas at the identical time sustaining the flexibility of natural systems to supply the

natural resources and system services upon that the economy and society rely. the

required result's a state of society wherever living conditions and resource use still meet

human wants while not undermining the integrity and stability of the natural

system. property development are often classified as development that meets the

requirements of the current while not compromising the flexibility of future

generations. property development ties along concern for the carrying capability of natural

systems with the social, political, and economic challenges sweet-faced by

humanity. property science is that the study of the ideas of property development

and bionomics. there's a further concentrate on the current generations' responsibility to

regenerate, maintain and improve planetary resources to be used by future generations

(Wikipedia).

1.2 Sustainable Education and Sustainable Mathematics

Education for property Development is Associated to the ―interdisciplinary learning

methodology covering the integrated social, economic, and environmental aspects of formal and

informal info.This tutorial approach will facilitate graduates nurture their information,

talents, and skill to play a task in environmental development and become accountable members







of society property scientific discipline aims to supply helpful resources and knowledge to

assist educators embody sustainability material into their courses. thematerial here focuses on

Intro Stats and Calculus however will typically be tailored simply to different settings

from highschool to the primary 2 years of faculty. property is outlined broadly

speaking to vary from the setting to social justice(Daso,2013).

1.3 Mathematics Education for Sustainable Development

Mathematics is commonly outlined because the study of topics like amount,

structure, house and alter. These topics give the most important subdivisions of Mathematics into

: Arithmetic, Algebra, Geometry, and Analysis. These major disciplines inside arithmetic arose

out of the necessity to try and do calculations in commerce and trade. except an Engineer, a man

of affairs, , A banker, even a manual laborer has got to calculate his wages build purchases from

the market, and regulate the expenditure to his financial gain.

People believe mathematics could be a divine discipline. for example, Galileo, in

Eves(1983), declared that Mathematics is that the language with that God wrote the universe.

Some folks love mathematics whereas some concern it; some are attracted too and

study mathematics , whereas some worship it. for example, ancient Indian mathematicians like

Aryabatta and Bhaskaracharya adored mathematics , and lived for it. Also, the legend

SrinivasaRamanujan of Bharat idolized arithmetic. These might be material and non-material

reasons why folks love, worship and are drawn to mathematics. Why ought to everyone learn

mathematics? however will Mathematics contribute to overall development of the members of

the society? what's the importance of Mathematics within the society? What should be the

benefits of devoting most effort, time and cash of the society to find

out Mathematics? According to Kulshrestha (2005), these queries indicate the ways to explore

the values of mathematics .

Thus, Mathematics looks to possess been given larger stress in our society. Its

importance thus are going to be given within the following ways:

Usefulness of mathematics in human daily activities

The language of mathematics

Aesthetic values of mathematics

The role of mathematics in Social Sciences

The role of mathematics in Sciences and Medicine

The role of mathematics in Engineering and Technology






This figure shows that mathematics is related to each and every sectors of social sciences

and technology. Some of the main usefulness of mathematics can be described as

follows:

1.3.1 Usefulness of Mathematics in Daily life Activities of Human being

Numerical and logical thinking play a part in each of these everyday activities, and in

many others. A good understanding of Maths in everyday life is essential for making sense of all

the numbers and problems life throws at us.Looking down at the menu, you eye up the prices.

The restaurant owner has worked out how much she needs to charge for her food by creating a

business model detailing the cost of raw ingredients, staff wages and so on. She also has to

calculate how these costs might change in the future and how many customers she expects. Many

restaurants fail within their first year because of poor mathematical planning.

Even when you‘re looking to spend some time in the sun Maths in everyday life is all

around you, because planning a holiday is all about optimization. Deciding where to visit is just

the first of a whole bunch of questions. When is the best time of year to go? How do I get to the

airport on time? Can I fit all these clothes in my suitcase? Answering these questions involves

working with numbers – hotel prices, flight timetables, suitcase volumes – to come up with the

best results.Once you get there, Maths still comes in handy. Maths and numbers are universal, so

even if you don‘t speak the language you can understand prices and times, and mentally

converting currencies lets you check whether you‘re spending(Daso,2013).

1.3.2 Aesthetic values of Mathematics

Aesthetic value in Mathematics refers to the beauty of Mathematics or beauty in

Mathematics. One may ask, is Mathematics beautiful? What Mathematics is beautiful? What

problems are associates with the study of the beauty of Mathematics? Can the beautiful image of

Mathematics be integrated in the context of pedagogy? Russell in Agwagah (2008) expressed his

sense of Mathematics beauty in these words. ―Mathematics rightly viewed possesses not only

truth, but supreme beauty – a beauty cold and austere, likethat of sculpture, without appeal to any

part of our weaker nature, without the gorgeous trapping of paintings or music, yet sublimely

pure and capable of a stem perfection such as only the greatest art can show. The truespirit of

delight, the exaltation, the sense of being more than man, which is the touchstone of the highest

excellence, is to be found in Mathematics as surely as poetry‖. Mathematics try to identify the

smallest set of rules from which many other propositions can be logically derived. There are

topics in mathematics, which can be used to illustrate its aesthetic element of power. Example is

the number notational system (Bett, 2007). Using 10 symbols – 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,0. It is possible

to create an infinite number of distinct numbers. The reason is because of the amazing power of

place value notation.

1.3.3 Role of Mathematics in Science and Medicine

Mathematics and Science have a long and close relationship that is of crucial and

growing importance for both. Mathematics apart from being an intellectually stimulating

discipline, is continuously being developed to meet the changing requirement of Physics,

Chemistry, Biology, Social Sciences, Psychology, Engineering and even law to mention a few.






Every occupation within the medical field relies heavily on Mathematics. Elementary

Mathematics, Geometry and Algebra are all obviously crucial to advance in new technology,

saving lives and curing diseases.

Mathematical models help us to clarify relationships among a system's components as

well as their relative significance. Through Modeling, speculations about a system are given a

form that allows them to be examined qualitatively and quantitatively from many angles; in

particular, Modeling allows the detection of discrepancies between theory and reality, i.e.

Mathematical formulae & Models may be applied to test the structural and functional soundness

of the design before it is mass produced, thus saving millions of dollars and untold time.

Computer-aided design is becoming increasingly important in this type of use- and it is all based

on application of Mathematics(Nampalli&Nagabhushan ,2018).

1.3.4 The Role of Mathematics in Social Science

No sectors of social sciences are free from mathematics. Social science includes different

parts which is shown as the following figure:

Mathematics is universal not only in the way it influences the basic sciences, the applied

sciences, engineering and technology, but also in the way it makes itself relevant in the social

sciences and the liberal arts. That is, the social sciences also depend on Mathematics. For

example; In finance – constraints in linear programming techniques and probability. In insurance

business – constructing life tables premium rates, equity linked contracts, ruin theory, discounted

cash flow and time series, In geography – measurement of distance, areas on maps using amp

projectors, the study of the solar system, the determination of the shape and the size of the earth,

the distance of the horizon, the indivisibility of objects, the relationship between longitude and

time, nautical miles, the use of national grid in ordinance survey maps and the interpretation of

contour maps, have all been made possible through expert applicaton and knowledge of

Geometry and Trigonometry. In education, Mathematics is used in educational planning and

evaluation, test and measurement, information system, design and implementation. Mathematical

trend analysis, financial/cost analysis, school mapping, operation research, parameter estimation,

time series analysis, cohort analysis, descriptive/financial statistical analysis.

Mathematics education should qualify the students in mathematical skills and

abilities so that they can apply mathematics appropriately and correctly in the concrete

problem situations they may encounter in their lives and works. Conversely, social

usefulness has been the strongest argument in favor of mathematics as a school discipline

and the prerequisite to assigning mathematics a highly selective function in the school

system.






1.3.5 Role of Mathematics in Engineering and Technology

The highest level of mathematical culture is necessary in order to solve serious

engineering problems. Most of the problems in engineering are related to calculation,

measurement and estimation. All of these processes use mathematics. Mathematician-

engineer is the better engineer as he is more likely to make effective use of Mathematics. In

engineering field, the search for the problem, the study in physical situation and making of a

mathematical model, the solution of the problem, generalization of the solution and

interpretation of results, all have recourse to the use of Mathematics. Mathematics have

dominated scene in the aircraft technological development especially by way of research

aeronautics and in the structure of aircraft itself. All the mathematical results obtained from

the solution of these equations lead to decisions on viscosity of the air, the steadiness of the

motion of the aeroplane, external forces acting on the body of the aeroplane, the condition

to the air traffic have largely relied on the use of electronic digital computer, which is a

major branch of Mathematics. All these ideas depends so much on the knowledge and

application of Mathematics that one could almost say that without Mathematics, the world

could not have been what it is today(Nampalli&Nagabhushan ,2018).

1.3.6 The language of Mathematics

Mathematics is a language because it has its own symbols, processes and principles

which are understood equally in each place. It means tis symbols and processes are equally used

and understood everywhere. The vocabulary of Mathematics language consists of symbols such

as addition, subtraction, division, summation, square root, differentiation, integration etc. .The

Language of Mathematics was designed so we can write about:

Things like Numbers, Sets, Functions, etc

What we Do with those things (add, subtract, multiply, divide, join together, etc)

Symbols

Mathematics uses symbols instead of words:

There are the 10 digits: 0,1,2,...9

There are symbols for operations: + - x /

And symbols that "stand in" for values: x, y, ...

And many special symbols: π = < ≤, ...

Letter Conventions

Often (but not always) letters have special uses:

Examples What they usually mean

Start of the alphabet: a, b, c, ... constants (fixed values)

From i to n: i, j, k, l, m, n positive integers (for counting)

https://www.mathsisfun.com/whole-numbers.html






End of the alphabet: ... x, y, z variables (unknowns)

Those are not rules, but they are often used that way.

Example:

y = ax + b

People will assume that a and b are fixed values,

And that x is the one that changes, which in turn makes y change.

Nouns, Verbs, Sentences

Even though we don't use the words "noun", "verb", or "pronoun" in Mathematics, you can

imagine these similarities to English:

Nouns could be fixed things, such as numbers, or expressions with numbers:

15 2(3-1/2) 42

The Verb could be the equals sign "=", or an inequality like < or >

Pronouns (things like it, he, you, etc) could be variables like x or y:

5x-7 xy2 -3/x

And they could be put together into a Sentence like this:

3x + 7 = 22

2. Recommendation:

Mathematics is an important discipline for daily life , different aspects of social sciences

,science and technology , engineering and medical science. It is the base for sustainable

education and sustainable education is the base for sustainable development. To maintain the

sustainability in mathematics and development, the following points are recommended:

The school systems should be enriched with qualitative mathematics educators by

giving them specific training relevant to science and technology.

Political groups, parents, civil servants and other stakeholders in science and

technology should be co-opted in the planning of mathematics curriculum and not

leaving it out totally to mathematicians.

Since scientific and technological development and its sustenance is to some extent

hinged on the competency of the mathematics teacher, he/she should give his/her

teaching a human face.

Conclusion

Mathematics is a powerful subject with the context and constraints of its own. Its

applications are being developed on such a large scale that it will nearly take light years to study

all of them. Mathematics is seriously a boon to mankind as it is indirectly and unknowingly

applied in most of the complex problems; the world faces. Mathematics has no boundaries and

will always hold its importance till eternity. This paper has critically examined the position of

Mathematics education on the development of science and technology.

Each and every sectors of social science, pure science and applied sciences are

incomplete without mathematics. So mathematics has become a milestone for sustainable

development.

https://www.mathsisfun.com/algebra/inequality.html






References

1. Agwagah, U. B.V (2008). Mathematics Beyond Calculation Aesthetic Values. ABACUS:

The Journal of theMathematical Association of Nigeria (MAN). 33 (1) 70–79

2. Betts, P. (2007). Toward how to Add an Aesthetic Image to Mathematics Education :

[email protected]

3. Daso,P.O.(2013). Mathematics Education for Sustainable Development. Academic

Research International.

4. Eves,H.W.(1983). An Introduction to the History of Mathematics. Chicago: Saunders

College Publishing.

5. Kulshrestha,A.K. (2005). Teaching of Mathematics. India. Surga publications, Mccrut.

6. Nampalli, L. &Nagabhushan , K.(2018). The Role of Mathematics in Sustainable

Developmet :International Journal of Mathematical Science.

7. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/sustainabledevelopment.

8. www.mathscarrers.org.uk/article/use-maths-everyday-life/

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/sustainable-






Population Dynamics and Sustainable Development -A comparative Study of

Developed and Less Developed Countries

Sayali A. Dhamdhere



[email protected]

Abstract:

Human beings are the important part of Sustainable Development. Demographic trends

and Sustainable Development have close relationship. And it was recognized by the Rio

Declaration agreed at the United Nations Conference on Environment and Development.

(UNCED) If it is an unsustainable development ultimately human population will suffer. 21st

century is a critical period for people because of demographic challenges. Promoting human

wellbeing and raising their standard of living is not the concept of development.Investment in

education and health will ultimately help to improve the standard of living. It improves human

wellbeing and helps to build human capital. An increasing share of working population will be

beneficial for growth of the economy.

This paper will throw the light on relationship between population dynamics and

sustainable development. This paper will also analyze the demographic trends in Developed and

Less Developed Countries with respect to age composition as well as size and distribution of the

population. It will also highlights the fact that investing more on human capital will lead to

sustainable development and that can help to transform population into rich human capital

because young generation is the strength of India (It is India's demographic dividend.) So with

considering the changing numbers, characteristics and distribution of human beings will affect

the concept of sustainable development.

Keywords - Sustainable Development, Developed and Less Developed Economies,

Demographic Dividend, Population Dynamics

Introduction:

According to the latest projections of United Nations population division, the world‘s

population is still growing at high rate without considerable &rapid drop in fertility rate it will

reach 16billion by 2100. World population surpassed 7 billion mark and United Nation

projection indicate that it will reach 8 ~ 11 billion by 2050. Population growth, higher

consumption increases the efforts for reducing poverty, creating employment, providing enough

food, water & energy with protecting natural environment. To improve the wellbeing of growing

world population with sustainable use of natural resources is one of the greatest challenges.

The link between sustainable development & population dynamics was recognized by

Rio Declaration agreed at United Nations conference on Environment & Development (UNCED)

held in Rio De Janeiro in 1992.The report by the United Nations Secretary General‘s High Level

Panel on Global Sustainability (UNGSP) 2012, reaffirms that the impact of population growth is

a key driver change, particularly in developing counties where there are large youth populations

and makes clear the importance of integrating population dynamics into effective government

policies.







People are the central concern of sustainable development (Rio Declaration, 1992,

Principle 1). For sustainable development number of people, location and age structures, as well

as their living conditions, ambitions and opportunities must be taken into account. (IIASA and

UNFPA, 2011). A focus on people is also essential for understanding the linkages among social,

economic and environmental development, and for a strong and more meaningful integration of

these dimensions of sustainable development.

The transition to ―Green Economy‖ must be complimented by human rights based

policies which addresses population dynamics & encourage a favorable demographic transition.

This paper will throw the light on relationship between population dynamics and sustainable

development. Paper will also analyses the demographic trends in Developed and Less Developed

Countries with respect to age composition as well as size and distribution of the population. It

will also highlights the fact that investing more on human capital will lead to sustainable

development and that can help to transform population into rich human capital because young

generation is the strength of India (It is India's demographic dividend.) So with considering the

changing numbers, characteristics and distribution of human beings will affect the concept of

sustainable development.

By 2050 population of least developed countries will be doubled. Poor countries have

highest rate of population growth. These countries are immediately affected and face greatest

challenges in increasing & maintaining per capita spending on health & education for their

growing populations. Labor force of these countries will continue to expand about 33000 young

people each day. Fulfilling the needs of current & future generations with promoting

environmental sustainability is the biggest challenge for poorest countries. Least developed

countries are suffering from rapid degradation of their natural resources. Economic growth of

these countries was almost high (approximately 6.5%). But when it was adjusted for population

growth & rapid environment degradation this is amounted to 2.5%. To meet the increasing

demand for water food & energy will affect all the countries.

Number of people living in developed countries will increase to 1.30 billion in 2030 &

1.31 billion in 2050.

Population Growth -- 2010 2030 2050

Developed countries 1.24bn 1.30 bn 1.31 bn

Least developed countries 832mn 1.26 bn 1.73 bn

With seeing these figures less developed countries have to face the problem of poverty,

malnutrition & low level education.

In developed countries youth population is approximately 28% of total population

whereas in least developed countries more than 60% of total population is under the age of 25.

The UN population division states that in developed countries share of young population will

remain relatively stable while it will decrease in least developed countries. Population is the

important pillar of sustainable development for labor market, social security programs as well as

for natural resources. Young population has various opportunities as they enter in to the labor

market. Young population can accelerate economic progress & speed up the transition to

sustainable development. Developing countries have more young population which increases






prosperity. But this population lives in poverty, and they are spending more on education &

health care.

Urbanization

Continent 2010 2030 2050

Africa 401mn 744mn 1.2bn

Asia 1.8bn 2.7bn 3.3bn

Impact of population growth & environmental degradation are most severe in least

developed countries of Africa & Asia. Efforts to meet increasing demand for water food &

energy will affect all the countries. Whereas failure to reduce poverty, raising standard of living

& ensuring equity will threaten the stability & sustainability.

Achieving sustainable cities require consideration of dynamic nature of cities over the

time. Urban policies would help the countries in provision of infrastructure (land, water,

sanitation etc) Likewise urban areas can become hubs of productive job creation which improves

the tax base & make the provision of essential social services including health care & education.

Increasing urban population provides opportunities for sustainable development.

Countries can address population dynamics through effective human based right policies

& good planning. Universal access to sexual & reproductive healthcare, family planning,

education of girls, strengthening capacities of woman of all ages is an essential aspect of

empowerment. It affects people‘s health & education & can influence their participation in

economic, social & political life as well as their standard of living. Access to family planning,

reproductive rights & health services reduces maternal & child mortality.

In poorest countries urban population will grow at faster rate than rural population.

Achieving population stabilization will make development easier. By using population data

countries can access existing & potential future scenarios for population size, composition &

distribution & they can plan for employment, healthcare, education, water, food & energy needs.

If countries adopt appropriate human right based human policies that expands individual

opportunities. Reproductive & family planning services ensures enrollment of goals in primary

education, gender equality in secondary & higher education will reduce average number of

children born per women which improves human capital & human wellbeing.

At macro level to reduce population growth fertility must be declined which reduces

number of dependence & increases share of potential labor force. When country has large young

population with few dependence can achieve benefits of demographic dividend. It increases

opportunities for investments in health & education.

Present scenario – Population dynamics

UNFPA report indicates that population dynamics is neglected by policy makers where

population growth rates are decreasing & population problem has been solved due to sensitivity

of issues related to family planning & reproductive health rights. Most of the countries have

developed there national strategy on environment & sustainable development. Lack of effective

integration of population dynamics into national & local policies is reflected for health education

& gender equality of the International Conference on Population & Development (ICPD)

program of action.






While considerable progress has been made towards women empowerment. In recent

years there is increase in women participation in decision making bodies. Women are securing

management & leadership position also.But less developed countries have not invested enough

in education & healthcare. For example – In India total spending on education is just 3% of

India‘s GDP whereas it is 5.4% in USA & 5.7% in Brazil. This inadequate spending on

education will affect the productivity & literacy. Overall healthcare spending in India is also very

low among emerging markets.

Policy of less developed country should include reproductive health to all individuals

through primary healthcare service, meeting family planning needs, etc… They should ensure

access to primary schools& education to both girls & boys. They also ensure equal access to all

levels of educations & create gender sensitive educational system. They should also adopt

women centric approach. They should provide quality reproductive health care services to

women. Women need to have children by choice & not by force. They must adopt feminist

agenda for population stabilization.

Findings

Investment in human capital, health, education will contribute to empowerment of young

woman. It will reduce fertility & ultimately population growth. Raising standard of living &

promotion of human wellbeings are not only ends of development but are important mean for

population dynamics & promote sustainable development. In India demographic trends drive

economic growth pattern & investment flows. Increase in GDP per capita suggests strong growth

& investment profile. According to scholars India will remain young nation & become largest

contributor to global work force over the next few decades.

Young population is India‘s demographic dividend whereas age group of 45 ~ 60 is the

major contributor to house hold savings which boost up investments. India will become most

populous country by 2030. India‘s working age population will increase up to 962 million in

2030. The median age of country is 26.5 years. India‘s GDP per capita will improve as 8% per

year. If India‘s demographic dividend is productively employed then India‘s economic growth

will be more. It can create jobs in the scale required on sustain basis. India will not sustain until

it unlocks the demographic dividend by integrating population dynamics with investing more in

human capital i.e. education & health .Otherwise sustainable development will be a dream.






Maintenance And Welfare of Parents and Senior Citizens Act, 2007: A Legal

Assurance For Sustainability of Senior Citizens in India

Swati Chiney Associate Professor, Symbiosis

College of Arts & Commerce, Pune,


Abstract:

The number of elderly people is growing at an alarming pace all over the world and has

become the fastest growing section of society in India. India has the 2nd largest population of

senior citizens in the globe. Increased life expectancy has led to the emergence of various issues.

Population aging is the result of the demographic transition. In India, due to changing lifestyle,

there is a gradual shift from joint family system to the nuclear family system. Hence the issue of

maintenance, welfare, social security and sustainability of senior citizens has come to the

surface. In the upcoming years, the study of Gerontology would gain importance and

management of social security of senior citizens would be a major problem before the family,

Government and the society as a whole. The problems and insecurity of senior citizens are linked

up with their human rights violation and thus have to be addressed by the Laws. The

„Maintenance and Welfare of Parents and Senior Citizens Act, 2007‟(popularly known as

„Senior Citizens Act‟)is the first secular law in India providing maintenance and welfare for

„senior citizens‟ including „childless and unmarried senior citizens.‟ The Act has made several

appreciable legal provisions assuring maintenance and welfare of senior citizens. But the

efficacy of law needs to be evaluated as well. The researcher plans to touch upon the issue of the

legal aspect of social sustainability of senior citizens in India on the background of changing the

family system and wants to initiate discussions and research on this contemporary issue. By

using primary and secondary data collection methods and doctrinal and empirical research

methodology, the researcher‟s findings would be based on literature review and interaction with

Legal Experts.

Introduction:

Mr. Vijaypat Singhania,once one of the richest men in India, who built Raymonds Ltd

into one of the largest apparel brands in the country,after handing over the business to his son

Gautam, is today a penniless manbecause ofhis son. The poor father is residing in a rented row

house. He has filed a petition in the Bombay High Court against his son. The retired ex-business

tycoon is struggling financially. (Economic Times, Aug. 2017).The legal battle between the

father and son is still on-going.

This case is just a sample of similar situations faced by a few senior citizens and parents

in India. According to the researcher this case throws light on various issues including

sustainability. ―Sustainability focuses on meeting the needs of the present without compromising

the ability of future generations to meet their needs. The concept of sustainability is composed of

three pillars: economic, environmental and social - also known informally as profits, planet and

people. (www.investopedia.com)‖. The researcher here is focusing on the ‗Social Sustainability‘

factor dealing with the elderly people.

Social sustainability is an often overlooked aspect of sustainability and is not much talked

about unlike economic and environmental sustainability. Social sustainability performance issues







include human rights, health, safety, wellness, equity, empowerment and many more of its

stakeholders. They are not easily quantifiable or measurable.But they can hamper business

operations and growth. (www.unglobalcompact.org)

Senior citizens in India form a major chunk of population which is increasing day by day.

If India is considered as a big organisation, then assuring welfare of each citizen as a stakeholder

is extremely important. Hence if the sustainability of senior citizens is assured then only the

sustainability of India as a whole will be rest assured.

There is no universal definition of the terms ‗senior citizen‘ and ‗maintenance‘. So the

researcher interprets these words as defined by ―the Maintenance and Welfare of Parents and

Senior Citizens Act 2007‖ (popularly known as and hereafter referred to as ―Senior Citizens Act

2007‖). A ―senior citizen is any Indian citizen who has attained the age of 60 years or above‖

(Section 2h).As per the said Act, ―maintenance includes provision for food, clothing, residence

and medical attendance and treatment‖ (Section 2b). This Act has made several appreciable legal

provisions assuring maintenance and welfare of senior citizens.

The researcher plans to touch upon the issue of whether the legal aspect of social

sustainability of senior citizens in India is assured by the ―Senior Citizens Act 2007‖. The

researcher wants to initiate discussions and research on this contemporary issue.

Research Problem:

Population ageing is the result of demographic transition.Number of aged is growing at

an alarming pace all over the world.―Population of the elderly has become the fastest growing

section of the society in India‖ as well (Sastry, 2015). India has the 2nd

largest population of

senior citizens in the globe (Katariya, 2012). Increased life expectancy has led to the emergence

of various issues (Chavate, 2014).Besides their health issues, the aged people have to face social,

financial and legal problems in their golden years. Those who stay alone have constant

apprehension of their life and property.

Due to changing lifestyle, in India, there is a gradual swing from joint family to nuclear

family system. As a result, senior citizens have to stay separately, away from their children,

managing their daily chores. What if a senior citizen is not self-sufficient and is unable to

maintain himself? In such situations, the family problem becomes a social problem and the

dependents are then forced to take assistance of the government and the society at large. This

problem has to be addressed by effective policies and laws favourable to the welfare of senior

citizens. Appropriate legislation is need of the hour which will protect the interests of the aged

while promoting their sustainability in general.The types of laws of a nation reflect the nature of

society and the way it treats the helpless sections of the society.

Thus with withering of joint family system in India, the issue of maintenance, welfare,

social security and sustainability of senior citizens has come to surface. The problem is a

contemporary and growing one. This personal issue is therefore interconnected with the

sustainability of senior citizens in India on a larger platform as a national issue. How the senior

citizens in India are going to sustain happily is a question to be addressed by the Government.

The senior citizens can sustain for a long time if their needs of livelihood are satisfied.






Objectives:

The aim of this paper is:

To co-relate issue of maintenance of senior citizens with the sustainability of senior

citizens in India.

To evaluate the Senior Citizens Act 2007 in order to verify whether it safeguards

sufficiently the interests of the senior citizens in India.

To draw conclusions as to whether Senior Citizens Act 2007 is a ray of hope for legal

assurance for sustainability of senior citizens in India.


The researcherhas used primary and secondary data collection methods along

withdoctrinal and empirical research methodology. The researcher‘s observations, findings and

conclusions are based on literature reviewed and interaction with experts in this field.

Changing Demography of Senior Citizens:

―The accelerating trend in the world demography is that of aging society. This is due to

falling fertility rates and longer life span of people, aided by advances in medical science, quoted

by some as evidence of human achievement‖. (Agarwal, 2017)

―Indian population has approximately tripled during the last 50 years, but the number of

elderly Indians (60+) has increased more than four folds‖. (Agewell Report, 2014.

p.5)―According to Population Census 2011, there are nearly 104 million elderly persons in

India‖. (www.mospi.nic.in)―In 2012, the number of elder persons in the World was 810 million‖.

(www.unfpa.org) This means, ―1/8th of the World's Elderly Population lives in India‖.

(www.socialjustice.nic.in)

―It is in rural areas where there are greater signs of fragmentation of families with nuclear

families rising and joint families declining at a faster pace than in urban areas‖. (Shaikh, 2017,

July)TheIndian Census data shows that from 2001 to 2011, the number of nuclear families

increased in absolute terms (www.qz.com).

Issues related to Human Rights of senior citizens:

The problems and insecurity of senior citizens are linked up with their human rights

violation and thus have to be addressed by the Laws. (Sastry, 2015). As per the Indian statute–

Protection of Human Rights Act 1993, ―Human rights means the rights relating to life, liberty,

equality and dignity of the individual guaranteed by the Constitution or embodied in the

International Covenants and enforced by Courts in India.‖The ―Right to life, recognised as a

Fundamental Right by Article 21 of the Constitution of India, implies the Right to live with

human dignity as well‖. The following are some pertinent issues related to human rights of

senior citizens in India:

―In India, despite several laws, policies and schemes for the welfare and empowerment of

older persons, elderly human rights violation is on the rise.‖ (Agewell Report, 2014. p.41)

―With increasing number of dependent and indigent senior citizens, there is an increasing

number of old age homes in India to maintain and take care of them‖. (HelpAge Report,

2016. p.69)

―There are hardly any gainful engagement opportunities for older people to get decent job

and keep them active.‖ (Agewell Report, 2014. p.43)






―Status of old age social security system including old age healthcare facilities is dismal

as many aged still have no access to primary healthcare in old age.‖ (Agewell Report,

2014. p.41)

―Verbal Abuse (41%), Disrespect (33%) and Neglect (29%) are ranked as the most

common types of abuse experienced by the elderly.‖(HelpAge Report, 2014. p.ii)

―Senior citizens are most vulnerable to be victim of any crime, since they are soft

targets.‖ (www.ncrb.gov.in).

‘Right to maintenance’ of senior citizens:

―Matru Devo Bhava; Pitru Devo Bhava‖.Parents being worshiped as living Gods and

Goddesses and placing them on a high pedestal are the Indian morals and values followed by all

religions in India and are best explained by the above said Sanskrit quote. Indian tradition

expects adult children to take care of their parents and elderly in the family. But if the children

fail in this ‗duty‘ then it gives rise to a corresponding ‗right‘ to the parents and elderly to demand

assistance for their livelihood from their children. This is nothing but the ‗right to

maintenance‘.The basic needs of livelihood of a person are food, shelter, clothing and medical

attendance which are termed as ‗maintenance‘ under a legal framework.

Legal Pathway of maintenance provisions for senior citizens:

The senior citizens are directly protected under the ―Directive Principles of State Policy‖

and indirectly protected under the ―Fundamental Rights‖ of the Constitution of India, 1950. The

Preamble makes an all-inclusive provision for securing the dignity of all citizens including senior

citizens and parents as well. According to the researcher this is the seed of the ‗right to

maintenance‘ of senior citizens. All Personal Laws in India related to Hindus, Muslims,

Christians and Parsis too uphold the tradition and culture of maintaining parents and elder

persons in their family by their adult children. Section 125 of Criminal Procedure Code, 1973 is

the first secular law to introduce the right to claim maintenance by helpless ‗parents‘ from their

children.

―The Ministry of Social Justice and Empowerment is the Nodal Ministry for matters

relating to the Senior Citizens. It develops and implements Acts, Policies and Programmes for

welfare of Senior Citizens in collaboration with State Governments to ensure that Senior Citizens

may lead a secured, dignified and productive life.‖This Ministry has introduced various

important policies and schemes for senior citizens in India (www.socialjustice.nic.in).

With the passing of the Senior Citizens Act in 2007, an appreciable change has been brought in

the area of recognition of maintenance and welfare rights of senior citizens in India and it reflects

a positive outlook of the legislature in drafting it.

Evaluation of the Senior Citizens Act:

The Sr. Citizens Act is certainly a milestone in the history of laws of maintenance for parents

and senior citizens. This also happens to be the first law in India made especially for the

maintenance and welfare of ‗senior citizens‘. The earlier laws of maintenance were made only

for ‗parents‘. The researcher is summarising the appreciable provisions of the Act as follows –

1. The Act lays down an absolute duty on children to pay ‗maintenance‘ to parents and senior

citizens who are unable to maintain themselves, after receiving a complaint from them.If the

Tribunal is satisfied that children or relatives have neglected or refused to take care of their






parents or senior citizen, it shall order them to provide a monthly maintenance amount upto

Rs. 10,000 per month.

2. This Act is the first law making a provision for grandparents to claim maintenance from their

grandchildren; a childless or unmarried senior citizen to claim maintenance from his

‗relatives‘ (as defined by the Act).

3. Abandonment of senior citizens by the children is an offence which is punishable.

4. There is a duty shouldered on State Government to establish old age homes in every district.

Such a provision has been made for the first time through any Indian legislation.

5. This Act applies to all citizens of India staying in India or abroad as well.

6. The Act has provided for appointment of Maintenance Officers, Conciliation Officers,

Maintenance Tribunal and Appellate Tribunal as special machinery under this law.

7. The Sub-Divisional Officer being appointed as the Maintenance Tribunal is a unique

provision making administrative authority to chair the judicial body, thereby ensuring speedy

decisions.

8. The Tribunals enjoy dual powers of that a Civil Court and Criminal Court.

9. Speedy remedy is the objective of this Act, which lays down time limit of 90 days for

disposal of applications before Maintenance Tribunal and 30 days for the Appellate Tribunal.

10. Since no stamp duty is required to be paid by the applicant and lawyers are not allowed to

represent the parties in the Tribunal; inexpensive remedy has been assured by this Act.

11. The application for claiming maintenance can be made by the parent or senior citizen

himself; or any other person or organisation authorised by him; or the Tribunal suo motu may

take cognizance. Thus the rule of locus standi has been relaxed for the benefit of the needy

parents and senior citizens.

12. Jurisdiction issue has been simplified by allowing parents or senior citizens to file

applications in any district where they reside or where the children or relative resides or

lastly resided.

13. A gerontological perspective in taking medical care of senior citizens is tried to be achieved

by making State Governments to ensure that hospitals funded by the Government provide for

special medical care for senior citizens.

14. The provision for ―protection of life and property of senior citizens‖ is ensured by giving an

authority to the Maintenance Tribunal ―to declare a transfer of property by way of gift or

otherwise from a senior citizen to a transferee as void; if the transfer was made under the

condition providing maintenance to the senior citizen and the transferee neglects to maintain

such senior citizen‖. This provision is indeed a big leap taken by the legislature in protecting

the transfer of property of a senior citizen made with an ill-intention.

15. Punishment for non-compliance of Orders passed under the Act includes both fines as well as

imprisonment.

16. The State Government is to be responsible for wide publicity of the provisions of this Act

through public media like television, radio and the print media at regular intervals.However,

still only 14% of the senior citizen victims of human rights violation are found aware of the

Act (HelpAge India Report, 2014. p.ii)

17. There is a duty on the State Governments ―to ensure that all Government Officers, including

police officers are given periodic sensitization and awareness training on issues relating to

the Act‖.






18. The State Governments are empowered ―to make rules for carrying out the purposes of this

Act with respect to the procedures, management and execution of the various provisions of

this Act‖. The State of Maharashtra has passed the ‗Maharashtra Maintenance and Welfare of

Parents and Senior Citizens Rules 2010‘. Accordingly the Senior Citizens Act 2007 is to be

read along with the Rules of 2010 for the State of Maharashtra.

In spite ofthe above good provisions in the Senior Citizens Act, it has been criticised by Experts

with respect to various issues. The procedural implementation of the Act is burdened on State

Governmentswhich certainly causes a bureaucratic delay in implementation of such a good Act.

As a result, there is no procedural uniformity in the States in implementation of the Act. Another

criticism is that since the Competent Authority appointed under this Act are not necessarily from

judiciary or any legal background, there is a possibility of miscarriage of justice happening,

because of want of legal expertise.

Interaction with Experts:

To co-relate the ‗law in books‘ and ‗law in action‘, the researcher interacted with few

legal experts in the Pune city. Researcher interviewed four Law Experts from Pune and collected

their views about the effectiveness of Senior Citizens Act, the reasons for difficulty in its

implementation, the human right condition of senior citizens and their awareness about the laws

of maintenance.

According to Adv. M.P. alias Dadasaheb Bendre, a senior respected lawyer and ex-

chairman of Pune Bar Association who is very active in social work related with senior citizens,

―Association with and encroachment of western civilization has affected concept of duties of

children towards their parents thereby damaging cause of human rights of senior citizens in

India.‖

Adv. Nitin Apte, who delivers talks on laws for senior citizens, said ―Flying Squad of

Officers, Police help is essential as & when required by senior citizens‖.

Adv. Asim Sarode, a well-known Human Rights Activist commented that, ―Concept of Human

Rights is wider and the Laws in India are not having any aspect of human rights as such because

it is more of welfare state‖.

Adv. B.T. Nisal, Legal Advisor of FESCOM - Federation of Senior Citizens Organisation

of Maharashtra suggested that, ―Government machinery requires sufficient staff, training,

awareness and knowledge to implement Act within time bound frame‖.

All the Law Experts agreed regarding:

Recognition of right to maintenance of senior citizens as a basic human right,

Poor legal awareness of senior citizens with respect to their rights,

Senior citizens and parents reluctant to file cases against their children for claiming

maintenance,

There are many technical, procedural and bureaucratic difficulties in implementation of

Senior Citizens Act,

Implementation of laws of maintenance and government policies related to senior citizens

needs improvement.

The researcher visited the ‗Senior Citizens Helpline Cell‘ in the premises of Police

Commissioners Office of Pune city. The Cell is run for 24 hours by 1 Co-ordinator, 1 Helpline

attendant and 1 Lady Police Inspector. The researcher interacted with Mrs. Jyoti Pund who is the






Chief Co-ordinator of the Cell. She said that, ―We receive 500 to 800 calls per month from

senior citizens. Day by day the calls on helpline are increasing showing the growing insecurity of

senior citizens. We forward the complaints to Police or any NGO as the case may be. Senior

Citizens Act is a good initiative of the Government but the senior citizens are not aware about it

and take advice from us.‖

Major Findings and Conclusions:

1. ―Senior citizens have become one of the vulnerable sections of the society‖.

2. Progress of medical science has increased life expectancy but has ironically changed the

living conditions of senior citizens in the country.

3. Withering away of joint family system in India and increased life expectancy has surfaced

a new problem of maintenance, social security and sustainability of senior citizens in

India.

4. Gerontology, a new branch of knowledge which has opened the investigation into the

study about aged population, is gaining importance.

5. The issue of maintenance, welfare, security and sustainability of senior citizens in India is

linked with the legal provisions safeguarding the senior citizens.

6. The earlier laws of maintenance were time consuming and expensive. The Senior Citizens

Act provides for a speedy, simple and inexpensive remedy to claim maintenance for

senior citizens of India.

7. In spite of some criticism, the Senior Citizens Act 2007 is a step forward in safeguarding

and upholding the human rights of aged persons to live with dignity.

8. The Senior Citizens Act is indeed a legal assurance for the sustainability of the senior

citizens in India.

Suggestions:

1. The Senior Citizens Act 2007 needs to be effectively implemented by the State

Governments.

2. Besides the legal framework provided by the Government for welfare of the elderly, there

is a need for sensitizing the society about the special needs of the aged and the respect

they deserve specially for their sustainability.

3. Besides the Government, there is a wide scope for involvement of the private or

voluntary sector in addressing the needs of the aged.

4. ―Policy makersshould realise that caring for the aged will no more be a sympathetic

consideration but a hard-nosed strategy for they already comprise a sizeable population

with a voice and a vote.‖ (Agarwal, 2017).

Take Home Message:

―Ageing has become a major social challenge and there is a need to give more attention

to the care and protection of the senior citizens‖. The Senior Citizens Act of 2007 is therefore a

welcome step and was a must because of multiple reasons of concern such as - rise in life

expectancy, rise in senior citizens‘ population, rise in cost of living, rise in financial and social

insecurity of older persons, rise in nuclear families due to erosion of joint familys,withering

away of traditional values to name a few. So for assurance of sustainability of senior citizens in

India a legal framework of ‗Maintenance and Welfare of Senior Citizens Act 2007‘ is an

effective device.






References:

1. Agarwal, R. (2017). Editorial – Care for the Aged, so that we leave no one behind. Local

Government Quarterly. Mumbai: All India Institute of Local Self-Government.July-

September Issue. p.6[Online]: http://www.aiilsg.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/03-LGQ-

July-Sep-2017.pdf

2. Agewell Foundation Research Report. (2014) Human Rights of Older People in India A

Reality Check. New Delhi: Agewell Foundation.

3. Chavate, P. (2014) Law for Senior Citizens and Elder People in India. Pune: Hind Law

Publications.p.12.

4. HelpAge India Report. (2014)Elder Abuse in India. New Delhi: HelpAge India.

5. HelpAge India Research Report. (2016) Senior Citizens Guide. New Delhi: HelpAge India.

6. Kataria, R.P. (2012) The Maintenance and Welfare of Parents and Senior Citizens Act, 2007.

Allahabad: Orient Publishing Company.p.3.

7. National Policy for Senior Citizens. (2011. p.2) [Online]. Available:

http://socialjustice.nic.in/writereaddata/UploadFile/dnpsc.pdf

8. National Record Of Crimes Against Senior Citizens Report (2015, p. 6)

[Online]http://www.ncrb.gov.in/StatPublications/CII/CII2015/FILES/Snapshots-11.11.16.pdf

9. Professional‘s Bare Act, (2018). The Maintenance and Welfare of Parents and Senior

Citizens Act 2007. Delhi: Professional Book Publishers.

10. Sastry T.S.N. (2015). Human Rights of Senior Citizens. Research Front Journal. ISSN 2320-

6446, Impact Factor – 1.115. March. Special Issue 4.p.iv.

11. Shaikh, Z. (2017, July 6) Mumbai: Indian Express. [Online]. Available:

https://indianexpress.com/article/india/rural-india-starts-to-go-nuclear-urban-families-grow-

in-shrinking-space-4737882/

12. https://www.aiilsg.org/localgovernmentquarterlyjournal

13. https://economictimes.indiatimes.com/articleshow/59982609.cms?utm_source=contentofinte

rest&utm_medium=text&utm_campaign=cppst

14. https://esg.adec-innovations.com/about-us/faqs/what-is-social-sustainability/

15. https://www.india.gov.in/my-government/constitution-india

16. https://www.investopedia.com/terms/s/sustainability.asp#ixzz5WEmXiWnL

17. https://www.mospi.nic.in/elderlyinIndia2016

18. http://socialjustice.nic.in/writereaddata/UploadFile/dnpsc.pdf

19. https://www.unfpa.org/UNFPA-Report-chapter1.pdf

20. https://www.unglobalcompact.org/what-is-gc/our-work/social

21. https://qz.com/india/228405/india-is-urbanizing-rapidly-but-the-nuclear-family-is-actually-

shrinking/

http://www.aiilsg.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/03-LGQ-July-Sep-2017.pdf

http://www.aiilsg.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/03-LGQ-July-Sep-2017.pdf


http://www.ncrb.gov.in/StatPublications/CII/CII2015/FILES/Snapshots-11.11.16.pdf

https://indianexpress.com/article/india/rural-india-starts-to-go-nuclear-urban-families-grow-in-shrinking-space-4737882/

https://indianexpress.com/article/india/rural-india-starts-to-go-nuclear-urban-families-grow-in-shrinking-space-4737882/

https://economictimes.indiatimes.com/articleshow/59982609.cms?utm_source=contentofinterest&utm_medium=text&utm_campaign=cppst

https://economictimes.indiatimes.com/articleshow/59982609.cms?utm_source=contentofinterest&utm_medium=text&utm_campaign=cppst

https://esg.adec-innovations.com/about-us/faqs/what-is-social-sustainability/

https://www.india.gov.in/my-government/constitution-india

https://www.investopedia.com/terms/s/sustainability.asp#ixzz5WEmXiWnL

https://www.mospi.nic.in/elderlyinIndia2016


https://www.unfpa.org/UNFPA-Report-chapter1.pdf

https://www.unglobalcompact.org/what-is-gc/our-work/social

https://qz.com/india/228405/india-is-urbanizing-rapidly-but-the-nuclear-family-is-actually-shrinking/

https://qz.com/india/228405/india-is-urbanizing-rapidly-but-the-nuclear-family-is-actually-shrinking/






A Study of Various Innovation Activities and

Its Effect on the Performance of Hotels in Pune

Dr Sunil Zagade*, Dr Alekha Panda**

*Research Guide,


[email protected]

**Research Scholar,

International Institute of Management Studies, Pune, Maharashtra.

[email protected]

Abstract:

The tourism and hotel industry operates in a competitive environment. The hotels face

strong competition to meet the customer‘s demands and expectations. To survive in the growing

competition hoteliers has to work on innovation and creativity. Hence Service innovation plays

an important role in the organizational performance in the hotel industry; therefore it is relevant

here to understand the concept of service innovation. The Present study focuses on innovation

activities in SME hotels in Pune and explores the impact of service innovations (Organization

Innovation, Process Innovation, Management Innovation, Marketing Innovation, IT Innovation)

on Organizational Performance.

Key words : tourism and hotel industry, innovation, Performance

Introduction

The Hospitality industry plays an important role for the development of Indian economy,

because of this; the Government of India has taken various policy majors to promote tourism and

hotel industry. The tourism and hotel industry operates in a competitive environment. The hotel

industry has to face strong competition to meet the customer‘s demands and expectations. The

costumers expect better facilities and unique service quality. This has compelled the hotels to

work on innovative services, unique and better services to attract and retain customers. Service

innovation plays an important role for survival of the organization. Innovation helps in

developing new products by using new and unique ideas which helps in capturing new market.

(Kuhn & Marisck, 2010). The businessman always looking for creative and innovative ideas, so

that they can have competitive advantage in the business. With ever increasing competition and

limited resources, the business man as well as government has to work for the innovation

processes, which is the need of the present for future growth. According to Kanler (2006) by

putting efforts human can access the natural renewable source through innovation, which is

restricted for others. Innovation in necessary to remain competitive, to understand innovation and

various method of innovation has attracted the attention of many research scholars. Innovation

consists of translating an idea into a good or service, which gives value to a customer and he is

ready to pay for the value he receive. An innovation must fulfill a specific need of a human or

society, which will be replicable with optimal cost. Innovation involves conscious application of

data, creative thinking and looking to extract greater or different values from available resources

by applying suitable processes. A useful product can be invented by using new ideas and creative








thinking. Innovation helps the business organizations to meet the expectation of customers and

satisfy their needs through creative ideas. Innovation not only helps business organizations, but

also it helps society at large. It helps in creating new methods for collaboration, flexible work

hours, and creating buyers' purchasing power.

According to O'Sullivan & Dooley (2009) service innovation can be defined as a suitable

change in existing service which is beneficial for the customers. Service innovation is a result of

customer engagement and customers demand for differentiated service. Therefore to meet the

customers demand and expectation, organizations have continuously innovate and improve the

service. Sometimes service innovation is also referred as product innovation. Service innovation

improves the service quality by use of new and creative ideas. Innovation is very much important

for the hospitality industry (Victorino, Verma, Plaschka &Dev 2005. In hospitality industry, the

customers always look for attractive offers, for which the always can find a substitute. Therefore

to overcome this challenge the hoteliers should have their own competitive advantage by

offering a different service based on the preferences of customers. The organization should

develop new product through innovative means to meet customer‘s need which will improve the

business performance (Jones, Venkatesan & Leone 2011). Service innovation is ―the multi-

disciplinary process of designing, realising and marketing combinations of existing and/or new

services and products with the final attempt to create valuable customer experiences‖ (Flikkema,

2007),

The concept of service Innovation was first discussed in Miles (1993) and has been developed in

past two decades. It is used to refer to many things. These include but not limited to: Innovation

in services, in service products - new or improved service products (commodities or public

services). Often this is contrasted with "technological innovation‘", though service products can

have j technological elements. This sense of service innovation is closely related to service

design and "new / service development". Innovation in service processes - new or improved

ways of designing and producing services. This may include innovation in service delivery

systems, though often this will be regarded instead as a service product innovation. A service

innovation always includes replicable elements that can be identified and systematically

reproduced in other cases or environments. The replicable element can be the service outcome or

the service process as such or a part of them. A service innovation benefits both the service

producer and customers and it improves its developer‘s competitive edge. A service innovation is

a service product or service process that is based on some technology or systematic method. In

service however, the innovation does not necessarily relate to the novelty of the technology itself

but the innovation often lies in the non-technological areas. Service innovations can for instance

be new solutions in the customer interface, new distribution methods, and novel application of

technology in the service process, new forms of operation with the supply chain or new ways to

organize and manage services." Van Ark et al. (2003) defines innovation as "A new or

considerably changed service concept, client interaction channel, service delivery system or

technological concept that individually, but most likely in combination, leads to one or more

renewed service functions that are new to the firm and do change the service/good offered on the

market and do require structurally new technological, human or organizational capabilities of the

service organization." This definition covers the notions of technological and non-technological

innovation. Non-technological innovations in service mainly arise from investment in intangible

inputs. Service innovation is ―a process which contains new concept and the production,






development and implementation of behavior. It is also a method, a change of respond to

external environment or the first action of influence environment of the organizational

transformation. Moreover, it is found that there is a high degree of consumer involvement in the

assessment phase of the product development process.


To study the need and importance of innovation and service organisations (hotels).

To analyse the effect of promoting innovations in their organisational performance.

Limitations of the Study

The present study is based on the reliability of the primary data providers that is

managers or owners of the hotels.

The present study is based on opinions of hotel management and lays over emphasis on

them. The opinions of the customers have not been considered due to time and financial

constraints

The focus of the study is limited only to the defined set of innovations. The effect of the

external variables has not been considered.

The findings of the study are based on the response of respondents, and if the respondents

don‘t given authentic information, it would lead to a marginal error.


Data collection of this study has been started with convenient sampling technique where,

the researcher independently approach the respondent and collected the data where the

respondent are gather from the small and medium size hotels in Pune city, Maharashtra. The

Entire geographic area of the city was divided into five regions i.e North, South, East, West and

Central region. Western region is the main source of revenue generation in hospitality industry,

emphasis given in this area for the study. While framing these geographical regions, those areas

in which hotel units are making their presence felt and having opportunities are only considered.

The survey ran for 9 months among various respondent in different locations and hierarchy; 350

questionnaires have been opted out and 337 questionnaires where received of which 329 were

valid.

Conceptual Framework






Reliability & Validity

Variables Composite Reliability Cronbach‘s Alpha

IT Innovatation 0.9266 0.8998

Management Innovation 0.9359 0.9184

Marketing Innovation 0.9169 0.8906

Organizational Innovation 0.9276 0.905

Organizational Performance 0.9347 0.9192

Process Innovation 0.9004 0.8621

Convergent Validity

Convergent validity alludes to the level of assertion in at least two measures of a similar

develop (Camines and Zeller, 1979). Confirmation of concurrent legitimacy was surveyed by

examination of change separated for each factor (Fornell and Larcker, 1981). As per Fornell and

Larcker (1981), focalized legitimacy is set up, if the fluctuation - removed esteem surpasses 0.50.

Results demonstrated that the difference removed for four scales ran from 0.6447 to 0.7601 this

demonstrates the scales utilized for this exploration had joined legitimacy.

Table: Convergent Validity

Variables AVE Values

IT Innovation 0.760

Management Innovation 0.710

Marketing Innovation 0.690

Organizational Innovation 0.684

Organizational Performance 0.645

Process Innovation 0.696

Explanation of target endogenous variable and variance






T-Stats

Original

Sample

(O)

Sample

Mean

(M)

Standard

Deviation

(STDEV)

Standard

Error

(STERR)

T Statistics

(|O/STERR|)

IT Innovation ->

Organizational Performance 0.1529 0.2436 0.0723 0.0723 2.7317

Management Innovation ->


Marketing Innovation ->


Organizational Innovation ->


Process Innovation ->


T-Stats

In the wake of finishing up the estimation procedure in the way demonstrating, the "t"

insights are accounted for in table 5. The "Way Coefficients (Mean, STDEV, T-Values) values

are speaking to the importance of the model. As watched, the qualities in the section "T-

measurements" are better than 2.57 (noteworthiness level = 0.01). In the event that the T insights

esteem will be bigger than 1.96 when utilizing a two-followed t-test (importance level of 5%), it

demonstrates that way coefficient will be noteworthy (Hair et al 2011). In this examination, it is

discovered that all the linkage is critical. SEM analysis has been performed using smart PLS 2 to

identify the path size, and the relationship among independent variable (Organization innovation,

Process Innovation, Marketing innovation, management innovation and IT innovation) towards

dependent variable (organizational Performance). The below mentioned hypothesis are derived

to test the model significance.

5.4 Hypothesis

H1: There is significant relationship between Organization Innovation and Organization

performance

H2: There is significant relationship between Process Innovation and Organization

performance

H3: There is significant relationship between Marketing Innovation and Organization

performance

H4: There is significant relationship between Management Innovation and Organization

performance

H5: There is significant relationship between IT Innovation and Organization

performance

Hypothesis Testing

T-Stats

Original

Sample (O)

T Statistics

(O/STERR)

Hypothesis

IT Innovation -> Organizational

Performance 0.1529 2.7317

Accepted @ 99%

confident level

Management Innovation -> Organizational


Accepted @ 95%

confident level

Marketing Innovation -> Organizational


Accepted @ 99%

confident level

Organizational Innovation -> Organizational


Accepted @ 99%

confident level

Process Innovation -> Organizational


Accepted @ 99%

confident level






In statistics and regression analysis, moderation occurs when the relationship between

two variables depends on a third variable. The third variable is referred to as

the moderator variable or simply the moderator. The researcher used organization size and

organization existence as a multi moderator variable to identify the impact of independent

variable Organization Innovation, Process Innovation, Management Innovation, Marketing

Innovation, IT Innovation towards dependent variable (Organization Performance). According to

Venkatesh et al., 2013, organization size and existence play a moderator role especially when the

researcher doing research in the field of technology or innovation oriented subject. The reference

for moderation is taken by various technology oriented research like Theory of Planned

Behaviors (TPB), Technology Acceptance Model (TAM) and for Unified Theory of Acceptance

and Use of Technology (UTAUT). ‖

The R2 standard is utilized for interfacing the estimation and basic parts of condition

demonstrating. It shows that affect the free factor on the subordinate variable. Jaw (1998)

presented three estimations of 0.19, 0.33 and 0.67 as the records for frail, direct and solid

estimations of R2. In fact, R2 was utilized for assessing the ability of the proposed show. In this

exploration, there were four free factors and one ward variable. That is, the effect of four factors

Organization Innovation, Process Innovation, Management Innovation, Marketing Innovation, IT

Innovation on association execution was explored. In view of the acquired esteems from the

investigations for way coefficients and R2 basis, we can contend that theories of the examination

are acknowledged and autonomous factors of the investigation have a critical impact on the

subordinate variable. After identifying the exact R2 values, the researcher reruns the model to

identify the impact of organization size and existence on dependent variable. The detailed result

of overall model is given below. Based on the result researcher will give hypotheses justification.

This result show that Organization Innovation, Process Innovation, Management Innovation,

Marketing Innovation, IT Innovation in organization performance based on Gender. Whereas

Organization Innovation, Process Innovation, has significant effect on organization performance

based on organization size.

Findings

First and foremost organization innovation (39.6%) factor is influencing more on

Organizations performance.

Second, Management innovation which influencing the Organizations performance is

28.1%.

Third, Process innovation which influencing the Organizations performance is 27.8%.

Fourth, Marketing innovation influencing the Organizations performance is 16.5%.

Fifth, IT innovation influencing the Organizations performance 15.3%.

Suggestions:

Hotel owners and managers should be role model by setting an example for their

employees, encouraging them to show service innovative behaviour.

Hotel employees can also be trained in those areas that are considered relevant for achieving

creative outcomes. These areas should include observational and technical skills, ultimately

building on their creative abilities to achieve master status.

In order to make the innovation successful and have good market performance, it is

indeed significant to concentrate on some concerns which are commonly ignored by the hotel






management or owners. Continuous overlooking the issues related to finance, HR management,

labour done over etc lead to form various for innovation.

There should be implementation of high-performance human resource practices, which

can play an effective role intrinsically motivating employees towards this playing service

innovative behaviour, leading to service excellence. Apart from this, management of hotels can

also consider the implementing a service oriented work culture where the basket of support

related cases could be designed in order to meet the needs of different categories of employees.

It is suggested that, in order to expect workers to have a higher level of commitment

towards their hotel organisations and also perform well, management must foster such types of

human resource practices that boosts worker' morale. Doing so intrinsically motivates the

workers to devise creative work outcomes.

The managers and owners of the hotels must be aware about the different factors for

sustainable competitive benefit as they have a strong positive and direct impact on occupancy of

hotels. Innovative activities in these areas are necessary to garner a competitive benefits.

However it is observed that during the field work or collection of data, that, the understanding of

the significance of innovative activities, and also the other factors of sustainable competitive

benefit is limited

Conclusion:

Through this study an attempt is made to understand the effect of innovativeness in

hospitality and tourism industry particularly small and medium hotels. The hospitality and

tourism sector has some specific features. When we speak about innovation in hospitality it is

different from other industries because the structure and the product of hospitality industry are

unique. The products of hospitality industry are intangible and perishable nature (Hjalager,

2002), the innovation hospitality is very different from innovation in manufacturing and other

industries (Miles, 2005). Innovation in hospitality industry is very limited. The innovation

activity is totally depending upon the size of an organization and this impacts positively for large

size firms, (Ronningen, 2010). The Hospital industry majorly consist of SME hotels, hence the

management of hotels don‘t support for innovations. It is also true that the workers in small

hotels are less competent. As they don‘t have employees of high caliber, for which they have to

depend on outside support for the resources.

Reference:

Aldebert, B., Dang, R.J. and Longhi, C. (2011), ―Innovation in the tourism industry: the

case of Tourism@‖, Tourism Management, Vol. 32 No. 5, pp. 1204-1213.

Alonso-Almeida, M.D. and Llach, J. (2013), ―Adoption and use of technology in small

business environments‖, Service Industries Journal, Vol. 33 Nos 15/16, pp. 1456-1472.

Andereck, K.L. (2009), ―Tourists‘ perceptions of environmentally responsible

innovations at tourism businesses‖, Journal of Sustainable Tourism, Vol. 17 No. 4, pp.

489-499.

Anderson, N., Potocnik, K. and Zhou, J. (2014), ―Innovation and creativity in

organization state-of-the-science review, prospective commentary and guiding

framework‖, Journal of Management, Vol. 40 No. 5, pp. 1297-1333.






Barras, R. (1986), ―Towards a theory of innovation in services‖, Research Policy, Vol. 15

No. 4,pp. 161-173.

Buhalis, D. (1998), ―Strategic use of information technologies in the tourism industry‖,

Tourism Management, Vol. 19 No. 3, pp. 409-423.

Camisón, C. and Monfort-Mir, V.M. (2012), ―Measuring innovation in tourism from the

Schumpeterian and the dynamic-capabilities perspectives‖, Tourism Management, Vol.

33 No. 4, pp. 776-789.

Drejer, I. (2004), ―Identifying innovation in survey of services: a Schumpeterian

perspective‖, Research Policy, Vol. 33 No. 3, pp. 551-562.

Gallouj, F. and Weinstein, O. (1997), ―Innovation in services‖, Research Policy, Vol. 26

Nos 4/5,pp. 537-556.

Gopala krishnan, S. and Damanpour, F. (1997), ―A review of innovation research in

economics,sociology and technology management‖, Omega, International Journal of

Management Science, Vol. 25 No. 1, pp. 15-28.

Grissemann, U., Plank, A. and Brunner-Sperdin, A. (2013), ―Enhancing business

performance ofhotels: the role of innovation and customer orientation‖, International

Journal of Hospitality Management, Vol. 33, pp. 347-356

Hipp, C. and Grupp, H. (2005), ―Innovation in the service sector: the demand for service-

specific innovation measurement concepts and typologies‖, Research Policy,Vol. 34, pp.

517-535.

Hipp, C., Tether, B. and Miles, I. (2000), ―The incidence and effects of innovation in

services: evidence from Germany‖, International Journal of Innovation Management,

Vol. 4, pp. 417-453.

Hjalager, A.M. (1994), ―Dynamic innovation in the tourist industry‖, Progress in Tourism

&Hospitality Management, Vol. 6, pp. 197-224.

Ho, C.H. and Chang, W.Y. (2014), ―Key success factors in service innovation of hotel

enterprises inTaiwan‖, Pakistan Journal of Statistics, Vol. 29 No. 5, pp. 725-73

Jiménez-Jiménez, D. and Sanz-Valle, R. (2011), ―Innovation, organizational learning,

andperformance‖, Journal of Business Research, Vol. 64, pp. 408-417.

Jones, P. (1996), ―Managing hospitality innovation‖, Cornell Hotel and Restaurant

Quarterly,Vol. 37 No. 5, pp. 86-96.

Lin, L. (2013), ―The impact of service innovation on firm performance‖, Service

Industries Journal,Vol. 33 Nos 15/16, pp. 1599-1632.

Martínez-Ros, E. and Orfila-Sintes, F. (2009), ―Innovation activity in the hotel

industry‖,Technovation, Vol. 29 No. 9, pp. 632-641.

Mattsson, J. and Orfila-Sintes, F. (2014), ―Hotel innovation and its effect on business

performance‖,International Journal of Tourism Research, Vol. 16 No. 4, pp. 388-398.

Nicolau, J.L. and Santa-Maria, M.J. (2013), ―The effect of innovation on hotel market

value‖,International Journal of Hospitality Management, Vol. 32, pp. 71-79.

Ottenbacher, M. and Gnoth, J. (2005), ―How to develop successful hospitality

innovation‖, CornellHotel and Restaurant Administration Quarterly, Vol. 46 No. 2, pp.

205-222.






Petrou, A. and Daskalopoulou, I. (2009), ―Innovation and small firms‘ growth prospects:

relationalproximity and knowledge dynamics in a low-tech industry‖, European Planning

Studies,Vol. 17 No. 11, pp. 1591-1604.

Pikkemaat, B. and Peters, M. (2005), ―Towards the measurement of innovation – a pilot

study in the small and medium sized hotel industry‖, Journal of Quality Assurance in

Hospitality &Tourism, Vol. 6 Nos 3/4, pp. 89-112.

Smith, M., Busi, M., Ball, P. and Van der Meer, R. (2008), ―Factors influencing and

organisation‘sability to manage innovation: a structured literature review and conceptual

model‖,International Journal of Innovation Management, Vol. 12 No. 4, pp. 655-676.

Tejada, P. and Moreno, P. (2013), ―Patterns of innovation in tourism ‗Small and medium-

sizeenterprises‖, Service Industrial Journal, Vol. 33 Nos 7/8, pp. 749-758.

Damapour F. (1990), Organizational Complexity and Innovation : Developing and

Testing Multiple Contigency Models. Management Sciences, Vol. 42, No. 5.

M. U. Hassan, M. S. Nawaz and S. Naz, (2013), ―Effects of Innovation types on firm‘s

performance : An Empirical Study of Pakistan‘s Manufacturing Sector‖, Pakistan Journal

of Commerce and Social Science., Vol. 7, No. 2.

M. Flikkema and Jenen P., (2007), ―Identifying Neo-Schumpeterian Innovation in

Service Firms : A Conceptual Essay with a Novel Classification‖, Economics of

Innovation and New Technology, Vol. 16, No. 7.

Anita Ismail and Mazlina M., (2012), ―The Relationaship Between Information

Technology, Process Innovation and Organizational Performance‖

K. Ismail, W. Omar, K. Soehod, Aslan S. and Shoib Akhtar, (2012), ―Role of Innovation

in SMEs Performance : A Case of Malaysian SMEs‖, Mathematical Methods in

Engineering and Economics.

Dougles A. Ryan, (1989), "Business Aspects of Catering", Longman incorporation. New

York.

R. Danial, (2013), "Innovations in the Indian Hospitality Industry", Knowledge must,

Vol. 13, No. 2

S. Maheshkumar, (2009), "Hotels in India – There's Room for New Layers", Facts for

you, December 2009

T. Vijayaraghvan, (2007), "The Indian hospitality Industry", The economic Scene Vol. 4

No. 7.

IIPO, "Tourism in India", Monthly Commentary on Indian Economic Conditions, blue

Supplement, Vol. 35, No. 11, Issue 49.

Nitya Sharma and A. Kalotra, (2016), ―Hospital Industry in India : A Big Contributor to

India‘s Growth‖, International Journal of Emerging Research in management and

technology, Vol. 5, Issue 6.

Grigoroudis E. and Siskos Y., (2009) ―Customer Satisfaction Evaluation: Methods for

measuring and Implementing Service Quality‖, Springer.

Jessica S., (2009), ―Study measures values of guest experience Hotel and Motel

management‖, Duluth, jan 2009.

Johannessen J. A., (2008), ―Organizational Innovations as a part of Knowledge

Management‖, International Journal of Information management, Vol. 28, No.5.






Rupal Patel, (2012), ―India‘s Tourism Industry – Progress and Emerging Issues‖, Journal

of Economics and Management, Vol. 1, no. 5.

Amitabh Devendra, (2001), ―The Hotel Industry in India – The Past and Present‖,

Journal of Hospitality and Financial management, Vol. 1, No. 5.

R. Srinivasrao, (2014), ―Emerging Trends in Hospitality and Tourism‖, International

Journal of Research, Vol. 1, no. 1.

Gaurav Kashyap, (20140, ―Challenges Faced by The Hotel Industry – review of Indian

Scenarion‖, Journal of business and management, Vol. 16, no. 1.

G. M. Sanjeev and R. Bandhopadyay, (2016), ―Innovations in The Indian Hospitality

Industry and overview‖, Worldwide Hospitality and Tourism Themes. Vol. 8, No. 4.

Vikram Manharami, (2005), ―Towards a Theory of Service Innovation: An Industive

Case Study Approach to Evaluating the Uniqueness of Services‖, Thesis submitted to A.

P. Solan School of management, Massachusatt Institute of Technology.

Bharwani S. and Mathews D., (2016), ―Customer Service Innovations in The Indian

hospitality industry‖, Worldwide Hospitality and Tourism Themes, Vol. 8, No. 5.

A J. Singh and M. L. Kasavana, (2005), ―Impact of Information technology on Future

Management of Lodging Operations : A Delhi Study to Predict Key technological Events

in 2007 and 2027‖, Tourism and Hospitality research, Vol.6, no. 1.

Dhanraj kalgi, (2016), ―manpower Crunch in the Hospitality Industry of Pune‖,

Renewable research Journal, Vol. 3, no. 4.






SWATIDHAN PUBLICATIONS Price : Rs. 800/-

For Details Visit To : www.researchjourney.net


e r international research fellows association’s a t ... · international research fellows...

Documents